From Hiking to Stargazing: The Top 10 National Parks in Utah! [A Travel Checklist]
BY Sarmind Safi Feb 23, 2024
Welcome to the country of red rock canyons, expansive views framed by arches and sandstone spires. Spreading national forests, vast wilderness areas, quaint state parks, and five national parks in Utah make up more than seventy-five percent of its land area that is open to the public. The southern portion of Utah is home to all the state's national parks. The "Mighty Five" are worth the hype, from the breathtakingly steep yet sublime Zion Canyon to the mind-blowing hoodoos of Bryce and the famous Delicate Arch. Additionally, these parks offer at least a dozen hidden gems, peaceful trails, and less-traveled roads for every must-see highlight. How, then, can one outwit the masses? The easiest solution is to leave when other people aren't. This may mean a trip in the winter, when the temperatures are much more bearable than in the sweltering summer, and the snow adds an extra magical quality to the hoodoos. Since all national parks in Utah are accessible year-round, you can schedule a stargazing expedition or a sunrise tour. However, bear in mind that the hours of local eateries and visitor centers change if you visit during the off-season, which runs roughly from November to February. Despite this, you can find cheaper lodging during this time. Here, being proactive pays off very well. Popular hikes have permits that sell out months in advance. The most sought-after lodges and campgrounds (particularly those inside the park) frequently have a year-long waiting list. You can make a lot of these reservations at www.recreation.gov. The top attractions of the national parks in Utah, listed from east to west, include must-see locations, undiscovered treasures, and insider advice for maximizing each trip. National Parks in Utah How many national parks in Utah, you ask? The answer is easy because they call it the “Mighty 5” for a reason. Here, we are listing all the state parks in Utah that you could plan a visit to. We are also going to help you with all the stuff you must pack when planning a trip. Zion National Park With its soaring canyon walls and hanging gardens, Zion National Park, the first of the national parks in Utah and the 13th in the United States, is a popular destination on many people's bucket lists. The park's main road now closes to private vehicles during peak season (March to October) due to its increasing popularity, requiring visitors to take a shuttle. One advantage is that you can bike this almost flat, picturesque drive. You can rent bikes and e-bikes in nearby Springdale (check out Zion Cycles). Two to six months in advance of your trip, you must apply for a permit if you plan to hike the popular Angels Landing trail. If possible, stay at Zion Lodge or in neighboring Springdale. Make reservations up to 13 months in advance for any lodging in or around Zion. Explore the park's Kolob Canyons area or the more sedate paths off Kolob Terrace Road when you're ready to forgo the tourist traps. Bryce Canyon National Park At Bryce, the main draw is the bizarre spires that have been formed over millions of years. Ultimately, this location has the highest concentration of these hoodoos worldwide. The best (and quickest) way to satisfy your thirst for hoodoo views is to take the main park drive and take the Navajo Loop from Sunset Point or the Queen's Garden Loop from Sunrise Point. Try a portion of the 23-mile Under-the-Rim Trail or one of those trails down to Fairyland Loop for a more immersive hike. Take the back entrance into Bryce Amphitheater via Tropic Trail from the small town of Tropic to have some hoodoos all to yourself. While there, you can also have lunch at i.d.k. Barbecue a state favorite. Bike the dirt Thunder Mountain Trail or the paved Red Canyon Path to discover a more sedate hoodoo landscape. The historic Lodge at Bryce Canyon is the perfect base camp for exploring the park; however, if reservations are unavailable, consider lodging at one of the nearby hotels in Bryce Canyon City. We also think Under Canvas Bryce's campsites are great. Capitol Reef National Park The quietest of the national parks in Utah boasts a magnificent environment that is attributed to the Waterpocket Fold, a 100-mile geologic wrinkle in the earth. Petroglyphs and the historic Fruita Orchards, which the park still cares for, are two of the area's unique attractions. Try the fresh pies at Gifford Homestead, which is close to the park entrance and made with local fruit, such as apples or peaches. Take a leisurely stroll along the former main highway through Capitol Gorge. Or brave the steep trail to Cassidy Arch, where there are rumors, that Butch Cassidy escaped the law. If you have a decent 4WD car, you, too, can escape (from other travelers). Notom-Bullfrog Road intersects with Burr Trail Road, another backcountry route, and leads to Lake Powell. Burr Trail leads to Boulder, the starting point for Grand-Staircase Escalante National Monument and the location of Hell's Backbone Grill, possibly the best restaurant in Utah. It stays open in spring through fall. You should make reservations in advance. If you stay in one of the lodges in this small town that is only five minutes from the park, Boulder is close, but Torrey is closer. Canyonlands is divided into five distinct districts, each providing a unique experience. Island in the Sky is a place of expansive vistas. Don't miss Mesa Arch or Shafer Trail Viewpoint. The Needles District is a great place to go hiking. It's only about 20 miles south of the Island in the Sky as the crow flies (two hours drive). One of the best hiking routes is the action-packed Cave Spring Trail. It features a replica of an 1880s cowboy camp and mushroom-like rock formations. Canyonlands National Park Get lost in the Maze. Other worthwhile stops in this backcountry district are Chocolate Drops and the Land of Standing Rocks. See amazing petroglyphs, including floating "holy ghosts," by traveling to the non-contiguous Horseshoe Canyon unit. For a rafting adventure, head to the River District, which is at the base of the canyons formed by the Colorado and Green Rivers. The best place to stay for most of the park's district is Moab, which provides quick access to the park's rivers, the Needles, and Island in the Sky. Arches National Park Arches, the inspiration behind Ed Abbey's famous Desert Solitaire, has evolved significantly since 1968. Because of its increased activity, the park service is currently testing a timed entry system that will require reservations in advance from April to October 2023. However, it is possible to avoid a Disneyland experience. If you arrive before sunrise or remain past sunset, you will be rewarded with quieter trails and golden light that casts a glow over the arches. Be an early bird or a night owl. This is feasible because Moab's closest lodging options are situated sufficiently near the park's entrance. If you would prefer not to get up early, reserve a campsite at Devils Garden up to six months in advance or take a ranger-led tour to see the Fiery Furnace area, which is accessible only with a permit. Travel Checklist When Visiting the National Parks in Utah Planning a trip to the national parks in Utah is as fun as it is a massive plan to come up with. You must be well prepared for the weather you will be subject to both in the day as well as night. The few days that you will spend here will be nothing short of an adventure. Here is a list of things that you must have with you if your destination includes the national parks in Utah. Hardy Water Shoes The red desert dirt in Utah can be extremely sticky. You should invest in good water shoes if you intend to go river rafting, canoeing, or kayaking. When participating in water activities, flip-flops are not advised. They will become stuck in the mud and either break or get sucked down the river. Your feet will be safe if you hike the rocky Virgin River through the Narrows in Zion National Park wearing rubber-toed shoes covered with firm soles. (Near Zion's Springdale entrance, you can rent an entire dry gear outfit, including shoes.) Blacklight Flashlight Scorpios are nocturnal creatures that hide during the day. Use your black light to identify them; the light from it causes these odd creatures to glow. Don't worry too much about scorpions because there is only one species in the Southwest that is thought to be deadly. Sun Protection The strength of the Utah sun only needs to be experienced once, especially in the desert, where there isn't much shade to be found. There will be certain hikes you take or picnic tables you sit at where there isn't a single spot to hide from the sun and heat of the desert. If possible, bring a wide-brimmed hat to cover your entire face. That would be better than a baseball cap. Next, cover all exposed skin, including the back of your neck, with sunscreen. Don't forget to wear sunglasses for eye protection. Polarized lenses will improve your vision and shield your eyes from burns. Recall that at 8,000 feet, you are closer to the sun than you are at sea level. If you're going to be on the water, get some sunglasses straps. It's annoying to watch your new shades drift away with you. Rain Jacket You might wonder, who takes rain jackets into the desert? Yes, we do. Each time we come to town. Even the desert experiences occasional, albeit brief, bursts of rainfall. You want a jacket that will keep you dry and warm when it pours, and the temperature drops. Hiking Boots Bring a pair of supportive, water-resistant, and breathable hiking boots to maximize your experience. These will make it easy for you to travel both dry and wet trails, allowing you to go farther than you otherwise could have. They also shield your feet from trail stones, cactus needles, and maybe even snakebites. Here's a staff member who can't stop gushing about his Sportiva Synthesis Mid GTX to get you started on your research. Vasque Skywalks GTS was highly appreciated by our friends at Backpacker. Water Bottle Carry a sizable water bottle that you can fill with your garden hose prior to packing if you intend to go camping. With the jug, you can travel with water wherever you go. This means you can cook, stay hydrated, and make coffee in the morning even if you find yourself at a campsite without water. A water pump is typically available at campsites so you can replenish as needed. Hydration The air in the desert is so dry that perspiration quickly evaporates. Often, sweating is invisible to you. By staying hydrated, you can prevent dehydration, which can cause headaches as well as more severe ailments like heat stroke and cramps. Make a drinking plan of 5 to 1 liter for each hiking hour. Make sure to continue drinking even when you are not recreating. You are hydrated if your urine is clear. We adore carrying our CamelBak with us so we can continue to sip while we're out and about. Warm/Cool Clothes Temperatures in the national parks in Utah desert can vary by up to 30 degrees in a single day. So, pack light clothing for the day and warm clothing for the evenings. Include a winter hat for when the sun sets, and the cooler air moves in. As for national parks in Utah, this is particularly crucial in the fall, winter, and spring. Temperatures here can drop sharply after precipitation and sunset. Maps There are an amazing variety of trails and overlooks in each of Utah's five national parks. Having a map is beneficial. You can either get your maps in advance and get them now, or you can wait until a park ranger hands you one at the entrance station. Get the NatGeo Utah National Parks Map Pack, which includes detailed topographic maps, at REI.com or download free PDF maps. Star Chart/App The national parks in Utah have some of the darkest skies. You can recognize some of the formations you might not have noticed otherwise with the help of a star chart. Particularly so if you are traveling from an urban area. Alternatively, you can make use of technology and download the SkyView app for Android or iPhone. This app allows you to point your phone at objects to identify stars and other objects. In contrast to the 500 stars in an urban sky, you might be able to see up to 15,000 stars in a desert. It's a long way off! Tablecloth The little things add up to a significant impact. Pull out your tablecloth when you stop for lunch at the weathered picnic table by the side of the road, and you'll go from rustic to elegant in an instant. Additionally, by avoiding leaning against the table, you'll prevent difficult-to-remove splinters. Bug Spray Rather than swatting insects, spend more time taking in the beauty. These days, there are many bug sprays made from natural ingredients that are safer for kids to use if you don't want to use harsh chemicals. Our choice is the Sawyer 20% Picaridin Insect Repellent, which is great for families. According to Consumer Reports, this formula offers the best defense against mosquitoes. In addition to being highly effective against ticks and biting flies, Sawyer's insect repellent won't harm tools or equipment. Wrapping Up The national parks in Utah serve as a living example of the amazing natural beauty and geological marvels that abound in the American Southwest. These protected landscapes preserve the natural heritage of the area. They also provide an opportunity for visitors to engage with the profound forces that have shaped the Earth over millions of years. The terrain ranges from the majestic red rock formations of Arches and Canyonlands to the captivating canyons of Zion and Bryce Canyon. The national parks in Utah invite us to discover, value, and safeguard the delicate wonders that make our planet truly remarkable. They serve as entry points to adventure, education, and environmental stewardship. In addition to creating lifelong memories, experiencing Utah's breathtaking scenery also helps to continue the legacy of conservation, guaranteeing that these natural treasures will be appreciated for many years to come. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about national parks in Utah, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: From Festivals To Spas: The Top Things To Do In Park City Utah From Museums To Parks: The Top Attractions In St George Utah A Guide To Adventure And Nature: The Best Things To Do In Moab Utah For Outdoor Enthusiasts
A Step-by-Step Guide to Find the Best Places to Live in Utah for Every Lifestyle
BY Sarmind Safi Feb 22, 2024
Utah abounds in natural wonders that will astound even the most seasoned traveler. Encompassing millions of acres of breathtaking views with sandstone arches, towering buttes, expansive canyons and valleys, surreal salt flats, and lush mountains, the state is home to five national parks: Bryce National Park, Arches National Park, Capitol Reef National Park, Canyonlands National Park, as well as Zion National Park. It might seem that Alaska should be your first choice when looking for a place to live if you enjoy being outside. If you are not fond of colder climates, Utah's adventurous offerings might be more to your liking. Let's just say that Utah has it all, with parks like Bryce Canyon, Arches National Park, and Zion National Park. Salt Lake City, one of the state's great natural wonders, even inspired the name of the state capital. Furthermore, even though Utah recorded over 15 million visitors in 2022, the Beehive State is even more well-liked among recent arrivals. Utah grew at the fastest rate in the United States between 2010 and 2020, according to U.S. Census data, primarily because of out-of-state migration. The state's economy is another major lure. Utah's economy grew at the second fastest rate in the nation between 2017 and 2022, with the biggest industries being manufacturing, real estate, and scientific and technical services. But what are the best cities to live in Utah? Utah has many desirable neighborhoods, each with its own distinct personality and redeeming qualities. Here, we have compiled a list of some of the best places to live in Utah. Best Places to Live in Utah There are certain needs that go beyond demographics when looking for a new house. These include things like accessibility to commuter routes, crime rates, and access to healthcare facilities. These needs apply whether you're looking for a retirement community or a suburban area in which to raise a family. We have created a list of the best places to live in Utah based on all the factors important to you to make your life easier. Park City Our list of the best places to live in Utah starts with Park City. You'll have breathtaking views of the Wasatch mountains and the town's ski resort from your home in Park City. Park City residents can access a variety of outdoor pursuits, including hiking, snowboarding, mountain biking, and multiple shopping establishments. You will be enthralled by the town's magnificent museums and art galleries as you stroll around it. Park City has emerged as one of the best places for families to live thanks to its year-round perfect weather and low crime rate. You will create lifelong friendships when residing in Park City. Park City's unemployment rate is 2.8%, which is significantly lower than the national average. You can't beat Park City's views and safety, even though its cost of living is about 86% higher than the US average. Fruit Heights One of the best places to live in Utah is the beautiful city of Fruit Heights. Located right outside of Salt Lake City, this property offers plenty of space for outdoor enjoyment, a tranquil neighborhood, and stunning views of the mountains. Living in Fruit Heights, you'll soon see how friendly the locals are to one another and how many eateries and coffee shops there are. Fruit Heights' great school system, pleasant weather, abundance of recreational options, and picturesque surroundings are all highly regarded by its residents. Fruit Heights' unemployment rate is 2.5% lower than the national average. You can overlook this city despite its 31% higher cost of living than the national average due to its wonderful community and top-notch schools. Greater Avenues One of the best places to live in Utah for families in is Greater Avenues, a charming neighborhood in Salt Lake City. With a population of about 17,000, this community enjoys the benefits of both a suburban atmosphere and many big city amenities, like restaurants and bars. Greater Avenues is a great place for families to relocate because of its top-notch school system, low crime rate, and favorable reviews. With an average value of at least six figures, families are well off in this area. If you enjoy living in the suburbs or downtown, you will adore The Greater Avenues! Summit Park Summit Park is among the prettiest cities in Utah. It is a stunning mountain town. Beautiful views of the surrounding mountains offer up from this serene, gorgeous town. Residents of the town take pleasure in outdoor pursuits, including biking, snowboarding, skiing, and hiking. You may expect to see moose, elk, and deer in and around the town. distinct from the large city. Families will also love Summit Park because of its many parks, open areas, and top-notch educational system. Summit Park has a 2.8% unemployment rate and a 58% higher cost of living than the national average. But Utah has so much to offer that the cost is well worth it! East Bench Next up is the homely Salt Lake City residential neighborhood known as East Bench. Nearly 7,000 people live in East Bench, which is at the foot of the Wasatch Range. The neighborhood includes the Salt Lake Country Club and the Bonneville Golf Course. Families will enjoy a day at the Hogle Zoo, which is home to tigers and giraffes. In East Bench, real estate prices do differ. This is advantageous because there are homes to fit every budget. Go to Ambassador Way, where a four-bedroom, four-bathroom grand family home with an estimated cost of over a million dollars, if you have seven figures to play with. A modest 2-bedroom family home with a sun-trapped garden might be a better fit for you if you have less money to invest. It costs just a little bit more than the average. Snyder Ville Located in the Wasatch Mountains of Utah, Snyder Ville is a rapidly expanding community. You can enjoy a variety of outdoor activities like hiking, biking, and skiing against the stunning backdrop of the area. For its size, this little town has a lot, like restaurants serving fresh food from nearby farms. It's connected to neighboring cities despite its small size, so you can always find what you need when you need it. Snyder Ville is an ideal place to live in peace and quiet without having to worry about crowds. Highland One of the greatest places to live in Utah is Highland, east of Provo. Highland is home to well-known locations like Timpanogos Cave National Monument. Highland is well-known for its picturesque surroundings, highly educated populace, and projected job expansion. With a 2.5% unemployment rate, it is significantly lower than the national average. It doesn't get much better than living in a picturesque state like Utah, even though the cost of living in the Highlands is also 57% more than the national average. Wasatch Hollow Wasatch Hollow is a neighborhood located just south of Yalecrest. In Salt Lake City, this little suburb is regarded as the greatest place to purchase real estate. As members of the millennial generation look to buy their first homes, it is growing in popularity. Thus, the value is increasing in addition to the high demand. Wasatch Hollow's properties are what make the neighborhood so coveted. It's the kind of place you picture classic American avenues lined with trees, detached homes painted white, and children selling lemonade on the sidewalk. Although the median home value is higher than the national average, more expensive homes appear to be listed for sale more frequently. North Logan North Logan, which has about 8,000 residents, is in Cache County. In addition to some of the greatest outdoor pursuits, like camping and fishing, North Logan provides its residents with stunning views of the mountains. North Logan is renowned for its varied economy, close-by recreational opportunities, and lovely surroundings. North Logan's unemployment rate is 2%, which is significantly lower than the national average. By contrast, the cost of living is approximately 7% greater than the average for the country. Considering the views of the mountains you'll get from home, this is still an amazing choice! North Logan is easily one of the best places to live in Utah. Farmington In Utah, Farmington is a small city home to about 18,000 people. You can engage in many outdoor activities, including hiking, mountain biking, camping, and fishing, while in Farmington. Moreover, Farmington is home to some of the top public and private schools in the state! One of the best places to live in Utah is Farmington, if you're looking to relocate there for leisure. Farmington is renowned for its lovely surroundings, close-by recreational opportunities, and wonderful climate. Farmington has a 2.5% unemployment rate and a cost of living that is roughly 26% higher than the national average. Cedar Hills Cedar Hills is a quaint and serene suburb located west of Highland. The neighborhood is home to ten thousand one hundred sixty-five people, who take great pride in maintaining the small-town atmosphere they have established. On paper, Cedar Hills is a suburb of Salt Lake City, but it's not. Utah's Cedar Hills is a very family-friendly place with lots of chances to spend quality time with your family. The community is centered around the church, and gatherings based on religious beliefs inspire community members to get together. There are a lot of public schools in Cedar Hills (78 to be exact) and this is one of the best places to live in Utah for young adults. Foothill It should come as no surprise that Foothill/Sunnyside, with a population of a little over a thousand, is Salt Lake City's safest neighborhood. If not by name, everyone recognizes each other by face. Starting a family in this area is becoming increasingly popular for couples. Since this is a Salt Lake City suburb, there are no sacrifices to be made. There are adequate public schools nearby, and there is convenient access to the city for employment from this base as well. Even though the average monthly rent is slightly less than $1,000, purchasing a home demands a more resolute investment because home values are higher than the national average. The selection of properties is superb, ranging from cozy three-bedroom condos to expansive five-bedroom family mansions. North Salt Lake City Given that Salt Lake City is the epicenter of the universe in Utah, it only makes sense to end our list of the best places to live in Utah with a suburb near the center of activity. North Salt Lake is every bit as charming as the other suburbs we've already shown you. This little town of its own has eighteen thousand residents. There are plenty of homes on the market at any given time with views of Rotary Park, and the median home value is reasonable. It appears that North Lake is the preferred location for millennials to purchase their first home, so be sure to return in a few years to see how North Salt Lake does on the list. Eagle Mountain Eagle Mountain, one of Utah's fastest-growing cities, draws young people and families looking for a superior public school system and a peaceful, safe atmosphere south of Salt Lake City. With 50 square miles, the city offers easy access to open spaces and outdoor recreation, as well as 30 miles of hiking and biking trails. Developers are also continuing to build new homes despite the low real estate inventory. Eagle Mountain's median sale price is $480,000. "You have everything from ranchette properties to mountainside homes with amazing views of Utah Lake, Cedar Valley, and the Wasatch Mountains, to carefree living in beautiful townhome and condominium communities," said Connie Elliott, a realtor. Draper The primary attraction of Draper is its thousands of acres of open spaces and protected land, which makes it a sanctuary for those who enjoy an active lifestyle. The city is renowned for its growing cultural scene and family-friendly amenities. The Point, a multi-billion-dollar mixed-use development with hotels, a retail promenade along the Jordan River, thousands of housing units, offices, and green spaces with hiking trails, one of the most significant real estate developments in Utah, was recently given the green light by Draper's government. Wrapping Up Utah provides a wide range of outdoor recreation opportunities throughout the year, with five national parks serving as highlights. Utah, which the U.S. Census Bureau listed as one of the states with the fastest growth, is a significant hub for government services, mining, information technology, and cattle ranching. Provo, West Jordan, Ogden, and Salt Lake City are among the best places to live in Utah. Utah's top universities include Utah State, Weber State, Utah and Brigham Young. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about the best places to live in Utah, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: A Guide To Adventure And Nature: The Best Things To Do In Moab Utah For Outdoor Enthusiasts Washington State Bucket List: 6 Amazing Attractions You Can’t Miss From Museums To Parks: The Top Attractions In St George Utah
A Guide to Adventure and Nature: The Best Things to Do in Moab Utah for Outdoor Enthusiasts
BY Sarmind Safi Feb 22, 2024
Every kind of traveler can find something to do in Moab, and there are so many must-see locations that you'll want to come back time and time again. Every time you visit, new magic will reveal itself. To help you plan your trip to the American West better, don't forget to carry a map of the surrounding parks. Let us know which Moab tours spiked your interest the most. While most things to do in Moab Utah take place in the spring, summer, and fall, winter is often the ideal season to visit this region. During that time, there is less traffic from tourists. Hence, this makes it simpler to stray into local areas and start a conversation with locals. The Moab region is less crowded than other well-known locations during the snow season. It provides an excellent opportunity for winter sports participation. These days, a growing number of people are discovering the mystical beauty of the American West. Moab, Utah, has emerged as one of the top travel destinations for those seeking an outdoor atmosphere. Activities in Moab include hiking in Canyonlands National Park and taking a picturesque drive to the La Sal Mountains. You can raft down pure, wild rivers through the area's famous red rock canyons and go mountain biking through the breathtaking Arches National Park. If you're ready to start looking into Moab activities, then here is a guide to set you up for an incredible Western adventure. Things To Do in Moab Utah Moab’s ability to amaze is as varied as its visitor’s taste in adventure. There is a lot more than just visual attraction in Moab. It offers two national parks, whitewater rafting, a zipline, off-road adventures, scenic drives, and rock climbing. Whether you want to spend your time charting the rugged terrain or take a more aesthetic tour, Moab will leave you spoiled for choice. Arches National Park For good reason, Arches National Park is one of the most well-liked national parks in the union and one of the best things to do in Moab Utah. In addition to many other fascinating rock formations, the park is home to over 2,000 naturally occurring stone arches. Popular summertime activities in this area include hiking and camping but remember to pack plenty of water because summer temperatures can soar. Both inside the park and near Moab, there are many campgrounds. If you're more of a cabin person than a tent camper, there are even some stunning locations in the La Sal Mountains. It is impossible to visit Moab, Utah, and not take in Arches National Park. Just off the highway, you can easily explore many of the park's iconic features. Moreover, you can take a guided van tour in the morning or evening or go for a solo drive. A guided van tour also has several benefits. You can get away from the wheel so you can look around the park and have a good time. Your guide will interpret what you see along with pointing you in the direction of some of the greatest locations for pictures. You will witness places such as Turret Arch, Balanced Rock, Double-O Arch, and more. It's a very satisfying experience to venture a little further on your own towards Delicate Arch. But be advised that it takes some planning and preparation in addition to the usual stroll through the National Park. Dead Horse Point State Park Anybody who enjoys the outdoors should visit Dead Horse Point State Park. Beautiful views of the Colorado River and Canyonlands National Park can be seen in the park. You will be astounded by the enormous "loop" that thousands of years of rushing water have chiseled out of the rock from Dead Horse Point's grand viewpoint. One of the most well-liked activities in Moab these days is going to this area. The area is named after the way 19th-century cowboys used the point's distinctive formation to create a natural corral. It required minimal barricading for the single entrance and exit. The irony was that many of the horses perished from heat exhaustion and dehydration. They were only a few thousand feet away. Canyoneering One of the most popular things to do in Moab Utah, is canyoneering, which is made possible by the thousands of cliffs and canyons to explore. If you're new to the sport, make sure to hire a guide. It can be dangerous without the right knowledge and gear. Our two favorites, the San Rafael Swell and Robbers Roost offer breathtaking slot canyons to explore. Which areas are ideal for beginners and where to go if you want a more technical experience can be determined with the aid of a good guide. Jeep/Off-roading Driving a Jeep is one of the greatest things to do in Moab Utah. A lot of companies offer off-roading tours, or you can rent a Jeep and go exploring on your own. Just make sure you stick to the paths that are designated, as some are very far away and hard to get to. When it's not too hot or too snowy, spring and fall are the ideal seasons to visit. You can let a guide show you the best of Moab, or you can explore on your own by going on the Aztec Butte Trail and visiting the Gemini Bridges. Sunset Hummer Safaris on the Hell's Revenge Trail are among the greatest activities to undertake on a summer evening in Moab. When the sun sets farther to the west, everything in Moab takes on a more intense hue of red, pink, or orange. You will be riding over some of the most unusual terrains on Earth in a rock-steady Hummer. Driven by knowledgeable guides, you can take in this kaleidoscope of colors falling upon the Slickrock. Possibly the most well-known 4x4 trail in the world, Hell's Revenge Trail is undoubtedly one of the best things to do in Moab Utah. Hiking Since hiking is one of the top things to do in Moab Utah, why not incorporate some Creekside trails, arches, and hidden grottoes into your hike? Hikers frequently scale the Grandstaff Canyon in search of some shade and unusual desert flora beside a bubbling stream. But they eventually return to the trailhead at the base. When canyoneering in Moab, the adventure starts at the uppermost point of Grandstaff Canyon. Equipped with expert canyoneering guides as well as ropes, you can go down into Ephedra's Grotto. You can then traverse the enormous yet concealed Morning Glory Arch. You are now at the very top of the breathtaking Grandstaff Canyon. That looks like the start of a hike in Moab! Hike to Delicate Arch/Landscape Arch Moab offers many opportunities to explore its rock features, both inside and outside National Parks. You might be asking yourself if it makes sense to hike up to three miles from the parking lot just to see another. It's a valid point since there are so many amazing features and viewpoints. It will be a beacon for a leisurely stroll and some window shopping. However, if you want to hike Delicate Arch/Landscape Arch, you might want to factor in a half-day for your trip. Equip yourself with appropriate footwear, coats, water, and a high-quality camera. A poor camera will still be able to capture a stunning image of Delicate Arch. Its breathtaking position, background, and sun angle are what make it so famous for Olympic Torch parades, license plates, and countless postcards. You can't help but wonder if this landscape is better known as "Landscape Arch" because it is so visually appealing. The real Landscape Arch appears to defy gravity with its fragile, slender, and, well, delicate profile. It is an easy hike but much harder to fit in a camera frame. These two visually stunning and somewhat strenuous arches are well worth the hike. Hike To Fisher Towers From certain vantage points within Castle Valley below, these enormous towers seem like they belong to a National Park or monument. They rise almost a thousand feet above the desert floor. Rock climbing is a hugely popular activity in Moab, and experienced climbers can enjoy a demanding and rewarding view from the Fisher Towers. In Moab, beginner climbs are advised elsewhere. It's breathtaking enough to hike the winding trail at the base of the towers. Ropes are not necessary to enjoy this breathtaking view! It truly gives you the impression that you have been somewhere deserving of the moniker "The West." The way the area glows at dusk, and the silhouettes of notable rock castles in the valley below are awe-inspiring. In the afternoon and evening, there's not much shade, so be sure to pack water for the hike. Ride the Moab Zip Line You can soar like a raven from domes, sandstone ledges, and fins across a vast desert rimmed by snow-capped mountains. Zipline tours are always fun, no matter where you are. Better yet, you can easily reach this incredibly entertaining activity in Moab from the northern end of Main Street. A wild 4x4 ride up the mountainside will take you above the town and onto the edge of a completely different landscape. It is otherwise blinded from view. These tours take place nearly all day, so you can schedule them around a lot of the other Moab activities we've already covered. Overlook the Dead Horse Point Undoubtedly, one of the best things to do in Moab, Utah, is to take in the expansive view from this conveniently located overlook during the morning or evening hours. This State Park will inspire you even in the flat midday sun. As the Colorado River approaches the deeper maze of gorges in Canyonlands National Park, its goosenecks flow hundreds of feet below. It includes the Cataract Canyon. Consider going on a guided mountain biking tour on the easy-to-moderate trails. They circle the Dead Horse Point area if you're looking for an enjoyable activity to do while you're here. There are several breathtaking scenic overlooks on the tour. Rent a Jeep to Remote Parts In Moab, driving a Jeep seems natural. Cars are perfectly adequate for getting around. But there is something about the big, bristly Yokohama tires, the satellite radio, and the ice-filled cooler in the back. It just makes you want to explore. Moab is a haven for off-road adventure seekers. There are odd dirt roads in the area around Moab. They go in all directions without going anywhere. But there are many breathtaking viewpoints along the way! The early 1950s and 1960s uranium mining boom left Moab with an abundance of these "off-road" (or dirt roads) routes that lead nowhere. Rock Climbing Yosemite Valley and El Capitan are not the only well-known locations among rock climbers. Known as a tributary of Canyonlands National Park, Indian Creek features some of the most sought-after crack climbs in the world. The summit of the Fisher Tower is a momentous occasion commemorated in many TV commercials and gear catalogs. Some of them are Castleton Tower or the Titan. Grandview Point in Canyonlands National Park It's difficult not to recommend visiting Mesa Arch while at Dead Horse Point. It is barely minutes from Dead Horse Point State Park and lies just beyond the border of Canyonlands National Park. Mesa Arch, which frames the scene with a massive arch, offers a similar incredible view as Dead Horse Point however, from a different angle that faces east. For the classic shot of the early light glowing under the arch, photographers swarm to this conveniently located overlook. However, if you happen to visit on a Sunday afternoon and appear to be alone, you may feel so reverent that you may want to take off your shoes. However, you should probably wait to do that until you've located a seat. Consider heading south on Grandview Point Road to the road's namesake point at the end if you want to turn it into a Sunday drive. It really is quite grand. You will wonder what lies beneath those depths and around the corner. You should also consider another exciting way to explore the stone wilderness that lies in front of you. Multi-Day Rafting Trip If you are serious about getting off the beaten path while in Moab, then you must consider an overnight expedition-level rafting trip. These multi-day whitewater rafting experiences transport you to and from isolated dir airstrips. It is as far-flung as an Alaskan bush plane could travel. Imagine spending four or five days floating nearly 100 miles. Then, you could come back to Moab to complete whatever else is on your Moab bucket list. You will be a different person after participating in these "expedition-level" whitewater rafting experiences. Suddenly, you will know more about Moab and, more significantly, about yourself! Wrapping Up Moab is one of the world's most breathtaking travel destinations. It promises breathtaking views at every turn, with deep canyons, tall mountains, and roaring rivers among its many natural features. It is imperative that this priceless area be preserved for future generations. When visiting, always stick to the trails and show respect for wildlife. Leave historic sites and rock art alone, and always take what you bring with you. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about things to do in Moab, Utah please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: From Festivals To Spas: The Top Things To Do In Park City Utah From Museums To Parks: The Top Attractions In St George Utah The Best Places To Live In Washington State For Every Lifestyle
From Festivals to Spas: The Top Things to Do in Park City Utah
BY Sarmind Safi Feb 22, 2024
It's likely that when people think of Park City, they picture world-class skiing. Or, on snowy sidewalks, celebrities mingle while donning designer winter attire, hidden from the prying eyes of the media and the public. Given that it hosted the Winter Olympics in 2002 and is still the yearly location of Sundance, the biggest independent film festival in the country, it has a well-earned reputation. But this picture-perfect mountain town is home to much more activity that is not widely known. To begin with, Park City is a worthwhile trip in any season. Perched at an elevation of 7,000 feet amidst the undulating peaks of the Wasatch Range, it offers unparalleled opportunities for springtime hiking, summertime mountain biking, and autumn foliage viewing in the American West. Yes, this place's shoulder season is arguably its best-kept secret. Whatever time of day you arrive, though, you'll find a friendly and hospitable community that's far more diverse than its 10,000 or so residents would indicate. Downtown offers a wide variety of dining experiences, from sophisticated Michelin-starred omakase to rustic, farm-raised cuisine. The only ski-in restaurant in the world serves drinks. Alternatively, just relax in front of a fire in the lobby of a five-star luxury hotel and take in the breathtaking scenery. The closest ocean is more than a thousand miles away from this specific area of Utah. However, Park City is entirely your oyster. Additionally, access to this region of the world is now simpler than ever, thanks to the completion of enormous new additions to the nearby Salt Lake City International Airport. Here are some of the best things to do in Park City Utah. Things To Do in Park City Utah If you are curious about Park City, we have a list of details about all the things to do in Park City Utah that you cannot miss. Check them out and add them to your list when packing for the trip. Picnic Fun Maggie Alvarez is a Park City native and co-founder of Tupelo, one of the best farm-to-table dining concepts. As such, she has extensive experience finding delicious food. She wants to enjoy it outside as well, though. She enjoys taking her meal outside to enjoy the perfect mountain picnic on particularly lovely days. Additionally, there are many locations throughout the city where she can get the kind of quick lunch she needs for her job. Reputable mixologist Xania V. Woodman creates a wide range of inventive drinks at two different locations in the city: Sip & Stir and Handle. She enjoys using the torch at Red Flower Studios when she isn't working behind the bar. Winter Sports In many resorts across the nation, skiing is still an intimidating experience for individuals with disabilities. Fortunately, the National Ability Center (NAC) in Park City proves to be an exception to that rule. This nonprofit organization offers outdoor adventures and adaptive recreation to people with disabilities. It recently opened a brand-new, cutting-edge facility with a focus on inclusive winter sport access for guests with developmental, physical, and cognitive disabilities. Dine in a Yurt Have you ever desired to savor chef-driven cuisine at 10,000 feet (about the height of Mount St. Helens) above sea level in an elegant tent? The Viking Yurt provides you and your loved ones with a once-in-a-lifetime experience. The adventure starts on time at 5:45 p.m. with a 25-minute sleigh ride to Park City's highest point. As you settle in for a 3.5-hour dining experience, you are greeted with a glogg mug upon entering the yurt. Dinners must be booked in advance and start at $280 per person, tax and gratuity included. Shots at the World’s Longest Shot Ski High West offers something a little stronger if that's what you're craving. Opening along Main Street in 2007, the massive saloon boasted its own stillhouse and a distinct Old West feel. The brand relocated the majority of its production to a distillery up the road in Wanship, which is currently accessible for public tours, as its whiskey gained popularity across the nation. But there's still a lively restaurant and bar at this original location. It holds the World's Longest Shot Ski event every October. In an attempt to break the previous record, the bar served 1,340 people a group shot of spirit by arranging 528 skis end to end. Haunted History Stories If you're looking for a different kind of spirit, Park City Ghost Tours departs every night at 7 p.m. in the winter and 8 p.m. in the summer. Park City apparently takes its history seriously, as the mining camp as well as a boomtown that almost became a ghost town. The Park City Museum offers pre-planned hikes to historic locations, lectures, and local cemetery tours. It also has a top-notch Main Street exhibition that requires several visits to fully appreciate. Main Street Escapade Escape Room Park City, situated along the lower portion of Main Street, provides four unique experiences, one of which is a Mine Trap with a distinctly Western vibe. They start at $39 per person and can be reserved for up to ten players. Families will have a wonderful afternoon out. This is one of the cooler things to do in Park City Utah. Local Vino Sommelier-led wine tastings are available at the bar and lounge called Old Town Cellars. You can take pleasure in a custom assortment of pours made to your exacting requirements. Alternatively, you can accept the dealer's selection of products. It may contain wines that are skillfully blended in this very town. Whatever goes into your glass, you'll have a deeper understanding of the craft of oenology after reading this. Bakeries To Check Out Although Slovakia and Utah may not seem like the most obvious geographic partners, one adventurous expat has made the connection delicious. During the two-hour hands-on cooking class, "Bake with Lenka," guests arrive at the home of the namesake chef and learn the art of perfecting the Eastern European pastry. Reservations are accepted year-round at a rate of $115 per person. Luxurious Hotels Park City offers several choices when it comes to five-star lodging. For those who wish to stay as close to the mountain as possible, the St. Regis, the Montage, and the Pendry are all great choices. They all have heated pools, a variety of dining options, and extensive spa services. It's not unusual to get into any of these properties for about $350 per night during shoulder season. You can anticipate those rates to double come ski season. Scenic Drives Enjoying the sights and the clean mountain air of Park City can be achieved by biking. For those who are unfamiliar with the ups and downs of alpine cycling, it can be difficult terrain, particularly at high altitudes. An enjoyable and reasonably priced workaround is e-bikes. Renting yours from Pedego will cost you $85 for a half-day. Get a good workout without becoming too intoxicated. Consider making a quick trip up the Guardsman Pass Scenic Backway if you're arriving in the summer or early fall. You'll see a ton of views along the road, even though it requires driving up winding pavement for just under seven miles. All around you will be aspens, evergreens, and expansive fields dotted with wildflowers. And as you reach the 9,717-foot crest of the Wasatch Range, those views only get bigger. Alpine Coasters In all of Utah, the Park City Mountain Coaster is the longest of its kind. When you visit outside of the winter, you can reach up to 30 miles per hour as you zoom down the track's mile length. Although each ride at the top costs $30, the views are incomparable. If you like coasting, this is one of the best things to do in Park City Utah. Art and Culture For a small town of its size, Park City has a surprisingly vibrant arts scene. Over 20 galleries, featuring everything from black-and-white nature photos to bronze sculptures, line the streets. The last Friday of every month is when the Park City Gallery Association hosts its three-hour gallery stroll, when each venue's unique aesthetic is on full display. The public is welcome to attend for free. For art lovers this should be one of the best things to do in Park City Utah. Ski Deer Valley Resort In addition to providing the most opulent amenities and top-notch customer service, Deer Valley is renowned for its excellent skiing. Only skiers are permitted on the mountain; snowboarders are not permitted. Additionally, the resort only allows 7,500 skiers per day, so even during the busiest holiday seasons, the hill is never overcrowded, and you can always count on getting the most vertical. With terrain spanning four mountains, there is something for every skill level of skier. The resort caters to novice and intermediate skiers, but that doesn't mean the terrain isn't difficult. Skiers with more experience should visit Lady Morgan Mountain, as it offers excellent powder stashes and untracked glade runs. There are 6,570 feet at base elevation. Ski Park City Mountain Resort Park City Mountain Resort is a vast ski area featuring an almost infinite variety of runs. Before you ever run out of places to ski, your energy will run out. The resort features more than 330 runs, is distributed across 17 peaks, and tops out at 10,026 feet. With a good assortment of intermediate and beginner runs, the resort caters to families. In addition, while there are soft greens and expansive blue groomers, there are also black diamonds that will make your pulse race. Park City Mountain and Canyons Ski Resort combined to become one resort, but there are still two primary base areas. The largest parking area is found in the first area, which is just outside of town. The second area is in town and is mainly for guests staying at neighboring hotels. On busy days, arrive early if you want a spot because parking is extremely limited here. Vail Resorts owns Park City Mountain Resort, which is included in the Epic Pass network. In the summer, you can enjoy hiking, mountain biking, riding the mountain coaster, taking a gondola ride to take in the scenery, and other entertainment options like the summer concert series. Sundance Film Festival Every year, during the final ten days of January, Park City hosts the renowned Sundance Film Festival. This is your opportunity to see famous people. During the festival, the town is lively and bustling, making it a great place to be. Along with other locations around town, the renowned Egyptian Theater screens movies. While lodging can be expensive and hard to come by during the festival, keep in mind that Salt Lake City is only 45 minutes away, and free shuttle buses are provided by the festival from the various parking lots. In actuality, the Sundance Film Festival is a fantastic time to ski at Park City Resort and Deer Valley Resort. It tends to discourage people from going skiing during the festival because of the thought of crowds and parking in town. There will probably be excellent snow and a few lines. It's possible to spot a celebrity zipping down the hills or riding the chairlift next to you. For most people, this is one of the most exciting things to do in Park City Utah. Park City Museum Constructed in 1884, the original Park City Hall now houses the Territorial Jail and Museum. Although it may not appear large from the outside, the museum is home to a sizable collection and is spread across multiple floors totaling 12,000 square feet (about twice the area of a basketball court). Numerous interactive exhibits about Park City and the surrounding area's history are available at the museum. Exhibits include a mining exhibit where you can try riding in an old elevator and set off an explosion. Additional activities that are ideal for family outings include a visit to the Smith and Brim grocery store after a descent into the original, dank, and dark territorial jail. A synopsis of the history of downhill skiing is also provided. Egyptian Theatre Show Arts enthusiasts should visit the renowned Egyptian Theatre to see a play, comedy act, musical, or film. Additionally, the Sundance Film Festival's initial screenings took place in this theater. The theater has been restored to its former splendor after being around for more than a century. It is easy to find on Main Street. Just look for the neon-lit marquee and the bright red doors below. Throughout the year, performances happen. If you are into old stuff, this will be one of the best things to do in Park City Utah. Wrapping Up Park City offers free usage of its city buses. The buses travel all the way to lower Deer Valley properties, and taking the bus is frequently more convenient than trying to find Park City public parking. The two main ski resorts are also accessible by bus. The historic street is traversed by the Main Street trolley. Most of the stores, galleries, and restaurants are located along the trolley's route. The trolley operates between 10 and 11 p.m. In the city, ridesharing services like Uber and Lyft are widely available. There shouldn't be a long wait for these services because Park City is a popular place to get them. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about things to do in Park City Utah, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: The 4 Top Reasons You Should Visit Les Deux Alpes During Your Ski Break From Museums To Parks: The Top Attractions In St George Utah Ski Retreats And City Suites: Salt Lake City’s Hotel Gems
From Museums to Parks: The Top Attractions in St George Utah
BY Sarmind Safi Feb 20, 2024
What are some of the best things to do in St. George, Utah? There are countless outdoor activities and breathtaking scenery all around in this adventurer's paradise! Situated amidst the magnificent red rocks of southern Utah, St. George is renowned for offering distinctive experiences that appeal to individuals searching for natural marvels and an exhilarating vacation. Allow us to walk you through some of the best St. George activities to ensure that your trip, whether from Las Vegas or somewhere else entirely, is truly unforgettable. Take in the breathtaking vistas while hiking in Zion National Park or exploring Red Cliffs National Conservation Area. Visit the Little Black Mountain Petroglyph Site to get a firsthand look at historical sites. Some of the top outdoor activities in St. George, Utah, are listed below for your enjoyment. List of Outdoor and Nature Parks Dixie Rock St George Narrows Pioneer Park Arches Snow Canyon State Park Quail Creek State Park Butterfly Hike- Lava Tubes Jenny's Canyon Petroglyph Slot Canyon Red Hills Desert Little Black Mountain Petroglyphs St George Hot Air Balloon Rides Sand Hollow State Park Yant Flat (Candy Cliffs) Top List of Arts and Culture Venues in St George Pioneer Courthouse St George Utah Temple Kayenta Art Village Jacob Hamblin Home Daughters Of Utah Pioneer Museum Tuacahn Centre For the Arts Brigham Young Winter Home Historical Site Green Gate Village St George Tabernacle St George City Art Museum Western Sky Aviation Warbird Museum Explore The Historic Downtown List of Fun Things to Do in St George Utah, for Family and Kids St George Carousel St George Dinosaur Discovery Site Thunder Junction Park Parks and Playgrounds Silver Reef Ghost Town List of Food and Drink Places Beers at Zion Brewery Dessert at Nielsen’s Frozen Custard Drive in at Larsen’s Frostop Dinner at Chef Alfredo’s Things To Do in St George Utah Grab a water bottle and put on your adventure hat, and let's explore what this quaint city has in store for you! You will find a lot of unusual things to do in St George Utah. Zion National Park Zion National Park is one of the must-see locations close to St. George. Moreover, it has some of Utah's most breathtaking scenery and hiking paths. The park is a great place to get away from the lights of the city because it has 15 miles of horseback riding trails and 38 miles of hiking trails. The Narrows hike, a unique experience through a slot canyon that provides breathtaking views while wading through the Virgin River, is undoubtedly the most well-known hike in Zion. Beginning at the Temple of Sinawava, this amazing trail descends into canyons with imposing walls that rise to a height of a thousand feet on either side. If you're up for an additional challenge while visiting, then think about hiking Angels Landing, a famous trail with breathtaking views but with treacherous switchbacks and exposed cliffs along the way. While you're enjoying Zion National Park, don't forget to compile a Utah bucket list that includes other interesting places that are accessible by car from St. George and are great for families! You won't be disappointed by all that this amazing area has in store for you, from exploring neighboring Sand Hollow State Park with its skydiving and ATV rentals to visiting other breathtaking parks like Bryce Canyon or Arches National Parks! Red Cliffs National Conservation Area Your journey from Las Vegas to St. George will be made even more memorable by the exploration of the magnificent Red Cliffs National Conservation Area. It is a vast 45,000-acre area in the heart of Washington County, Utah. This area is nothing short of spectacular, thus making it a must-visit gem for outdoor enthusiasts seeking exhilarating activities in St. George or simply looking for an escape into nature's wonders. The Red Cliffs National Conservation Area boasts breathtaking scenery with a variety of wildlife that adds to its allure, as well as distinctive red rock formations found within the Red Cliffs Desert Reserve. It's highly recommended that you get a trail map and head out on one of the many designated trails. You can see the breathtaking waterfalls as well as expansive vistas that are unique to St George. It makes sense that everyone's top priority when visiting this area is to explore Red Cliffs, with so much natural beauty right at your fingertips. Little Black Mountain Petroglyph Site The Little Black Mountain Petroglyph Site is a must-see location in St. George. Visitors can get a glimpse of the rich history and culture of the area by viewing the ancient petroglyphs carved into sandstone boulders at this site. Moreover, all ages as well as skill levels can enjoy the short, easy hike around the site. There are no restrooms close to the Little Black Mountain Petroglyph Site, so bring plenty of water and wear comfortable shoes. It's fascinating to take your time walking around and taking in all the fine details on each rock carving! Visitors can enjoy outdoor activities like hiking around St. George or climbing Dixie Rock at Pioneer Park, both of which are well-known destinations in and of themselves, in addition to exploring this historic gem! St. George Historic Downtown As travel enthusiasts, we urge you to stop by St. George Historic Downtown while you're in Utah. Your trip will be made unforgettable by the history, culture, as well as mouthwatering culinary options found here. The St. George Tabernacle, a distinctive historical site with an intriguing past that is sure to captivate history buffs and casual visitors alike, is one of the top-rated attractions here. Pioneer Park, which is perched high above downtown and provides breathtaking views of the city, is another fantastic location in St. George's downtown. It's the ideal location for a quiet family outing or a quiet place to spend some time alone while admiring the surrounding natural beauty. After exploring the historic downtown, if you're looking for even more nearby activities, don't miss the Brigham Young Winter Home Historical Site or Red Hills Desert Garden, which are both conveniently close by! Western Sky Aviation Warbird Museum The Western Sky Aviation Warbird Museum is one of our top recommendations for attractions in St. George, Utah. So, you won't want to miss this exceptional aviation museum with its sizable collection of vintage aircraft. You can see these amazing machines up close as well as discover more about how our pilots operate them. Apart from witnessing the aircraft, you can also watch actual fossils being prepared in their laboratory! Visitors can observe experts working on dinosaur bones as well as other ancient specimens in a real fossil prep lab located inside this museum. Hence, observing how they are handling these precious relics firsthand is fascinating! When in the area, make sure to visit the Western Sky Aviation Warbird Museum, which is regarded as one of the Best Things to Do in St. George, Utah. If you would rather explore on your own, then the museum also provides self-guided tours and guided tours led by knowledgeable tour guides. Red Hills Desert Garden The Red Hills Desert Garden in St. George, Utah is one of our favorite places to visit. Situated on Red Hills Parkway, this botanical garden provides sweeping views of the city. Moreover, it is close to Pioneer Park. Built on top of Dixie's red rocks, this location boasts a unique desert landscape that cannot be found anywhere else, which is what makes it so special. The public can enter the garden for free, hence making it a cost-effective way to spend a day in St. George. A man-made stream meandering through the park provides a soothing sound as you stroll along paths bordered with native plants. Moreover, the Virgin River provides the water, which heightens the tranquil atmosphere this urban oasis creates. A day trip to St. George is a great idea if you're looking for something different and serene to include in your Las Vegas itinerary. Moreover, make sure to visit Red Hills Desert Garden alone. St. George Dinosaur Discovery Site During your trip to Utah, visit the St. George Dinosaur Discovery Site at Johnson Farm. It is bound to be an incredible experience! Thousands of dinosaur footprints are preserved in this museum at the exact location where they were found. Discover unique fossils as well as dinosaur exhibits that will excite any history buff as you explore the museum. Even more thrilling is the fact that guests can use their hands to unearth replica fossils! The location is renowned for its remarkable array of preserved dinosaur footprints from various taxa, such as ornithopods, theropods, as well as sauropods. During an interactive tour, the guides provided us with astonishing information about these creatures that ruled our planet millions of years ago. Overall, this hidden gem in southern Utah is genuinely unique. So, if you're considering a weekend trip to St. George, then make sure not to miss it! Vortex Hike If you only do one in the vicinity of St. George, then we suggest the Vortex hike as a unique hike. The entire hike is amazing, in addition to the Vortex itself being incredible. While it's very busy and well-liked on weekends, we only saw one other group as we were leaving during our midweek visit. This is a moderate hike that takes about one or one and a half hours to complete (not including the time you want to hang out there). It is about 2.16 miles round trip. Remember that the final five miles will be on unpaved roads. When we went, there were some muddy and dubious areas on the road because it had just snowed. Although four-wheel drive as well as high clearance are always helpful, we also noticed a minivan in the parking lot. When trying to take pictures of the Vortex, the sun's position is a major factor. To prevent harsh shadows on the rock feature, you should be there either at dawn, dusk, or midday when the sun is at its highest. On a cloudy day, any time is acceptable. Given that some of the cairns were difficult to locate, we strongly advise obtaining an offline map for the trail. Get the maps by downloading an app, and you won't have to worry about getting lost. Scout Cave If you have limited afternoon time when visiting Snow Canyon State Park, then trek to Jenny's Canyon and Scout Cave. The hike wasn't too interesting, but Scout Cave was lovely. Moreover, Jenny's Canyon is an easy 10-minute stop with a short approach. This state park is remarkably close to the city. It is also just ten minutes away. After speaking with a few locals, we learned that because people are so intent on seeing Zion, they frequently overlook it. Next, when we have more time, we'd like to spend a whole day exploring the remaining portion of the park. We would have given ourselves a whole day to explore the remainder of the park if we had known better. Because Snow Canyon offers an abundance of hiking opportunities. Scout Cave appears far better in the morning light than it does in the afternoon or evening. This is definitely one of the many fun things to do in St George Utah. Getting To St George: Driving For those who want to take their time exploring Utah's breathtaking natural scenery, driving from Las Vegas to St. George, UT, is a popular choice. So, the trip is usually completed in two hours and travels about 120 miles. One option is to pick up a car at the airport in Las Vegas and then head directly to southern Utah. You get a preview of what's to come as you get closer to St. George, where the scenery changes to towering red rock formations and sandstone cliffs. It's crucial to keep in mind that the route between Las Vegas and St. George can occasionally get very solitary. So be ready with extra water, gas, and food in case there are any unforeseen delays or detours. But the ride itself is very scenic, with gorgeous views of neighboring state parks like Valley of Fire and charming little towns along the way. If you don't feel like driving, then there are lots of tours that can handle all your transportation requirements. Moreover, they offer enlightening commentary on the natural wonders and history of the St. George area. Take A Tour So, there are numerous tours available for visitors who want to explore St. George while they are in Las Vegas. Taking a guided tour with one of the many companies based in Las Vegas, such as Pink Jeep Tours and Grand Canyon Tour Company, is one option. These tours usually take you along picturesque routes so you can enjoy the scenery as you travel between the two cities. Therefore, there is sure to be something exciting waiting for every visitor interested in seeing everything that St. George has to offer, with a variety of options available, from gentle sightseeing trips appropriate for all ages to hardcore expeditions for experienced enthusiasts ready for rougher terrains! Wrapping Up To sum up, if you're searching for unique experiences as well as outdoor adventures, then St. George, Utah, is a great place to visit. Also, this city offers activities for all kinds of visitors, from hiking in Zion National Park to visiting the Western Sky Aviation Warbird Museum. A variety of activities are available for visitors to enjoy, such as exploring the Little Black Mountain Petroglyph Site and kayaking at Sand Hollow State Park. Read Also: Best 9 Things To Do In El Paso! Here Are The 10 Best Things To Do In Baltimore! Roman Revelations: Unforgettable Things To Do In Rome, The Heart Of Italy!
Top 10 Edition: The Best Beaches in Washington for Every Season
BY Sarmind Safi Feb 19, 2024
There are many different beaches in Washington, including those on the Puget Sound, Pacific Ocean, peninsulas, lakes, and islands. Washington beaches feature grassy dunes, pebbles, rocks, or sand and offer activities like swimming, boating, wildlife observation, tidepool exploration, and gathering driftwood or seashells. Beachgoers may be kept on the shore by the chilly water, but sunsets on Washington's west coast provide the ideal cap for a day at the beach. The most prevalent type of beaches in Washington, Puget Sound, are gravel ones, though they can also be found along the coast (such as the Willapa Bay side of Tokeland). Small-stone beaches aren't great for volleyball, but they tend to attract more marine life because they offer hiding places from raptors. They're a favorite among crabs, and harbor seals graze on mixed gravel beaches. Beaches in Washington If you are looking for the best beaches in Washington, then we are listing some of your top options here. So, look at all the names we are dropping. Golden Gardens Park, Seattle With views of Puget Sound and the Olympic Mountains, the 80-acre Golden Gardens Park is home to one of the largest beaches in the Seattle area. Swimming is available at the sandy beach, and hiking, volleyball, and fishing, as well as water sports like sailing, canoeing, and kayaking, are all very popular. On the beach, there are fire pits and a one-acre dog off-leash area available. Read More: The Best Mountain Getaways In Washington: Where To Stay, What To Do, And How To Relax Green Lake Park, Seattle This urban park is about five miles to the north of Seattle's downtown. Visitors can enjoy the grass and sand areas, and lifeguards are on duty during the summer. In addition to tennis courts, an indoor pool, picnic areas, equipment rentals, restrooms, and a historic bathhouse, the park has basketball courts. A 2.8-mile path encircling the lake is popular among bikers, skaters, walkers, and joggers. Madison Park Beach, Seattle Northeast of Seattle's downtown, this little park on Lake Washington's edge offers a small sandy beach, grassy area, parking, tennis courts, restrooms, and lifeguards in the summer. There are benches and a walking path nearby, and guests can go shopping or eat at neighborhood eateries. Alki Beach, Seattle Alki Beach is a 2.5-mile sandy beach located on Elliot Bay in West Seattle, along with a corresponding long pedestrian walkway. One of the eight lighthouses on Puget Sound is a replica of the Statue of Liberty, and it is open for tours. From Memorial Day weekend through Labor Day, beach fire pits are open. There are picnic tables, parking, as well as restrooms. Madrona Park, Seattle Madrona Park, which is on Lake Washington's western shore, has picnic spaces, a bathhouse, a swimming beach, and parking. Together with a grassy shoreline, hiking trails, and views of Mount Rainier, there's a jogging path alongside the lake. During the summer, lifeguards are on duty, and the beaches are open until Labor Day. Madrona Park is one of the least explored beaches in Washington. Jackson Beach, San Juan Island Approximately two miles from Friday Harbor's downtown, this lengthy sandy beach is open all year round. A small dock, volleyball courts, fire pits, barbecue grills, restrooms, and a picnic area are all present. The presence of bioluminescent dinoflagellates, which glow in the dark when a kayak paddle touches them, is an exciting feature. This phenomenon is only available to guided groups. Individuals must make reservations for evening events as the park is closed to visitors. Fort Worden, Port Townsend The sandy beach, which is part of Fort Worden State Park on Puget Sound, has access to a boat ramp, kayak and canoe rentals, and views of the Northern Cascades. Part of the original concrete fortifications still stands from the once-powerful military fort that once guarded the city. So, the exhibits at the Marine Science Center are open to visitors in the summer. There are campgrounds close by, and you can see the lighthouse from the outside. Long Beach, Long Beach Peninsula Long Beach calls itself the "World's Longest Beach." It stretches 28 miles along its shoreline and is in Washington's southwest. Hikers, bikers, as well as walkers can enjoy views of the surrounding landscape and art installations along the 8.5-mile Discovery Trail. A half-mile boardwalk leads down to a grassy dune. The broad, level sands of the peninsula taper off to the horizon in both directions. It is battered by Pacific waves that are nearly always too erratic and too chilly for swimming. It boasts the best boardwalk in the state. The 8.5-mile Discovery Bike Trail meanders among sand dunes, public art, and the restored whale bones. Long Beach's fine, soft sand is created by the addition of clay and silt from the Willapa Bay’s large mud flats. It is paler than beaches in Washington near river mouths because of its higher quartz concentration. Cape Disappointment State Park, Long Beach Peninsula Sandy beaches in Washington, with breathtaking views of Baker Bay and the Pacific Ocean, can be found in the park. Two operational lighthouses, a military fort, as well as the Lewis & Clark Interpretive Center, which tells the history of Cape Disappointment, are all part of the historic area. In addition to building sandcastles and driftwood forts, beachgoers can hike through coastal forests and explore tidepools. The water is a little too cold for swimming, but there's still plenty to do. This miniature version of Waikiki Beach seems to have welcomed all visitors since it opened. Despite how beautiful the cove and black river sand are, the name doesn't refer to a paradisiacal place but rather to the passing of a Hawaiian sailor who lived nearby. Half Moon Bay, Westport Light State Park, Westport The 560-acre day-use park has grassy dunes and beaches on Half Moon Bay and the Pacific Ocean, as well as picnic areas, restrooms, grills, a lighthouse, and a coastal forest. Moreover, Half Moon Bay and the Pacific Ocean have a 1.3-mile paved path dividing them. Activities nearby include fishing, surfing, as well as exploring the Westport Lighthouse. Moreover, on the beach, dogs are welcome, and camping is available close by. Griffiths-Priday Ocean State Park, Ocean Shores The mouths of the Copalis River and Connor Creek are where you'll find this state park on the Pacific Coast. Walking trails, a boardwalk, and grassy sand dunes all lead to the sandy beach, which is frequently empty. Seashells, migrating birds, and the neighboring Copalis National Wildlife Refuge are all attractions for nature enthusiasts. Many people come here to dig for shellfish, and dogs are welcome. There are picnic tables and restrooms. Luther Burbank Park, Mercer Island Nearly a mile of Lake Washington waterfront is available for swimming, boating, and fishing at this 77-acre park. There are walking trails, tennis courts, picnic areas, grills, a kids' playground, and restrooms (during summer). From October through April, dogs on leashes are welcome on the beach. Mercer Island also offers off-leash areas. You can check out Luther Burbank Park if you are looking for quieter beaches in Washington state. West Beach and Sunset Beach, Washington Park, Anacortes Located in Washington Park on the western tip of Fidalgo Island along the Swinomish Channel, there are two beaches- West Beach and Sunset Beach. There are picnic areas, restrooms, a playground, a boat launch, and beachside fire pit barbecues at Sunset Beach. It comprises 220 acres. West Beach has campsites, a small rocky area, tide pools, and breathtaking views. Lake Sammamish State Park, Issaquah This day-use park has a playground, walking trails through forests and wetlands, and two lakefront beaches. At Tibbets Beach, you can rent equipment for water sports, reserve an outdoor kitchen, and have a picnic area. This 530-acre park hosts annual events, including boat parades, concerts, and nature walks. Dogs on leashes are allowed in the park but not on areas designated as swimming beaches. If you are looking for beaches in Washington, Lake Sammamish is another option. Idylwood Beach Park, Redmond The Idylwood Beach Park is on the northwest coast of Lake Sammamish and has a lot to offer. It has a bathhouse, swimming beach, picnic tables, restrooms, a small boat ramp, a fishing pier, and picnic shelters. The park sprawls over 17 acres of land. It provides the only free recreational access to Lake Sammamish. This popular park also has playground equipment, volleyball courts, fishing, and barbecue pits. Cama Beach On Camano Island, the beach is all about boats. The most well-liked sound-front spot has a parking lot uphill and is hidden from view. Situated near the water, the Center for Wooden Boats and its vintage vessels take center stage. It is encircled by luxurious cedar cabins that resemble a sleepaway camp. The place rents out boats and hosts weekend workshops for building toy boats. Because of the extremely rocky shoreline, transport by sea is the preferred option. North Bay This park on San Juan Island, like many other beaches in Washington, is home to bleached-white driftwood. It forms a barrier between a grassy bluff and dark, dense sand. Guided groups are usually the only ones allowed after the park closes at dusk. North Bay, located just south of Friday Harbor, just outshines everything else. At night bioluminescent dinoflagellates light up the water when in contact with a kayak paddle, making the trip even more memorable. Kitsap County Park's Beach This Kitsap County park's beach is a three-quarter mile walk (all downhill, but that means an ascending stroll on the return trip). The waves are very calm because Vashon Island feels like it is almost touching the narrow finger of Colvos Passage. The required hike keeps the beach comparatively deserted. Crescent Bay Imagine the craggy islands along Washington's coast, minus the ferocious waves. The most striking areas of this county park on the northern edge of the Olympic Peninsula are tucked inland. Moreover, it has old military bunkers buried deep under the overgrown forest, and many of them are concealed behind overgrown trails. Tide pools form the eastern end of the water, and a sandy stretch hugs the relatively calm Crescent Bay. Far off in the distance is Vancouver Island. Quileute Oceanside Resort Sea stacks, or little islands with a few scraggly trees at the top and basking sea lions at the base, are due to rock columns just offshore. About two miles north of Rialto's parking lot, Hole-in-the-Wall is a naturally occurring sea arch in a headland on this section of the national park that is only accessible at low tide. The Quileute Oceanside Resort is next to La Push's dully named First Beach, south of Rialto. Olympic National Park Even with its magnificently isolated beaches, the Olympic National Park still has some gems near the parking lot. Ruby Beach's broad sands are just a quarter mile from Highway 101, and the distance between pavement and dunes at Kalaloch, to the south, is just a few feet. In addition, the Tower of Wisdom is collapsing. It's one of the few spots in the park where dogs are allowed, so keep an eye out for bald eagles and look down on leash-wearing pets. Tokeland Smugglers used the hotel's hidden spot behind the fireplace to hide undocumented workers, and there are plenty of antiques and rooms with floral wallpaper in this 127-year-old establishment. The Victorian-era farmhouse is one of the few businesses in a quiet residential waterfront community, and it looks out over the serene, kelp-filled coast of Willapa Bay. Seaview The Depot restaurant is a welcome diversion on a coast popular for bins of saltwater taffy and hand-caught razor clams rather than for fine dining. The old Clamshell Railroad station has a lot of tables, with chef as well as owner Michael Lalewicz cooking up local oysters as well as combining wild razor clams and Willapa Bay clams for a flavorful chowder. Wrapping Up Washington's beaches, with their unparalleled beauty and ecological significance, stand as a testament to the delicate balance between human joy and environmental responsibility. So, whether you're drawn to the windswept shores of the Pacific or the calm bays of the Salish Sea, Washington's beaches invite all to connect with nature and savor the timeless allure of the coastal landscape. The unmatched beauty, as well as the ecological significance of Washington's beaches, serve as a testament to the fine line that must be drawn between environmental responsibility and human enjoyment. Therefore, beaches in Washington invite everyone to connect with nature and enjoy the timeless allure of the coastal landscape, whether they are drawn to the windswept shores of the Pacific or the serene bays of the Salish Sea. Read Also: Washington State Bucket List: 6 Amazing Attractions You Can’t Miss Family Fun In The Gulf Of Mexico: Beaches, Boating, And More The Best Beaches In Puerto Rico Ranked!
The Best Mountain Getaways in Washington: Where to Stay, What to Do, and How to Relax
BY Sarmind Safi Feb 17, 2024
Washington State's mountains are renowned for their splendor. Washington has some of the tallest mountains in the lower 48 states and some of the most breathtaking. The Cascade Mountains are the most well-known mountain range in Washington. The Cascade Mountains include Mount Rainier, Washington's tallest and most famous mountain. Because some of the Washington mountains are so high up, hiking and climbing them is not always simple. However, the vistas from the snow-covered peaks are just breathtaking. Tallest Mountains in Washington If you are looking for the tallest climbs around Washington, the state will not disappoint. The vantage points, as well as the natural grandeur of the mountains in Washington, are simply mesmerizing. Here are all the mountains in Washington that you must check out. Mount Rainier Glacier Peak Mount Adams Bonanza Peak Mount Stuart Mount Fernow Goode Mountain Mount Shuksan Buckner Mountain Mount Baker Mountains In Washington Several of the tallest mountains in Washington map are in the Cascade Mountain Range. You may have heard of them before. The others will be instantly recognizable from pictures you may have seen in books or on the internet. Despite your familiarity with their name or their looks, a trip to these inclines will give you something to remember for a lifetime. Here are the top mountains in Washington. Mount Rainier Among the most well-known mountains in the US is Mount Rainier. Standing at one of the most breathtaking locations in the nation, this active volcano dominates the surrounding landscape. Situated at the center of Mount Rainier State Park, the park offers year-round outdoor activities such as hiking, trail running, and camping that are truly amazing. There are many hiking trails but few paved roads because the park was not intended to be visited by large numbers of people. Nonetheless, there is something for everyone, as many of the trails are suitable for beginning hikers. Climbing to the peak of Mount Rainier presents a distinct experience. Mount Rainier is the highest peak in Washington and has the steepest incline of all the mountains. Those who wish to try to reach the summit will have to hike more than ten miles, with a significant portion of that distance being nearly vertical ascent. Hikers must be in excellent physical shape. They will also require rock climbing abilities as well as an understanding of glacial rope safety. Before attempting to hike to the summit of Mount Rainier, it is a good idea to get some experience at lower elevations. Mount St. Helens Another active volcano is Mount St. Helens. In 1980, Mount St. Helens erupted with a massive explosion that resulted in the largest landslide in American history, making it the most famous eruption of all time. Although experts warn that such a massive and deadly eruption could occur, it has never happened before. The United States' most active volcano is still Mount St. Helens. At Mount St. Helens, a sizable Visitor's Center serves as the entrance to the mountain itself. There is a ton of information about the volcano at the Visitor's Center. Moreover, children adore viewing the interactive exhibits about the volcano's eruption. Convenience stores, trail maps, as well as camping and hiking supplies are available on the premises. Any licenses or permits required for activities like hiking, fishing, camping, as well as other pursuits are also available. Numerous trails wind around the mountain, beginning at the Visitor's Center. There is something for everyone on these trails, which range in difficulty from beginner to expert. However, hiking to the summit should only be attempted by the most skilled hikers. Mount Adams While part of Mount Adams is on the Yakima Indian Reservation, the majority of the mountain is located in the Gifford Pinchot National Forest. Among the Cascade Mountains' older peaks is Mount Adams. On Mount Adams, volcanic activity is thought to have started more than 900,000 years ago. Mount Adams is an outdoor enthusiast's paradise in the surrounding protected area. In addition to many other activities, visitors can ride 4-wheelers and ATVs, hike, camp, ride horses, swim, kayak, fish, and much more. The Mount Adams South Climb trail is an option if you have the courage to try hiking to the summit of Mount Adams. You need to be at least an intermediate hiker to tackle this difficult trail. But after you finish this 13-mile hike, the views from the summit will astound you. Mount Baker Mount Baker is a volcano, just like most of the Cascade Mountains in Washington, albeit relatively young in geology. Its glacier cover is also the second-heaviest. Snow is what makes Mount Baker truly famous. It has a massive amount of snow. Moreover, it's among the world's snowiest locations. When the Mount Baker Ski Area received nearly 100 feet of snow in a single season in 1999, it broke the previous record for snowfall. Winter sports, skiing, and skating are the main reasons visitors come to Mount Baker. However, Mount Baker can also be hiked thanks to its hiking trails and brave hikers who are well-versed in snow as well as cold weather conditions. A few hikers use Mount Baker as a practice run for the Alaskan mountains covered in snow. Alternatively, they use Mount Baker's winter hiking to hone their extreme weather hiking and rock climbing techniques. Even if Mount Baker is a steep mountain, it does not snow here all the time. In addition to hiking the challenging paths in the summer, visitors can enjoy other local attractions, like dining at the well-known Heather Meadows Café, which is located at the foot of Mount Baker and offers breathtaking views. Read More: Top 9 Edition: Exploring The Wonders Of Washington’s National Parks Glacier Peak The most remote peak in Washington's Cascade Mountains is Glacier Peak. There aren't any facilities like in other well-known mountains. However, the experience at Glacier Peak is well worth the journey if you decide to go there. Discover intriguing geological artifacts and ancient lava deposits if you can climb to the summit. The views from the summit of Glacier Peak are also quite amazing. However, as with other mountains in this range, climbing to the summit can be difficult. The name "Glacier Peak" comes from the more than thirty glacial peaks that encircle the summit. To complete this trek, you must have prior experience hiking on glaciers and enduring the cold and snow. There are over 19 trails in the lower portions of the mountain that are rated for hikers of all skill levels, so even if climbing to the summit isn't your thing, you can still enjoy the breathtaking natural beauty of the area. All year long, you can go horseback riding, biking, camping, hiking, and running in the stunning Glacier Peak Wilderness Area. Mount Storm King One of the hardest mountains in Washington state for hiking is Mount Storm King. It's still a difficult climb even though it's not as high as some of the Cascade Mountains. The trail to the summit is almost entirely on a steep incline. Actually, after completing the ascent from the base, you'll need to use a number of ropes to pull yourself up to the summit. Don’t skip leg day if you want to try this hike. To get the last few feet to the summit, you'll need strong legs. A short stroll from the Storm King Ranger Station will get you started on the summit trail. There is a detour leading to Marymere Falls. It's a good warm-up before attempting the summit ascent, and it's a mile loop. The summit trail's final three miles are an almost straight incline, but the first two miles are not too tough. You will be climbing and rock scrambling almost the entire way. You'll be rewarded with a breathtaking view of Crescent Lake below if you can reach the summit. Wrapping Up This was a list of some of the most incredible hiking trails and mountains in Washington, D.C. for the outdoor enthusiast. Climbing these picturesque mountains offers the opportunity to take in even more picturesque vistas. There is a variety of trails, most of which are easy. Pack our bags, plan your trip to Washington, and set out to explore the natural beauty of the nation's capital. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: This Is The Best Time To Visit The Seven Magic Mountains In Vegas! 7 Fun Things To Do In The Great Smoky Mountains National Park Explore The Beauty Of The Mountains Of Kenya!
From Urban to Rural: The Best Places to Live in Washington State for Every Lifestyle
BY Sarmind Safi Feb 17, 2024
Washington is notable for its exceptional natural beauty, which includes three national parks, more than 8,000 lakes, and 155 miles of Pacific Ocean coastline. However, the Evergreen State is also among the wealthiest in the nation; in 2022, the median household income in the state was $84,247, nearly $6,000 higher than the national average. Major corporations like Microsoft and Amazon call Washington home, and there are plenty of excellent job opportunities there. Even though the Seattle area is still a popular place to relocate, there are many other towns throughout the state's interior and along its coastline that entice newcomers with their picturesque surroundings, outdoor-oriented lifestyles, close-knit communities, and family-friendly amenities. Here are 7 of the best places to live in Washington state, as rated by locals. Best Places To Live In Washington State It can be tough to zero in on one city to call home when you choose the Washington state to pick from. But we are listing the best places to live in Washington state to make your life easier. Take a peek. Cheney It's worth considering other universities in eastern Washington besides Gonzaga. Eastern Washington University, a public university with 11,000 students and 800 faculty members, is located in Cheney. Although EWU is not the biggest university in the state, a sizable portion of Cheney's population attends it. The population of the city is about 10,600 during the summer months. In academic terms, this increases to 17,600 inhabitants. For students who prefer to be fully immersed in campus life but are concerned about getting lost in a bigger city, EWU is an excellent choice. Families looking to live or work close to a university may find it to be a good alternative to other towns on this list. Cheney is undoubtedly one of the best places to live in Washington state for young adults. Spokane Although many of the greatest areas to live in Washington are located in the east, people tend to concentrate on the western side of the state. In stark contrast to the rainy weather in Seattle, the eastern portion of the state is level and experiences a desert climate. Spokane, which is located near the Idaho border, is the 99th most populous city in the country. With 500,000 residents, Spokane serves as a hub in opposition to Seattle. For those who prefer to be outside, Spokane is a sanctuary. Within a few hours of the city, one can find hiking and rafting in addition to ski resorts. The men's basketball team at Gonzaga University, which is based in Spokane, draws fans from all over the nation. In the NCAA March Madness tournament, the Bulldogs are always a formidable opponent. Portland In the Pacific Northwest, Seattle is not the only significant city. The Columbia River divides Washington and Oregon, with Portland, Oregon, situated along its border. Nike and Columbia Sportswear have their corporate offices in Portland, a sizable city. Vancouver, Washington is the state across which Portland is located. Many people who live in this city make the daily commute into Oregon. One city to another can be reached by car in fifteen minutes, although traffic may make it take longer. The fact that Washington does not impose a state income tax is one advantage of relocating to Vancouver. This can save you money. Ocean Shores The coast of Washington has many of the best places to live, with huge rocky outcroppings and thick fog making for enigmatic and fascinating beach walks. Selecting the best city to stay in along the Pacific Ocean is difficult. One well-liked location is the town of Ocean Shores, which is home to about 6,000 people. If you enjoy going fishing and cooking your catch, Ocean Shores is a great place to call home. It is known for the Razor Clam and Seafood Festival held every year in the spring. Sand and wood artists from all over the nation come to the Sand and Sawdust festival in the summer. For those who enjoy the sea and the arts, this town is fantastic. Olympia Seattle is not the capital city of Washington, despite its size. It is Olympia's turn to receive this honor. Both cities are situated near water, and they are about an hour's drive apart with minimal traffic. Olympia has 46,000 people living in it, far fewer than Seattle. Olympia is a center for theater and the arts. Fine art organizations such as the Olympia Symphony Orchestra as well as the Olympia Family Theater are popular among the locals. Families can enjoy hiking or lounging on the waterfront with unobstructed views of Mount Rainier on the weekends. Whether you work in government, this is a great city to live in. Tacoma Those who wish to live in a more tranquil area but still commute into the city frequently choose Tacoma, which is only thirty minutes from Seattle's downtown. Known for Port Defiance, a park and family recreation area combined, it is situated along the water. Look into Tacoma if you want to live in the Seattle region but are having trouble locating the perfect spot. This town offers waterfront living in addition to being a center for the art and culture. You might find that there's more to do than you thought. Tacoma will prove to be more than what you expect. It is easily one of the best places to live in Washington state. Seattle Seattle is not only Washington's most populous city, but it also has a large metropolitan area spanning the Puget Sound. Many locals drive and ride their bicycles for work, averaging 138 hours a year (28.4 minutes each way) in the downtown area. Nonetheless, a lot of people believe that living in Seattle is worth the expense and commute. Along with dozens of other businesses, the city is home to the corporate offices of Amazon, Microsoft, Costco, Expedia, Alaska Airlines, and Starbucks. Seattle is home to the NFL's Seahawks, MLB's Mariners, NHL's Kraken, and NBA's Supersonics. Seattle is for you if you like a work-hard, play-hard lifestyle. What Is The Pacific Northwest? The states in the northwest of the nation that are bordered by the Pacific Ocean to the west and the Cascade Mountain Range to the east are collectively referred to as the Pacific Northwest (PNW). The two states that are mentioned in the PNW the most are Washington and Oregon. But the area also includes portions of California, Idaho, and Alaska. Does Washington Have A State Income Tax? Nine states do not impose an income tax, including Washington. The following states don't have a state income tax: Florida, Alaska, Nevada, Tennessee, and Texas. States without income taxes either decrease the services provided to citizens or find other ways to raise money. To avoid paying taxes, some Washingtonians commute to Oregon. What Is Seattle Famous For? In addition to being the birthplace of Starbucks, Seattle was once home to a sizable grunge music scene. The city has gained notoriety over the last ten years as the home of Amazon and is a sought-after location for tech companies to establish their operations. Living in the city has become more costly as a result. Wrapping Up States like Washington are our favorites because they have so many wonderful cities to choose from. There were so many, in fact, that we had to start by providing you with a list of three towns that you should definitely visit. We understand that you may be experiencing analysis paralysis right now. Where does one call home with so many wonderful options? If you're searching for a large city, Seattle is the only option. There is no doubt about that. However, if you're willing to settle for a somewhat smaller city, Spokane or Tacoma are a better option than Seattle. No matter where you choose to call home, never forget that we will assist you in getting there. Let us know if you choose to relocate to Washington. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about the best places to live in Washington state, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Temples, Markets, And More: Your Ultimate Bangkok Itinerary Here Are The 10 Best Things To Do In Baltimore! Planning A Vacation To Bali? Read This Blog!
Top 9 Edition: Exploring The Wonders of Washington’s National Parks
BY Sarmind Safi Feb 13, 2024
The majority of people from the Pacific Northwest will tell you that the outside world simply does not understand them. Many outsiders have the impression that Washington is a rainy city that lives off lattes, complete with techies and tree huggers. Yes, it has all of that, but the state's vast, unmatched wilderness, difficult to find anywhere else, is what really defines it. To really understand Washington national parks, you need to go beyond the Seattle city limits. Its famous national and state parks will make you speechless. Each presents an entirely distinct interpretation of the 18th largest state in the union. The three national parks in Washington are so large and varied that residents return year after year to explore more areas. Additionally, the more than 100 state parks are comparable, with lesser-known areas offering deserted campsites and uncrowded trails. In addition, there are deep fjords, moss-draped archipelagos for island hopping, snowy volcanic peaks, and canyons carved by Ice Age glaciers. There are also temperate rainforest trails, sea stacks off misty shores, and an abundance of waterfalls. To put it simply, you may want to consider a yearly park pass. National Parks In Washington Washington State National Parks are so much more than what they get credit for. Are you curious about what secrets Washington is hiding? We are listing the national parks in Washington state below. Make sure to put them on your to-do list. You will be surprised by the stuff you had left previously undiscovered in Washington. Moran State Park There are few places in the Pacific Northwest that compare to the delightfully remote Moran State Park. It is a haven for wild island getaways. Being the most populous island in the San Juan archipelago, Orcas Island has dense forests. It is a popular outdoor recreation destination for island hoppers. It offers multiple freshwater lakes for swimming and boating. The Washington State Ferries are the only way to get here; they connect to Seattle, San Juan, and other nearby launch points. If you're up for exercise, then consider hiking or biking up Mount Constitution, the highest point on the islands. Bring boots for the 38 miles of trails within the park. In order to see the interpretive center and enjoy the views, you can also drive up to the summit. Cape Disappointment State Park It's hard to estimate how many dad jokes went like, "Well, it's definitely not a disappointment," as they entered Cape Disappointment State Park. And it's not. The park, located in the southwestern region of Washington, boasts dramatic views of the Pacific Ocean and the powerful Columbia River. It also has moody beaches and windswept sea cliffs. You can tour decommissioned installations like Gun Battery Harvey Allen and the remnants of Fort Canby. It was once a strategically significant military site. The park's eight miles of trails lead to its two operational lighthouses, Cape Disappointment Lighthouse and North Head Lighthouse. They are arguably the most photographed sights in the area. Palouse Falls Palouse Falls was Washington's official state waterfall in 2014 after state legislators approved a bill from local students. The region is well-known for its abundance of waterfalls. The fall's special scenic location demonstrates why it was given that recognition. This 200-foot waterfall in the Palouse River Canyon cascades down basalt cliffs. It is one of the last remnants of the Ice Age floods. It should come as no surprise that this little state park is all about admiring the scenery. The park has three official vantage points. A short 0.1-mile ADA-accessible walk leads to one of the viewpoints. Dry Falls State Park The moss-covered forests west of the Cascade Range appear vastly different from the dry canyon-like settings of Sun Lakes–Dry Falls State Park. The park's striking cliffs are the result of the melting of the Ice Age. It created the bleak landscape of eastern Washington through ancient floods. It is a single stop on the multi-state National Geologic Trail: Ice Age Floods. The 3.5-mile precipice known as Dry Falls, which was formerly home to a massive waterfall, is the park's most striking feature. As the name suggests, the falls dried up long ago, but water is still a major attraction here. Boating, swimming, and water skiing are all popular in shimmering lakes. During the summer, the only thing breaking up the endless blue sky is the cliffs. Larrabee State Park Bellingham's hippies and college students frequently head toward Larrabee State Park when they want to go hiking. This is the first Washington State Park, established in 1915, and it protects a large portion of the Chuckanut Mountains' coastline. Moderate hikes to Clayton Beach's pebbled shores and Fragrance Lake, one of the park's many picturesque lakes, are popular routes. Mountain biking is another popular activity in the area, and Larrabee offers a variety of trails suitable for all skill levels. It includes steeper technical slopes that are best left to the pros. Of the many national parks in Washington, Larrabee will offer the most fun-filled experience. Lime Kiln Point State Park The San Juan archipelago is well-known for the year-round orca whale population that calls these chilly waters home. Visit Lime Kiln Point. The Washington State Parks's team likes to call it one of the world's top locations for whale watching, to witness them in action. And they’re not wrong. For views of the orcas and other whale species, which are most commonly spotted from May through September, climb the elegant 1919 lighthouse. This includes porpoises and pods of gray, humpback, and minke whales. Located on a rocky outcropping on San Juan Island's western shore, this small day-use park has a seasonal interpretive center that is usually open from late spring to summer. Deception Pass State Park This state park in Washington receives the highest number of visitors for two main reasons. The first is the range of outdoor activities it offers close to Seattle. It is a little over an hour’s drive if the traffic is not too heavy. The second is the 360-degree view that can be obtained from the two-span arched Deception Pass Bridge. It towers over the channel, which is a more romantic and compelling reason to visit. Deception Pass State Park encompasses two adjacent islands, Fidalgo and Whidbey. They are popular both for camping and day-use marine adventures. Three freshwater lakes and the surrounding saltwater are accessible from five boat launches. Visit this place to kayak around the coves of the islands, explore their rocky shorelines, and trek through the old-growth forests on a 38-mile network of trails. Beacon Rock State Park On the north bank of the largest river in the Pacific Northwest, Washington offers a more serene and visually appealing experience than Oregon. It is home to a majority of the Gorge's well-known as well as congested attractions. The overlooked Beacon Rock State Park offers expansive, slightly less crowded views of the national scenic area. Although Oregonians take great pride in their state, even they will admit that Beacon Rock is one of the best day hikes you can do. Within an hour's drive of the City of Roses. Enjoy expansive views of the gorge after ascending the basalt monolith via a mile of winding switchbacks and staircases. Locals cringe at this pun, but the views from the top are, well, gorgeous. If you are looking for national parks in Oregon and Washington, then this is your cue. Olympic Park If you can only spend time in one Washington park. Situated in the northwest, then choose Olympic Park. Corner of the state on the Olympic Peninsula, this vast wilderness has glacier-capped mountains, mossy rain forests, and tide pools. Rarely will any other of the national parks in Washington match up to the beauty of the Olympic. Except for Hawaii, the Olympic Peninsula gets more rainfall than all other location in the United States. It protrudes into the Pacific and is divided from the mainland by the Strait of Juan de Fuca and Puget Sound. This is the most glaciated US landscape outside of Alaska, with over 250 glaciers fed by the snowfall that occurs high in the 2,000-meter-plus Olympic mountains. The vast ice fields feed several significant rivers, which then meander towards the Pacific through temperate rainforests. Travelers can follow the Bogachiel River inland to the Hoh rainforest from its Pacific outlet at La Push to see the highlights. The following day, go in a northeastern direction and ascend to Hurricane Ridge, which offers a stunning vista of the Olympic mountain range. Those with extra time will want to soak in the Sol Duc hot springs and take a scenic stroll to Marymere Falls. Lake Crescent and Sol Duc offer lodging and the park is home to many campgrounds. Wrapping Up Yoking in the center of the Pacific Northwest, Washington State is famous for its breathtaking scenery and varied ecosystems. Locals and visitors alike have a variety of outdoor activities to choose from, ranging from a relaxing ferry ride to the iconic San Juan Islands to a strenuous hike to the Cascade Range peaks. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about national parks in Washington, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: 7 Fun Things To Do In The Great Smoky Mountains National Park Top 12 National Parks In Florida That You Must Visit Best 10 National Parks In New Mexico To Visit
Washington State Bucket List: 6 Amazing Attractions You Can’t Miss
BY Sarmind Safi Jan 18, 2024
Washington, aptly dubbed the Evergreen State, is awash in pristine nature, breathtaking scenery, and striking landscapes. It has world-class cities, museums, and tourist attractions in addition to stunning mountains, forests, beaches, and volcanoes. Situated in the Pacific Northwest, this rough terrain has the Cascade Mountains all around it. Canada, Idaho, Oregon, and the ocean surrounds it. Many of Puget Sound's biggest and most significant settlements are located around Puget Sound, including Seattle, Tacoma, and Olympia. With its historic sites and bustling markets, Washington State offers a plethora of activities. But what appeals most to many people are Washington's countless wild places, islands, and national parks. This is because you can fully immerse yourself in the natural world and explore its breathtaking scenery while hiking, biking, kayaking, and camping all in one region. Here are the best things to do in Washington state. Things To Do in Washington State If you are looking for some of the most unique things to do in Washington State, then here are your top choices. Mount Baker-Snoqualmie National Forest The expansive Mount Baker-Snoqualmie National Forest, located two hours east of Seattle, is another beautiful place to visit in nature. Its nearly infinite forests and valleys cover the western slopes of the Cascade Mountains. This makes it a very untamed and isolated area for the most part. Glistening lakes, rivers, and glaciers pierce its greenery as it stretches from Canada to Mount Rainier, covering a vast expanse. You can hike, ride a bike, go horseback riding, or ski and snowboard down the slopes of the magnificent Mount Baker. Moreover, all of them are set against a breathtaking backdrop. Due to the presence of bald eagles, grizzly bears, and deer on the mountain slopes, wildlife viewing is also highly satisfying. The national forest is a fantastic place to explore. It offers a plethora of opportunities for exploration, such as waterfalls, impressive viewpoints, and rock formations. Fort Worden State Park The wonderful Fort Worden State Park is located directly at the Puget Sound entrance. It is conveniently located north of Port Townsend. It offers a plethora of amazing outdoor activities amidst beautiful scenery, wildlife, and views. Owing to its strategic significance, there are three robust forts near the inlet's entrance in the late 1880s. Visitors can now explore the deteriorating batteries, fortifications, and buildings of the "Triangle of Fire." However, they never fired a single shot. They permit tours of the castle and museum of the former military installation. Visitors can bike, hike, and camp in the immaculate park. Many choose to swim and boat in its waters. Moreover, it features some of the best views from its beaches and coastal bluffs. Museum of Pop Culture Another one of the top things to do in Washington State is see the Museum of Pop Culture. It is located right next to the Space Needle. In addition to housing a plethora of iconic artifacts and hosting exhibitions that have won awards, it offers visitors a ton of enjoyable, interactive experiences. Paul Allen, co-founder of Microsoft, founded the company in 2000. Its shiny exterior, as well as eye-catching shapes and colors, make it instantly recognizable. Its collection and galleries are in devotion to modern popular culture. They feature everything from music, television, and video games to literature and film. Alongside historical photos, costumes, and film clips, guests can see instruments used by Jimi Hendrix and Nirvana, amongst others. Once you've explored its interactive exhibits and Hall of Fame, you can snap pictures of its movie memorabilia or try your DJing skills in the Sound Lab. This option is also one of the free things to do in Washington state. Skagit Valley Tulip Festival Colorful Skagit Valley Tulip Festival is one of the biggest, most beautiful events in the Pacific Northwest. Its flower-filled fields and exquisite display gardens are scattered throughout the large valley of the same name, and it takes place every April. Bulbs were first planted in the rich soils of the Puget Sound region as early as the 1890s, but growers were forced to relocate south to Skagit County due to a string of freezes. Even though the festival wasn't founded until 1984, people had been visiting the tulip farms for several decades before then. Tulip Town and Roozengaarde are great places to visit. They both have expansive flower-filled fields and gardens that make for picturesque photos. Sporting events, art exhibits, and lively street fairs are all regularly held throughout the month. This one should easily get a space on your list of fun things to do in Washington state. Lake Chelan There's no better place to de-stress, enjoy the great outdoors, and engage in outdoor activities than the picturesque Lake Chelan. The lengthy lake, which is tucked away amid stunning mountains and forests in north-central Washington, is sure to please nature enthusiasts. Its glittering surface is just over fifty miles long overall, with state parks, private beaches, and coves all along its edge. Therefore, those who enjoy the great outdoors can swim, fish, and hike along the trails. There are also several wineries, campsites, and water sports available, and everywhere you look, there are guaranteed to be breathtaking views of the lake and mountains. Most of the surrounding area is wonderfully unspoiled and untouched, except for the small communities of Manson, Chelan, and Stehekin. There are quiet lakeside lodges, quaint stores, eateries, and marinas where you can rent kayaks, jet skis, and boats at each of these. Mount St. Helens Ever since the state's famous and massive eruption in 1980, Mount St. Helens has practically become synonymous with it. Outdoor enthusiasts can now hike up to its lava-scarred site to enjoy breathtaking views over the surrounding desolate yet stunning landscapes. Until the avalanche and explosion, the mighty mount was the fifth-highest peak in the country. Following the remarkable event, the summit of 9,677 feet was lowered by more than a thousand feet, leaving behind the large, horseshoe-shaped crater that is still visible today. In addition to hiking up to Windy Ridge's notable peak, you can take pictures of the slowly regaining flora and fauna as well as get a peek inside the caldera. You can find out everything there is to know about the deadliest and most destructive volcanic event in US history at the visitor center and Johnston Ridge Observatory. Wrapping Up The list of things to do in Washington state is endless, but hopefully, this has given you some inspiration to begin prepping for the ideal getaway. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, then please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Here Are The 10 Best Things To Do In Baltimore! Weekend Escapades: Things To Do In Chattanooga Historic City, Timeless Charm: Exploring The Best Things To Do In Bath
Here Are The 10 Best Things To Do In Baltimore!
BY Sarmind Safi Jan 18, 2024
Pack comfortable walking shoes for a stroll along the Inner Harbor and a visit to the Baltimore Museum of Art, which houses impressionist paintings by Matisse, Picasso, and Cézanne. If you are not that into art visit Federal Hill Park or watch a baseball game at Oriole Park at Camden Yards right before you indulge your taste buds with the city's favorite blue crabs. Off the beaten path, visit Druid Hill Park to see the Maryland Zoo and Mount Vernon to see Baltimore's Washington Monument. History buffs, art lovers, and foodies will all enjoy this city's vibrant neighborhoods. These are home to everything from modern museums to historical monuments to a thriving dining scene. Things To Do In Baltimore If you are visiting Baltimore and want to know what to do once you reach, here are a few top options you cannot miss out on. Take a peek at all the things to do in Baltimore. The Avenue The eccentric neighborhood that appeared in John Waters' films remains a popular hangout, particularly along The Avenue. It's also known for its annual festivals, including Honfest. It honors women with beehive hairstyles and The Miracle of Lights on 34th St. It is an extravagant, kitschy holiday light display held on one city block every December. Some of the city's best restaurants and bars can be found on this street. It includes Dylan's Oyster Cellar, The Food Market, Avenue Kitchen & Bar, and The Bluebird. After that, go to the Charmery for some Old Bay caramel ice cream. Baltimore Museum of Art Surprisingly, the world's largest Matisse collection is not in Paris or Nice. (Can you see where this is going?) Yes, it is on display at the Baltimore Museum of Art. More than 1,000 works by the French Fauvist painter and sculptor are on display at the museum. The elegant building designed by John Russell Pope is also a work of art, with six Doric columns adorning the front. After brunch at the museum restaurant, visit the sculpture garden, which occasionally hosts jazz concerts. Fort McHenry Fort McHenry, designed in the shape of a five-pointed star, defended the city during the Battle of Baltimore in 1814. This inspired Francis Scott Key to write The Star-Spangled Banner. The exhibits and ranger programs are informative and entertaining. The 42-acre park, which edges into the harbor, provides excellent opportunities to have fun outdoors. Take a walk on the sea wall trail or relax on a picnic bench near the water. Read More: Things To Do In Maryland – Free Places To Visit In Maryland Frederick Douglass-Isaac Myers Maritime Park and Museum The Frederick Douglass-Isaac Myers Maritime Park and Museum honors Frederick Douglass and other African Americans who contributed to Baltimore's shipbuilding industry. The interactive exhibits tell the story of Douglass and Myers, who established America's first African-American shipyard. The beautiful waterfront setting is a great place to start exploring the historic Fells Point neighborhood. Sandlot Sandlot is a great place to hang out on the beach with friends (just don't get in the water). Grab a boozy slushie, a local beer or cocktail, or some locally sourced munchies from James Beard Award-winning Spike Gjerde's restaurant group from the airstream trailer. Sandlot is also an excellent location for photographing Baltimore's iconic neon Domino Sugar sign. Sandlot is only available during the summer. Mount Vernon Place Mount Vernon Place, Baltimore's cultural center, is home to the Washington Monument. Climb the 227 marble steps for a breathtaking view of the neighborhood's elegant 19th and 20th-century rowhomes. They are designed in Beaux Arts, Greek Revival, and Italianate styles. The square is also a good starting point for exploring the Mount Vernon neighborhood. It is home to many architectural wonders, such as a Norman-Gothic church, the Palazzo-style Walters Art Museum, and the George Peabody Library. During the summer, the surrounding parks host outdoor events for the entire family. Inner Harbor The Inner Harbor is home to many of Baltimore's attractions. It includes the National Aquarium, the Maryland Science Center, the USS Constellation, and the major sports stadiums. With a prime location alongside the Chesapeake Bay, the Harbor has been one of the most important seaports in the country since the 18th century. Aside from the nearby attractions, you can spend the day walking around the area. You can also watch a street performance or explore the shops and restaurants. While some travelers describe the area as a tourist trap, the scenic walks and convenient location make it a must-see for any first-time visitor. The neighborhood is a great place to take a water taxi, eat a meal, and shop. In addition, there are numerous summer concerts and events in the area. Federal Hill We know that for many Baltimore visitors, the Inner Harbor is their first stop. But, before you visit the National Aquarium, Maryland Science Center, Power Plant, and Historic Ships, get a bird's-eye view of the attractions all around the waterfront at Federal Hill Park. It offers a 10-acre elevated park that was defended by the city when the War of 1812 was waged. To climb the 99 steps to the top, wear comfortable shoes. Head to Federal Hill, just south of downtown, for some of the best views of the Inner Harbor and the Baltimore skyline. During the Civil War and the War of 1812, the massive hill served as a major lookout point. Until recently, it was also known as Signal Hill, where local companies' flags were raised as their ships approached the harbor. According to previous visitors, Federal Hill has the best view in the city. You can reach the summit of Federal Hill via stairs or a rolling hill. Head up the 100 stairs on the Battery Avenue side if you prefer the stairs. Warren Avenue, on the other hand, lacks stairs but offers scenic hillside views. If you're in town for the Fourth of July, this is a great place to watch the fireworks. Artscape Artscape, an annual outdoor summer arts extravaganza, features three stages of dance, theater, and concerts. It is held on the third weekend of July. The jam-packed weekend has featured well-known musical headliners such as Wyclef Jean, Sheila E, and Common. It is billed as the largest free arts festival in the United States. More than 150 artists sell jewelry, crafts, and one-of-a-kind objets d'art for your home, as well as food and drink from local vendors. It draws more than 350,000 people. Vaccaro With a long history of treating the nation, you can be sure to find a dessert that will satisfy your sweet tooth at Vaccaro's. Yes, we're talking Snickers volcanos, chocolate death, cannoli cake slices, and cheesecake topped with gelato, hot fudge, and whipped topping. Do you require a signature? If you only try one thing, wear your roomiest pants and head straight for the pastry shells filled with sweetened ricotta and chocolate chips. Wrapping Up There's more to Baltimore than The Wire, widely regarded as the greatest television show in the history of television shows (opinions differ). When you think of Charm City, your thoughts may immediately turn to the picturesque Inner Harbor or delicious steamed crabs dusted with Old Bay spice. Everyone has a different perception of Baltimore. With a fantastic restaurant scene nestled next to brilliant bars, street markets, quirky festivals, and more, the best things to do in Baltimore bridge the gap between fascinating American history and modern boutique shopping. It can take years to truly understand Baltimore, but these incredible experiences should serve as a good starting point. Read Also: Best 9 Things To Do In El Paso! Hidden Gems: Unearthing The Best Things To Do In Nottingham 7 Fun Things To Do In The Great Smoky Mountains National Park
The Best Beaches in Puerto Rico Ranked!
BY Sarmind Safi Jan 18, 2024
It's challenging to cram so much perfection into a location that can be accessed without a passport. However, Puerto Rico, a small US territory that is the smallest of the Caribbean's Greater Antilles, has almost 300 miles of coastline and an equal number of sandy beaches. Puerto Rico is home to numerous natural wonders. Their fried favorites like mofongo and decadent rum drinks are world-famous. This is the place where the piña colada originated, after all. In addition to some of the best beaches in the world, there are three bioluminescent bays. It is also home to El Yunque, the only tropical rainforest in the United States. These are the best beaches in Puerto Rico to look for on your next trip, featuring pristine white sand shores, snorkeling havens with plenty of coral, and secret coves accessible only by boat. Best Beaches In Puerto Rico If you are looking for some sun and beach in Puerto Rico, there is no shortage of those here. This island country is filled with pristine beaches and clear blue water. Carolina's Isla Verde Beach For exciting days by the sea, Carolina's quaint beaches on Puerto Rico's northeast coast are the best. El Alambique, Balneario de Carolina, and Pine Grove Beach are the three distinct beaches that make up Carolina's Isla Verde Beach. It is a highly popular urban shore. Nearby El Alambique has lots of restaurants, Pine Grove is popular with surfers. Balneario de Carolina is a quiet beach by week that comes alive on weekends with live music and regular festivals. This bustling shore is a favorite among locals and tourists alike. It features a beach volleyball court, food vendors, and a kid-friendly water park. Isabela Isabela is a beach town on Puerto Rico's northwest coast that attracts those looking for a laid-back beach day. It offers something for everyone, from the intense surfing waves at Middles Beach to the serene waters of Pozo Teodoro. Explore the abundant marine life at Shacks Beach, take a horseback ride along the sandy shores of Isabela, or simply relax at Montones Beach. Families like this naturally occurring pool because of its shallow, clear water. It is shielded from the Atlantic Ocean by a sizable volcanic rock formation. To experience a shift in tempo, visit Jobos Beach. This lively cove, which is near eateries and bars, is great for swimming; however, watch out for rip currents. It is undoubtedly one of the best beaches in Puerto Rico. Luquillo Beach Luquillo, sometimes referred to as the "Sun's Capital," has more than 12 miles of Atlantic Ocean coastline. Visitors can swim and sunbathe at Balneario La Monserrate, also called Luquillo Beach, with the El Yunque National Forest as a backdrop. Families love this lively beach because it has lots of facilities and is close to the Luquillo Beach kiosks. They have a row of family-run shops selling food and trinkets. Choose the calmer Playa Azul for the best paddleboarding, kayaking, and kitesurfing. If you prefer challenging waves for surfing, La Pared offers exactly that. Cabo Rojo Of all the Puerto Rican municipalities, Cabo Rojo has the most coastline, making it a beach lover's paradise. Families particularly like Playa el Combate, Balneario de Boquerón, and Buyé Beach. They all have serene waters and picture-perfect scenery. Combate's northern end draws large crowds due to its colorful island houses, easily accessible facilities, and close proximity to restaurants. Whereas its southern end is more isolated. Otherwise, head to La Playuela for some of the best waves for bodyboarding and surfing. This secluded beach, also called Playa Sucia, is well-liked for its striking limestone cliffs and immaculate white sand. Crash Boat Beach This town on the northwest coast of Puerto Rico was designed for lazy days by the sea. People come to Crash Boat Beach in the summer to enjoy the vibrant atmosphere, thrilling games of beach volleyball, and scuba diving. Surfers flock to this action-packed shoreline in the winter, hoping to catch the next big wave. Enjoy a beverage and some food from a nearby vendor while you observe thrill-seekers jump off the distinctive pier at Crash Boat. Families will enjoy Rompeolas Beach's gentle waves, but Peña Blanca and Survival Beach are also excellent choices if you're seeking more privacy. Little Girl Island The little sister of Puerto Rico, known to poet Luis Llorens Torres as "Isla Nena" (Little Girl Island), is a romantic haven located about ten miles off the mainland. Sail around the world's brightest bioluminescent bay, Mosquito Bay, in a kayak, or lounge next to the wild Paso Fino horses of Vieques. Snorkelers should go to Esperanza Beach and La Chiva for their glass-like waters, while families can enjoy Sun Bay Beach's amenities, which include food vendors, lifeguards, and camping space. The black sand beach of Playa Negra is the ideal spot to dip your toes for a memorable experience. This is another one of the best beaches in Puerto Rico. Fajardo With its handy location close to numerous islands and cays, Fajardo makes an excellent starting point for day trips. See Playa Seven Seas, a well-liked beach with calm water perfect for swimming and snorkeling, if you're searching for a beach with lots of amenities. Beach-goers seeking a more private setting will appreciate Playa Colorá and Playa Escondida. Fajardo offers an abundance of breathtaking landscapes to choose from. Whether you're kayaking around Laguna Grande's bioluminescent bay. Or boarding a catamaran charter to Cayo Icacos. Or even trying to capture the ideal Instagram shot at La Zanja's natural swimming pool. Rincón Rincón, a popular surfing destination, has a number of beaches that are ideal for riding waves. Because the waves at Domes Beach, Maria's Beach, and Steps Beach can reach up to 20 feet high, surfers swarm to these locations during the winter. As summer arrives, the waves calm down, making these beaches ideal for snorkeling, sea glass collecting, and tanning. In the meantime, swimmers are drawn to Rincón Balneario, and Sandy Beach's well-liked coastline is cherished for its close proximity to dining establishments, bars, and hotel choices. You're in for an amazing sunset no matter where you choose to spread your towel. Island of Culebra The Island of Culebra, which is about 20 miles off the coast of Puerto Rico's mainland, has some of the most stunning beaches in the archipelago—if not the entire world. When searching for the best beaches in Puerto Rico, the Island of Culebra takes the cake. Flamenco Beach dazzles with its glistening white sands and placid water that changes color from aquamarine to white throughout the day. Families and snorkelers love this beach, which also has a campground and beach vendors serving real Puerto Rican food. Snorkeling with sea turtles and manta rays at Playa Tamarindo is a great experience for underwater enthusiasts. However, if you would rather relax under a palm tree, Zoni Beach is a better choice. Wrapping Up With that we gave you a look at some of the best beaches in Puerto Rico in this article and help you choose which one to visit on your next vacation. It is understandable why so many people travel to this Caribbean island for a beach vacation each year. With its soft sand, clear water, and stunning scenery, it truly is a scenic heaven. With a variety of beaches to choose from, the island is surrounded by the Atlantic Ocean in the north and the Caribbean Sea in the south. There is a beach in Puerto Rico for everyone, from quiet coves to busy tourist destinations. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about the best beaches in Puerto Rico, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Family Fun In The Gulf Of Mexico: Beaches, Boating, And More These Are The Closest Beaches To Ohio That You Need To Go For A Dreamy Vacation! The Best Getaway: Check Out These Beaches That Are Closest To Tennessee’s Knoxville!
Style Meets Adventure: Top 10 Must Have Travel Essentials for Her
BY Sarmind Safi Jan 17, 2024
Effective travel gear can make all the difference between a hassle-free vacation and a chaotic trip, saving you both time and money. Investing in the necessary items to bring when traveling can prove to be a wise thing for women. It goes without saying that you should pack items that will hold up over time and make it easier to navigate through your travel plans. We made a list of a few lightweight yet necessary travel essentials for women. If you are planning a trip, check the list to make sure you have them all handy. Travel Essentials For Women Going on a trip is exciting. The prospect of all the new experiences is sure to get you all worked up. Packing for your travel should not add to your woes. We are enlisting the travel essentials for women that will keep you updated while scampering through any landscape and climate. Backpack A girl (or anyone for that matter) needs her trusty backpack whether she's or just exploring the streets of Singapore. Something lightweight and durable that can protect your gear or items from light rain/snow while also allowing easy access to your travel essentials kit. So, make sure you have the perfect bag for day trips and hikes that can carry all of your gear. We strongly advise you to invest in a light backpack to help you unload your load and avoid sweat on your back. Safety Gear Bring safety gear that is specifically designed to keep you safe when driving for peace of mind. With everything from a safety pepper spray to portable door locks, travel to new and foreign places with confidence. These are our recommendations for safety gear in relation to women's travel necessities. Nearly all doors, including those in motels and rental properties, are designed to work with a portable door lock. Without the need for tools, portable door locks are easily installed in a matter of seconds. Door stoppers are a fantastic backup plan to door locks in order to keep burglars from sneaking into your rental or hotel room. Carrying an emergency whistle is a straightforward but efficient way to request assistance. An emergency whistle can serve many purposes, such as warning off potential attackers and signaling for assistance in unanticipated situations like becoming lost in the middle of the forest. Having an automobile safety hammer comes in handy in the event of an accident or other dangerous circumstance if you intend to hitchhike or spend a lot of time traveling in cars. A few car safety hammers also have concealed blades that you can use to pry open seat belts. Being a woman, safety gear becomes indispensable for most travel needs. It is definitely on the list of travel essentials for women. Internet Access Obtaining internet access to stay online while traveling internationally is akin to discovering gold in the middle of nowhere. An internet connection is probably one of the most crucial travel essentials for women in today's world. Even if you're on vacation looking for a relaxing experience, you still have the desire to stay in touch with your loved ones just to see how they're doing. Also, who can deny the importance of social media? How would you Instagram all of your cool photos and selfies from your trip? And how on earth would you navigate unfamiliar roads without Google Maps? We recommend that you get a to solve all of these issues. This allows you to stay in touch with family and close friends while also keeping up with current events. Clothes Needless to say, you will need a lot of clothes. There will be days when you will go to the beach and days when you will go hiking on your itinerary, so be prepared to dress for all occasions. If you're traveling to Southeast Asia or the Middle East, don't worry about having a complete closet when boarding the flight. There will be plenty of opportunities to shop without breaking the bank. Makeup Travel Kit Another item to make it into the list of travel essentials for women would be a travel makeup kit. We are all aware of the significance of makeup for a woman's travel kit. After all, if you are taking pictures at some of the most well-known landmarks in the world, you need to look stunning. Therefore, we highly advise that you bring a multi-pocket travel bag to organize all of your essential makeup, lotions, and toiletries in one convenient location. It saves time that would be better spent experiencing the great outdoors by making everything easily accessible! Menstrual Kit Periods arrive uninvited and with no regard for your travel plans, so chances are you'll be taking several trips while on or expecting your period. Carrying menstrual cups has lately become a part of the travel essentials for women if you're on your period. It's environmentally friendly, cheap, and apparently comfortable once you get the hang of it. It also saves space in your luggage and eliminates the unnecessary stress of using sanitary pads. Kindle If so, you will undoubtedly be looking to fill the time when you have free time during your vacation by reading some excellent literature. Therefore, we heartily urge you to buy an Amazon Kindle, as it will literally save your life in terms of luggage space during your travels. You don't need to bring along a lot of books because you can access hundreds of e-books on a single, lightweight, portable device. You'll also save money on a Kindle when compared to iPads or other tablets. Power Bank Taking a lot of photos and using Google Maps on your smartphone can quickly deplete its battery. Without your phone, you will be completely lost. Therefore, a small power bank with a large battery life is among the travel necessities for women that we suggest. Skincare And Hygiene Kit With travel-sized hygiene and cosmetic kits, you can stay in a minimalist travel mode and rejuvenate yourself while traveling. If you plan to travel and plan to bring items like perfume and makeup on the plane, abide by the TSA's guidelines regarding liquids. Worry about messes with your hair and liquids? One of a woman traveler's best friends is a dry shampoo. Travel-sized bottles of shampoos, conditioners, and body wash are all part of the hygiene kits offered by many cosmetic brands. When traveling, make sure to maintain your skincare regimen. Use moisturizers and face mist to stay hydrated. Use face wipes and cleansers to keep your skin clean from dirt. When traveling for extended periods of time, pack a feminine wash or even feminine wipes as quick refreshments. There are numerous small and convenient options for beauty kits at a variety of price points. Pick any of your choices. Shoes Similar to clothing, wearing a variety of shoes aids in navigating various terrains. After a long day of traveling hundreds of kilometers, there's nothing better than kicking off your walking or trekking shoes and switching to something more cozy, like sandals or flip-flops. Expert Tips If the concept of minimalist travel appeals to you, the 5-4-3-2-1 guidelines can assist you in determining how many clothes you should pack for a 10-day trip. Plan your clothes in the following order: 5 pairs of underwear and socks 4 breathable tops 3 cozy bottom wear 2 pairs of shoes suitable for traveling Add a hat to finish it off Next, make sure your suitcase or travel backpack fits your necessities properly. Select clothes that are adaptable, simple to combine and match, and have multiple uses. Wrapping Up Packing like a pro and traveling comfortably can be achieved by being aware of and honing your list of must-have items for women travelers. Travelers may have different must-haves while on the road. Still, the necessities listed above are excellent suggestions for your upcoming journey. Make sure to plan your pre-trip activities thoroughly and enjoy your travels. What are your travel essentials? If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about travel essentials for women, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: A Backpacker’s Guide: Must-Have Camping Essentials The Ultimate Guide To Things To Do In Salt Lake City! Natural Wonder: Top 11 Best Landscape Places In The World
Best 9 Things To Do In El Paso!
BY Sarmind Safi Jan 17, 2024
Visiting El Paso? Curious about the things to do in El Paso? El Paso, located in the foothills of the stunning Franklin Mountains, is a vibrant and diverse community with a wide range of attractions and year-round fun. El Paso's attractions include a historic theater, concert venues, Spanish Colonial missions, museums, and beautiful state parks. Things To Do In El Paso If you enjoy being outside and want to visit one of Texas' most interesting cities, you should visit El Paso. Continue reading to get a sense of what Sun City has to offer. Also, click here to order a free travel guide to help you plan your next vacation. Here are some of the best things to do in El Paso: El Paso Mission Trail Explore El Paso’s early history by visiting the El Paso Mission Trail, which includes two 17th-century missions and a chapel built in the late 1800s. The oldest, which is the Ysleta Mission, was built in 1682. It is Texas’ oldest functioning parish. El Paso’s magic charm will sway you into the blue sky of romanticism and inspire you to move to Texas. Admire the white adobe-walled structures along the trail, then visit museums such as the Tigua Indian Cultural Center and the Los Portales Museum and Information Center. The El Paso Mission Trail, in addition to its attractions, hosts cultural festivals throughout the year. Ascarate Park Escape to nature at the 400-acre Ascarate Park, El Paso County's largest recreational area. Play a round of golf on the 18-hole, par-71 Ascarate Golf Course, explore the 48-acre lake by canoe or pedal boat, or enjoy some of the best fishing in the Southwest. In addition to baseball and soccer fields, the park has basketball, handball, sand volleyball, and tennis courts. Franklin Mountains Are you looking for adventurous things to do in El Paso? Here is one exciting option. The stunning Franklin Mountains frame El Paso, and the state park that encompasses the range is a breathtaking outdoor playground for adventure seekers. Hike and bike more than 100 miles of trails that wind through 27,000 acres of scenic desert terrain. Or you can go rock climbing at McKelligon Canyon's designated area. If you want to stay overnight, tent and RV campsites can be reserved. There are plenty of outdoor activities for people of all ages at the nation's largest urban state park. Hueco Tanks State Park and Historic Site Admire the ancient rock paintings left by Native Americans who traversed the West Texas desert in search of rainwater collected in natural rock basins. Hike rugged trails while keeping an eye out for any of the 200 bird species that call the area home. Explore world-class rock climbing and search for more than 1,000-year-old pictographs. Hueco Tanks State Park and Historic Site is open all year, with extended hours on weekends during the summer. This is one of the best things to do in El Paso for history buffs. Hueco Tanks is a collection of thousands of year-old rock outcrops. Previous residents had access to food, shelter, and farmland in the area. Today, visitors come to see the images left by previous inhabitants on the rock faces. Among the drawings are animals, masks, handprints, horses, as well as humans. Aside from viewing the pictographs and petroglyphs, visitors can go hiking, camping, bird watching, as well as rock climbing. However, certain areas of the park are only accessible via guided tour, and self-guided activities (such as hiking) may require reservations. Also, only 70 people can enter the self-guided portion of the park at one time. To make the most of your time at the site, make your reservations well in advance. Ysleta del Sur Pueblo Cultural Center When you visit this museum, you will learn about more than 14,000 years of regional prehistory. The museum's permanent collection includes ancient and modern artifacts as well as art from Native American cultures in the Southwest and Mexico, such as wood carvings, textiles, as well as pottery. After touring the museum, hike the nature trails that wind through 15 acres of gardens with 250 different types of native plants, all while enjoying breathtaking views of the Franklin Mountains. El Paso Zoo Explore the world's wildlife at the El Paso Zoo, a sprawling 35-acre green space near Downtown El Paso. The zoo is home to tigers, leopards, lions, giraffes, and other exotic animals from Africa, Asia, as well as the Americas. See these incredible animals, then visit family-friendly attractions like the African Star Train and the Hunt Family Desert Spring water feature before enjoying a delicious burger at one of the onsite eateries. Plaza Theatre At the historic Plaza Theatre, you can see famous musicians, classic films, magic shows, Broadway musicals, and much more. The theatre has been a hub of entertainment in El Paso since it first opened its doors in 1930. This is probably one of the best things to do in El Paso. It is now one of the city's top venues as well as the home of the Plaza Classic Film Festival, the world's largest classic film festival. More information about upcoming shows can be found on the theatre's website. United States Border Patrol This one-of-a-kind museum traces the history of the United States Border Patrol from the Old West to the present. The National Border Patrol Museum displays weapons, paintings, equipment, artifacts, photos, and even vehicles. Admission is free, and guided tours can be scheduled ahead of time. El Paso Desert Botanical Gardens The El Paso Desert Botanical Gardens are part of Keystone Heritage Park, which includes an archaeological site with a 4,500-year-old village, one of the oldest in the United States. The park includes wetlands that provide habitat for up to 200 different bird species, as well as a botanical garden that showcases the fauna of the Chihuahuan Desert. Stop by the El Paso Municipal Rose Garden, an All-American Rose Selection-certified garden, and smell over 1,900 rosebushes. Stroll along the wide, wheelchair-accessible walkways to see more than 500 varieties of roses waterfalls, as well as a plaza area with a Koi pond. This is one of the best things to do in El Paso for people with a deep love of nature. Wrapping Up El Paso offers something for everyone, whether your preference is to explore the trails or immerse yourself in history. The El Paso Mission Trail as well as Hueco Tanks State Park & Historic Site, are two locations where you can learn more about the region's 5,000-year history. Visit the Centennial Museum or the Magoffin Home State Historic Site to gain a deeper understanding of the area's past. Franklin Mountains State Park has some of the best trails for when the weather is right for outdoor activities. Enjoy the local arts scene at the Plaza Theatre or the El Paso Museum of Art to cap off your trip. If you want to know all the cool things to do in El Paso, we hope this article helps. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Don’t Believe Them!! This Is Actually The Best Time To Visit Barbados! Things To Do In Maryland – Free Places To Visit In Maryland Planning A Vacation To Bali? Read This Blog!
Warm Winter Wanders: January Destinations to Soak Up the Sun
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 30, 2023
Come January, and you can't help but stare out the window. As the temperature drops, you daydream about visiting somewhere warm. We are here to give you ideas about warm places to visit in January. Fortunately, January is a fantastic month to travel. Rates start to decline as the holiday rush fades, making it the perfect time to take a flight to sunnier and greener pastures. Naturally, it depends on your goals. Nothing compares to visiting the Serengeti in January for a warm-weather bucket list trip. When it comes to finding a good airfare deal, keep an eye on flights to Hawaii. This is when prices drop to attract travelers and boost the state's economy following the Maui fire. Visit Curaçao for the best of everything, including warm weather, direct flights, beaches, culture, and cuisine. Stay at the recently opened adults-only boutique Kura Botanica. It is housed in a UNESCO World Heritage building. This is a surefire way to beat the winter blues. It's more of a hidden gem in the Caribbean, at least to Americans. Where Is It Hottest In The US? Hawaii and Puerto Rico will likely be the warmest places in the United States in January overall. The Sun Belt region stretches from Southern California to North Carolina. It includes cities like Miami, Houston, Fort Lauderdale, Los Angeles, Las Vegas, San Antonio, Phoenix and more. It is the central attraction on the mainland. If travelers seek to avoid the cold and snow, many warm-weather U.S. locations wind up with extended high seasons that last into January. Following the cost of travel to particular locations will give you a good idea of how eager those locations are to welcome more tourists. Warm Places To Visit In January January is the month of new beginnings. It is when the snow gets all the more spiteful too. If you want to escape the cold and soak up some warmth we are here to help. Here are some of the best warm places to visit in January. Palm Springs Warm places to visit in January? Some sunshine? Low seventies for highs? Palm Springs in January is absolutely idyllic. The stylish haven in the Sonoran Desert is well-known for its iconic architecture, mid-century aesthetic, and seductive stories from the heyday of Tinseltown. That begs the issue of where you intend to stay. There are many chic hotels available, regardless of your preference for modern design or classic glamor. We also adore the notion of renting an amazing home built in the well-known neighborhood where Elvis and Priscilla spent their honeymoon. Of course, no matter where you live, a pool and jacuzzi are necessities. Complete your schedule with a historical walking tour to discover the locations of the Rat Pack's parties, taking the obligatory pictures under lush palm trees, pampering yourself with spa services, going antique shopping, and spending a day at Joshua Tree National Park connecting with the natural world. Chiang Mai The hot weather in January makes South East Asia itineraries popular, according to Lee Thompson, co-founder of the international travel agency Flash Pack. In particular, Chiang Mai, also known as the “Rose of the North” is a constant reminder that Thailand is more than just the islands of Koh Samui and Phuket. The historic Lanna Kingdom's capital enchants visitors with its laid-back vibe and vibrant culture. The city is home to hundreds of lavish Buddhist temples, such as the glittering Wat Phra Singh. It is located near lush rainforests, majestic mountains, and elephant sanctuaries. Chiang Mai's climate is marginally cooler than Bangkok's. You can spend more time sightseeing without getting sweaty through your gauzy printed pants. Sincerely, it will still feel quite warm. Yucatan Peninsula Cancún, Playa del Carmen, and Tulum have made the Yucatan Peninsula a tourism hotspot. You probably haven't heard of Campeche, though. That's alright, because until recently, we did not know much about it either. This less-traveled port city exudes history and charm. January is the ideal month to visit because of the mild weather. You will want to spend time exploring the hilltop fortresses, colonial buildings with sherbet hues, cobblestone streets, and UNESCO-listed walled historic center. The waterfront promenade is a great place to stroll at sunset or jog in the morning. Take a tour of Edzna's artisan, culinary, and archaeological offerings, or peruse its historical artifacts. If you want to find warm places to visit in January, you can bet on Yucatan Peninsula as your Vitamin D supplement. Phuket Everyone adores Phuket. From celebrities and honeymooners to spring breakers and backpackers. With its white sands, swaying palm trees, and turquoise tides, it will absolutely astound you. But the breathtaking scenery isn't the main attraction. The largest island in Thailand is home to hundreds of hotels, a renowned nightlife, mouthwatering regional cuisine. It also houses Buddhist temples, and famous diving spots. You can still find genuine deals here. January is the best month to visit and it's now a fully fledged tourist destination. For example, a deluxe room at the Renaissance Phuket Resort & Spa, a lovely oceanfront property with chic decor and excellent service, will set you back $150 per night as of this writing. Couples will adore Trisara, which romantically dazzles with a Michelin-starred restaurant, a luxurious spa, and a private beach. Although it is more expensive, it is unquestionably worthwhile for an exceptional anniversary trip or an extravagant international vacation. Hostels in the vibrant town of Patong, on the other hand, start at $8. Grand Cayman Grand Cayman is the ideal Caribbean retreat. It is noted for its tranquil waters, vibrant coral reefs, and mostly, its breathtaking Seven Mile Beach. Among the most popular activities are fishing, stand-up paddle boarding in a bioluminescent bay, ray catching, and snorkeling. Visit George Town to witness the enormous cruise ships docking at the port. The Cayman Islands National Museum and the remains of a fort from the colonial era are also located in the nation's capital. The Cayman Cookout is coming back (January 10–14, 2024), and foodies won't want to miss it. This delectable event, which takes place at The Ritz-Carlton, Grand Cayman, brings together world-class chefs, sommeliers, and spirit enthusiasts. Among the previous headliners were Emeril Lagasse, Éric Ripert, Deedee Niyomkul, and José Andrés. The Bahamas Here is another spot that you can consider as your fix for warm places to visit in January. The Bahamas' soft, silky sand, vibrant coral reefs, and delightful island breeze are unmatched. Particularly in the nation's capital, Nassau. It is also one of the busiest cruise ship destinations and the location of the famous The Atlantis Resort. You know, the one that was a frequent hangout for Michael Jackson. Now it also has a suite bearing the pop icon's name. A seven-day trip for two can run up to $3,000. If you choose to stay somewhere else, day passes starting at $135 gives you access to everything the resort has to offer. For example, swimming with dolphins, a 30-minute lazy river, and water slides, to name a few. After that, you can head into town to shop and eat with both locals and visitors. Wrapping Up We hope that you are now eager to start your January vacation. Remember to keep this article handy before you venture. At Tour & Travel our mission is to provide you with up-to-date, comprehensive information at your fingertips. Wherever you travel in January, we hope you have an amazing time. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about warm places to visit in January, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Florida Dreams: RV Camping Along the Sunshine State’s Shore Top 7 Places To Visit For An Asian Solo Traveler Wonders of the Waves: RV Camping Along Oregon’s Coastal Beauty
Temples, Markets, and More: Your Ultimate Bangkok Itinerary
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 30, 2023
Visiting Bangkok? Looking for things to do in Bangkok? Bangkok, one of the most visited cities in Southeast Asia, is a vibrant, dynamic metropolis. It offers much more than just mouthwatering street food (though there is plenty of it). Engulfed in a hazy mixture of motorbike exhaust, incense, and charcoal grills, this chaotic city is also home to luxury hotels. Michelin-starred restaurants, quaint cocktail bars, and an abundance of good times together creates magic. Of course we cannot forget to mention culture and history. Feeling overwhelmed? Its okay. Visit Chinatown for some of the best bars in the city and historic architecture after a day of touring temples. Alternatively, take a stroll through some of the city's most stylish parks. Plan this before dining on a multi-course meal inside a chophouse. It probably dates back a century or on an antique barge. This Bangkok mainstay doesn't have an incredibly convenient location, in contrast to many of its competitors. The picture-perfect sights require a boat transfer, and the majority of the best tables are more than a 30-minute taxi ride away. But that's the point for me and the hordes of other devoted admirers of this monochromatic masterwork by hotel guru Bill Bensley. Situated on a verdant riverbank property in the peaceful Dusit neighborhood, The Siam evokes memories of a bygone era in Bangkok. Though it opened ten years ago, it's easy to picture it as a luxurious playground for the city's former big guns, the mid-century movers and shakers whose heirlooms, which adorn the marble-floored hallways, include vintage Pan Am posters, tattered travel trunks, and chipped ceramics. Things To Do In Bangkok Bangkok is the dream destination for most people who want it all on a budget. If you want to know about the best things to do in Bangkok, take a peek. Here is a list of a few things you can look forward to when you are visiting. Chatuchak The official name, Chatuchak, is pronounced with a J sound. Locals refer to it as JJ Market. This market is the oldest of all markets. It's one of the biggest outdoor markets in the world, with 15,000 stalls. Everything is available for purchase, ranging from useful items like artwork, cooking supplies, apparel, accessories, and home décor. There are also trinkets and oddities like fake iPhone covers, Beats by Dre and Nike sneakers. The market is extremely well organized despite its enormous size, with items sorted by kind and a sizable map displayed close to the entrance. Pak Khlong Talat Pak Khlong Talat is the best place to witness Bangkok's vibrant nature—one of the world's most vivid cities. A dazzling kaleidoscope of colors and the sweet, all-encompassing scent of thousands upon thousands of fresh flowers can be found in this lively flower market. Look through booths brimming with roses, orchids, marigolds, and more. The flower market is open 24 hours a day, which is great if you are suffering from jet lag and need something to do late at night. Le Normandie by Alain Roux In addition to its thriving street food scene, Bangkok has about 30 restaurants with Michelin stars. Le Normandie by Alain Roux, a fine-dining establishment at the renowned Mandarin Oriental, Bangkok, is one to be particularly aware of. This elegant dining room with its stunning view of the Chao Phraya River is the perfect setting for this white-glove experience. Make sure to reserve a window seat to enjoy the exquisite and creatively prepared French cuisine while taking in the sunset and the colorful boats on the river. Thai Spa It's no secret that Bangkok offers the best spa and wellness experiences – all you need to do is select your favorite atmosphere. Bangkok has a monopoly on the wellness market, whether it's a lavish spa palace or a simple shop tucked away down a tiny alley. Thai massages are different from other massage styles in that they don't use oils or aromatherapy. Instead, they concentrate on acupressure, passive stretching, and expanding your muscles' range of motion. Bangkok is a great place to try a Thai massage if you've never had one. Wat Arun Wat Arun is among the most well-known of the more than 37,000 temples, or wats, that can be found all over Thailand. The temple complex glows golden at night, and the 269-foot-tall prahng, a Khmer-style tower, protrudes from the banks of the Chao Phraya River. One of the rare temples in Thailand that you can climb, you'll be rewarded with stunning views of the surrounding temple complex and river after making your way up the steep and narrow stairs. Smiling Albino You can be sure that the people behind Smiling Albino are knowledgeable because they have been in the business since 1999. They provide trips to neighboring villages, cultural excursions, and private experiences in Bangkok, all under the umbrella of custom luxury. They also plan week-long motorcycling tours in Vietnam, cycling tours in Nepal, and trekking excursions in northern Thailand. Every trip is tailored to your interests. There are no microphone-screamed explanations from coaches, just in-person drivers and guides. Fine Dining This six-course meal, which is served on a vintage wooden rice barge, serves as a great introduction to Thai cuisine and some of Bangkok's must-see riverside attractions. Make a reservation so you can decide what to see during the day while enjoying delicious dishes like a creamy coconut and turmeric soup with charcoal-cooked chicken. There is also a dry-ice performance on mango sticky rice, and a curry amuse bouche topped with gold leaves. The experience is ideal for a laid-back, romantic evening on the water, and the friendly service is on par with any fine-dining establishment on land. Bangkok Art & Cultural Centre Once you've visited the major tourist attractions, you might want to take a closer look at Bangkok by going somewhere a little less well-known. The Bangkok Art & Cultural Centre provides just that. This open area supports local and global exhibitions of art and culture. This is the best gallery in the city to check out if you're interested in seeing the work of young Thai artists. As an art fanatic this could easily be one of the coolest things to do in Bangkok. Chao Phraya River The Chao Phraya River is Bangkok's lifeblood, and the city's most prestigious luxury hotels, most historic neighborhoods, and most popular tourist destinations are located along its banks. The best way to introduce yourself to the famous Bangkok skyline and get a peek of everyday life in the area is to take a cruise down the Chao Phraya. There are numerous ways to access the river, ranging from daytime sightseeing trips to dinner cruises in the evening. Take the Chao Phraya Express Boat, though, if you truly want to travel like a local. The public water taxi goes all the way up to the nearby province of Nonthaburi, making stops at busy docks along the river. Ayutthaya Train travel to Ayutthaya from Bangkok takes about one hour, making it an ideal day trip destination. This is one of the best things to do in Bangkok. Ayutthaya offers visitors a window into Thailand's past as the former capital of the Kingdom of Siam. Gorgeous 14th-century palaces and temples can be found in the capital of the preserved kingdom. The temple ruins offer a unique glimpse into the past of this region of the world for those who choose to explore them. Wrapping Up There you have it, a summary of my experiences and the best things to do in Bangkok! Leave a comment below if you have any more advice or recommendations. You are in the best position to see everything else this amazing country has to offer from Bangkok. You could travel south to the notorious Thai islands, or you could head north to the more laid-back tourist destinations of Chiang Mai, Chiang Rai, and Pai. If you have thoughts to share or questions on things to do in Bangkok please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Florida Dreams: RV Camping Along the Sunshine State’s Shore Top 7 Places To Visit For An Asian Solo Traveler Wonders of the Waves: RV Camping Along Oregon’s Coastal Beauty
Camping under the Canopies: RV Adventures in Northern California
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 30, 2023
Visiting Northern California ensures an amazing trip that is jam-packed with attractions, activities, and breathtaking locations. If you're looking for an amazing way to make the most of your vacation, think about renting an RV and visiting some of the best campgrounds in this charming area. There are so many possibilities available for adventures based on RVs that choosing just a few is a fun challenge. From tanning in the warm sun on a pristine beach to fully embracing the beauty of nature, Northern California offers a plethora of life-changing experiences. You've come to the right place if you're looking for the best RV camping Northern California. Is RV Camping In Northern California Legal? Discover the best RV campgrounds Northern California has to offer by reading on, and make sure your next trip is nothing short of spectacular! California generally allows RV living as long as you don't park your vehicle overnight on private property without the owner's permission. You should be mindful of local regulations, though, as they might forbid parking certain kinds of RVs on public roads. Among the few states without laws banning RV living is California. If you want to live in an RV, you can legally do so. Before relocating to your new mobile home, it is imperative to ascertain the policies of your neighborhood HOA regarding this matter. RV Camping Northern California If you are looking for locations for RV camping Northern California is your best bet. Here are the top RV parking grounds. Get ready, its going to get exciting! Yosemite National Park The expansive campground located within Yosemite National Park is aesthetically pleasing. It sounds amazing to wake up to a stunning view of Yosemite Valley on a cold night, doesn't it? Winter visitors to Yosemite will find Upper Pines Campground to be a great location. For those who wish to witness Yosemite in all its winter splendor, Upper Pines is the perfect place to go because it remains open even when the valley receives snowfall. The only location in a National Park with a campground open all year round is Upper Pines. It is not possible to get hookups at this campground. Nonetheless, it features areas designated for tents, RVs, and vehicle camping. Yanks For RV camping Northern California has Yanks. Yanks is a cutting-edge establishment in Greenfield, California. It is designed for individuals seeking an exceptional, enjoyable, and opulent experience with their loved ones. For those who enjoy traveling in style, they have something to offer everyone. With their wide RV sites and complete hookups, Yanks is the ideal destination for any kind of vacation. Numerous amenities are available, including a fitness center, pet wash, pool, spa, as well as laundry. Large RVs and people wishing to park and connect their tow car can fit in the park's pull-through spots. They also have patios and concrete pads. Every campsite has full hookups with 30/50 amp electricity, free cable TV, and free Wi-Fi available throughout the park. Vacaville RV Park Another great place to stay is the California RV Park campground in Vacaville. It is close to the San Francisco, Sacramento, Napa Valley, and other beaches in California. Major attractions like the Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary, Solano County Wine Country, Napa Valley Wine Country, and Sacramento Wine Country are all nearby. You can stay in touch with your friends as well as family back home and your coworkers at work thanks to the free WiFi that is available everywhere. The best part is that if you don't have an RV, you can rent their tent cabin. Ramblin' Redwoods Campground & RV Park In Crescent City, RV camping Northern California, there is a family-friendly campground called Ramblin' Redwoods Campground & RV Park. The park has everything you need to enjoy the outdoors and explore the area, including an RV park and full-service campground! The campground is one of the few in California that provides hiking trails, hot showers, and restrooms, along with all-inclusive rates. In addition to having large campsites, fully functional kitchens, open as well as shaded sites, private forest sites, and much more, it is family-friendly. Ramblin' Redwoods Campground is the ideal location for you to stay, whether you're searching for an opulent cabin tucked away in the forest or just want to hang out at a campground in an RV with your family! Santa Cruz Redwoods RV Resort The Santa Cruz Redwoods RV Resort is a great location for a tranquil, restful vacation. It provides all the conveniences you require for a pleasurable stay with loved ones or friends. It is tucked away in the Santa Cruz Mountains' California redwoods. A wide range of activities are available in the park to keep visitors happy and busy. Basketball courts, fishing ponds, playgrounds, pavilions, eateries, and restrooms are a few of these. Visitors can even buy snacks and mementos from the general store located on the premises. If you want to enjoy some fun in the sun, you can boat or swim in the lake from the waterfront. This park is ideal for travelers looking for an affordable as well as practical place to stay because it offers RV sites. Every RV site has complete hookups, which include cable TV, water, sewage, and electricity. But keep in mind that the RV site is not a place for tents. Among California's most well-liked campgrounds is Beals Point Campground. Beals Point Campground is a lovely location on the west side of Folsom Lake, north of the dam. Beals Point Campground is open year-round, offering both RV and tent camping near the water, as well as incredibly spacious tent sites. With 69 fully equipped campsites, a store, as well as breathtaking mountain views, the campground has it all. All summer long, they accept reservations for the 69 sites, which are open to visitors of all ages. They go to first-come, first-served when it gets too chilly and don't fill up as quickly. For overnight visitors, the campground offers potable water, hot showers, as well as a swimming pool. Lake Perris State Recreation Area If you're looking for a weekend full of adventure, Lake Perris State Recreation Area is the place for you. With 167 tent camping sites and 264 paved RV sites (along with electricity, water and sink water), it's the biggest natural lake in the state. There is a dump station at each entry. A grill-equipped fire ring as well as a picnic table are also available. California's Riverside County is home to the stunning Lake Perris. Mountains and hills surround it. Spread out across the lake, the campsites provide a distinctive experience for campers who wish to take in the scenery without having to worry about making frequent trips from their spot. Wrapping Up You're in for a treat whenever you travel to Northern California because of its alluring beauty, as well as the magic is amplified in the summer. The warmth and sunshine make the outdoors an ideal playground for adventure seekers, beckoning you to go camping and hiking. Additionally, it's a great place to go on vacation because every city has a wealth of things to do and attractions to keep you occupied. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about RV camping Northern California, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Florida Dreams: RV Camping Along the Sunshine State’s Shore Top 7 Places To Visit For An Asian Solo Traveler Wonders of the Waves: RV Camping Along Oregon’s Coastal Beauty
Colorado Calling: RV Camping Amidst Stunning Mountain Peaks
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 30, 2023
Colorado is the RV heaven of America. With its undiscovered side roads, untrammeled mountain pathways, and wealth of unexpected discoveries, the Centennial State was made for RVers. Whether you're an experienced camper or a novice, Colorado offers a wide range of excellent RV camping locations, from luxurious spas to adventure camps that are perfect for families. The good news is that RVers will find Colorado to be friendly right away. Unless you want to park in specific locations, you won't require a special permit. Similarly, check local laws before visiting, as certain cities (like Colorado Springs) have particular bans on parking in residential and urban areas. RV campers in Colorado have some of the best options at privately owned-campgrounds. In addition to complete electric hookups, Wi-Fi, bathrooms, showers, swimming pools, general stores, and recreational facilities, they usually provide a wide range of amenities. Furthermore, they are frequently situated close to some of Colorado's most breathtaking natural landmarks as well as well-liked hiking routes and rivers, all within short walking distance. RV Camping Colorado: What To Expect There are 42 state parks in Colorado that have complete electrical hookups in addition to other facilities like potable water and restrooms. Similarly, there are plenty of RV-friendly campgrounds in its four national parks, some of which even have electrical hookups. Check before you book because many national parks have length restrictions on RVs and don't permit generators. Numerous free RV camping spots can be found all over Colorado on the 8.3 million acres of state land. Make sure you research the locations before you go. Some areas, like Fruita's Rabbit Valley Motorized Area, only permit RV parking in approved camping areas. Others, however, permit parking anywhere. In these popular camping locations, the majority of RV sites provide a variety of amenities, such as fire pits and potable water. In addition, some offer Wi-Fi and electrical hookups, along with kid-friendly activities for the whole family. RV Camping Colorado If you are looking for options for RV camping Colorado is a great place to start. Here are the top RV parking and camping areas in Colorado. Mountain Dale Cabins & RV Resort Just a short drive away in Manitou Springs, you can get cozy with the magnificent Pike's Peak, nestled among some of Colorado's highest peaks. You can camp in the shadow of this famous mountain at Mountain Dale Cabins & RV Resort. It offers facilities like showers, complete electrical hookups, and access to fantastic hiking trails and wildlife viewing spots. Similarly, Mueller State Park nearby provides 136 campsites (of which 99 have electric hookups), magnificent hiking trails, and an abundance of opportunities to observe wildlife. Estes Park With its stained wood chalets and coffee shops, Estes Park, the entry point to the breathtaking Rocky Mountain National Park, resembles a European ski resort town. However, it's actually a popular destination for RVers, campers,, rafters, anglers, and hikers from all over the world. Numerous RV parks are available here, all within close proximity to river activities, golf courses, and horseback riding. Elk Meadow Lodge & RV Resort is a well-liked RV park with live music, miniature golf, and a swimming pool. Rocky Mountain National Park Rocky Mountain National Park (RMNP), the center of Colorado's most magnificent mountain range, has a lot to offer. There are stunning hiking trails, rivers for rafting, kayaking, and fishing, vast meadows of wildflowers, and amazing wildlife viewing. RVs are welcome at four of its five campgrounds (tents only at Longs Peak). Check the length restrictions for RVs at each park before visiting, though. Tiger Run Resort This all-seasons RV resort outside Breckenridge is as high as it gets. Tiger Run Resort is an RVer's dream come true at 9,300 feet. After a day of hiking, you can unwind in the hot tub or cool off in the pool. Other features include a laundry room and hiking trails that are close by. They have some of the most breathtaking scenery in Colorado. They also have a golf course and recreation center that are only five minutes away. If you are looking for RV camping Colorado, Tiger Run is a great option. How To Prepare For RV Camping In Colorado Because Colorado's weather is so unpredictable, make sure to pack appropriately. It can get freezing at night in these high altitudes, so pack plenty of insulating layers, warm blankets, cozy pajamas, and head wear. You can take the warmers layers off as needed. When you're this high up, you're closer to the sun, so wear sunglasses, a sun hat, and lots of sunscreen. People are always able to identify newcomers because they typically have excellent Colorado sunburns. Bring lots of extra water because you'll need to hydrate much more than usual in this dry climate. It helps avoid altitude sickness in addition to preventing dehydration. Speaking of altitude sickness, descend to a lower altitude if you begin to feel symptoms. If symptoms don't go away, see a doctor. Remember that altitude sickness is a serious issue that has ruined numerous camping trips in Colorado. Safety Issues To Keep In Mind Keep your RV door closed! A door ajar invites hungry (or inquisitive) creatures to stop by and say hello. Regarding wildlife, always maintain a safe distance. Only take pictures from a distance, store disposables in bear-proof containers, and save them to discard later in a secure location. If not, unwanted guests will be robbing your campsite. Camping is usually allowed in Colorado's designated areas. But there are some locations (like Indian Peaks Wilderness) where an overnight permit may be needed. Obtaining a fishing license is mandatory if you intend to go fishing in Colorado. The weather in Colorado can be very harsh. Keep your heat on and open the cabinet doors to allow the heat to reach the pipes in your RV. This will prevent them from freezing (heat tape helps too). Use shade and roof vent covers, close your windows first thing in the morning, and make sure your A/C filters are clean. This will keep your RV cool during the summer. RC camping Colorado sounds fun and gets even better when you stay alert and aware of your surroundings. Wrapping Up If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about RV camping Colorado, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Florida Dreams: RV Camping Along the Sunshine State’s Shore Top 7 Places To Visit For An Asian Solo Traveler Wonders of the Waves: RV Camping Along Oregon's Coastal Beauty
Wonders of the Waves: RV Camping Along Oregon’s Coastal Beauty
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 30, 2023
RV-ers can choose from a wide variety of views, terrain, activities, and climates thanks to Oregon's diverse geography. Camping in Oregon offers a variety of locations. It includes open prairie grasslands, dense old-growth Douglas Fir forests, and a 5,000-foot high desert plateau. There is also the Willamette Valley, close to all the urban excitement, and campsites with expansive views of the Pacific Ocean. It's inviting to visit the coast. All along the coast, there are both public and private campgrounds that are ready to welcome guests. Stunning ocean views abound at these campgrounds. For others, it's a quick drive or stroll to the beach. You can find great surfing along the Oregon Coast in the Pacific surf. Bring a wet suit and board. Ultimately, the water remains chilly even in the summer. Winchester Bay RV Resort is yet another place you simply must visit. You won't be sorry if you can secure reservations at this well-known resort. Situated on an artificial peninsula projecting into the Umpqua River is the park. The park is beautifully manicured and furnished, and the peninsula creates views from all directions. Every site has paving, 50-amp electricity, sewage, and water. There are directional sites that optimize your view and accessibility to hook-ups, whether you're camping in a motorhome, travel trailer, or fifth wheel. If you have RV camping Oregon Coast on your mind, this article is for you. RV Camping Oregon Coast Are you excited by the prospect of taking the RV and just hitting the road? When it comes to RV camping Oregon Coast has some of the best options. Here are the places you must dig into if you are thinking about an RV and the Oregon Coast simultaneously. Take a peek: Bandon If golf is your thing, you'll love Bandon, Oregon, where you can choose from six top-notch golf courses and play 18 holes of golf while taking in breathtaking views of the Pacific Ocean. Bandon Dunes, Pacific Dunes, Bandon Trail, Old MacDonald, Sheep Trail, and Bandon Preserve are the six internationally famous 18-hole courses just outside of Bandon. You can hone your putting skills on the Punchbowl Putting Greens or practice every stroke in the Practice Center. Since these courses host multiple tournaments each year, make sure to reserve your tee time when you make plans to play golf in Bandon. These are fantastic golf courses with breathtaking scenery to enjoy while playing. This one is another good option for RV camping Oregon Coast. Shore Acres State Park Additionally, if you find yourself on the Southern Oregon Coast in December, make time to see the amazing Christmas light display at Shore Acres State Park. This display is like Christmas lights put on a higher gear. Throughout the year, the park is a beautiful botanical garden, but shortly after Thanksgiving, hundreds of volunteers arrive to decorate every tree, shrub, bush, and water feature. The outcomes are breathtaking, and you can stroll through the garden, savor hot apple cider and cookies in the guest house, and pick up some mementos and warm beverages at the gift shop before leaving. There is a small admission fee. Depoe Bay A small town called Depoe Bay is halfway between Newport and Lincoln City. You can get fresh saltwater taffy there and keep an eye out for whale migration. Take some time to peruse the souvenir shops lining the waterfront and keep an eye out for the Spouting Horn, where water shoots over the sea wall. Tillamook Cheese Factory Make time to visit the well-known Tillamook Cheese Factory, where you can observe the cheese-making process from covered observation decks that look out over the production areas. There is no competitor like Tillamook Ice Cream, and people from all over the world frequently wait in long lines at the ice cream counter. It's worth the wait, but if you're in a hurry, pick up a few pints to enjoy later in the freezer. Tillamook Cheese Factory is a great spot for RV camping Oregon Coast. Astoria Column You won't want to miss the Astoria Column and the Astoria Bridge. If you're a fan of the film Goonies, these northern coast communities also have the Goonies' house. The rocks are lined up with the Doubloon and also the beach where the kids were reunited with their parents. Fort Stevens State Park On the northernmost point of the Oregon Coast is Fort Stevens State Park. It boasts one of the biggest public campgrounds in the country, according to Oregon State Parks. In addition to 15 yurts and 11 deluxe cabins, the park features 302 electrical sites, 6 tent sites, and 174 full hookup sites. The park still has a military museum with year-round exhibits and marks the location of an abandoned military installation. In addition, there are miles of hiking trails and beaches to discover. Go to the Peter Iredale Shipwreck site, where the masts and rusted bow are still visible in the sand. Cape Lookout State Park One of the most breathtaking places on the Oregon Coast is the Cape Lookout State Park. It is situated in Tillamook, Oregon. The state park offers visitors breathtaking views of the ocean day and night, encompassing both a lovely beach and a headland. The park offers a range of activities to its visitors, including camping, hiking, fishing, surfing, and beach combing. It is situated within the Three Capes Scenic Loop. There are lots of outdoor activities to enjoy at Cape Lookout State Park. The beach is ideal for beach combing, swimming, and surfing. The headland is a fantastic location for hiking, photography, and fishing, and it offers breathtaking views of the ocean. Harbor Vista RV Park The Harbor Vista RV Park is situated in Florence, Oregon. With breathtaking views of the river and the surroundings, it boasts a prime location directly on the Siuslaw River. The family-run RV park is the ideal spot to unwind and take in Oregon's natural splendor. Large full-hookup RV sites are available in the park, and many of them can accommodate RVs up to 36 feet long. All of the locations have 20/30/50 amp electrical hookups, and some also have Wi-Fi and cable TV. The park's private marina is directly accessible from every site, making it the perfect place for a tranquil and restful vacation. Discover why guests adore Harbor Vista RV Park: the stunning vistas, the handy location, as well as the welcoming staff. The staff will make every effort to guarantee that each visitor has an amazing stay. For those who prefer to be active, the park also has a fantastic area for swimming, fishing, and kayaking, thanks to the private marina. Wrapping Up Although Oregon is a beautiful state overall, the Oregon Coast is so unique that it was designated a national treasure in the 1960s, meaning that no beach can be developed for profit. Every beach in the nation is publicly accessible for your enjoyment and belongs to everyone. Bring your furry friends, and make plans to stay awhile. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about RV camping Oregon Coast, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Florida Dreams: RV Camping Along the Sunshine State's Shore Top 7 Places To Visit For An Asian Solo Traveler Planning A Vacation To Bali? Read This Blog!
Florida Dreams: RV Camping Along the Sunshine State’s Shore
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 30, 2023
There's no denying that Florida's beaches have a certain magic. They can transport you to Madagascar or the Caribbean. They replicate the stunning blue water, white sand beaches, and swaying palm trees quite well. This article is for you if you're thinking about taking an RV vacation to Florida. The top RV camping on the beach in Florida are listed here. They are well-known for their friendliness and offer a plethora of amenities. Not to mention all the thrilling water sports they provide, like jet skiing, surfing, and paddle boarding. If you want to learn more about RV camping on the beach in Florida, keep reading. RV Camping On The Beach In Florida: Are They Safe? Indeed, camping in Florida's RV parks is quite safe. The majority of them have security personnel stationed at the gates. All campers are asked to abide by park regulations, and trespassing is strictly prohibited. Since these properties are kept up properly, there is very little chance of anything going wrong. However, when visiting an RV park, it's advisable to exercise caution and take the required safety measures. Where Can You Camp There are both public and private campsites on several Florida beaches. You can park your RV, pitch a tent, or reserve a spot. In addition, you can camp overnight on a few beaches on Anclote Key, Shell Key, and Keewaydin Island without a permit. Some beaches, however, do need a permit. Many locals reside near the beach, so an unwelcome camp or van close by will not be appreciated. Examine the local laws before making the final decision. RV Camping On The Beach In Florida Your search for RV camping on the beach in Florida ends here. These are the top beachfront RV parks in Florida: Key Largo Kampground Key Largo Kampground is the ideal camping location in the Florida Keys for your whole family, featuring a large beachfront campground and an expansive marina. 171 of the campsites are designed to accommodate both tents and RVs. Every RV site has full hookups and is large enough to fit rigs up to forty feet. In addition, there are heated swimming pools, shuffleboard courts, basketball courts, horseshoe courts, and laundry facilities. Park your personal boats at a boat slip if you are bringing them. If you plan to rent a motorized boat, you can also use the boat ramp. Key Largo Kampground is not just an RV park along the beach. It is 40 acres long, with mangroves and tropical vegetation next to the Atlantic Ocean. You can see the foliage come to life every spring when the flowers bloom. Key Largo is well-known for being the world's diving capital, home to more than 25 dive shops and charters. It's among the greatest locations in Florida for ocean fishing, scuba diving, and snorkeling because of the coral reef and the warm water. Some other popular water sports among RVers are kite boarding and windsurfing. Pensacola Beach RV Resort Located on Pensacola Beach's barrier island, Pensacola Beach RV Resort is a relaxed beach-side campground that doubles as a resort. It provides quick access to the remainder of the barrier island and has a view of Santa Rosa Sound. A home away from home is what the RV resort offers. Each campsite has connections for power, water, and sewer. There is a heated pool with a patio, chairs, and loungers in the middle of the resort. There's a clubhouse with showers and laundry facilities next to the pool. On the western edge of the beach, there's a Tiki bar offering refreshing cocktails and tequila. Take in the views of the coast as you relax and sip your preferred beverage. The ideal combination is sugar-white sand and crystal-clear light green water, which Pensacola provides. As soon as you get to the resort, you can head to the beaches and swim in the stunning Gulf of Mexico waters. Among the adventurous things you should put on your "to-do" list are snorkeling and surfing. Although the resort is not inexpensive, its excellent location and amenities make it worth the cost. The Standard RV sites cost $100 per day, and the Premium sites cost $130. Camp Gulf Another RV camping on the beach in Florida is Gulf. Camping on the Gulf, sometimes referred to as Camp Gulf, is another opulent RV park situated on the Gulf of Mexico. It's close to Destin in northwest Florida at Miramar Beach, not Miramar City. There are 215 full hook-up RV sites in the park, many of which are close to Miramar Beach. Others are located by the swimming area or in a row between palm trees and palmetto bushes along the verdant pasture areas. In addition, there are cabins, beach houses, and rustic clamping tents available at Camp Gulf. Access to the beach is immediate if you camp at this RV park. It's far more private than public beaches because it's built on private property. Come to the Miramar beach with your sun loungers and take in the refreshing breeze. When you get back, enjoy a revitalizing shower in the RV park's spotless restrooms. You can take advantage of everything that Destin has to offer because it's close by. In fact, the quick availability of RV sites at lower prices is one of the main reasons why many campers choose to camp at Miramar Beach rather than Destin. However, Gulf Camp, a posh RV park in Florida, has somewhat pricey RV sites. Overnight rates range from $79 to $120. The tiny but well-equipped Turtle Beach Campground has plenty to offer. Sea turtles use this location, which is on Sarasota Barrier Island, as a base from May to October to lay their eggs. You will have the opportunity to view, albeit carefully, the nests of loggerhead and green sea turtles as well as the young. One of the few campgrounds in Florida with direct beach access is this 14-acre facility. At any time, you are free to exit your RV and stroll up to Siesta Beach. The sand is hard and white, and the beach is clean. Take a nap by the sunloungers or jump straight into the azure sea. There are 39 RV and tent-friendly campsites at this family-friendly campground. Every campsite has picnic tables and complete hookups. Within the campground is a coin-operated laundry and shower area. A game of horseshoes can be played on the playground. You are able to play your preferred sport in a number of pits that have an abundance of open grassy spaces. Siesta Key is five miles away and Sarasota is only nine miles away from the Turtle Beach Campground. The entire Sarasota barrier island, Serenoa Golf Club, and Oscar Scherer State Park are also close by tourist attractions. Matlacha Matlacha is a small island in southwest Florida, home to the family-run beachfront RV resort Sugar Sand. Also, Matlacha a comparatively quiet area, is a hidden fishing treasure. State Road 78 crosses the island and leads to the resort from the Cape Coral-Fort Myers metropolitan area. The RV sites are located next to a sugar-sand beach with sea walls as soon as you enter the Sugar Sand resort. Complete hookups with picnic tables and Wi-Fi internet access are available for these. The resort is the starting point of the fishing expedition. Approach the spacious dock designed for boating. Take a ride through Matlacha Pass's busy waters by boarding one of the available boats. Catching the first fish by the hook would not take long. Alternatively, you may choose a more daring path and navigate Matlacha's backwaters by kayak. Kayak fishing is a popular activity for both locals and visitors. Think about going fishing at the Matlacha Pass Bridge if you don't want to enter the water. Because of the amazing catches that have been reported at the bridge over the years, it has acquired the title of "The Fishingest Bridge in the World." You will undoubtedly catch a tarpon, trout, or cobia. There are just ten sites at Sugar Sand Beach RV Resort. As a result, booking a site far in advance is advised. Starting at $100 per day, rates drop to $65 per day for monthly reservations. When looking for RV camping on the beach in Florida, Sugar Sand Beach ranks well above most. RV Park Rates In Winter Because of its pleasant, tropical climate and abundant sunshine, Florida is referred to as the Sunshine State. The off-peak season runs from November through January, with February through May being the peak months. The temperature is in the neighborhood of 10 to 11°C. In the winter, it can cost anywhere from $20 to $100 per day at an RV park in Florida. RV sites are empty at that time of year due to a decrease in the number of RVers. These can be reserved at discounts of 20–30% or even 50%. Wrapping Up It's time to start planning now that you have some amazing choices for the best RV camping on the beach in Florida! There is an RV park in Florida for everyone, whether your goal is to have an amazing adventure or just a peaceful place to disconnect and unwind. Make sure you learn everything there is to know about RV camping so that you can make the most out of this unusual way of traveling, whether you already own an RV, are looking to buy one, or are just planning a trip in one! Read Also: A Detailed Guide On Malaysia Bay – From Traveling To Outing Top 7 Places To Visit For An Asian Solo Traveler Planning A Vacation To Bali? Read This Blog!
Globetrotter’s Guide: The Ultimate International Travel Essentials Checklist
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 30, 2023
When it comes to making travel plans and getting ready for a trip, we don't usually have many complaints. Yes, there are unpleasant, dull, and stressful portions. However, all of the drawbacks of travelling make way for some of the amazing and unforgettable experiences of life. Packing may be the least enjoyable part of getting ready for a trip, but with the appropriate attitude and plan, it can make the entire experience worthwhile. It's important to plan your international travel essentials carefully. Although it's possible to discover forgotten items in many places, having everything organized and safely packed in your suitcase will make your trip much easier. Nobody wants to drive for half a day looking for something they left behind. International Travel Essentials Whether it's your first time travelling abroad or you've done it before, this guide will help you make sure you've packed everything you could possibly need. Having these things ready, along with the right clothes and shoes for where you're going, will help ensure that your trip goes as smoothly as possible. Neck Pillow Consider the Trtl Pillow as the traveller's neck pillow for those who detest neck pillow carrying. When not in use, the small neck support folds down to the size of a tablet, which you can discreetly and conveniently tuck away in your handbag or carry-on while you're on the go. The innovative design is light years ahead of the conventional neck pillow and resembles an infinite scarf. It offers sufficient support to allow you to rest your head fully on the side without having to worry about waking up with a kinked neck. It's much less embarrassing than falling asleep on your neighbour's shoulder, but it's essentially the inanimate equivalent. Tech Backup We know! Although you're not going on an international trip to become engrossed in your technology. There are some necessities that can enhance a positive trip experience. Whether they support a schedule, guarantee your safety, or just keep you entertained while travelling. You can always rely on your smartphone in case of emergencies by bringing essentials like a portable power bank and a dependable Wi-fi hotspot. You can also use Google Maps to guide you through your self-guided walking tour without stopping at cafes every few blocks. Do you recall a time before Google Maps? It's difficult to envision a time when we would genuinely need to ask locals for directions or have faith that we are correctly interpreting a paper map. By guaranteeing you're always connected to a dependable Wi-Fi network, the Solis Lite 4G LTE WiFi Mobile Hotspot makes travelling in the modern world even easier. No matter where you go. It works flawlessly in more than 135 countries worldwide and doesn't require a SIM card or a contract. Additionally, it supports up to ten devices concurrently, so your travelling companions will be grateful as well. When choosing international travel essentials, your tech paraphernalia will take up a lot of space. Cincha Travel Belt One of those travel essentials that, until you need it while on the go, you never really appreciate how much you need is the Cincha Travel Belt. The purpose of the travel belt is to secure your belongings, such as shopping bags, a handbag, or a coat, to the handle of your rolling luggage. Then you won't have to worry about them falling off or slipping around. When you don't want to worry about carrying several loose parts, this is a very convenient option to have on hand when switching terminals or taking trains to the city centre. Adapter Bringing along a quality adapter when travelling overseas is a must. After a long day of travelling, the one item you'll want to have on hand—if at all possible—is an adapter that will efficiently and rapidly charge your phone so you can get out and explore as soon as possible. Seek an adapter similar to the Epicka Universal Travel Adapter. It has several outlets that can be used in over 150 countries, but if you're planning on travelling, say, between the United Kingdom and Europe, you won't have to worry about managing multiple attachments thanks to its handy sliding design. Additionally, it has four USB-A ports, which are the rectangular ones that many older devices use. Luggage This is probably the most obvious one of the international travel essentials on our list. Be very careful when choosing the dimensions of your carry-on if you are travelling and do not want to take the chance of having to check a bag during your entire trip. Choose a suitcase that is no taller than 21.5 inches to be on the safe side. Not all items of luggage that are marked as "carry-on" will be allowed once you leave the country. Although the Samsonite Freeform Hardside Expandable with Spinner Wheels is only 21.25 inches tall, it satisfies international standards. However, the spinner has a strong, thin shell that gives you more interior space for clothes and accessories. EZ Packing If you have a lot of airport security checks ahead of you, the EZ Packing ( 3-1-1) travel as well as toiletry bag is going to be your saving grace. It is clear and TSA approved. The see-through design of the TSA-approved bag allows airport security to clearly see through the luggage. You can easily show that you have already taken out the liquids, gels, and aerosols from your bag. And that you are prepared to pass through security like the seasoned traveller you are. The bag holds the exact amount of liquid you are allowed to bring on board (not exceeding 100 ml per bottle). Other International Travel Essentials Long flights or journeys are just one aspect of travelling abroad. You also have to wait in airports, train stations, and other locations before you reach your destination. Bring along some essential travel items to pass the time. Consider packing any or all of the following items for you and your family in your carry-on luggage: Headphones Earplugs Sweater or light jacket Warm socks Refillable water bottle Snacks Medications Sanitizing wipes Masks and hand sanitizer Books Magazines Wrapping Up It can be very difficult to know what to pack for an international trip. A travel packing list template can make the process of getting ready for your trip less stressful. Whether you're going on an international family vacation or travelling for work. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about international travel essentials, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: A Detailed Guide On Malaysia Bay – From Traveling To Outing Top 7 Places To Visit For An Asian Solo Traveler Planning A Vacation To Bali? Read This Blog!
Tiny Travelers: Toddler Travel Essentials for Happy Trips
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 30, 2023
We know exactly how difficult it can be to travel with the youngins. Depending on their mood and yours as well, simply moving from one room to another in your own house can be intimidating. But you deserve to get out of your backyard, and your little one deserves to see the world. Our goal is to work with you to create and carry out a realistic plan that will ensure you and your toddler have everything they need for a safe, comfortable, and enjoyable trip. Make sure to utilize this list as a guide, adding and removing items as necessary. If everything goes according to plan, you'll have multiple moments with your family, unwinding and relishing your vacation, which will make all the effort worthwhile. When taking a trip with young children, here are a few toddler travel essentials to consider packing. Toddler Travel Essentials If you are taking your little one on a trip, your biggest cause of concern may not be your baby. Rather, it will be all the things you will carry just to support the royal majesty's trip. Every minute will require something that you may feel ready for on a trip. Here are certain toddler travel essentials that will get you started. Gro Anywhere Blinds When it's time to put your little one to bed, the long, hot days of vacation often mean that the sun is still shining brightly outside. It can make it difficult for them to fall asleep without blackout curtains. With just a single click, the innovative "one-size-fits-all" Gro Anywhere blackout blind blocks out annoying sunlight. With suction cups that adhere straight to the window glass for a secure fit, it's simple to use. The updated model allows you to use it on both larger and smaller windows. It has a maximum size of 130 cm by 198 cm. The blinds offer two designs- Ollie the Owl and Stars and Moon. It is washable and comes with a convenient bag that makes packing it simple. Don't leave home without one if you want to keep your child's bedtime routine while on vacation and prevent the sun from waking them up too early! Merifor Travel Mattress With the help of this top-notch travel mattress, you can ensure that your child sleeps through the night. Unlike many travel cot mattresses, Merifor's Travel Mattress is made of nursery foam and approved by Allergy UK. It is thick and comfortable, with a special breathable fabric that helps keep your baby cool on hot summer nights. You can wash the cover at 60°C to get rid of dust mites and allergens, and the mattress itself is wipeable. You don't have to worry about any minor spills. It measures 64 cm by 93 cm, so make sure your travel cot will fit into it snugly before using it. Its inability to be folded or rolled makes it unsuitable for every trip. This is its lone disadvantage. Splash About New Happy Nappy A dependable, leak-proof swim diaper is essential when taking your baby for a swim. Nobody wants their child to be the cause of the pool's closure for maintenance. The updated, reusable Happy Nappy from Splash About is less bulky to pack for vacations and more environmentally friendly than disposable swim diapers! Because of its premium neoprene design, tight-fitting waist and leg cuffs, as well as non-gaping gusset, you can wear it in the pool without worrying about embarrassing poop leaks. It comes in sizes ranging from 0-3 months to 2-3 years and offers UPF 50+ built-in sun protection. It helps shield your baby's bottom from the sun. It is not required to be used with any other swim nappy, but if you'd like, Splash About sells a Cotton Nappy Wrap and Liners. It's easy to rinse it off after swimming, and it dries quickly, making it ready for the baby's next dip. The Happy Nappy is available in several adorable designs, such as Owl Pussycat and Dino Pirates, which is the best part. Apramo Flippa Dining Booster Not even a high chair? Not a problem! Wherever they are tucked in, your baby or toddler will be safe and sound with the Apramo Flippa Dining Booster. The Flippa can accommodate babies weighing up to 15 kg and up to three years old. It is essentially a miniature high chair that can be fastened to the seat and back of a regular dining chair using two straps. It has adjustable rubber feet for added stability, sturdy aluminium legs, and a plastic back and seat. Your child can eat from the tray that comes with the Flippa. Or you can remove the tray so they can sit up at the table once they are secure using the Flippa harness. It's time for dinner! After that, you can clean it, and the Flippa will neatly fold away when you press a button. This one really is one of the most convenient toddler travel essentials. Osprey Poco AG Plus Child Carrie This is one to pack for vacations because it comes in nine different colors and doesn't take up much space in your suitcase. You can use the Osprey Poco AG Plus Child Carrier to take your child on adventurous trips. The places you can explore are endless with this backpack-style carrier because it daringly goes where strollers cannot. With an adjustable hip belt, torso length, and mesh back to keep your back cool, it's made to be comfortable for both parents carrying small children. The seat, foot stirrups, and child safety harness all adjust to fit kids of all shapes, sizes, and weights. Along with UPF22 protection, it has an integrated sunshade and a rain cover for inclement weather. To ensure your preparedness for anything, it even features an emergency whistle. The carrier features easy-access mesh side pockets for snacks and drinks, zipped pockets in the hip belt, and a compartment behind the child seat for additional storage, so there's no need to bring extra bags. It folds up neatly for storage after your exploration is complete. Mountain Buggy Bag Ride Another of the toddler travel essentials is the Mountain Buggy Bag Ride. Even though travelling can be stressful at times, it becomes even more difficult when a baby is along! The clever ability of the 35-litre, two-wheeled Mountain Buggy Bag Rider to change into a four-wheeled kid's ride-on seat makes things much easier! To utilize the seat, just turn the dial on the case and then fasten the padded seat liner. Secure your baby in the five-point harness that is completely adjustable, and voila! It is possible to tow your child and pull your suitcase simultaneously! It is appropriate for kids weighing up to 15 kg. Travel Insurance For Children Does my child/baby need travel insurance? You could ask. It may appear that the answer is no at first. Your toddler is not paying for the vacation. Save for their stuffed Bluey, your toddler's suitcase is empty of priceless belongings. Nevertheless, travel insurance is crucial for safeguarding your young child, particularly if you're going somewhere where they do not recognise U.S. health insurance policies. Making the decision is simple because, when travelling with a parent or grandparent, children under the age of 17 are automatically covered for free under certain insurance policies. Wrapping Up These products will make long trips with a baby or toddler more comfortable, peaceful, and enjoyable, whether you're travelling by car, train, or airplane. With these essential travel items, vacations won't have to be sweaty affairs. These are the absolute bare toddler travel essentials you cannot miss out on, given the safety factor. Let us know what more you would like to add to the list in the comment below. Read Also: A Detailed Guide On Malaysia Bay – From Traveling To Outing Top 7 Places To Visit For An Asian Solo Traveler Planning A Vacation To Bali? Read This Blog!
Planning a Vacation to Bali? Read This Blog!
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 30, 2023
Bali is unquestionably among the most magical places to travel. There are breathtaking temples that literally number in the tens of thousands. It is accompanied by almost daily ceremonies that are loud, colorful, and multi-sensory, with the clanging gamelan paired with chanting. In addition, there are countless beaches with waves that are constantly curling and pulsating with dancing surfers, all trimmed in aquamarine. There are endless stretches of lush rice terraces that are incredibly neat. Not to mention canang sari, the abundant offerings of flowers that are blessed and positioned seemingly everywhere every day on the so-called "Island of Gods." Bali has an allure that draws in equal amounts of wellness enthusiasts, design aficionados, and wild Gen Z travelers, as well as enthusiastic surfers, spiritual travelers, yogis, beachcombers, and a plethora of celebrities and influencers. The most rewarding as well as exciting Bali vacation takes you to as many locations as possible. Savor the island experience and the incredibly kind, giving, as well as sincere people who live there. Taking everything into account, it's practically hard to leave Bali feeling anything but happier, healthier, and unquestionably more tan than when you arrived. Bali offers activities for every kind of traveler, making it feel like an endless adventure! It's understandable why so many people choose Bali as their travel destination from all over the world. This magnificent island paradise offers endless idyllic beaches, enticing spiritual energy, terraced rice fields, and exotic sunsets. There is so much to see and do! Enjoy yoga, meditation, surfing, hiking, mouthwatering cuisine, and a vibrant nightlife. Bali has seen tourist influence in some areas, where there are clusters of photogenic cafes, trendy bars, and vegan eateries. However, some regions retain their distinctive Balinese beauty and charm despite being desolate, remote islands. Bali Vacation: Things To Look Forward To Bali, a tropical destination covered in breathtaking scenery, is genuinely a paradise on Earth. It is one of the world's best places for a honeymoon. It has amazing beaches, lively culture, historic temples, and friendly locals. Temples There are over 300 temples on the Island of Gods. Some of the most important ones to see while setting off for a Bali vacation are the Tanah Lot, Tirta Empul, Uluwatu, Goa Gajah, Taman Ayun, Besakih, and Pura Lempuyang Luhur temples. Beauty Bali is popular for its breathtaking scenery. In addition to the breathtaking views of Kintamani Village, Mt. Batur, and the Tegallalang Rice Terrace, Bali's verdant mountains are home to some stunning waterfalls. You can swim in the natural pools created by waterfalls like Tegenungan Waterfall, Gitgit Waterfall, Nungnung Waterfall, and Sekumpul Waterfall as you hike up the picturesque mountains. Culture Explore Bali's dynamic culture by stopping by the Ubud Palace, where you can take in the breathtaking architecture and discover the palace's fascinating history. Seeing the Balinese barong dance and the traditional kecak dance allows you to delve even further into the island's culture. Beaches Bali's tranquil beaches are practically paradisaical. You can swim in the glistening water, take in the vibrant underwater life, soak up the sun, and engage in a variety of water sports. Seminyak Beach, Jimbaran Beach, Kuta Beach, Blue Lagoon Beach, Broken Beach, and Kelingking Beach, are the top beaches in Bali that you can visit. Best Time To Visit Bali Bali's dry season is the ideal time to visit the island. You will not have to worry about sudden rain ruining any outdoor activities from May to October, and summertime humidity is low. The fact that it's the most popular time to go is the only drawback. During this time, flights are more costly, and reservations for your top hotel option must be made well in advance. If you can tolerate brief downpours, plan your Bali Vacation between November and April. It's the cheapest time to travel, and there are still lots of things to do! Cost Of Food In Bali Depending on your preferred experience and the area of the island you choose, food and drink prices will differ considerably. Should you be in the mood to sample some of the best Indonesian cuisines around, Seminyak and Uluwatu typically have pricey dining options. There are less expensive options in other places like North Bali, Ubud, and Canggu. If your Bali vacation is on a tight budget, try Warungs. They are tiny neighborhood eateries. You can get a good meal there for as little as $1–$3 per serving. Meals at mid-range restaurants cost $5 to $10 per person, while beach clubs or upscale dining establishments charge $14 to $50 per person. Due to local taxes, wine and beer can be somewhat pricey, so don't be shocked if you see alcohol marked up 300%. Remember to drink plenty of water! The temperatures are usually high in Bali, so don't forget potable water. In most places, you can purchase bottled water as well, provided you're willing to pay the tourist tax. Things To Keep In Mind Language: English, Balinese, and Indonesian are the three primary languages spoken in Bali. Currency: The Indonesian Rupiah is the currency used in Bali. Credit cards and ATMs: Bali's major cities, such as Ubud and Canggu, have an abundance of ATMs. You can use your credit card to pay for your meal as long as you are not at one of the neighborhood "warung" restaurants but do carry cash. Plugs: Bali uses type C and F plugs. 50 Hz is the standard frequency, and 230 V is the standard voltage. For hot tools like hair dryers, I advise using a converter and purchasing a universal adapter (be sure to check for surge protection). Safety: Bali is among the safest places for women traveling alone! The most important thing to be aware of is traffic safety, particularly if you are renting a motorcycle. If you are not a confident rider, get a taxi. It will never be more expensive than a hospital bill. Wrapping Up It takes a lot of work and effort to plan a Bali vacation. With any luck, this guide will provide you with some useful information to help you get ready for your next trip to Bali! Bali is the ideal place to go on vacation. Nothing compares to spending a leisurely trip lounging on Kuta Beach, dining by candlelight at Jimbaran, or indulging in a soothing spa treatment in Ubud. See the sunrise and sunset in Bali from various locations and be in awe of the scenery. Read Also: Tattoo Bali – Tips Before Getting A Tattoo Top 7 Places To Visit For An Asian Solo Traveler A Detailed Guide On Malaysia Bay – From Traveling To Outing
Mexico’s Top 4 Most Dangerous Cities For 2024: Data Repor
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 29, 2023
For good reason, Mexico is one of the most sought-after travel destinations worldwide. However, not every area of Mexico is secure for tourists. Here are the most hazardous cities in Mexico in 2024 that data reports suggest. Due to worries about crime and kidnapping, the U.S. Department of State's travel advisory for Mexico as of 2023 emphasizes varying degrees of caution across different states. Mexico's regions are categorized by the advisory into four levels: Exercise Normal Precautions Exercise Increased Caution Reconsider Travel Do Not Travel Tijuana Tijuana's high murder rate and drug-related violence make it the most dangerous city in Mexico. There are 138 homicides for every 100,000 people. Tijuana is the main gateway for drugs originating in South America, making it a hub for cartel activity. Due to its proximity to the US border, it is also a significant hub for organized crime and human trafficking. Based on data on homicide rates, Tijuana is regarded as the world's most dangerous city. Acapulco Despite being one of the most dangerous cities in Mexico, Acapulco continues to draw large numbers of tourists due to its beaches. The rate of homicide in the city is 111 per 100,000 residents. Drug-related violence in Acapulco has increased dramatically as different cartels compete for control of the lucrative drug trade in the city. This city is also located in Guerrero, the notorious state well-known for its high rates of violence, chaos brought on by gang turf wars, and heroin production. Ciudad Victoria Ciudad Victoria, one of the most violent cities in Mexico, is situated in the state of Tamaulipas. This area is another hotbed of drug-related violence, with a homicide rate of 86 per 100,000 residents. Being situated just beyond the U.S. border, Tamaulipas makes it an entryway city as well. In Ciudad Victoria, members of the Northeast Cartel actively manage their businesses. Ciudad Juarez Ciudad Juarez is visible to residents of El Paso, another border city, across the Rio Grande. The city is among the most violent in Mexico, with an average of 86 homicides for every 100,000 residents. The city has witnessed a sharp increase in violence as a result of turf wars between the Juarez and Sinaloa cartels, making it another hub for drug trafficking. Ciudad Juarez is firmly under the control of these two formidable cartels. Additional Reading: Kenya Is Targeting 5.5M Tourist Arrivals By 2028 Burger King Is Giving Away Free Food All Month
Top 10 Places To Go On New Year’s Eve Worldwide According To Agoda’s AI Technology
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 29, 2023
Using AI technology, the online travel company Agoda has unveiled the ultimate list of places to celebrate New Year's Eve around the world. Agoda created a picture of several beautiful New Year's Eve locations from across the globe using Midjourney AI and ChatGPT 4.0 to identify the list of travel destinations. Ten Places to Go on New Year's Eve. Singapore: Take in the bright street parties and carnivals while marveling at the stunning fireworks display in Marina Bay. Bali, Indonesia: Enjoy festive fireworks and traditional Balinese performances while celebrating on the beach. Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam: Savor the lively nightlife in District 1 and the spectacular fireworks over the Saigon River as you celebrate. Tokyo, Japan: Celebrate cultural events and contemporary countdown parties as you embrace the Japanese custom of witnessing the first sunrise of the year. Sydney, Australia: Take in the internationally recognized fireworks show over the Opera House and Sydney Harbour Bridge, along with family-friendly activities and celebrations. New York City, USA: Attend the famous ball drop with the crowds in Times Square, or pick from a plethora of events and concerts taking place all over the city. Rio de Janeiro, Brazil: Take in the exuberant atmosphere of Copacabana Beach, complete with samba music and a breathtaking fireworks display. London, England: Enjoy a range of boat parties and events as you watch the River Thames light up with fireworks at night. Experience the historic Hogmanay celebrations in Edinburgh, Scotland, which include processions, concerts, and the unique Loony Dook tradition, which involves swimming in the chilly Firth of Forth on New Year's Day while dressed in costume. Reykjavik, Iceland: Come celebrate with the locals over community bonfires and a pyrotechnics display against a backdrop of snow, with the possibility of seeing the Northern Lights. Krishna Rathi, Country Director India, Sri Lanka, and Maldives at Agoda said, "As recommended by some of the leading AI software of the moment, this list is meant to ignite a sense of wonder amongst aspiring travellers and perhaps even inspire the more spontaneous to book a last-minute getaway on Agoda. Whether it’s a short getaway within Asia or a longer trip to the other side of the world, Agoda provides the best deals." According to data analyzed by Agoda, Bangkok, Thailand, has overtaken Dubai as the most popular foreign travel destination for Indians in the past year. There has been a 26% increase in searches on the platform since the Thai government granted visa-free entry to Indian tourists visiting the nation last month, making it a popular destination for Indians seeking a getaway. Additional Reading: 6 Things Locals Wish Tourists Wouldn’t Do When In Iceland Juneau’s Mendenhall Glacier Recreation Area Is Expecting Big Changes
This Is What I Feel About Backpacker Travel Insurance!
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 28, 2023
At heart, I'm a backpacker. Despite having traveled extensively for more than ten years, I still enjoy taking inexpensive trips and value the experiences more than opulent lodging and transportation. I still enjoy meeting people from the community, eating as much local food as I can, and staying in hostels. Despite what the general public believes, backpacking is about finding value, not about saving every penny. You must budget your money carefully if you want to travel in style and authenticity without going over budget. Getting travel insurance is also one of the best decisions you can make if you plan to go on an international backpacking trip. I understand that purchasing travel insurance may seem like just one more thing to eat into your budget. It was a thought I had as well. However, in the unlikely event that something goes wrong during your trip, it could also save you thousands of dollars. That, if you have a backpacker travel insurance. Furthermore, I can tell you with confidence that something will go wrong because I have spent more than twelve years traveling the world. Here is all the information you need to know about purchasing backpacker travel insurance to help you stay safe on your next trip. Why Do You Need A Backpacker Travel Insurance? You should purchase travel insurance because mishaps do occur. Things go wrong whether you're in the country or overseas. You probably have access to trustworthy medical facilities and medical care when you're at home. That isn't always the case when you are on the road. Serious injuries do occur, despite their rarity. And it's always preferable to err on the side of safety. However, insurance isn't limited to urgent medical care. It also discusses a number of incidents that are far more frequent than you might imagine! I've had my bags stolen, had to visit a hospital abroad, and even had a stabbing while visiting South America. Even though thinking about these things all the time is unpleasant, you really should be ready for anything. Although it is ideal that you will never need to use your insurance plan, you should make sure you have the necessary coverage in case you do. What Does A Backpacker Travel Insurance Cover? Here's a brief summary of the following items your backpacker insurance should cover: Coverage for the majority of global nations Emergency medical situations (hospitalization costs for surgery, medical evacuation to the closest hospital) Flight cancellations and delays Trip cancellations (caused by a family member getting hurt or dying) Emergency evacuation (caused by harm or a natural disaster) Dental emergencies Misplaced or pilfered luggage Death overseas I understand that you like to travel light as a backpacker. After all, insurance isn't free, which makes it appear like a burdensome and pointless expense. However, paying a few dollars a day is far less risky than losing your entire life savings in the event of an emergency while you are uninsured. What Does A Backpacker Travel Insurance Not Cover? Travel insurance typically covers most medical expenses and accidents related to travel, but it's crucial to understand what it does and does not cover. After all, knowledge is power. The majority of policies for backpackers do not cover: Incidents that occur when engaging in extreme adventure sports, such as bungee jumping, hang gliding, or paragliding Drug and alcohol-related incidents Negligence or carelessness (like if you leave your bag unattended and it gets stolen) General examinations or pre-existing conditions Cash that has been stolen If your government hasn't issued an evacuation order due to civil unrest but your destination becomes unsafe (unless you have more advanced coverage from a company like Medjet) You will not be eligible for trip cancellation coverage if you change your mind about the trip or break up with your travel companion or unfriend them. You won't receive reimbursement if you choose to postpone your travel if your visa to a destination is denied. As a backpacker, there are only two companies that are worth using. Safety Wing and Insure My Trip. Safety Wing This is the first and my personal favorite backpacker travel insurance. Safety Wing was founded by Norwegian digital nomads who live in California. They serve low-cost travelers and remote workers by providing basic plans at incredibly low costs. Their $250 USD debit keeps the monthly fee low, and you can renew your plan while traveling abroad, making them the best option for frequent travelers. Although their coverage isn't as extensive as that of other companies, it still covers the essentials, which makes them a good option for budget-conscious travelers. Here is a brief overview of Safety Wing: Incredibly cheap plans (with a deductible) Able to buy and renew plans while traveling Online claim submission is available. $250,000 USD for urgent medical attention Amiable and accommodating customer support You retain your medical coverage in your home country for 30 days after returning from a 90-day trip (15 days if you live in the US). Ideal for thrifty travelers and digital nomads Insure My Trip Insure My Trip is the second option. With the aid of a policy aggregator called Insure My Trip, you can evaluate insurance providers and plans to find the one that best suits your needs and price range. Plans from more than 20 different insurance companies are available for comparison, and there are many reasonable options for travelers. Retirees and other senior adventurers turn to Insure My Trip because they offer comparisons from insurance companies that cover older travelers (many travel insurance companies do not cover travelers over the age of 65). The main advantage of using Insure My Trip is their promise that you won't find a better deal on the same policy anywhere else! Here is a brief overview of Insure My Trip: Low prices assured Protection for elderly passengers over 65 "Anytime Advocates": If you believe your claim was wrongfully rejected, ask the insurer to review it again. Evaluates 23 different providers to guarantee you receive the greatest deal Reviews of every policy to see what other passengers have to say Wrapping Up I always have travel insurance when I leave the house. I know firsthand how beneficial it can be. Over the years, it has prevented me from having to spend thousands of dollars on headaches. The whole point of backpacking is to experience incredible, life-changing adventures without going over budget. Additionally, purchasing backpacker travel insurance is the best way to protect yourself from high (and unnecessary) expenses (keep in mind that Safety Wing is my top choice!). Read Also: A Backpacker’s Guide: Must-Have Camping Essentials Secrets Of Forest Camping: Tips For An Unforgettable Getaway Sorting Out Christmas Vacation: 11 Best Places To Visit On Christmas This Year!
The Ultimate Guide To Things To Do In Salt Lake City!
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 28, 2023
If you are planning to visit, the first thing you may do is look for the best things to do in Salt Lake City. With more than 220 sunny days annually, it is a popular destination for week-long vacations. Of course, in addition to all the amazing ski resorts that are nearby. As a result, the growth of extremely posh high-end hotels, resorts, and other establishments over time is not surprising. Nowadays, Salt Lake City has an abundance of great dining options, secret speakeasies, salt flats, double-feature drive-ins, and family-friendly attractions. It's a great place to go on a romantic getaway or a family vacation with the kids. Of course, the Utah Olympic Park is at the top of our list. If you're more of an outdoorsy type, feel free to explore this list indefinitely. Things To Do In Salt Lake City If you want to explore Salt Lake City, there is nothing better than its parks and natural beauty. Here are your best options when visiting this beautiful city. These are some of the best things to do in Salt Lake City. The Great Salt Lake The Great Salt Lake is the largest natural saltwater lake in the Western Hemisphere, measuring about 35 miles wide by 75 miles long. The name of the lake derives from the characteristics of its water. Salty mineral deposits are left behind by the evaporation process, which is the only way out of the lake. Both locals and tourists appreciate Salt Lake City's many hiking trails, plenty of picnic areas, and swimming, boating, and fishing options. One access point that's close to the city is Great Salt Lake Park, which is only 20 miles west. There is a marina, a short beach trail, and restrooms, concessions, and showers available for visitors. Northwest of the city is a state park called Antelope Island, which is another well-liked access point. Antelope Island offers a similar landscape to Great Salt Lake Park, but there's also a lot of wildlife (bison and antelope) to see. The Fielding Garr Ranch House, a home built in the 1800s on its original foundation, is also located there. The only way to get to the island is to drive around the southeast shore of the lake and take exit 332 off of Interstate 15. It's roughly a sixty-mile drive each way. FamilySearch Library The largest library of its kind in the world, the FamilySearch Library is located in Temple Square. It contains millions of genealogical records that profile over three billion deceased people. It was meant to help members of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints source their family history. The library was established in the late 19th century. These days, guests are welcome to look through the carefully kept records. They may perhaps even locate some of their own ancestors. Reviewers praised the amazing resources and the friendly, super helpful staff. They say this is a must-visit location for anyone interested in genealogy. Monday through Saturday from 9 a.m. to 6 or 8 p.m., depending on the day, is when the FamilySearch Library is open. It is free to enter. The library advises you to make a plan, gather any family history you already have, and decide what you're looking for. The reference consultant will find it simpler to assist you with your search as a result. This Is The Place Heritage Park This is The Place Heritage Park presents live history. At more than fifty historic houses and other structures, historical interpreters bring the past to life. The webpage's The 1,300-mile Mormon Trail, which was traveled by Mormons in their quest for a peaceful place to live, ends at this monument. Numerous interactive experiences are available, such as train rides, pony rides, splash pads, Native American villages, and mining activities. There are also several restaurants. The trail and horseback riding experience proved to be especially popular with recent visitors. Many valued the opportunity to learn about Mormon and Utah history as well. The vast site is clean and well-maintained, according to visitors. Ensign Peak Nature Park The Bonneville Shoreline Trail and Ensign Peak are connected by Ensign Peak Nature Park. It has historical significance as well because, not long after arriving, Brigham Young's party stopped here to survey the Salt Lake City valley. Each way, the hike is roughly one mile long. It provides stunning views of the surrounding mountains and Salt Lake City. Because this region serves as a habitat for numerous animal and bird species, visitors may see local wildlife. These peaks are one of the best things to do in Salt lake City. It is best enjoyed on a nice day with clear skies so you can enjoy the expansive views from the top. Liberty Park Enjoy a variety of outdoor activities on the 80 acres of Liberty Park if you want to get outside without going outside the city limits. In addition to playgrounds, rides, bike paths, concession stands, picnic areas, volleyball, and tennis courts, there is a pond. Along with just taking in the peace and quiet, Liberty Park has an aviary and a swimming pool, both of which recent visitors recommend. Families can also visit this park because it offers a plethora of kid-friendly activities. This lovely park is located in the heart of Salt Lake. Every day, it opens at around 8 a.m. and closes at 11 p.m. Admission is free, though using some of the sporting facilities costs a small fee. Liberty also holds a number of yearly gatherings all through the year. Park City Park City is another one of the things to do in Salt Lake City. It is a sweet spot for Powder Hounds. Park City, located roughly thirty miles southeast of Salt Lake City, is home to two significant alpine ski resorts that cover countless acres of mountainous terrain. All ability levels of skiers and snowboarders are welcome to enjoy the well-maintained trails, powder-filled bowls, and terrain parks at Park City Mountain Resort. Additionally, Deer Valley Resort only accommodates skiers (you cannot snowboard), providing several on-site eateries in addition to groomed and gladed runs. Whether it's through kids' ski school, group instruction, or private lessons, all resorts have knowledgeable instructors on hand to help you on the slopes. Even those who aren't big skiers can find activities. Visitors will find many museums and art galleries in Park City to enjoy. In the meantime, visitors can visit the Park City Golf Club or browse the local farmers' markets as the ski resorts convert their runs into hiking and biking paths in the spring and summer. Wrapping Up A significant portion of your time can go into touring Temple Square, which serves as the official location of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. In addition to magnificent religious structures like the Salt Lake Temple, this walled neighborhood in the city's center is home to verdant gardens and towering sculptures. There are many beautiful trails in the Wasatch National Forest nearby. For a thrilling day trip, consider visiting the nearby Snowbird Ski Resort. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about the best things to do in Salt Lake City, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Albuquerque Ambiance: Top Hotel Picks For Every Traveler Houston Hospitality: The Top Hotels You Need To Experience Here Are The 25+ Best Hotels In Mexico City That You Must Visit!
Albuquerque Ambiance: Top Hotel Picks For Every Traveler
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 28, 2023
Throughout its 300-year history, Albuquerque has drawn tourists from early Spanish settlers to sun-seeking tuberculosis sanitarium visitors who poured into the city in the 1920s and Route 66 road trippers. Visitors today recognize it as the world's center for hot-air ballooning as well as a popular destination for outdoor recreation. It is where more than forty tap rooms serve craft beer, and the local cuisine consists of spicy red and green chili sauce. Here, we have enlisted the best hotels in Albuquerque for your next trip. These hotels will change your idea about leisure as well as lounging. The variety of accommodations available in Albuquerque matches the diversity of its visitors. There are historic hotels with connections to the local railroad system or a boutique inn rooted in the indigenous culture of the area. Duke City's best hotels have what you're looking for, along with the basic peaceful retreat you may be looking forward to. Best Hotels In Albuquerque Albuquerque is the perfect place to take a year-round vacation due to its moderate, dry climate and more than 300 sunny days per year. Here are the best hotels in Albuquerque. Hotel Chaco Coming up first on the list of best hotels in Albuquerque is Hotel Chaco. The first new hotel in the area in over 40 years, it swung open its black-on-black doors with Avanyu carvings. It is a serpent design that is the symbol of the holiness of water in the high desert. This pattern frequently features in Pueblo pottery designs. It is the focal point of the Sawmill District's metamorphosis from a sleepy industrial hub to a thriving area for dining, lodging, and entertainment. The 118 guest rooms at the hotel have sleek, earthy colors and materials, like sinks carved from petrified wood, that evoke modern Southwest design. Unique Navajo (Diné) rugs from Toadlena Trading Post in northwest New Mexico, where weavers continue centuries-old traditions, adorn each room. El Vado Delirious with nostalgia! Residents of Duke City frequent El Vado to haunt its boutiques and eat tacos prepared by them. The motel attracts travelers seeking to relive their best moments along the Mother Road. Millennials and Gen Z-ers take pictures of its Instagram-worthy vignettes. For example, the Route 66 license plate art piece in the taproom. Before reopening in 2018, the 1937 classic auto motor court hotel underwent careful renovations. It still has the state's signature stepped massing and classic Pueblo Revival architecture. It also has a meticulously restored neon sign that greets visitors in true Route 66 fashion. The hotel pool, which was formerly the parking lot, got an upgrade and now features parking medians. Hotel Parq Central It stands between the city's most popular neighborhoods and offers a peaceful stay along historic Route 66. Hotel Parq Central is a thoughtful reimagination of a 1926 railroad hospital. That place recommends a lot of medical professionals and hospital employees as hotel visitors. The hotel's popular Apothecary Lounge draws locals as well. The building's eligibility for the National Register of Historic Places was maintained by the transformation. The interior railings, staircases, doors, and ceramic tiles of the stone-and-stucco façade are all back to their original splendor. Furthermore, despite being rich in history, it still exudes a warm welcome to modern convenience-seeking tourists. Hotel Albuquerque The reasonably priced Hotel Albuquerque is easily one of the best hotels in Albuquerque. It attracts both branded convention goers on coffee breaks from the hotel's ample meeting spaces and tour-ready sneaker-clad guests, thanks to its recently renovated rooms and convenient location within a block of Old Town, the center of Albuquerque's heritage. The hotel's architecture and décor are influenced by the Spanish founding of the city. It depicts the territorial era and history as a tuberculosis sanitarium hotspot. This is evident in its entry tower, Grand Sala (second-story windows on a cathedral-like lobby), and well-kept gardens. Visit Plaza Don Luis, a more recent addition to the neighborhood, for modern galleries, local wine-tasting rooms, and a new wave of craft breweries. Los Poblanos The 45 guest rooms at Los Poblanos reflect the character of their various locations throughout the property. It is sprawling amidst 25 acres of gardens and organic fields. It is housed in a recently constructed lavender-field adjacent building, which is a 1930s dairy-inspired structure with pitched tin roofs. The Territorial Revival-style hacienda opens to a courtyard fountain. The latter provide breathtaking views of the Sandia Mountains at dusk when they resemble their namesake watermelon. No matter where they are, the rooms exude Southwestern elegance. The Field suites are a hit with families because they have separate kid-friendly bunk rooms, dining areas, and full kitchens. The inn's restaurant, Campo, located in a restored dairy barn, has grown to be a popular choice for both locals and visitors. (Reservations are required in advance; tables fill up several weeks in advance.) Hotel Andaluz Albuquerque Conrad Hilton, a young businessman and native of New Mexico, inaugurated the first establishment in 1939. It was the first hotel he constructed in his home state and his fourth overall. For many years, the high-rise stood as the tallest structure in the state, which is one of the reasons it features in the National Register of Historic Places. Over the years, it changed hands a few times before ending up in the hands of an Albuquerque businessman who combined original elements, such as lobby murals and key slots lining the reception area, with new details inspired by Andalusia. The hotel became a part of Hilton's Curio Collection ten years after it reopened. The location focuses on sustainability. Hotel Andaluz used an impressive energy management system and earned LEED Gold certification during its $30 million renovation. Wrapping Up Known for its fusion of cultures, including the magnificent Rio Grande River and the breathtaking pink Sandia mountains. Hispanic, Native American, Asian, and African influences create a buzzy, vibrant community, Albuquerque, the state's most populous city, is tucked in New Mexico. It is emerging as the next hot spot for foodies due to its flourishing culinary scene. Even so, it's a fantastic starting point for taking in the majesty of the surroundings, with magnificent backdrops. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about the best hotels in Albuquerque, then please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Ski Retreats And City Suites: Salt Lake City’s Hotel Gems Houston Hospitality: The Top Hotels You Need To Experience Here Are The 25+ Best Hotels In Mexico City That You Must Visit!
Ski Retreats And City Suites: Salt Lake City’s Hotel Gems
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 28, 2023
Salt Lake City has an incredible amount of amazing things to do. The capital of the Beehive State has plenty to see and do, From Temple Square to its vibrant LGBTQ community, from its rows of top-notch restaurants to its snow that is actually truly flag-bearing. If you are looking for the best hotels in Salt Lake City, this article is it. SLC offers a fantastic array of lodging choices for all types of visitors. It includes boutique hotels, historic inns, five-star resorts, and unusual B&Bs. However, wherever you choose to book, remember that Salt Lake 101 is charming, unique, and reasonably priced. These are our top 11 hotels in Salt Lake City with friendly service, unique décor, and incredibly low rates. Best Hotels In Salt Lake City If you want to make your overall experience wholesome, then lodging at a good hotel is a priority. Here are some of the most amazing hotels that you can check out. It will help you make the most of your trip to Salt Lake City. The Cliff Lodge At Snowbird Who said that lodging for skiers had only to have rustic, mountain-style buildings? With its spectacular Brutalist concrete exterior and modern, bright rooms, the Cliff Lodge defies convention. This contemporary lodge offers ski-in/ski-out access to some of Utah's most challenging and excellent terrain. It is tucked away in Little Cottonwood Canyon, less than 45 minutes from Salt Lake. Winter isn't the only season to visit Snowbird. Miles of hiking and biking trails appear when the snow melts. Additionally, Snowbird hosts Oktoberfest, complete with live music and steins brimming with beer, from mid-August through most of October. Inn On The Hill Bed And Breakfast This Renaissance Revival-style home stands atop Capitol Hill and offers expansive views of the city below. The 1906-built Inn served as both a residence and a law office before converting to a B&B in the late 1990s. Every room has its own décor and is named after a Utah landmark, such as Arches or Sundance. The Carriage House is also available for rent from The Inn on the Hill. It has a cozy two-story cottage with a kitchenette and gas fireplace. It's a perfect place for family vacations or quiet getaways. The Peery Hotel The Peery is a museum and lodging combined, thanks to the building's rich history and the various works of art all throughout the grounds. Operating since 1910, it is a member of the Ascent Collection of independent boutique hotels. The interior features a retro Art Deco feel from the 1920s. The aesthetic is evident in both Carnegie's Public House and the sleek rooms. You can get to Pioneer Park and the Utah Museum of Contemporary Art quickly by foot from the Peery, which is in the downtown area. Kimpton Hotel Monaco Salt Lake City The Monaco, another of the best hotels in Salt Lake City, is actually regarded as one of the greatest in Salt Lake and Utah. Its historic bank building and its contemporary, lively rooms add character. Hotel Monaco is ideally in the heart of the city, close to theaters, eateries, and other attractions. In and of itself, the hotel restaurant Bambara is a dining destination. A meal here is a must, with a chef who has been at it for more than 20 years and a dedication to fresh, local cuisine that is evident in the All Local Cheese Board. The Grand America Hotel The flagship property of the Little America Hotel family, The Grand America, knows how to lull guests into relaxation with its signature afternoon tea and tranquil Grand Spa. Step-out balconies are a feature of Suites and Premier Rooms, perfect for pre-dinner cocktails. The Grand, Salt Lake City's only AAA Five-Diamond hotel, combines elegance and family-friendliness with features like cribs and a babysitter concierge service. There are tons of amazing eating options within. But make sure to save room for one or two macaron options from La Bonne Vie's pastel rainbow. Ellerbeck Mansion Bed & Breakfast Ellerbeck is a little piece of Victorian history. It is one of the best hotels in Salt Lake City. This 1892 mansion, which is on the National Register of Historic Places, has marble columns, stained glass windows, and antique wood finishes that evoke a bygone era of opulence. This bed and breakfast in the Avenues neighborhood offers a range of reasonably priced rooms. You also have the option to reserve the entire property if you are traveling in a big group. Oh, and don't forget to enjoy the sumptuous free breakfast served every morning. Little America Hotel From a fitness center with the largest indoor/outdoor pool in the city to a plethora of dining options, this enormous hotel has it all. Little America is part of an old lodging custom that stretches back to the late 1800s. According to legend, a shepherd in Wyoming got lost in a snowstorm and dreamed of a cozy home stocked to the brim with food. A few decades later, he opened the first hotel called Little America after the United States base camp in Antarctica. Salt Lake's Little America, situated on Main Street in the city center, is a perfect starting point for exploring the area. Hansen House Bed & Breakfast There are many historic hotels in Salt Lake City, but this bed and breakfast takes you back in time. Constructed in 1887, the Victorian mansion features a formal dining area, a traditional library, and a sitting area furnished with a grand piano and chandelier. The Hansen House's outdoor areas, which include a charming garden surrounded by 100-year-old trees, a rock garden, and a cozy sitting area, are just as impressive as its interior. Every themed room has a whirlpool tub and a fireplace. Castle Creek Inn Fantasy lovers will simply swoon when they discover that this inn is actually housed inside a castle. Easily one of the best hotels in Salt Lake City, the goal of Castle Creek Inn is to combine the rustic atmosphere of a Scottish citadel with contemporary amenities. It offers quick Wi-Fi, movie streaming online, and a late-night snack bar. It's not just about the old-fashioned charm, though. Even though downtown Salt Lake is just fifteen minutes away, taking a soak in the two-person whirlpool tub surrounded by trees and natural rock will make you feel worlds away from the bustle of the city. Make sure the themed room you choose—from Romeo and Juliet to Canterbury—fits the occasion. Anniversary Inn Bed & Breakfast You need look no further if you've ever wanted to spend the night in either an Egyptian tomb or the Oval Office. That's something the Anniversary Inn can arrange. There are about fifty suites spread across its three locations in and around Salt Lake City. Each has a beautifully designed, distinct theme. Everybody can find a suitable motif, From families with children who love pirates to adventurous couples who want to go on safari. Breakfast, sparkling cider, and cheesecake are also complimentary with a stay. If you are staying here for your anniversary, then there are lots of extra amenities available. Like a romance spa package and a candlelit bath scented with rose petals. Silver Fork Lodge The Silver Fork is well-known among the locals for its restaurant. It boasts a 70-year-old sourdough starter that gives pancakes in their best-in-state breakfast dish a serious tang. It also has a smoker that produces some of the best barbecues in the city. Aside from food, the Silver Fork is the best place to stay for travelers who are addicted to log cabins. The sauna is a must-have feature of this historic inn, which is located minutes from skiing and less than an hour from the airport. The Wasatch-Cache National Forest surrounds it. Wrapping Up Here, we enlisted the best hotels in Salt Lake City. This should guide you to choose hip and trendy hotels as well as small boutique hotels. These hotels feel uber luxurious and yet romantic and unique. So much so that you may not want to leave your room. The hotels we have mentioned will also have coffee shops, restaurants, and even museums. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, then please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Houston Hospitality: The Top Hotels You Need To Experience Eternal Elegance: A Guide To The Best Hotels In Rome Luxe Living: The Best Hotels In Dallas
Houston Hospitality: The Top Hotels You Need To Experience
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 28, 2023
Houston provides its visitors with a refined assortment of places to unwind after a busy day of sightseeing, regardless of whether they are in the city for business or pleasure. And may we offer location as a tried-and-true starting point if you're unsure of even where to start your search? These hotels, which provide amenities and experiences to enhance your stay, have shaped the distinct personalities of each area of The Space City. Read on for our list of the best hotels in Houston, which includes the trendiest new hotels in downtown, accommodations close to the Astros stadium, and hip neighborhoods like Montrose. Best Hotels In Houston Here are some of the best hotels in Houston that you simple can't miss: Four Seasons Entering the Four Seasons is akin to entering a private club that has been in existence for a very long time. The interior, which is entirely composed of marble and mahogany, successfully blends traditional and contemporary Texas design elements. The hotel is incredibly kid-friendly, offering activities like mommy-and-me yoga, movies by the pool, and pizza-making classes. The recently renovated gym is open 24 hours a day. The Four Seasons is the best hotel in The Bayou City with regards to staff, amenities, and accommodations, so it makes sense that business travelers frequent this prime downtown location that is only a short distance from the convention center. Post Oak Hotel Billionaire and businessman Tilman Fertitta of Houston put his heart and soul into creating the 250-room Post Oak Hotel. He filled it with hundreds of original artworks and meticulously crafted each element, down to the custom chocolates served at turndown and the flip-flops at the pool with the hotel's logo emblazoned on them. A few people exclaimed, "It is by far the most beautiful hotel I've visited," and "the finest in luxury living." Nevertheless, readers gave the "first-class" service the most appreciation. One person remarked, "You are treated like a VIP guest from the moment you walk in." One more person described a "unforgettable experience" that can only be had with five-star accommodations: “They upgraded my room at no additional charge — and service was above and beyond my expectations.” Lancaster Hotel The famed Lancaster Hotel in Houston is redefining contemporary hospitality. The Lancaster emanates a cozy, classic elegance, from its collection of more than 200 pieces by well-known contemporary Texans to its prime location in the center of the city's renowned Theater District. The historic boutique hotel from the 1920s era was recently voted Houston's best hotel by Conde Nast Readers. It has a rich history of serving a diverse and illustrious clientele that includes writers, poets, actors, musicians, dancers, business and leisure travelers, newlyweds, circus and rodeo performers, and even a horse. The Lancaster Hotel would be delighted to have the chance to treat you to our special brand of hospitality and service. Hotel ZaZa Nestled near the Houston Museum of Fine Art, Hotel ZaZa is an elegant and seductive venue that seamlessly blends business and pleasure. One of ZaZa's so-called Concept Suites, the Houston We Have a Problem suite, goes all out with a moon-inspired couch and a life-size astronaut statue dominating one corner. The room is enormous—it is over 1,000 square feet—and has a large executive-style table that can accommodate up to eight people. ZaSpa's Have No Mercy deep-tissue massage is to die for, and the fitness machines have individual TVs (hallelujah); an extensive poolside menu offers adult popsicles and drinks by the pitcher. Meanwhile, the restaurant's terrace offers good views of the Mecom Foundation and the Museum of Fine Arts, drawing a mix of locals and hotel guests. St. Regis The opulent St. Regis, which is sandwiched between The Galleria and the affluent River Oaks neighborhood, resembles a glitzy high-rise condominium. Junior suites feature floor to ceiling windows overlooking River Oaks and the pool, as well as a separate sleeping area. No, this isn't your normal Houston hotel; the bathrooms are appointed with marble and granite, and the king-size beds have pillow tops. Observe that The St. Regis, wherever it may be, has a long-standing tradition of serving afternoon tea. JW Marriott Situated in one of Houston's most popular business districts, the JW Marriott draws a discerning clientele of business travelers looking for first-rate amenities and service without the fuss that boutique hotels sometimes bring. The rooms are remarkably modern and roomy, with free wifi, an iPad for booking spa treatments or ordering room service, and Nespresso machines as amenities. The Spa by JW provides a variety of intriguing treatments, such as massages, facials, and foot soaks. How Hotels Are Judged? Readers are asked to rank their favorite hotels, resorts, cities, islands, cruise ships, spas, airlines, and more. The 2023 survey was completed by nearly 165,000 readers, a nearly 25% increase over pre-pandemic voting levels. Across more than 8,500 distinct properties (hotels, cities, cruise lines, etc.), more than 685,000 votes were cast. Based on their location and amenities, hotels were categorized as either safari lodges, city hotels, or resort hotels. They were also evaluated according to the following criteria: Rooms/facilities Location Service Food Value Respondents could select an option for excellent, above average, average, below average, or poor for each characteristic. These responses are averaged to determine the final scores. Wrapping Up Located in the center of Houston, Texas, and only a short distance from Discovery Green Park and the George R. Brown Convention Center, the Marriott Marquis boasts an outdoor pool that is open year-round and a lazy river shaped like a Texas. The hotel has a 24-hour fitness center, a full-service spa, and six restaurants on the premises. A flat-screen TV with premium channels and cable is provided in every room. There is a refrigerator, coffee maker, and ironing facilities available. A hair dryer and complimentary toiletries are provided in the private bathroom. A few rooms offer views of Discovery Green Park or the lazy river. Diners can choose to eat at Biggio's, which serves American cuisine, or at Xochi, which serves Mexican food and drinks under the direction of award-winning chef Hugo Ortega. Around 200 varieties of wine and tapas are served at Cueva Wine Bar. Walker Street Kitchen and Texas T Coffee House both serve breakfast. The Marriott Marquis Houston is only 250 meters from Minute Maid Park, which is home to the Houston Astros baseball team. It takes five minutes to walk to Toyota Center and BBVA Compass Stadium. William P. Hobby International Airport is the closest airport, located 15 kilometers away. Read Also: Luxe Living: The Best Hotels In Dallas Sin City Stays: Here Are The Best Hotels In Vegas! Taste Of Houston: A Culinary Adventure In Diversity
Luxe Living: The Best Hotels In Dallas
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 27, 2023
Dallas has a long history of serving as the commercial center of Texas. But there is actually somewhere to stay for every kind of visitor. It includes parents with young children, art enthusiasts, and even those of us who are spa junkies. With so many excellent hotels in the city, your stay will feel like a more opulent version of home. This is regardless of your preference for dramatic design or comforting classics. Below are the best hotels in Dallas, from Uptown to Downtown, Las Colinas, Design District, and all points in between. Throughout a downtown filled with skyscrapers are the Dallas Zoo, the Museum of Art, and botanical gardens. Dallas is passionate about its historical landmarks, sports teams, the Cowboys and Mavericks, and the breathtaking views from Reunion Tower. These are a few of Dallas's most upscale hotels, which will add extra opulence to your Texas vacation. Best Hotels In Dallas Whether it's for a business trip or one of the many things the city has to offer, Dallas is one of the most visited cities in the Lone Star State. Here are the best hotels in Dallas for your lounging pleasure. Ritz-Carlton This Texas franchise of a well-known luxury hotel brand is situated in downtown Dallas, approximately 20 minutes from DFW Airport. Among the greatest hotels in Dallas is The Ritz-Carlton, which features an outdoor pool, on-site spa, and private lounge. With a sauna as well as a steam room, its fitness center is open 24/7. When you're ready to relax in your own space, your guest room offers a large haven with tasteful furnishings and a marble bathroom. The Privacy Wing has 5,500 square feet, five bathrooms with soaking tubs, and enough space for 16 adults to sleep. It is the most lavish guest room in the five-star hotel. The on-site Fearing's Restaurant offers American fare with a southwestern flair and has a cozy atmosphere. The Highland Dallas, Curio Collection By Hilton Situated near Mockingbird Station and across the highway from Southern Methodist University, the hotel enjoys a prime location just outside of the Park Cities. This makes it a popular choice for both university parents as well as business travelers. Its pet- and family-friendly policies make it a great option for a range of traveler types. It also checks all the boxes at a far more reasonable price than many of the downtown options. Knife, the hotel's in-house restaurant, is among Dallas's best steakhouses because of chef John Tesar's skill with dry-aged meats. The Joule One of the best hotels in Dallas while downtown is the Joule on Main Street. You're close to the aquarium, museums, Reunion Tower, Dallas Convention Center, and all the excitement the city has to offer. The boutique hotel features peaceful guest rooms with minibars, premium linens, rain showers, free WiFi, as well as flat-screen TVs. It is tastefully and artistically decorated. A room, suite, or penthouse with 2,500 square feet of elegant space spread over three floors is your option. The contemporary penthouse features a roomy wet bar and a glass staircase that opens to your private patio. The Joule offers a plethora of fine dining options, including underground cocktail bars, lobby and pool bars, and local Texan and Italian cuisine. When you're ready for activities, the opulent hotel offers a fitness center with Pelotons, a rooftop pool with cabanas, and a spa on site. The Adolphus Hotel, Autograph Collection In 2018, after several years of refinement (and a multi-million dollar investment), the first luxury hotel in downtown Dallas made a spectacular return. Even though Adolphus's recent renovation was able to preserve its historical charm, the improved amenities have us hooked. It is yet another of the best hotels in Dallas that will have you feeling like a million bucks. The 30-minute express massage at Spa Adolphus prior to swimming makes the hotel's rooftop pool incredibly soothing. In the lobby are a coffee shop, a glamorous gift shop, and a barbershop. The French Room, with its exquisite dining area, amazing food, as well as flawless presentation, is the true gem. Virgin Hotels Dallas Thanks to Richard Branson's audacious brand of opulent stays, a hotel with a soul located in the Dallas Design District opened its doors in December 2019. Hotel enthusiasts are captivated by many its distinctive features. The sliding doors separate each suite into two separate rooms, and small touches like yoga mats. There are signature red sofas and street-level prices for mini bar snacks and sodas. Although the pool is undoubtedly elegant, the Commons Club appears to be the property's main feature. Dallas offers a member-only vibe with an open public policy, This will guarantee that everyone enjoys a mouthwatering meal and a stunning drink. Hotel ZaZa Dallas Uptown Hotel ZaZa Dallas Uptown is conveniently located near the American Airlines Center. It is just a short stroll from the Arts District and less than five minutes away from NBA games. The upscale boutique hotel has a stylish on-site restaurant and a bustling nightlife. The Hotel ZaZa features a rooftop bar by the pool, along with well-kept landscaping, soothing fountains, and cozy lounge chairs. Couples massages are among the treatments provided by the on-site Zaspa. Also, visitors can unwind in the fitness center or at the outdoor pool. At Hotel ZaZa Dallas Uptown, each guest room has a unique theme with elegant furnishings to match. The opulent hotel rooms come equipped with minibars, plush bedding, whirlpool tubs, and fine linens. Hotel Crescent Court Another one of the best hotels in Dallas is the Hotel Crescent Court. With easy access to Dallas downtown, the Design District, and the DFW airport, Hotel Crescent Court is located uptown. The Dallas Arts District and a range of eateries and retail establishments are all within walking distance of the opulent hotel. The guest rooms are the pinnacle of luxurious living. It has spacious, artistically designed interiors, flat-screen TVs, and charming balconies accessible through sliding glass doors. The larger suites have multiple floors, glass fireplaces, spiral staircases, marble bathrooms, and floor-to-ceiling windows. It has views of the downtown Dallas skyline and garden. The rooftop pool with a gentle waterfall, fitness center, and large spa are all just steps from your guest room. In addition to several dining options, such as the well-known Japanese restaurant Nobu, a sunny casual restaurant, and a Starbucks, Hotel Crescent Court features an on-site social club. Wrapping Up These were some of the best hotels in Dallas. First-rate service and fantastic entertainment make luxury Dallas hotels more than just a place to sleep. There are thirty-six luxury lodging options in Dallas to pick from, each offering stunning rooms along with contemporary amenities. Travelers enjoy Dallas's theater scene. You could reserve a hotel room near popular attractions like Six Flags Over Texas and American Airlines Center. You also have the option to find a luxurious suite in a more sedate area for some downtime. Hotels.com offers an amazing range of exceptional getaway options. It has options for hotels just outside of Dallas or a luxurious hotel right in the middle of the city. Read Also: Sin City Stays: Here Are The Best Hotels In Vegas! Eternal Elegance: A Guide To The Best Hotels In Rome Here Are The 25+ Best Hotels In Mexico City That You Must Visit!
Astronaut Holidays: Unparalleled Experiences in Space
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 27, 2023
The holidays of Hanukkah, Christmas, and New Year's are all about happiness, family, and celebration. This entails engaging in festive customs and spending time with loved ones for the majority of people. However, these holidays have a whole new significance for cosmonauts and astronauts in space. Vacations in space were uncommon in the early years of space exploration. The first Christmas spent in space by astronauts was during the Apollo 8 mission in December 1968. Frank Borman, James A. Lovell, and William A. Anders read passages from the Bible's Book of Genesis while in orbit around the moon, broadcasting the scenes to an estimated billion viewers worldwide. Vacations in space increased in frequency and length as missions went on. Astronauts Gerald P. Carr, Edward G. Gibson, and William R. Pogue observed Thanksgiving, Christmas, and New Year's in space during the 1973–1974 Skylab 4 mission. They watched a comet pass by, made a homemade Christmas tree out of food containers, and had a festive dinner that included fruitcake. For cosmonauts, the New Year's holiday was particularly important. Yuri V. Romanenko and Georgi M. Grechko were the first people to celebrate the new year while in orbit on the Salyut-6 space station in 1977 and 1978. In a broadcast on television, they raised a glass to the occasion. Astronaut Jeffrey A. Hoffman observed Hanukkah in 1993 while on the STS-61 mission aboard the space shuttle Endeavour. To celebrate the Festival of Lights, he spun a dreidel and carried a traveling menorah. Holidays were not only observed in space, but astronauts went above and beyond to make the occasion joyful. The 1999 STS-103 crew, who were entrusted with fixing the Hubble Space Telescope, celebrated Christmas with a special meal that included French specialties. Twelve Mir expedition crews, including NASA astronauts, spent their vacations on board the Russian space station between 1987 and 1998. Messages were exchanged and customs, like lighting Hanukkah candles and sending Christmas greetings, were demonstrated during these festivities. On board the International Space Station, holiday celebrations are still customarily observed. Whether it's through live broadcasts, symbolic decorations, or special food items, astronauts and cosmonauts find inventive ways to bring the joy of these festivities to the cosmic realm. Though they may be different, people who celebrate the holidays far above Earth still find great meaning and significance in them. Read Also: 6 Things Locals Wish Tourists Wouldn’t Do When In Iceland Juneau’s Mendenhall Glacier Recreation Area Is Expecting Big Changes Bora Bora Is Shifting Its Tourism Policy, Aims To Double Tourists By 2033
Sin City Stays: Here Are The Best Hotels In Vegas!
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 27, 2023
The Las Vegas Strip is undoubtedly the most evocative tourist location. After all, it's the only location on Earth where you can easily stroll from your accommodation to the Eiffel Tower, Lago di Como, and an Egyptian pyramid. Of course, a lot of this started out as schtick, but a new era of hospitality in Las Vegas has been sparked by the rush to accommodate a visitor base that is becoming more and more well-traveled and cosmopolitan. These days, the resorts lining this three-mile stretch of the city offer some of the most affordable luxury lodging options available anywhere in the world. For example, a hotel that's perfect for you and the kids might not be the best choice for a romantic weekend away for two. Our list of the best hotels in Las Vegas offers a variety of travel experiences. The Wynn Las Vegas (and its sister resort Encore) is a must-visit for anyone seeking an opulent, five-star experience. These are the best hotels in Vegas for your trip in 2023, regardless of what's on your itinerary. Best Hotels In Vegas If you're looking for a resort with an abundance of amenities (think cutting-edge spas and high-tech features), the Aria Resort will not disappoint. Maybe you're searching for a place to stay right on the Strip, a resort that welcomes families and has lots of pools, or a cozy place to crash during your upcoming business trip. Here are some of the best hotels in Vegas, for your pure lodging pleasure. Encore At Wynn Las Vegas Despite being Wynn Las Vegas' sister resort, Encore has established a stellar reputation of its own. It has opulent amenities like a pool surrounded by cabanas and breathtaking views of the hotel from floor to ceiling windows. Dubbed one of the best hotels in Vegas its fine lodgings are perfect for individuals who appreciate the finer things in life. Perhaps Encore's bar-only nightlife scene is what sets it apart the most. Regular visitors to the XS Nightclub include The Chainsmokers, Calvin Harris, and Diplo, among other well-known DJs. Dance music is often playing at Encore Beach Club as well, beginning in the afternoon and going late into the evening. All it takes to have a genuinely remarkable and rejuvenating experience is to enter the Spa at Encore, an exotic hideaway that offers services like the couples-only Encore Escape and the Polynesian-inspired Nalu Body Ritual. If you're in the mood for a classy meal, consider the Italian restaurant Sinatra, which honors Ol' Blue Eyes (complete with the crooner's Academy Award, of course). Pan-Asian restaurant Wazuzu and farm-fresh restaurant Jardin are two low-key options. Both serve food in a breezy conservatory setting. Wynn Las Vegas With its sun-dappled atrium gardens, floral mosaic floors, private lakes and waterfalls, and the Strip's only golf course—a par 70 championship course created by Tom Fazio—the luxurious Wynn completely rewrote the idea of a resort casino when it opened in 2005. Because the resort has such a loyal following, many people now say they're going to Wynn rather than Vegas. While some resorts might take it easy, Encore, Wynn's sister property, never stops glamorizing itself. A $200 million makeover of the nearly 2,700 Wynn guest rooms and Wynn Tower Suites was unveiled by Wynn in 2022. Cubist-inspired artwork, warm wood accent walls, custom-designed etageres, and furniture all contribute to the masculine 1940s aesthetic. After you pick yourself up off the floor, you'll want to tuck into the resort's fascinating dining and lounge options. Supper club Delilah, evoking memories of the city's golden age in the mid-1900s, is one of the hardest reservations to get in town. Elegantly attired guests enjoy wagyu beef Wellington and Alaskan king crab in an exquisite space centered by 40-foot-tall cast brass palm trees (imagine El Tropicana in Havana around 1950). Check out these three gorgeous new cocktail lounges: the clever Overlook Lounge, which draws inspiration from the Regency era; Bar Parasol, which pays homage to the opulent European jet set lifestyle; and Aft Cocktail Deck, which is influenced by yachting. You'll swear you can feel the ocean breeze as you sip a Monaco seaside spritz cocktail and gaze out at the Lake of Dreams. Skylofts At MGM Grand There are 51 duplex penthouses on top of the sprawling 5,000+ room MGM Grand, a fact that most guests are completely unaware of. The ultimate Vegas experience for those who are fortunate enough to have a reservation starts long before they arrive. Concierge services are available around-the-clock to help book difficult reservations, such as those at Restaurant Joel Robuchon, the only three-star establishment in the city. When visitors get there, they are shown to lofts that can accommodate one or three bedrooms and range in size from 1,400 square feet to 6,000 square feet. You can anticipate steam showers, an infinity edge bath with champagne bubble jets, private jacuzzi terraces, pool tables, and Bang & Olufsen electronics in media rooms. If the need arises in the early morning, butlers can arrange for in-loft dining from any MGM venue or even grab an In-N-Out burger. Perhaps the greatest benefit for visitors to Skylofts is the opportunity to reserve a table in the Mansion Estate Dining Room, which is adjacent to a climate-controlled atrium that rivals the Conservatory at the Bellagio. Traditionally, only the biggest high rollers and celebrities were allowed inside The Mansion; don't miss their brunch, which includes a harpist and the best bloody mary cart around. Aria Resort & Casino Aria's two glass and steel towers added more modernity to the Vegas resort casino when they opened in 2009 as a part of the enormous CityCenter complex. The bright, natural-material-filled lobby of Aria is the complete opposite of the dim, windowless casino area. High-tech features like temperature, lighting, and curtain controls have long been a feature of sanctuary-like guest rooms; however, Aria's seven Sky Villas and more than 400 Sky Suites elevate luxury to a whole new level. The villas and suites feature private pools, personal concierges, elevators, and entrances. They also provide airport transportation. Additionally, visitors staying in the desert-themed Sky Suites are treated to a rotating assortment of turndown gifts, including truffles, kid-friendly backgammon, and drink coasters created by regional artists. The butlers at Sky Villa might arrive with freshly baked bread, bespoke chocolates, or a cigar cart. Not only are the amenities in the rooms excellent, but Aria is also conveniently located near T-Mobile Arena, the Shops at Crystals, and CityCenter. Among the top eateries in Aria were Jean Georges Steakhouse, Din Tai Fung, and a branch of the popular New York restaurant Carbone, where Drake gets first choice for the restaurant's private dining area when he visits. This could easily be one of the best hotels in Vegas. Wrapping Up There is something for everyone in the world's most magnificent hotel pools in Las Vegas. Encore Beach Club has the best adult party scene, complete with three tiers of pools and an incredible summer DJ lineup. Mandalay Bay, with its 1.6 million-gallon wave pool, white sand beach, and lazy river, is a family favorite. With seven pools, Caesars Palace has something for everyone: a large kid-friendly pool, an adults-only pool, a pool with swim-up blackjack, and a poolside cabana at the spa. The Cosmopolitan's Boulevard Pool offers a plethora of activities, including swim-up evening films, brunches by the pool, and an ice skating rink in the winter. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about the best hotels in Vegas, please leave question below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Eternal Elegance: A Guide To The Best Hotels In Rome Here Are The 25+ Best Hotels In Mexico City That You Must Visit! Seaside Splendor: Unveiling The Hidden Charms Of Hotels In Brighton
Seaside Splendor: Unveiling The Hidden Charms of Hotels in Brighton
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 27, 2023
For many Londoners, Brighton is a regular weekend getaway destination. But the city also has some of the greatest hotels in the country when a quick AirBnB isn't enough. There are smart addresses opening to serve weekend crowds and a growing number of digital nomads. The seaside city is currently experiencing a thriving restaurant and hotel scene. In addition to the typical hostels and business hotels, co-living spaces, eateries with rooms, and boutique accommodations are now available. They have well-planned interiors and lively common areas that create a party atmosphere. So now's the perfect time for a seaside getaway if you haven't had one in a while. Are you looking for hotels in Brighton? Here are some of the best hotels that will ensure you get a good rest. You will also have a sneak peek of the quintessential Brighton life and culture. Best Hotels In Brighton Come rain or shine, Brighton is a great place for a seaside getaway where anything goes. A visit here is now even more enticing because of the city's growing restaurant scene. It is even attracting Londoners to relocate south. Here are the best hotels in Brighton to help you unwind: Selina A generation of wannabe backpacking travelers has become digital nomads thanks to co-living ideas like Selina. It offers reasonably priced lodging that crosses the boundaries between hostel and hotel. It also has co-working desks that are utilized for purposes other than beer pong competitions. There are three options for accommodations at the Brighton outpost: two suites, private rooms, and shared dorms. Many of the staff members are also students or frequent visitors from abroad. It's as millennial as it gets, in the best way possible. A typical day might include yoga at the Old Pier in the morning coffee from Brighton's artisan roastery Pelicano. It could also have a power hour surrounded by pink-haired entrepreneurs and potted plants, a beach clean-up in the afternoon, and a cocktail-paired craft workshop. Whether you refer to it as hot-desking or co-working, this space has a lovely communal vibe that makes it ideal for socializing with others or traveling alone. The Ginger Pig Just 15 minutes by bus from Brighton's downtown, in a more sedate and affluent neighborhood, the Ginger Pig's restaurant is a favorite among astute locals. They are spotting Sussex-sourced produce, spirits, and sex appeal away from the crowds. With its glossy velvet chairs, brass hardware, and dark teal and sage color scheme, the bar exudes an air of exclusivity without being unachievable. Your four-legged friends are welcome to join you at the bar. Vegetarians, too, have a lot of choices despite the name and the Gingerman group's reputation for obtaining the best cuts. For example, baked celeriac paired with some glazed chicory and crispy wild mushroom arancini replace the tired risotto. The Ginger Pig is a restaurant, but it's more than that—thoughtful touches like a separate entrance for visitors and pre-made cocktails in the refrigerator lend credibility to its status as a boutique hotel. Size doesn't matter when it comes to bedrooms; we would rather do away with the trend of bathrooms in bedrooms in favor of small double rooms with separate tubs (2021). Artist Residence The boutique brand Artist Residence started in Regency Square and later expanded to Oxfordshire, Penzance, Pimlico, and Bristol. Thoughtfully chosen antiques, clever prints, and vibrant canvases created by local artists adorn each property, but Brighton's has an extra special touch—owner Justin invited the city's creatives to contribute to the hotel's artistic scene in exchange for lodging, transforming it into a true, contemporary artist's residence that is as stylish as Brighton itself. You could take your martini to bed and wear your pajamas to breakfast in this converted townhouse. The bar is home to couples who spend whole weekends holed up in their rooms and remote workers. We adore the collage murals throughout the restaurant by Maria Rivans. We also love the neon washing line by Andy Doig, the studio of which is located along the waterfront. The main attraction is Room 21, which features a copper bathtub that is nearly as large as the kingsize bed, views of the sea, champagne glasses for guests to bring, and a widescreen TV suspended over the bathtub—an unusual but delightful luxury. There are numerous artworks of artist and activist Fox Fisher all over the city. The two have collaborated with the hotel on screen-printed wallpaper and unique prints since 2008. Harbour Hotel Many of the hotels on Brighton's seafront remain intact since the British seaside holiday boom of the post-war era, and they lean more corporate than hip. Therefore, after the success of its first hotel of the same name in Salcombe, Harbour Hotel faced great anticipation from both locals and tourists when it announced a major refurbishment of the property back in 2015. Its unrivaled location—right on the seafront, just steps from the renowned Brighton Lanes—combined with its secret underground spa roomy bedrooms have made it a popular destination for multigenerational vacations, especially during school breaks. Kids play in the open-plan restaurant while parents chat in the social spa. Are you going alone or with a companion? If you want to get your lengths in without kids jumping into the pool, book room 102 for more privacy, the best view of the ocean, and a bathtub (the other rooms are more family-oriented). You can also get to the pool early. Don't bother renting a car—even small legs will have no trouble getting to all the key locations on foot. Wrapping Up Of course, a trip to Brighton wouldn't be complete without stopping by the pier and getting lost in the famed Lanes. Independent stores, eateries, pubs, and art galleries, or climbing the 450-foot-tall i360 observation tower dot the area for incredible panoramic views. When you combine this with the exciting nightlife, it's obvious that a trip to this beach location offers far more than just a simple vacation. Once you've seen everything Brighton has to offer, where should you stay? See the sparkling sea? Check. A trendy bar with rooms above it? Not an issue. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about hotels in Brighton, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Eternal Elegance: A Guide To The Best Hotels In Rome Top Hotels With Jacuzzi In Room In Las Vegas – Travel Guide Here Are The 25+ Best Hotels In Mexico City That You Must Visit!
Bora Bora Is Shifting Its Tourism Policy, Aims To Double Tourists By 2033
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 27, 2023
Bora Bora is a heavenly part of French Polynesia, sitting in the expanse of the south Pacific Ocean. They are set to make a shift in their tourism policy in the upcoming year. Given its natural splendor, the island has become a hot spot for tourists from all over the world. Tourists in large cruise ships have overwhelmed the island for the longest time. The island became so overrun with in 2019 that Bora Bora vowed to tackle the problem by limiting the number of visitors aboard cruise ships. However, this year, a new government having formed abandoned the promises made. They instead have pledged to double the number of visitors by 2033. It has actually gone to the extent of welcoming large cruise ships to many of its ports. This dramatic shift in policy has divided the opinion in Polynesia. Many support the growth of the tourism sector whereas there are others who want a more sustainable model of the island. The ships that port at the island is now posing a risk to the environmental stability of the ecosystem. The French Polynesia is made up of more than 100 islands that includes Bora Bora and Tahiti. Tourism is vital for French Polynesia. According to Tahiti tourism, it is responsible for contributing about 12% of GDP and 80% of the export revenue. Rainui Besinau is the chair of Bora Bora's tourism association. Besinau says, “The hotels wanted to protect the quality of their service. So when the ships arrived, the hotels closed the doors to the people outside. They [didn’t] want to be invaded. ”There are two models that have been proposed. One being the luxury model with a peaceful island and not too many people in the water. Or, a mass tourism spot involving cruise ships. Environmentalists have welcomed the move. Marie-Laure Vanizette, the spokeperson for an environmental group has said, “Capping tourist numbers is logical. It will also help, “preserve our assets and our way of life”. Additional Reading: 6 Things Locals Wish Tourists Wouldn’t Do When In Iceland Juneau’s Mendenhall Glacier Recreation Area Is Expecting Big Changes
Eternal Elegance: A Guide to The Best Hotels in Rome
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 27, 2023
Rome's hotel industry, like Rome itself, was not built in a day. Although luxurious suites have long been a feature of Italy's capital city, the industry has just begun to gain traction. There are new establishments popping up everywhere. A few have buzzing rooftop terraces and Michelin-starred restaurants, while others have opulent spas that are modeled after traditional Roman rituals. Here are the best hotels in Rome you can check out if you are planning to visit. Rome will undoubtedly mesmerize you. Best Hotels In Rome The greatest hotels in Rome blend in with the rich mosaic of art, culture, and cuisine of the Eternal City. These accommodations range from historic palazzos converted into opulent retreats to modern, art-filled sanctuaries. Let's look at some of the best hotels in Rome accordingly: Hotel Artemide Hotel Artemide is your four-star hotel option in Rome's downtown. The Spanish Steps, the Colosseum, and the Trevi Fountain are all very close by. Artemide is located in the center of Via Nazionale, a bustling, bright street with lots of stores. The Artemide Hotel is the ideal place to begin exploring the Eternal City. The Repubblica metro station stands only 100 meters away, and Termini Train Station is conveniently close by. As amenities, they provide their visitors with a fully-stocked gym, a complimentary minibar, and Wi-Fi in each room. Don't forget to visit Artemís Spa, where you can treat yourself or a partner to a massage. Lastly, don't forget to visit the Ambrosia Rooftop Restaurant & Bar, which is located on the hotel's seventh floor and offers a breathtaking view of the Rome skyline to round out the experience. Hotel Colosseum Because of its unique location in the heart of Monumental Rome, you will be able to explore the top tourist destinations on foot. The Domus Aurea, the Colosseum, and the Basilica of S. Maria Maggiore are all located very close to the hotel. Via Cavour will lead you across to Via Urbana. Known as "Vicus Patricius" in antiquity, it is most known for the visits that, according to tradition, St. Peter made to the home of a Christian senator located here. You can also visit the Imperial Fora and the Church of St. Pietro in Vincoli. It is home to Michelangelo's well-known Moses statue. A 360° panoramic view of Rome and its surroundings is available from the magnificent, furnished terrace on the eighth floor of Hotel Colosseum, which is perched atop Esquiline Hill. Guests can take in the view while sipping cocktails from the bar. There is Wi-Fi in every room and in the hotel's common areas. There's also a useable internet point. Information about transportation within the city is available at the reception. It includes car, scooter, and bicycle rentals, guided tours, taxis, as well as bus services. Hotel Barocco Situated in a refined edifice, Hotel Barocco provides a view of Piazza Barberini Square and its renowned fountain. Baroque maestro Bernini of Rome designed the structure. In 2019, the Hotel Barocco underwent a meticulous renovation to provide guests with an exceptional level of comfort as well as style. The hotel comprises only 37 rooms and employs 22 individuals. Modern amenities, impeccable cleanliness, a throwback atmosphere, and 21st-century technology combine to make a guest's stay at the Barocco a delightfully magical Italian experience. The knowledgeable staff at the Barocco Hotel is ready to assist you as needed. The Concierge serves as your point of contact for the vast array of experiences Rome has in store for you. The Reception is open at length, around the clock. Savor the mouthwatering American-style breakfasts, expertly crafted using carefully chosen ingredients. Within a ten-minute stroll are the Trevi Fountain, the Spanish Steps, and Via Veneto. Hotel Santa Maria Situated in a 16th-century cloister, the Hotel Santa Maria is a charming hotel that underwent a complete renovation in 2000. It also managed to preserve the original construction's character. It creates a very calming and romantic atmosphere while making a very nice base. The hotel is situated in the center of Trastevere, one of the oldest and most distinctive neighborhoods in Rome, in a historically significant area. The historical and archaeological highlights of the city are a short stroll from the hotel for the guests. With parking available in the private garage next to the hotel, you can simply drive to the establishment. The hotel's rooms are connected by a monastic portico. Look out onto either the rooftop garden, surrounded by evergreen vines, or an expansive, quiet garden with orange trees, flowers, and Mediterranean plants. These are the ideal places to enjoy breakfast on warm, sunny days in Rome or to unwind after a day of sightseeing. If you want to ride a bike through the narrow streets of ancient Rome, the hotel also has a number of bicycles available. A secured wireless LAN connects the hotel to the Internet. You can use your computer in comfort anywhere you choose, whether it's in your room, the garden, or the lounge bar. In case you are not carrying your personal computer, you can use the computer in the living room, which has a free internet connection. Domidea Hotel A contemporary 4-star hotel is Hotel Domidea. Only 300 meters separate it from the hotel, and with the Tor Sapienza Railway Station connecting it to the city center, it takes just 25 minutes to get there. The private shuttle bus that travels to metro B in five minutes is only available to guests who have reserved comfort rooms. The forte is the abundant continental breakfast, featuring a variety of sweet as well as savory options. The chic lounge bar located inside the hall is where it hosts happy hours in addition to live music. The rooms are incredibly roomy, and some of them have large balconies. There is no charge for parking. Additionally, the staff at reception recommended a number of nearby attractions and bike rides along the River Aniene, which is surrounded by a natural reserve. Wrapping Up To put it simply, Rome's hotels are now an extension of the immersive experience, not merely a place to rest after a day of touring the Vatican City, the Colosseum, and dozens of basilicas. They cannot be disregarded as a consequence. But choosing a base isn't simple when there are so many options available. We have listed the best hotels in Rome in different categories to make it easier for you to choose. That is regardless of whether you're looking for a modern place to stay in contrast to the history that lies outside or a romantic getaway. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Tips For Planning The Perfect Getaway In A Rental Villa In Italy Sorting Out Christmas Vacation: 11 Best Places To Visit On Christmas This Year! The Italian Train Group FS Will Launch A New “Night Train Like Hotel”: Rome To Dolomites
Roman Revelations: Unforgettable Things to Do in Rome, The Heart of Italy!
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 27, 2023
Rome is unlike any other place. Here are some of the best things to do in Rome, as recommended by locals, whether this is your first or 20th visit. This is a city where narrow streets lead to stunning temples, the mound serves pasta, and there are endless opportunities to people-watch. There's a reason it's one of the most well-known cities in the world, but you can only truly appreciate its allure if you visit. Things To Do In Rome It's important to have a plan because Rome is much larger than you may have imagined. Archaeological finds, famous art collections, and an abundance of culture can all be found here, making you want to visit again and again. But don't worry, you still have plenty of time to enjoy an aperitif outside in the warm sunshine and digest your lunchtime pasta. Vatican Museums And Sistine Chapel Across 54 galleries, courtyards, and hallways, the Vatican Museums, established by Pope Julius II in the sixteenth century, are home to one of the greatest and most significant art collections in the world. The Sistine Chapel is home to thousands of prehistoric sculptures, Raphael pieces, and, of course, Michelangelo's frescoes. Get tickets to explore the Vatican Gardens, which are home to fountains, plants, and a recreation of the Our Lady of Lourdes Grotto, as well as the Vatican Necropolis, which is beneath St. Peter's Basilica, if you have the time and can arrange well in advance. The Colosseum The Colosseum is a must-see when visiting Rome, of course. Rome's crown jewel is this magnificent building—you know, the kind of thing you see on postcards—and it's even more amazing in person than you could have imagined. It is the world's largest amphitheater, with a capacity of 80,000 people, and was constructed between 72 and 80 AD. This used to be much more peaceful, with local Romans coming to watch animal hunts or bloody gladiator fights. Because of the sometimes insane lines, we advise purchasing tickets in advance. However, the 360-degree view over the theater on the fifth level makes it well worth the climb. Castel Sant’Angelo Hadrian, the Roman Emperor, constructed the striking cylindrical fortification known as Castel Sant'Angelo, or "The Castle of Angels," on the banks of the Tiber River in the second century AD. The popes used it as a castle and fortress after it was first inaugurated as a mausoleum for Hadrian and his family. It even has a hidden escape route connecting the building to Vatican City. These days, it's a museum featuring rooms decorated with frescoes, a display of medieval weapons, and expansive views of Rome and the neighboring St. Peter's Basilica. Inside is a small cafe where you can have a drink or some snacks while taking in views of the Vatican. The Pantheon One of the best-preserved ancient structures is the Pantheon, which was constructed by Emperor Hadrian in 125 AD. With a diameter of 142 feet, its dome is the biggest in the entire globe. This is a must-see in Rome, and if you're visiting the city over Pentecost weekend, you're in for a treat. This tops every tourist's list of things to do in Rome. To commemorate the occasion, tons of rose petals are dropped from the oculus during Sunday Mass. It's quite a sight. The Pantheon is free to enter as of the time of publishing (May 2023), but there are plans to charge visitors an admission fee of €5. Galleria Borghese Originally built in the sixteenth century, Cardinal Scipione Borghese showcased his extensive art collection under its roof. It is still regarded as one of Rome's top museums. Expect to find extraordinary creations within, as the Cardinal was an ardent art collector who was also a big fan of Caravaggio's works and an early patron of Gian Lorenzo Bernini. Highlights of the museum include Caravaggio's Boy with a Basket of Fruit, Canova's Paolina Bonaparte, and Bernini's Apollo and Daphne. Take a stroll through the park after your visit to the "pleasure palace," which was once a suburban villa submerged in the vast gardens of Villa Borghese. Domus Aurea The opulent Domus Aurea (Golden House) of Emperor Nero is a rare window into Rome's underground world and is regarded as one of the most magnificent homes of its era. It was constructed as an opulent amusement venue close to the Colosseum between 64 and 68 AD, covering numerous historic hills in Rome. It was then devastated by the city's destructive fire in 64 AD. Every Friday, Saturday, and Sunday, guests can participate in guided tours. A virtual reality tour is also available, which helps recreate the villa's former splendor. Read Also: Eternal Elegance: A Guide To The Best Hotels In Rome Capitoline Museums The Capitoline Museums are housed in three buildings on the trapezoidal Piazza del Campidoglio, which Michelangelo created in the sixteenth century. Known as the world's first public museums, they hold Renaissance marble statues and Roman bronzes, including the Capitoline Wolf, a symbol of Rome's founding, and the Equestrian statue of Marcus Aurelius. An underground tunnel through the Galleria Lapidaria connects the two buildings of the museum. Visitors can also enjoy a superb view of the Roman Forum. Make time to spend a few hours perusing the collection, and don't forget to pay a visit to Piazzale Caffarelli's hidden garden, which is tucked away right behind the square. Gianicolo Rome sometimes referred to as the "city of seven hills," is renowned for its picturesque viewpoints and abundance of terraces that provide breathtaking views of the cityscape. Gianicolo, the highest point in Rome with a panoramic view over the Eternal City, is worth the trek even though it isn't technically one of the fabled hills. It is situated above the Trastevere neighborhood. Nearby is the magnificent Fontana dell'Acqua Paola, which was featured in La Grande Bellezza's opening scene. Its majesty will astound you. Testaccio Market The Testaccio neighborhood is the epicenter of Rome's culinary traditions, making it a must-visit destination for foodies and daring diners alike. The region was once home to the biggest slaughterhouse in Europe, and workers were typically compensated with leftover animal parts, known as the “quinto quarto,” or fifth quarter. The Testaccio Market, a bright and modern structure full of enticing stalls, serves everything from freshly made pasta and craft beers to tripe stews and artichoke sandwiches. It is one of the best things to do in Rome while enjoying the varied cuisine and delicious street food. Wrapping Up Rome, with its two millennia of architecture, art, and culture, is an outdoor museum and one of the most visited cities in the world for good reason. You can lose hours discovering historical marvels, traveling between sites, or searching for the best gelato, but insiders use guided tours and skip-the-line entrance tickets to beat the crowd. Hop-on, hop-off tours let travelers quickly check off items on their lists of things to do, but group excursions to the Vatican Museums, Roman Forum, and Colosseum provide a deeper experience. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about things to do in Rome, please comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: The Italian Train Group FS Will Launch A New “Night Train Like Hotel”: Rome To Dolomites Tips For Planning The Perfect Getaway In A Rental Villa In Italy How Much Time To Spend In Italy
Beyond The Beaches: Unmasking The Most Dangerous Cities In Mexico
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 26, 2023
With good reason, Mexico is one of the most sought-after travel destinations worldwide. However, not every area of Mexico is secure for tourists. Today, we will talk about the most dangerous cities in Mexico. According to the World of Statistics, nine Mexican cities are among the world's ten deadliest in 2022. There have been 512 homicides reported through the first seven months of the year, or an average of 73.1 per month. The murders are steadily on track to match or marginally exceed those numbers in 2023. The previous year saw 887 murders or an average of 73.91 homicides per month. Most Dangerous Cities In Mexico A recent study on wisevoter.com found that there were 36,579 murders in Mexico. This corresponded to the 4th-highest murder rate in the world, 28.37 per 100,000 people. The study found that men are eight times more likely than women to become murder victims. Here are some of the most dangerous cities in Mexico that you could wisely avoid if you are planning to visit: Acapulco Despite being one of the most dangerous cities in Mexico, Acapulco continues to draw large numbers of tourists due to its beaches. The rate of homicide in the city is 111 per 100,000 residents. Drug-related violence in Acapulco has increased dramatically as different cartels compete for control of the lucrative drug trade in the city. This city is located in Guerrero, a notorious state well-known for its high rates of violence. It witnesses regular chaos brought on by gang turf wars and heroin production. Tijuana Tijuana's high murder rate and drug-related violence make it the most dangerous city in Mexico. There are 138 homicides for every 100,000 people. Tijuana is the main gateway for drugs originating in South America, making it a hub for cartel activity. Due to its proximity to the US border, it is also a significant hub for organized crime and human trafficking. Based on data on homicide rates, Tijuana is the world's most dangerous city. Ciudad Victoria Ciudad Victoria, one of the most violent cities in Mexico, is situated in the state of Tamaulipas. This area is another hotbed of drug-related violence, with a homicide rate of 86 per 100,000 residents. Located just beyond the U.S. border, Tamaulipas makes it an entryway city as well. In Ciudad Victoria, members of the Northeast Cartel actively manage their businesses. Irapuato Irapuato, in the central state of Guanajuato, has witnessed a surge in drug-related homicides over the last three years. With a homicide rate of 81 per 100,000 residents, the city is among the least safe places for visitors. Even regrettably so for the residents who live there. Turf wars between the Santa Rosa de Lima Cartel and the Jalisco Cartel New Generation are primarily to blame for the murders that occur here. Cancun A spate of shootings, robberies, and attacks on tourists in Cancun were linked to cartels. Mexican President Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador has recently issued a warning to travelers about the travel risks. This city is notorious for its high levels of violence. Yet it is far less deadly than other Mexican cities, with a homicide rate of 64 per 100,000 people. Uruapan For a mountainside city in Michoacan, Uruapan has seen a steady rise in violence; sadly, it appears that this violence will only get worse. This once peaceful town is now home to rival cartels that frequently switch names and hands. Killings take place in the most inconspicuous places, like bars and arcades. The current homicide rate in Uruapan is 55 per 100,000 residents. Culiacan Formerly regarded as a moderately dangerous city, Culiacan is currently the scene of a fatal conflict. It happened after the apprehension of Ovidio Guzman, the son of cartel leader El Chapo. The city is Sinaloa's central city and has a homicide rate of 61 per 100,000 residents. Because of the Sinaloa Cartel's stronghold over the city and its populace, visiting tourists face extreme danger. Cuidad Obregon Sonora's second-biggest city, Cuidad Obregon, has gained notoriety recently. It ranks as the world's fourth most dangerous city in 2022. Not only has there been an increase in violence in Ciudad Obregon but also in the neighborhood of Cajame, which is the southernmost part of the state. It will take time to determine whether this sharp rise in crime will hold. There are currently 52 homicides for every 100,000 residents. Celaya According to the accounts, more than a thousand people were killed brutally every year. Theft, drug sales, and human trafficking have all increased, so the story is far from over. Taking a vacation in Celaya is risky. Celaya has 109.38 killings per 100,000 residents, making it one of the world's most dangerous cities right now. Coatzacoalcos Once a bustling tourist destination in Veracruz, Coatzacoalcos has a homicide rate of 48 per 100,000 residents. Perpetrators left nine bodies on the street. Among the top ten most dangerous cities in Mexico is this one because of murder, violent crime, and robbery. Ensenada The only other regions of Mexico with official travel advisories or restrictions are those located 1,400 miles away. Reports from the press and locals indicate a rise in violence. Locals and tourists, however, have not been impacted by this unrest. Violent killings have increased in Ensenada and Tijuana over the past few months, primarily occurring outside of the city center and at night. Although there are some risks in the unguarded neighborhoods further out, the city center is still very safe. Travel through the Vine Valley or on day trips are usually safe. Reynosa Reynosa is a prominent urban center located directly across the Rio Grande from the US border. Unfortunately, because of ongoing conflicts between criminal gangs, it has gained a reputation as one of Mexico's most dangerous cities. Traveling to this area due to the ongoing security concerns is high risk. However, it's crucial to understand that Reynosa, despite its unflattering reputation, is an important industrial center for the Rio Grande Valley and Northern Tamaulipas. The city drives a number of industrial activities and acts as a vital link in cross-border trade and commerce, significantly impacting the region's economic landscape. Reynosa continues to play an important role in connecting and promoting economic development in this region of Mexico, even with the ongoing security concerns. Chihuahua Due to concerns about crime and kidnapping, the U.S. State Department advises travelers to "Reconsider Travel" to Chihuahua. There is a lot of violent crime and gang activity in the area. Travelers should exercise caution even though the majority of criminal organizations commit murders that are targeted assassinations. Drug-related violence has escalated dramatically in northern Mexico over the last twelve years, especially in Chihuahua. Despite being relatively safer than other cities in the area, cartel violence is still a problem in Chihuahua. It's crucial to remember that most killings target drug dealers and their families; violent crimes rarely target tourists. There are military checkpoints throughout the city and its environs, and adherence to them is required. Wrapping Up It's critical to keep in mind that even though the state has a high rate of crime, not all of it is dangerous. For example, Illinois is not always a crime hotspot just because Chicago is. When it comes to organized crime and corruption, Tijuana, Ciudad Juarez, Victoria, Reynosa, and Culiacan are typically the worst cartel cities in Mexico. While you're organizing your next vacation, we hope this article will be helpful to you in determining which areas of Mexico are dangerous. If the location you're interested in doesn't appear on this list, it's probably not in one of Mexico's most dangerous regions. And as long as you exercise common sense caution, you should be alright. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about the most dangerous cities in Mexico, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Navigating The Unseen: Exploring The Most Dangerous Country In The World Heatwaves And Adventure: Traveling To The World’s Hottest Destination Crime And Caution: Navigating The Dark Side Of California’s Cities Is Costa Rica Safe For Visit For Travelling?
Navigating The Unseen: Exploring The Most Dangerous Country in The World
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 26, 2023
One of life's greatest pleasures is always traveling. In addition to looking for and visiting the safest places, it's critical to understand the risks and dangers that exist in different parts of the world. This article will talk about the most dangerous country in the world, emphasizing elements like political unrest, crime, and conflict. Travelers can use this information to make well-informed decisions about their foreign experiences. Most Dangerous Country In The World Some countries are known for their beauty. Some are known for their infrastructure and standards of living. And then there are some countries that are notorious for something that scares people away. Curious? If you want to know about the most dangerous country in the world, here they are: Syria Syria is one of the most violent countries in the world because of the devastation caused by the ongoing conflict. With multiple armed groups fighting for control of territory and resources, the nation has become a hotspot for violence and instability since the civil war broke out in 2011. The most recent devastating incident was the earthquake that struck Turkey and Syria in February 2023. Sadly, the earthquake killed over 50,000 people, leaving a terrible death toll. Significant damage affected 116 medical facilities because of the disaster, depriving a large number of people of access to essential medical care. Consequently, estimates suggest that 18 million people require immediate humanitarian aid. The World Food Programme (WFP) revealed that a startling 90% of Syrians were living below the poverty line and that at least 12 million of the country's remaining 16 million people were facing food insecurity. Yemen Yemen, which is one of the world's most dangerous travel destinations, stands on the southernmost point of the Arabian Peninsula. The nation is in a state of civil war since 2015, with different groups fighting for control of the government. As a result, it led to extensive violence, mass migration, and a humanitarian crisis that has left millions of people in need of immediate assistance. The danger facing tourists is increased by the rise in criminal activity in Yemen, which includes armed robberies and kidnappings. At 68.93%, its crime rate is also the highest in the world when compared to other nations. Major Yemeni tribes are involved in criminal activities like kidnapping and looting. They are highly armed and enjoy independence within their sphere of influence. Unfortunately, visitors run the risk of being abducted and abused by these tribes, and they might have to pay a large ransom to get them back. Traveling here is now risky and challenging due to the heavy rains and flooding that impacted most of the cities. Floods have damaged roads and bridges, making land travel hazardous and difficult. It is now impossible to drive in some areas due to completely washed-out roads and collapsed bridges. Over 11 million children in this country need humanitarian aid, with millions experiencing food insecurity and a lack of basic services, according to UNICEF. There are currently more than 540,000 under-five children suffering from severe acute malnutrition. Remarkably, one child dies from avoidable causes every ten minutes. Travelers to Yemen run a significant risk of becoming targets of extremist organizations. People frequently get caught in the crossfire of the protracted conflict. Afghanistan Afghanistan is the most dangerous country in the world, as per the Global Peace Index. This dubious distinction is a result of the nation's turbulent past, ongoing conflict, and high levels of violence. The country's high concentration of extremist groups is the most concerning factor. For more than twenty years, the Taliban, for instance, have been waging a bloody insurgency against the Afghan government. Many deaths of soldiers and civilians are attributed to them. The presence of other organizations like Al Qaeda and ISIS in the nation has exacerbated instability. Airports and places of worship are frequently the target of terrorist attacks, especially during holy seasons like Ramadan. Somalia Somalia has established a reputation as one of the world's most dangerous nations due to decades of anarchy and lawlessness. Devastated by hunger, piracy, and civil war, it is a place where anarchy is the norm. An offshoot of the infamous Al-Qaeda, the militant organization Al-Shabaab continues to terrorize the country by carrying out deadly attacks on both government forces and civilians. The situation has become worse, with rival clans and factions fighting for control in the absence of a stable government. The standard of living for the typical Somalian citizen is sub-par. There is widespread corruption and a dearth of essential infrastructure. Enter this dangerous area with extreme caution. Iraq Iraq is a very dangerous country to visit and has experienced many difficulties over the years as a result of war and conflict. Despite their fall, the remnants of ISIS still represent a serious threat to Iraqi forces and civilians. In many regions of the nation, sectarian violence, assassinations, and suicide bombings continue to be commonplace. Both locals and visitors always feel like they're in danger. Complexity is increased due to the conflict between the autonomous Kurdish region and the central government. It has escalated hostilities and led to violence, further destabilizing the situation. Iraq's infrastructure has suffered greatly as a result of years of hostilities. With many businesses finding it difficult to survive, the economy is hit brutally. Read More: Is Costa Rica Safe For Visit For Travelling? Libya Numerous factors have contributed to the conflict, including the competition for control of the nation's enormous oil reserves. Since Gaddafi's downfall, a number of armed organizations and militias have seized control of various parts of the nation. The unpredictability and danger in Libya have increased due to the presence of extremist groups like ISIS. These organizations committed targeted murders and acts of terrorism. They are further destabilizing the nation and posing a challenge to the authority of any government. Naturally, the population of Libya has suffered greatly as a result of the ongoing violence. Many Libyans are struggling to make ends meet as a result of displacement, violence, and limited access to basic services. Numerous schools, hospitals, and other vital services are in poor condition. While progress was necessary, the United Nations and other international organizations have attempted to mediate a peace agreement between the opposing factions. Read More: Is Cabo San Lucas Safe? – Let’s Find Out! Sudan Following a January referendum, South Sudan gained independence on July 9, 2011. Even with the initial exuberance and expectations of a prosperous future, the nation has had difficulty preserving stability. Political power struggles and ethnic tensions have made matters worse since then. Since South Sudan's independence, President Salva Kiir and his former vice president, Riek Machar, have not gotten along. Their conflict over dominance turned into a civil war in December 2013, which displaced millions of people and killed thousands. Rape, murder, and the enlistment of children as soldiers are just a few of the horrific crimes that have occurred during the conflict on both sides. As a result, it ranks first on a list of the world's most dangerous nations. Famine and disease are widespread throughout South Sudan, making the country's humanitarian situation terrible. Over 7 million people in the nation require humanitarian aid as the UN has declared a famine in some areas. Journalists and relief workers have also been the targets of armed groups. Despite having an abundance of natural resources, such as gold, oil, and fertile land, South Sudan has not yet experienced prosperity from these resources. Instead, as various groups compete to control these resources, they have fueled even more conflict and corruption. There have been allegations against the government for mishandling these resources, with minimal advantages for the populace. Wrapping Up You can be sure that there are lots of welcoming and safe places to call home. Even though there is a chance of crime, terrorism, and natural disasters, a lot of daring travelers visit some of the world's most dangerous nations for the temptation of it. Intrepid people are always ready to take the risk, whether it's for employment, adventure, or giving back to their communities. Don't be afraid to see the world, but remember to stay prepared and cautious. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about the most dangerous country in the world, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Heatwaves And Adventure: Traveling To The World’s Hottest Destination Crime And Caution: Navigating The Dark Side Of California’s Cities Hidden Gems: Unearthing The Best Things To Do In Nottingham
Crime and Caution: Navigating the Dark Side of California’s Cities
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 23, 2023
A tour of Los Angeles will include a walk through a large, palm tree-lined cemetery. Tributes to Hollywood's dark past can be found lurking among the city's soiled streets, well-kept lawns, and dusty canyons. These include long-abandoned mansions and the famous Hollywood sign. The City by the Bay, San Francisco, is a tourist haven. San Francisco attracts nearly 15 million tourists a year with attractions like Fisherman's Wharf, Alcatraz tours, the Golden Gate Bridge, and Haight Ashbury. But this new American city is not without its dark side. It has a history of kidnapping, fraud, terrorism, assassinations, and serial killings. Here is a short dissection of the most dangerous cities in California. We are also including a few of the most well-known crimes committed in various parts of the state. Most Dangerous Cities In California The list below comprises the incorporated municipalities of California with some of the highest crime rates. These cities have a population of 50,000 at best. Here are the most dangerous cities in California: Stockton San Bernardino Oakland Compton Richmond Lancaster Vallejo Modesto Victorville Huntington Park Criminal History Of California America is a land of dreams for the biggest chunk of the global population. California is a hub of technological and social zenith. No one expects it to hold out on dark secrets and scandals. According to the FBI, the most dangerous cities in California have a lot of twisted history. Here are some of them. The Assassinations of Harvey Milk and George Muscone, San Francisco City Hall The newly appointed class of city supervisors in 1978 was the most diverse in the history of San Francisco. Dan White, a staunch conservative and former police officer and firefighter, and Harvey Milk, the freshmen supervisor and gay activist, were the two men in this class. Even though Milk and White had different political and lifestyle philosophies, they developed a cordial working relationship. But this relationship quickly turned deadly and hostile. With ten extra bullets and a.38 caliber handgun, Dan White entered City Hall on November 27, 1978, intending to confront Mayor Muscone face-to-face. Muscone shot him after he once more rejected to be reinstated. When White realized how much Harvey Milk had contributed to the incident, he went to his office and brutally murdered Milk. On that day, Dan White admitted to the crimes. The strategy employed by White's defense team during the trial was nearly as well-known as the crimes done. The "Twinkie defense" contended that White's extreme sugar and carbohydrate intake before the crime caused his mental instability. The narrative concludes where it started: after receiving his sentence, White went back to San Francisco and committed suicide. The Kidnapping of Patty Hearst, Hibernia Bank The Symbionese Liberation Army (SLA) kidnapped 19-year-old Patty Hearst from her family's condo on February 4, 1974. Patty is the great-granddaughter of business tycoon George Hearst and the granddaughter of publishing mogul William Randolph Hearst. She and multiple other SLA members later pilfered a Hibernia Bank branch. Patty, brandishing an M-1 carbine, declared her membership in the SLA. A single innocent person lost their life, and the SLA fled with more than $10,000. Although Patty and her friends managed to get away, the FBI quickly found them. In 1976, Hearst went on trial. Attorneys for Patty contended that she developed Stockholm syndrome—a psychological reaction in which she started to feel sorry for her captors—out of fear for her life. Despite being found guilty, President Carter commuted her sentence in 1979. President Clinton fully pardoned Patty Hearst in 2001. Hearst continues to insist that she was brainwashed and that her crimes were those of a victim of the SLA's mental manipulation. Golden Dragon Massacre, Imperial Palace The Imperial Palace restaurant, formerly known as the Golden Dragon, is located in the center of San Francisco's Chinatown. One of the worst nights in San Francisco's history took place in this restaurant under this name. The organized crime networks that dominated Chinatown's underground market gave rise to two competing teenage gangs: the Wah Ching and the Joe Boys. The Golden Dragon presented the Joe Boys with a chance to assassinate the Wah Ching leaders. Eleven innocent people were hurt, and five innocent people died; neither gang member was hurt. The Washington Street restaurant is still marred by the aftermath of this tragic night. Three of the five Joe Boys members who were detained, found guilty, and sentenced to prison are still incarcerated. The Asian gang task force of the San Francisco police department was established because of the massacre. The Imperial Palace is still operational and offers delicious dim sum. USS Hornet A moored aircraft carrier at the Alameda Naval Base is among the world's most haunted ships—not a pirate ship sailing the high seas. Commencing in 1943, the eighth USS Hornet engaged in numerous combat missions throughout the Pacific. Over 300 people died on board during her 27 years of active duty, many of them from suicide. Although the ship is not in operation at the moment, both the crew and guests have paranormal stories about things moving, doors opening on their own, toilets flushing, and even spectral sailors prowling the decks. The Zodiac Killer The San Francisco area was the scene of one of the most well-known unsolved crimes in history. This crime scene single-handedly made every corner of the state dangerous. About 40 miles northeast of the city, on Lake Herman Road in Benicia, California, the infamous killing spree started. David Faraday and Betty Lou Jensen, two high school students, were discovered dead next to their parked car on December 20, 1968. No witnesses were present. Darlene Ferrin and Michael Mageau were shot dead by an unidentified assailant in Vallejo, California, on July 4, 1969. Mageau lived, but Ferrin perished from her wounds. From a pay phone, the gunman called the police, boasting about his crime with pride. Three local newspapers received letters in their offices on August 1, 1969. The Zodiac Killer would become well-known for his trademark symbol, which was signed by all of the letters, which came from the same source, and all claimed to be the murderer. The murderer insisted on having his letters made public. That year on September 27, two more people came under attack. Zodiac moved his murderous rampage from Napa into the City of San Francisco on October 11, 1969. And Zodiac pulled over his taxi driver at the Presidio Heights intersection of Cherry and Washington Streets. Zodiac eluded capture by the police even inside the city. Zodiac persisted in his letter-writing campaign to the San Francisco media for almost ten years. There were many boasts and threats in each letter, but not all of them came to pass. He said he had killed seventeen people in one of his final letters. This killer's identity is still a mystery, and the crime is still unsolved. Wrapping Up The Hollywood sign, which once read Hollywoodland, is where aspiring starlet Peg Entwistle leaped to her death in 1932. (It's said that her ghost roams the trails in nearby Griffith Park.) Los Angeles feels somber, maybe because so many people come here with high hopes, and the city is hesitant to welcome every new face. The brief career of Ms. Entwistle as a siren and her premature passing at the age of 24 serve as a symbol of the peculiar contrast of the city: it is dazzling yet sinister, alluring yet menacing. There's dirt and secrets in the graveyard just beneath the shiny surface. If you know where to look, you can see the duality of glitter in the dark everywhere in the city, from Compton to Hollywood. Thankfully, a whole industry of tourism deals in the gritty side of the city for those who are interested in noir. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about the most dangerous cities in California, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you!. Read Also: Heatwaves And Adventure: Traveling To The World’s Hottest Destination From Sunrise To Sunset: A Day’s Itinerary For Exploring Benidorm Hidden Gems: Unearthing The Best Things To Do In Nottingham
Heatwaves and Adventure: Traveling to The World’s Hottest Destination
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 23, 2023
If you imagine yourself traveling to a warm, sunny place, you probably envision yourself at a beach. The ideal temperatures would be in the 80s or even 90s. But you definitely don’t imagine it to be a not in a desert that is notoriously hot. The hottest places on Earth range from crowded cities to breathtaking desert landscapes. Its temperatures routinely rise above 100 degrees Fahrenheit. Thanks to its record-breaking temperatures, Death Valley in California is widely regarded as the hottest place on Earth. But you might be surprised by some of the other places on this list. Some of these locations are notorious for their year-round intense heat. Others have mild winter temperatures that rise to extremes as the weather warms. Here are the top hottest locations on the planet, the “hottest country in the world,” if you will. Hottest Country In The World: A Round-Up If you are looking to travel to these countries or just want to stay in the know, the heat will be real. Here are some of the hottest places in the world. El Azizia, Libya Average daytime temperature 26.1C In 1913, Death Valley experienced the highest temperature ever recorded worldwide, reaching 134 degrees Fahrenheit (56.7 degrees Celsius). The World Meteorological Organization's Global Weather & Climate Extremes Archive had announced the rise. While some scientists question the accuracy of historical temperature records, it is widely accepted that Death Valley is among the hottest places on Earth, given reports of temperatures reaching 130 degrees Fahrenheit (54.5 degrees Celsius) in the summer of 2020. Kebili, Tunisia Average daytime temperature 26.6C Due to El Azizia's disqualification, the town in central Tunisia remains the site of Africa's highest temperature ever recorded—55 degrees Celsius—in 1931. Kebili, one of the oldest cities on the continent, was a major slave hub and briefly came under Roman rule. Its southerly palm-tree oasis is accessible via an appealing mud-brick arch. Beyond that opens up the enormous Chott el Djerid, the largest salt pan in the Sahara. Summers are still scorching, with many days reaching 40C. Lut Desert, Iran Average daytime temperature 24C NASA satellites measure land surface (also known as land skin) temperatures in hard-to-reach, remote locations. It provided an additional metric for actual hotspots. Dasht-e Lut, or the "Plain of Emptiness," an inhospitable desert plateau in Iran recorded 70.7C in 2005. As a result, even bacteria cannot withstand that. Three types of habitats coexist in the desert- sand dunes, wind-sculpted ridges, ravines, as well as broad salt-flat plateaus. Ouargla, Algeria Average daytime temperature 29.1C Some meteorological historians are disputed over Kebili's record as well. This affluent university city is emerging as the winner with 2018's unquestionable 51.3C record. However, strangely, days can drop below freezing here during the winter. It is located adjacent to an oasis in the Saharan region of southern Algeria. Ouargla once enticed travelers in search of sand roses, or clusters of gypsum crystals, at its traditional souk. Before the Algerian War, it even served as the inspiration for a boogie-woogie song by Memphis Slim. Production of gasoline is currently its primary industry. Dallol, Ethiopia Average daytime temperature 25.6C The isolated Danakil Depression in northern Ethiopia is famous for two reasons. Firstly, it is thought to be the place where humans first evolved (many hominin fossils have been found there). Secondly, it is the hottest place on Earth with an average annual temperature of 34.4C between 1960 and 1966. It was cut down at its remote village of Dallol, which was mainly abandoned after salt miners first settled there. White salt lakes, sulfurous hot springs, and erupting gas-belching geysers can be found in the surrounding volcanic depression. Khartoum, Sudan Average daytime temperature 36.6C Sudan's large, ostentatious capital is located near the sultriest city on Earth, Ahvaz, Iran, with an average temperature of 32.8C. The capital is photogenically located at the confluence of the Blue and White Niles. Thermometer readings consistently register 40C or higher from April to June; January, the coolest month, is still the hottest in the UK. Tourists can visit camel markets, see whirling dervishes at Hamed el-Nil Tomb, explore the enormous Souq al-Arabi, and view 3,500-year-old artifacts at the National Museum beneath gleaming glass skyscrapers. Assab, Eritrea Average annual high 34.7C When you add together the average yearly temperature of Assab during the day and at night, it becomes the hottest city on Earth. Even at 3 a.m. in July and August, you will be sleeping in 30-degree heat. Since Assab normally receives just three rainy days annually, sweat is probably going to be the only precipitation on display as well. Although Ethiopia and Eritrea are frequently at odds along their borders, you would be far better off exploring other parts of the Red Sea. The coast is the region's primary tourist attraction. Kuwait City, Kuwait Average daytime temperature 32.1C In the massive Kuwaiti capital, cars melt in the oven-like five-month summers, sandstorms swirl in, and the streets go eerily empty. Most people wisely only venture outside their houses to visit blissfully cool shopping centers. Every month from May to September, it relentlessly rises above 46C. In 2021 it rose to 50C. Similar problems are reported in other Gulf locations, probably because of the exact angle at which the sun shines. Winter days can, however, only be one-seventh as warm. Qurayyat, Oman Average daytime temperature 33.1C The world's highest daily temperature is in Qurayyat. On June 26, 2018, for instance, the temperature in this location never fell below 42.6C in a 24-hour period. Qurayyat, also known as Quriyat, is a small fishing town on the Gulf of Oman, southeast of Muscat. It has lovely beaches, a mangrove swamp, a picturesque dam that provides much-needed water, and, most remarkably, a 200-year-old crenulated fort with large wooden doors. Does anyone remember Indiana Jones and the Nights of Calefaction? Comodoro Rivadavia, Argentina Average daytime temperature 49°C This is probably the hottest country in the world, being home to Comodoro Rivadavia. During the 1905 heatwave, this port city in Patagonia recorded the highest temperature ever recorded in South America, 49°C. 2022 was scorching once more, despite the fact that that was distinctly out of the ordinary for a place prone to cold winters; even Argentina's capital, Buenos Aires, which is located 900 miles north, could withstand a 41.6C day in January. Comodoro, a center for crude oil also has a National Museum of Petroleum and is surrounded by beach resorts. Wrapping Up Traveling requires a leap of faith from everyone. The tourist spends a sizable sum of money to travel to an unknown location in the hopes of pleasant weather, harmonious relations, and happy memories of exceptional encounters. Therefore, it is obvious visitors will be cautious of the environmental conditions. However, if you travel to experience life from different perspectives, these hot locations are a great place to start. All things considered, the hot temperatures are not entirely uninhabitable, if you start from the bottom up. We hope this list helped regardless of whether you plan to visit or not. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about the hottest country in the world, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: From Sunrise To Sunset: A Day’s Itinerary For Exploring Benidorm Things To Do In Leeds: Dive Into The Dynamic Heart Of Yorkshire Hidden Gems: Unearthing The Best Things To Do In Nottingham
6 Things Locals Wish Tourists Wouldn’t Do When In Iceland
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 23, 2023
Icelandic Tourist Board reported over 1.7 million visitors in 2022. The ethereal beauty of Iceland has persistently drawn hoards of tourists to its shores. Unavoidably, these tourists make mistakes and encounter culture crushes. There are now about six things that collectively irks the people of Iceland. First, there is the joke about Iceland and Greenland. Actually we have all heard the joke. It stems from the fact that Greenland is covered in ice and Iceland is lush green. Then there is the northern lights that tourists look for during the summers. Icelanders are tired of tourists not doing their research before planning their trip. The midnight sun that occurs between May and August is also a matter of confusion among tourists. European culture, especially Iceland does not appreciate tipping in restaurants, finding it borderline offensive in certain parts. Saying no to tipping on the part of the service-providers also results in arguments. Anna Ragna, born and raised in Iceland moved to the US in 2015. She tells Business Insider, "A lot of times there would be tips on the table for the waitress and they say, 'We can't take it,' and then it'll end up turning into an argument, and that's something that happened quite often." Iceland is renowned for its pristine beauty and the natives hate when tourists littter. Ragna says, it "enrages us as a people." There is also the issue of tampering with the delicate Icelandic moss. This slow-growing green layer is able to adapt to the harshest climates but it can be very fragile when tread upon. It grows incredibly slowly and it can take up a hundred years just to grow a simple patch." Tourists also ignore signs in different hazardous areas. For example, an Icelandic Coast Guard helicopter rescued an "exhausted, cold and shocked" hiker who got too close to a volcanic eruption near Grindavík on December 19. Authorities warned tourists to "think four times." Davíð Geir Jónasson who is the owner of Icelandic tour company called Vik Expeditions says he has seen this happen too many times throughout his 15-year long service. He says, "In Iceland, a warning sign is put up because someone has died or multiple people have died. It's not just because something might happen." Read Also: Kenya Is Targeting 5.5M Tourist Arrivals By 2028 Juneau’s Mendenhall Glacier Recreation Area Is Expecting Big Changes Christmas In Nottingham: 2023 Bin Collection Dates, Tram Timetable And More
Is San Francisco Safe? THIS is What You Should Know!
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 21, 2023
Overall crime rate54 per 1,000 (high)Most common crimePetty theftWorst neighborhoodTenderloinSafety tipDon't go out at night or walk alone Is San Francisco safe? With over 14.8 million visitors in 2021, San Francisco is one of the most popular tourist destinations in the country. As they explore the city's landmarks and neighborhoods, tourists may find themselves overcome by the beauty, history, and attractions of the city. The city's language, culture, topography, and steep hills can make it somewhat difficult to get around on your own. This is all the information one should have before visiting San Francisco for the first time. For example, San Francisco's Mission District is one of the best neighborhoods. Another location that is suggested to visitors is North Beach. Although San Francisco is a lovely and friendly city, first-time visitors should be cautious and aware of their surroundings. There are a few important things travelers should know before departing for San Francisco. They are the safest neighborhoods for first-time visitors. Is San Francisco Safe? So, is San Francisco safe? In comparison to other large metropolitan areas, San Francisco is generally a safer city due to its low rate of violent crime. Having said that, it's crucial to exercise caution always and pay attention to your surroundings, particularly when traveling through unknown territory. Petty crime is the main threat in San Francisco, so if you want to be as safe as possible, you should stay away from some parts of the city. But you can simply avoid any dangerous areas if you have a basic understanding of the city and its neighborhoods. Mission District Image Source One of the most fantastic place to begin your exploration of San Francisco is the Mission District. It's conveniently located and teeming with art, culture, mouthwatering cuisine, and amiable locals. Travelers should always be mindful of their possessions because pick-pocketing can occur in busy places. North Beach Image Source Another fantastic neighborhood with lots to offer is North Beach. Due to its proximity to Fisherman's Wharf and the Golden Gate Bridge, tourists particularly visit this area. Once again, visitors should be aware of their belongings in crowded areas, and they should be fine. The Haight-Ashbury neighborhood is well-known for its hippie history, but it's also a great place to find unique shops, cafés, and bars. Visitors should just use common sense when visiting this area as it can get more crowded than others, and they should be fine. Nob Hill Image Source Another charming neighborhood with breathtaking city views is Nob Hill. Although the hilly streets are generally safe, visitors should exercise caution when walking on them in the rain. It is advised to stay in these neighborhoods because they are conveniently located near public transportation and in the heart of the city. On the other hand, tourists seeking a more suburban atmosphere can find it in Nob Hill. While there is much to see and do in San Francisco, a visitor can get a good idea of where to begin with this list. Crimes In San Francisco Image Source Most often, when people ask, "is San Francisco safe?" the issue is with thieves. Robbery and theft are the most common crimes in San Francisco. Due to the perception that they are more likely to carry cash and valuables, tourists are frequently the target of harassment. Pickpocketing and other small-time theft are prevalent in crowded places like marketplaces, public transportation, and tourist attractions. Additionally, robberies may happen, particularly in places where tourists are known to congregate. Always be mindful of your surroundings and make sure your possessions are safe. The likelihood of having your car broken into has also gone up in San Francisco over the last few years. When valuables are left in plain sight in the trunk or on car seats, this happens more frequently. Read More: Is Cabo San Lucas Safe? – Let’s Find Out! Things To Avoid In San Francisco Image Source Steer clear of the city at night when you're alone. It is not advisable for visitors to visit convenience stores and ATMs late at night. Although San Francisco is a beautiful and distinctive city, there are risks involved. Here are some things you should not do when in San Francisco. Visitors should use caution when strolling through some neighborhoods after dark. San Francisco is safe as long as you stay alert. While it's safe to stroll around most of San Francisco after dark, there are certain areas you should avoid. These include portions of the Mission district and the Tenderloin district. It is essential to seek guidance from locals or hotel staff if you are unsure about a particular area. Additionally, extreme caution should be exercised when using public transit late at night. While San Francisco's public transit system is excellent during the day, it can be dangerous at night. It is safer to stay in well-lit areas and avoid traveling alone whenever possible if one must use public transportation late at night. In general, especially after dark, ATMs and convenience stores are not safe locations to visit in San Francisco. It is advisable to arrange ahead of time and take out cash during the day. Because there are many hills and stairs in San Francisco, jogging can be an excellent exercise. Joggers should, however, always be conscious of their surroundings, particularly if they are going alone. To stay alert, they must stay in well-lit areas and refrain from wearing headphones. Best Time To Visit San Francisco The best time of year for most visitors to San Francisco is between September and November. Fall and winter are safer seasons in the city because there are fewer homeless people living there. The months of September through November are the greatest times to visit San Francisco. Cooler weather generally results in fewer homeless people being visible on the streets, making it a safer time of year for tourists. Nevertheless, San Francisco is a popular vacation spot in the spring and summer because of the pleasant weather in comparison to other Southern California cities. But it's important to keep in mind that San Francisco has a Mediterranean climate, with a rainy season that runs from November through March. The early spring is when it will rain the most, which can make for a wetter and colder vacation. Still, the city is breathtaking every single day of the year. You might want to think about taking this day trip to Yosemite from San Francisco. Wrapping Up Is San Francisco safe? Short answer: visitors to San Francisco only need to take standard safety precautions when visiting. Although many other developed cities worldwide are still safer than San Francisco, the city may rank among the safest in the United States (London, Paris, Sydney, and Tokyo, to name but a few in the world). Read Also: Is Barbados Safe? Why Do People Question The Safety In Barbados? Island Paradise Unveiled: Best Time To Visit The Philippines Is Costa Rica Safe For Visit For Travelling?
Is Barbados Safe? Why Do People Question The Safety In Barbados?
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 21, 2023
If you're interested in obtaining a Bajan visa and taking a vacation there, this post is ideal for you. Barbados is one of the Caribbean's most stunning islands. It boasts the most beautiful scenery, amazing natural beauty, and a very real culture. You'll be shocked to learn about the numerous fascinating facts about Barbados. This island, which seems like heaven, is one of the most popular tourist destinations. Before taking a vacation to another country, everyone does some research on things like safety, Instagrammable locations to visit, the country's climate, etc. Before visiting Barbados, do a little research to help you plan your trip and get the answers to common questions like where is Barbados, is Barbados safe for travel, and when is the best time to travel there. Is Barbados Safe For Travel? Image Source One of the most crucial considerations before visiting any country is safety. Barbados is no different. So, is visiting Barbados a safe option? Although Barbados is a safe travel destination, you should exercise caution and refrain from doing certain things to avoid getting into trouble. Not only is it applicable to Barbados, but you should always be aware of crucial safety precautions before visiting any nation. You can feel safe knowing that Barbados is not a dangerous place for tourists, according to the US State Department. There are certain things you need to exercise caution with. For example, you should not stroll alone on dimly lit streets or beaches. Certain parts of Bridgetown, the capital city of Barbados, like Baxter's Road and Nelson Street, should be avoided at all costs. It makes sense to visit popular tourist destinations, and Barbados offers a wide variety of secure lodging options. Traveling to Barbados is safe, the answer to that question is clear-cut. Is Barbados Safe To Travel For Families? Image Source Barbados is a fantastic destination for a family vacation. There is a great deal of family-friendly lodging available all over the island, with all those resorts, villas, condos, and mid-range hotels. Barbados is a family-friendly destination, even though it's not always the cheapest place to travel, particularly if you have kids with you. But people do ask, is Barbados safe? It's crucial to remember that not all lodging is designed with kids in mind. Some resorts and hotels. The majority of the island's beaches are suitable for play on beach days. Not all, though, are secure for swimming. Swim only in areas where lifeguards are present. Children and inexperienced swimmers should avoid the east coast due to the strong offshore currents. When traveling to Barbados with kids, the island's natural environment can be a little frightening. First of all, mosquitoes can be more than just a nuisance—they can also pose a threat to kids. Protect yourself and your loved ones from mosquito bites by wearing protective clothing and applying repellent. Things To Do In Barbados Image Source One thing you will regret not trying is Oistins' Friday Fish Fry. This is the best place to go in Barbados if you want to see the island's nightlife and eat some mouthwatering fried fish. Visit the Barbados Wildlife Reserve if you're interested in the island's wildlife and animals. There, you can see iguanas, parrots, turtles, snakes, and famous green monkeys, among many other amazing creatures. In general, there are many stunning locations in Barbados that you ought to see. To ensure you see the majority of the attractions and locations on your vacation, try to compile a list of them before you leave. One of the more surprising facts about Barbados may be that it is the birthplace of the alcoholic beverage rum. The Bajans have been making rum for more than 350 years. It's among the world's best and strongest rums. One of the best rum tours in Barbados might be an interesting thing for you to do if you're wondering what to do there. For instance, the oldest operating rum distillery is Mount Gay Rum Centre. Production at this distillery commenced in 1703. You can sample some of the best rum in the world and witness the rum-making process in action at the center. Around the island, there are a lot of vibrant rum shops. You can always go up there and shoot the locals. Best Time To Visit Barbados Image Source It's possible that you're wondering when is the ideal time to visit Barbados. Barbados boasts a fantastic climate that is especially enjoyable for visitors. All year long, the weather is pleasant and sunny but not oppressively hot. This is the ideal weather for sunbathing on the beaches and swimming in the ocean. It gets a little chilly at night. On the island, there is also rain, though it usually falls in the form of showers. This is very typical of Barbados, which you are probably aware of. So when would be the ideal time to visit Barbados? Traveling to Barbados is most enjoyable in the months of December through April. The term "dry season" refers to this period of reduced precipitation. In addition, the weather is nicer because it's not as hot as it is in other months. Remember, though, that going to Barbados is best done whenever you feel like it. Night Life In Barbados Image Source See the incredible nightlife of Barbados if you enjoy going out to clubs and pubs and generally taking in the nightlife. You can see amazing dinner shows, take a cruise, visit nightclubs, and do a lot of other interesting things. The majority of Barbados' nightclubs are found in St. Lawrence Gap. They provide live entertainment both on the weekends and during the week. One of the best places to visit in Barbados if you enjoy calypso and reggae and are looking for something fun to do while there is no doubt about it. Drug Laws In Barbados It's crucial to familiarize yourself with Barbados' drug laws before visiting. Barbados' laid-back and laid-back culture may lead you to believe that drug use is acceptable there, but that is untrue. On the island, cannabis use for recreational purposes is still illegal. Nonetheless, a sizable population consumes cannabis, which comes from St. Vincent and Jamaica. The law permits registered Rastafarians to use cannabis for both medicinal and spiritual purposes. Bajan Culture British and West African elements heavily influence Barbados' culture. When you visit Barbados, you can observe these influences in the language, architecture, food, and many other areas. One of the key areas where the British influence is most obvious is architecture. From 1625 until 1966, Barbados was a colony of Great Britain. For this reason, British influence is evident, particularly in its culture. Perhaps the most colorful times to visit Barbados are during the island's festivals. Numerous museums, art galleries, exhibitions, and libraries can be found in Barbados' capital city of Bridgetown. Barbados' national sport is cricket, which the islanders take very seriously. If you're interested in visiting Barbados, you should learn more about its history and culture. Bajan Cuisine One of the most exciting things to experience while visiting other nations is food. We recommend that you try all the dishes that you may have never tried before. Barbados' native cuisine, known as Bajan cuisine, is influenced by a variety of cultures, including African, Portuguese, British, Irish, and others. Meals that are typically made with meat and fish and seasoned with various regional herbs and spices are very common. Barbados' two main dishes are cou-cou and fried flying fish. Try those two things without a doubt if you're wondering what to do in Barbados. Is Barbados Safe But Expensive? Barbados is not too expensive to visit. However, a lot relies on your personal preferences. Either select opulent accommodations, vehicles, and dining establishments or select more affordable lodging options and less expensive dining establishments. There are steps you can take to make your trip to Barbados more affordable if you're on a tight budget. Prior to the start of your vacation, you can purchase your airline tickets quite early. Barbados offers a wide variety of affordable, high-quality dining establishments. In particular, Oistins Fish Market is a well-known and reasonably priced restaurant serving fried fish. Rather than taking a taxi, you can go anywhere using a bus. Barbados offers a good public transportation system. You will save money by using it instead of a taxi. Wrapping Up Ultimately, it is crucial to travel only after thorough research. Make sure you are interacting with other online travelers, looking for suitable lodging and people with whom you can socialize. Is Barbados safe? Barbados is safe as long as you know how to tread the path as a visitor. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Is Cabo San Lucas Safe? – Let’s Find Out! Is Costa Rica Safe For Visit For Travelling? Island Paradise Unveiled: Best Time To Visit The Philippines
Natural Wonder: Top 11 Best Landscape Places In The World
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 21, 2023
Beautiful landscapes have always held a special place in the hearts of humans. The breathtaking marvels that nature has to offer have enthralled humans from the dawn of civilization to the present. We're going to take a trip to find the world's top 6 landscape locations in this article. These stunning locations are certain to astound you and satiate your wanderlust. Let's explore the captivating beauty of these lovely landscapes now. Discover Top 6 The Best Landscape Place In The World Image Source Take a peek at some of the best landscape wonders from around the world. We promise you will not only find it amazing, but they will incite a deep wanderlust you have never felt before. Banff National Park Image Source Banff National Park is a veritable gold mine of natural treasures, tucked away in the Canadian Rockies. This gorgeous park is home to shimmering lakes, towering mountains, and a wide variety of wildlife. This landscape perfectly captures the splendor of the great outdoors. Lake Louise, with its breathtaking turquoise waters set against a backdrop of rugged mountains, is one of the highlights of Banff National Park. Moraine Lake is another treasure, drawing tourists in with its vivid colors and tranquil ambiance. There are countless chances for exploration as well as adventure in Banff National Park, whether you enjoy hiking, skiing, or seeing wildlife. The Grand Canyon Image Source Discover the top 6 best landscape locations in the world on our list. The Grand Canyon is a geological marvel that has been sculpted over millions of years, making it a true testament to the power of nature. This famous American landscape features striking views that are rare in their majestic beauty. Visitors are in awe of the canyon's immense size and beauty when they view it from different rim viewpoints or from inside its depths. Geologists, photographers, and lovers of the great outdoors are drawn to the layers of vibrant rock that reveal a tale of Earth's past. Hike or take a helicopter ride to see the beautiful scenery from various angles in order to comprehend the scope of this natural wonderfully. Boulders Beach Image Source Boulders Beach, roughly 17 miles south of Table Mountain on the False Bay Coastline, owns Cape Town's stunning scenery, which includes vivid blue water, granite boulders, as well as penguins. Located nearby to the endearing African penguin colony, this location is popular among swimmers. But you can also simply relax and take in the expansive coastline. Cameron Highlands Image Source It is pretty tough to point out just one location in the diverse landscape of Malaysia. The Cameron Highlands will still top most other places. The largest tea plantations in the nation are found in this 275-square-mile area of the state of Pahang. In addition to exploring butterfly gardens and strawberry farms, the area is home to rolling, fuzzy green hills. Patagonia Image Source Patagonia is a region of breathtaking beauty that spans both Argentina and Chile. Its untamed mountains, wide-open skies, and glaciers combine to create an absolutely stunning landscape. This area's remoteness adds to its attraction, drawing travelers looking for peace and pristine surroundings. Discovering the Perito Moreno Glacier or trekking through Torres del Paine National Park, Patagonia, provides a once-in-a-lifetime encounter with nature. For those who enjoy the outdoors and are looking to see some of the world's most breathtaking landscapes, this unspoiled wilderness is a haven. Great Barrier Reef Image Source It's like entering a vibrant underwater wonderland when you dive into the Great Barrier Reef. Marine biodiversity can be found in abundance in this world's largest coral reef system, which is situated off the coast of Australia. This reef is home to thousands of marine species, and the rich marine life and colorful coral gardens it offers together form an incredible ecological tapestry. Immersion in these pristine waters, whether snorkeling or diving, provides a unique opportunity to appreciate the undersea world up close. A trip to the Great Barrier Reef is a must for anyone looking to explore some of the world's most breathtaking landscapes. Himalayas The highest peak in the world, Mount Everest, represents the pinnacle of adventure as well as challenge. Reaching the base camp is an accomplishment that provides breathtaking views of the Himalayas and a window into the Sherpa culture of the area. For those looking to explore the world's most beautiful landscapes, Mount Everest is a must-visit location. Its immense size, as well as its formidable challenge, can change the life of any visitor. The majesty of nature humbles one as one stands in the shadow of this magnificent peak. Mount Everest is a destination that should be on everyone's bucket list because it offers an unforgettable experience, regardless of experience level. Georgia Image Source Georgia has everything you need and more for the daring traveler who is sick of the congested Alps mountain trails or the reservation-only French vineyards (yes, including wine). Hiking the country's trails, which meander through the Greater Caucasus mountain range that separates Europe from Asia, is the best way to take in the diversity of the landscape. Lapland Image Source If a snowy destination is a must for your travel fantasies, then Finnish Lapland should definitely be on your list. Although the warmer months are beautiful in this part of Finland, November through March is the best time to visit. This is when the Northern Lights are most likely to appear. The trees are blanketed in deep snow, and huskies are ready to take you for a sled ride. Étretat Image Source Popular among sailors as well as surfers, Étretat is a pebble beach situated along France's Alabaster Coast. However, the main draw for most tourists to this area of Upper Normandy is the renowned chalk cliffs and arched rock formations. There are natural sculptures at several locations along the 80-mile stretch of Étretat. They have long inspired tourists and artists, most notably Claude Monet. Galápagos Islands Image Source Does the appeal of the Galápagos Islands really need to be explained? Make it a point to visit this other-worldly section of Ecuador if you can; it's home to real blue-footed boobies and gigantic tortoises that resemble dinosaurs lumbering through the tall grass. Wrapping Up Setting out on a quest to identify the world's top landscape locations is an adventure of discovery and admiration. Every place on this list is breathtaking in its own special way. From the striking coral reefs of the Great Barrier Reef to the majestic mountains of Banff National Park. These picturesque settings will make a lasting impression on your spirit. Whether you're looking for adventure, peace, or a closer relationship with the natural world. So pack up and set out to uncover the splendor that lies ahead in these exceptional locations. Read Also: Island Paradise Unveiled: Best Time To Visit The Philippines Exeter’s Hidden Treasures: My Offbeat And Unique Experiences In Exeter! Vietnam Vistas: A Seasonal Guide To Crafting Your Vietnamese Adventure
Christmas In Nottingham: 2023 Bin Collection Dates, Tram Timetable And More
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 21, 2023
Christmas is all about presents, twinkling lights, delicious food and merry making. Anyone can name at least a dozen reasons why Christmas is the most wonderful time of the year. But despite all the frivolity and festivity there are still certain things that you will have to do no matter what. Such as taking out the trash. Or maybe you would have to recycle your Christmas tree. Or you want to know if the trams are running. Christmas and New Year in Nottingham may be just as fun as anywhere but the chores do not end because its the holidays. As Christmas is on Monday it is bound to affect the bin collections in the city. All the refuse collection that will be due to take place on Monday will occur two days earlier on Saturday, December 23. From Tuesday, December 26 the bins will be emptied a day late straight up to January 5. On Sunday, December 31 and Monday, Januray 1 there will be no collections. For Christmas, Boxing Day, and New Year bank holidays, an alternate timetable will be in place. Except for Christmas trams will be running every day for the festive period. NET will be running a Sunday service on the 3 holidays. Nottingham tram timetable for Christmas and New Year: Christmas Eve - Sunday service Christmas Day - No service Boxing Day - Sunday service December 27 to December 30 - Normal service New Year’s Eve - Sunday service New Year’s Day - Sunday service January 2 - Normal service Read Also: Unveiling The Best Christmas Destinations From Around The World Celebrations Have Begun At Oaga, Art Resort, Maldives: Report Traveling Christmas Tree For The Western Lawn Of U.S. Capitol
Everything That You Should Do This Year in USA’s Christmas Town!
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 20, 2023
No matter where you live, if you want to witness the best Christmas town USA has it all to create magic in your life. However, there are some locations where the magic of the holidays is elevated to a whole new level. Imagine snow-capped trees, a main street lined with sparkling lights, quaintly furnished historic houses, inns, carriage rides, carolers—the whole nine yards. The best American Christmas towns have a feel akin to Hallmark Christmas movies. In fact, these towns host many of these movies. Our list of the merriest towns in America includes Europe-inspired destinations like Leavenworth, Solvang, Washington, and California. There are several cities with Christmas as their main draw, like North Pole, Alaska, and Santa Claus, Indiana. And there are scenic New England villages, like Connecticut, Essex, Massachusetts, and Stockbridge. Admire breathtaking displays of Christmas lights from coast to coast, visit regional holiday markets, and cuddle up by a fire. Let's go, ho, ho ho! Best Christmas Town USA Image Source Grab your coziest scarf and head to one of these jolly, holly towns if you're a die-hard Christmas enthusiast or just enjoy a little Yuletide cheer. These delightful Christmas towns will leave you with a winter hangover you wouldn't want to get rid of. Solvang Parade Image Source This quaint southern California city with Danish influences is less than an hour from Santa Barbara. It brings the 'hygge' for its annual Julefest, even in the absence of snow. The month-long Christmas celebration features a proper Santa's Village, where pictures with Santa are free of charge. It also has a Julefest parade with marching bands. The festivities begin with a tree-lighting ceremony in early December, complete with caroling, ballet performances, and Santa himself. However, the real reason to visit is for the city Christmas hunt for gnomes. It is based on the Nordic legend of nisse or Christmas elves (you win a prize if you do find one). If the holiday gnomes piqued your interest, you can also learn more about Solvang and Danish yuletide customs by taking a candlelit tour. North Pole In Alaska Image Source You can find Santa almost anywhere. You could even visit your neighborhood mall if necessary. But he welcomes visitors to North Pole, Alaska, throughout the year. You wonder, is this really Santa's home? Not quite, given that the actual geographic North Pole is 1,700 miles away. You can't, however, fault the small city's spirit throughout the year. The city itself plays up its name is decorated with candy cane-striped light posts and has street names such as Snowman Lane and Kris Kringle Drive. But the main attraction here is The Santa Claus House. Here, you can meet Santa and his reindeer. The local post office receives hundreds of thousands of letters to Santa. To add a special touch to your holiday correspondence, send letters to friends and family with a North Pole postmark. Santa Claus Ho Ho Ho Image Source You can tell this little Indiana town takes Christmas very seriously just by looking at its name. The town of Santa Claus is festive throughout the year. There is a Holiday World theme park, which features rides like Rudolph's Roundup and Reindeer Games. It also features a Santa's Candy Castle. It is a confectionery that sells rare candies and handcrafted goods. Every year, thousands of letters from children are received by the local post office, and each letter is answered by volunteer elves. There are Christmas fireworks, rides with reindeer, and the 1.2-mile drive-through Santa Claus Land of Lights. It narrates the tale of Rudolph, which adds to the festive atmosphere once the holiday season officially starts. Park City Image Source For Christmas, why not take a trip to a real winter wonderland? Beautiful Park City is in the lap of the mountains. December has a lot of Christmas activities, including sleigh rides, holiday markets, and a torchlight parade on Christmas Eve. Skiers and snowboarders descend the mountain with torches in hand to guide Santa into town. Historical Stockbridge Image Source Look no further than Stockbridge if you're searching for an American Christmas that looks like it belongs in a Norman Rockwell painting. The Massachusetts town travels back in time to recreate Stockbridge Main Street in Rockwell's time, complete with vintage cars lining the street that closes to traffic during the holiday season. The original painting is on display at the Norman Rockwell Museum in the town. In addition, the historic Red Lion Inn (which has a cozy fireplace to warm your hands and toes) is hosting a holiday concert on its porch featuring over a hundred carol singers, as well as a holiday marketplace at the Berkshire Botanical Gardens. Bardstown Carol Image Source Bardstown, dubbed "the most beautiful small town in America," offers plenty of seasonal greetings along with southern hospitality. Light Up Bardstown: A Holiday Road Trip on Main Street is a winter wonderland from November to the end of the year, when a variety of houses and establishments are illuminated. Additionally, you can ride the North Pole Express, enjoy a musical, interactive rendition of A Christmas Carol at My Old Kentucky Home, or watch a Christmas parade complete with floats and bands. Take a special candlelight tour at the Maker's Mark Distillery to experience a different kind of holiday cheer. Gruene Holiday Image Source Inside the town of New Braunfels, this once-thriving historic district is home to a two-stepping Texas Christmas. Take pictures with Cowboy Kringle, Gruene's unique take on Father Christmas. Or watch the yearly Pony Express Ride, a well-liked holiday custom in which a cavalcade of horses carries a greeting of good cheer from the governor of the state right through town. And then head to Gruene Hall, Texas's oldest dance hall, for a calendar full of holiday performances. Yule Log Parade Image Source The Yule Log Parade, which was started in 1949, is one of the oldest Christmas customs that are still observed in McAdenville. Three townspeople come together to march through the historic district on Main Street and end at Legacy Park's Memorial Yule Log Fireplace. This Yule Log is lit on fire to start the celebration. A high school marching band and evening carolers are featured in the parade. McAdenville Lights Image Source Christmas lights adorn downtown McAdenville every evening from 5:30 to 10:00 p.m. It transforms into a charming winter wonderland that both locals and tourists can enjoy. There is plenty of time to take in the sights of the winter wonderland. Christmas light exhibit typically runs from December 1 through December 26. You can drive by and enjoy the historic area in their car or stroll around the Main Street shops. It is festooned with hundreds of thousands of lights. Wrapping Up So these were the suggestions for short trips where you can unwind, shop for Christmas, or just hang out and relax. That is regardless of your preference for the sun, snow, or east or west coast. Each of these locations has unique small-town charm, picturesque landscapes, and charming inns. So you are sure to find the perfect fit for your travel preferences. Make it a point to spend a long weekend relaxing in one of the best top Christmas towns USA this year. There can't be anyway to welcome the spirit of Christmas. Read Also: World’s Most Famous Christmas Tree Has Reached Trafalgar Square Secrets Of Forest Camping: Tips For An Unforgettable Getaway Unmissable Urban Delights: Things To Do In Glasgow
Juneau’s Mendenhall Glacier Recreation Area Is Expecting Big Changes
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 20, 2023
With nearly a decade passed, the U.S. Forest Service has finally made a decision to overhaul Juneau's Mendenhall Glacier Recreation Area. The project has provoked hundreds and thousands of public comments from the Juneau community over the years. Alexandra Pierce, the city's tourism manager, says, “I like to see a plan that’s well managed and that listens to residents’ concerns. People didn’t want to see motorized boats on the lake and additional visitor center facilities and the Forest Service listens to the public on that, which is a positive thing.” The newly finalized plans include a new welcome center and other improvements to the old one. The plan is also set to increase parking, expand the trail systems, add an amphitheater and new public-use cabins. The glacier is one of the most visited tourist attractions. Forest service officials say the improvements will be helping in the management of the pressure with Juneau's rapid growth in cruise ship tourism that has increased in the recent years. When the visitor center was established in the 1960s, the area saw 23,000 visitors annually. Currently, about 700,000 visitors come to the glacier every year. The Forest Service is estimating that by 2050 this number could reach a million. But with more visitors the glacier has been moving away and even more so due to climate change. In a few decades the glacier will not likely be visible to the current visitor center at all. Pierce said that listening to the concerns of the people about overcrowding while also being aware that the tourism sector is an ever-growing field makes managing the area a constant balancing act. Pierce said, “I do think that’s a difficult puzzle for the Forest Service to try to solve. I think we’re all concerned about the receding glacier and what that means for the visitor experience in our community.” Read Also: Celebrations Have Begun At Oaga, Art Resort, Maldives: Report Kenya Is Targeting 5.5M Tourist Arrivals By 2028 Burger King Is Giving Away Free Food All Month
Kenya Is Targeting 5.5M Tourist Arrivals By 2028
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 19, 2023
Kenya Tourism Board (KTB) is looking to grow its tourism arrivals into the country to 5.5 million within the next 5 years as it is about to reach out to private sector players for collaborative efforts to take the country to the global stage. KTB chairperson Francis Gichaba has disclosed that the tourism sector is back on full recovery pointing out that the arrivals by the end of this financial year will be closing at slightly over 1.9 million visitors that was recorded in 2019. Gichaba has revealed, “We are very optimistic that with the support from the private sector and other key players in the industry, our performance will even surpass the 2019 arrivals to over 2 million and progressively beyond." He was delivering a speech at Bomas of Kenya during a tourism stakeholders meeting that brought under the same roof tour operators, hoteliers, government agencies and tourism associations. The session sought to validate KTB's 5-year strategic plan for 2023-2028. In the strategy, KTB is targeting to achieve 5.5 million international tourist arrivals and grow the tourism industry's contribution to the economy of Kenya to KES 1 trillion each year by June 2028. Gichaba said destination marketing has been a collaborative exercise noting that the involvement of the private sectors in the development of strategy which was one of the ways of incorporating invaluable ideas that would shape the sector's performance within the review period. Kenya Hotel Keepers Association and Caterers (KAHC) CEO Mike Macharia suggested to the private players to curate their products and travel experiences to the needs of the market. He said, “We talk of Africa as the low-hanging fruit in terms of numbers and market share in the country and therefore the product owners should package their products and experience and sell to Africa. This move would also open opportunities for Africans to invest in the hospitality sector in Kenya... We have to go where the market is, and this is what our competitors such as South Africa have beaten us on. They have invested heavily in market presence not only to build brand awareness but to sign marketing deals." Read Also: Manila Wins Big At World Travel Awards 2023, Crowned World’s Top City Destination Celebrations Have Begun At Oaga, Art Resort, Maldives: Report Burger King Is Giving Away Free Food All Month
Burger King Is Giving Away Free Food All Month
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 18, 2023
Burger King is high off the spirit of Christmas and is sharing it with its loyal fans. Royal Perks members will be enjoying a different deal each day of December. It is offering free tots and discounted Whoppers as well as BOGO drinks and BK swag. The daily deals are available via the BK app. Most days have different deals and on other days there are recurring deals such as $3 whoppers on Wednesdays and $0 delivery on Sundays. There are other deals that include a free chicken sandwich, free cheesy tots or a free Whopper Jr. all of which require a minimum $1 purchase. BK super fans will love Swag Saturdays where you can win special BK merch like ornaments ugly sweater or even branded PLufl- a human-sized dog bed. The proceeds will benefit Burger King Foundation. Adding to the holiday cheer BK is set to bring back two fan favorite numbers to the menu starting December 7- BK Melts and cheesy tots. The cheesy tots come in an array of 4 and 8 piece options and the BK Melts lineup will include the new Shroom n' Swiss Melt along with the Classic Melt and the Bacon Melt. If you want a share become a member of Royal Perks and download the app. Read Also: Celebrations Have Begun At Oaga, Art Resort, Maldives: Report Unveiling The Best Christmas Destinations From Around The World Manila Wins Big At World Travel Awards 2023, Crowned World’s Top City Destination
Celebrations Have Begun At Oaga, Art Resort, Maldives: Report
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 15, 2023
The holiday season is approaching and this is the time for travelers to make the best of the offers all around. Maldives, for one is offering the best Christmas all-inclusive plan at Oaga, Art Resort. The package includes it all, from boat transfer to food and drinks by the pool. This resort in the Maldives is offering something unique this festive season. Visitors also have the opportunity to discover the real Maldivian culture. There are water sports, spa, cocktail classes and the unique Maldivian entertainment that will elevate the festive experience. The magical atmosphere at Oaga is vibrant and dynamic. It is setting new standards of Maldivian luxury. The spot is welcoming guests with both friends and family. With Christmas just around the corner guests are being treated to indulgent festive feasts coupled with the timeless delight of watching the much adored film "Home Alone." With added brunch packages accompanied by live music and the excited wait for Santa Claus. From 9pm-11pm the beach bells and bubbles beach party with DJ Afruh will come to a close in the evening with dance and celebration. The merriment obviously continues even after Christmas offering a plethora of activities to maintain the spirit of Christmas in between the Boxing Day bonfire at Raa Raa Beach accompanied by live music by Zaki and live authentic Maldivian music, cocktail parties, jewelry workshops, and then concluding in the deeply anticipated gala dinner. The entire event promises an unforgettable experience to have the festive season reach its pinnacle. Read More About: Traveling Christmas Tree For The Western Lawn Of U.S. Capitol World’s Most Famous Christmas Tree Has Reached Trafalgar Square
Manila Wins Big At World Travel Awards 2023, Crowned World’s Top City Destination
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 14, 2023
Also known as the Oscars of the travel industry, the World Travel Awards Ceremony was hosted in Dubai, UAE on December 1st. At the event, the Philippines secured four major global recognitions. It also managed to retain its 2022 titles as the World's Leading Dive Destination and Beach Destination. For the first time, Manila has won the Leading City Destination and also received the Global Tourism Resilience Award. They aim to recognize Manila's “global leadership, pioneering vision and innovation to overcome critical challenges and adversity,” reported The Manila Times. The Philippines is reportedly one of only five countries and destinations in the world suggested for the inaugural award. According to World Travel Awards, the winners will be serving as benchmarks for implementing the best practices in tourism resilience. The additional global winners from the Phillipines for this year include Amanpulo, which has been honored as the World's Leading Dive Resort, and City of Dreams Manila which has been recognized as the Worlds Leading Fully Integrated Resort. In September the Philippines along with various resorts and hotels received top honors in the Asia Category of the 2023 World Travel Awards. The achievements were celebrated by the Tourism Secretary Christina Garcia Frasco who has highlighted the contributions of tourism to the country's economy. She said, “These accolades are as much a source of Filipino pride as they are a testament to the enormous contribution of tourism to the Philippine economy and global standing." Learn More About: Record-Breaking Holiday Travel Anticipated As TSA Prepares For Busy Season! The Italian Train Group FS Will Launch A New “Night Train Like Hotel”: Rome To Dolomites Chinese And US Presidents Have Come To A Common Ground Regarding Tourism Facilitation!
Unveiling The Best Christmas Destinations From Around The World
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 13, 2023
Christmas is drawing close and there is no better way to celebrate it than immersing yourself in the magical holiday spirit visiting some of the world's best Christmas destinations? There are snow capped mountains, colorful city lights and the ever-enchanting vibe of Christmas. We now have a list of the most iconic places to visit around the globe while the bells chime and the choir sings. Nuremberg, Germany Germany is well-known for its unreal Christmas markets and Nuremberg is the most beautiful and traditional destination. The Nuremberg Christkindlesmarkt is the oldest dating back to the 16th century and has over 180 stalls. They are draped with red-and-white cloth roofs. Quebec City, Canada Another old world city, Quebec boats cobblestoned streets and 17th century architecture which transforms into a wintry fairytale when the holiday season arrives. The German-inspired Christmas market in Place de l'Hôtel-de-Ville has local delicacies, crafts, and a festive atmosphere. Tokyo Japan Japan is known for embracing the Christmas season with a cultural flair. They do not celebrate it in the Christian spirit but the streets, especially Tokyo, transforms into the most vibrant array of decoration, color, and lights. Displays at places like Roppongi Hills and Tokyo Midtown draws a huge crowd that seeks a vibrant and modern Christmas. The Japanese Christmas cake is as delicious as it can get. Reykjavik, Iceland Capital of Iceland is yet another destination for all your Christmas magic needs. The place offers an unique take on Christmas with a backdrop of geysers and glaciers. The Yule Lads (mischievous Icelandic elves) come to life during the holiday season and the city is decorated with festive lights and decor. Lapland, Finland The official home of Santa Claus, Lapland is truly the winter wonderland that no one must miss. The region stays blanketed in snow during the holiday season. Visitors can enjoy reindeer safaris, husky sleigh rides, and also catch glimpses of the Northern lights. And of course Santa Claus Village is an absolute must visit. Read Also: Crime Rate In Florida Trending Down While California Skyrockets: Report Earthquake Of 6.9 Magnitude Leaves Philippines Jolted- 3rd Jolt In 2 Days Thailand Becomes Most Preferred Destination For Tourists: Agoda Reports
A Backpacker’s Guide: Must-Have Camping Essentials
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 8, 2023
Spending time outdoors with loved ones, friends, or even by yourself is enjoyable when camping. And there are a gazillion places (and ways) to do it. You can camp simply with a few necessities or spruce up your spot with pillows, blankets, hammocks, and other accessories. Many state and national parks, private campgrounds, the backcountry, and even your own backyard are suitable places to set up a tent. The majority of campsites come with a picnic table, a spot for parking, and a place to set up your tent. Additionally, a lot of them have running water and shared bathrooms (though you should confirm this before departing). The fact that you need very little gear to survive outside is part of the fun of camping. However, having a cozy, practical, and comfortable setup is also nice. Renting or borrowing some of these items might be the best option if this is your first time going camping. As you gain more camping experience, you might discover that deciding what to pack to suit your needs is half the fun. Use this helpful camping essentials checklist as you pack to ensure you have everything you'll need. Make sure you haven't forgotten anything crucial. We don't expect you to bring everything on this extensive list, but if you do, you are SET! Camping Essentials: An Overview Let's cover some fundamentals first before getting into the camping checklist. The thought of camping is romantic; you don't always consider the potential sources of discomfort, such as inclement weather or loud campers next door. Although purchasing equipment might seem like the most difficult task, you should first determine your camping location. Selecting an area is crucial because you want to be aware of the local wildlife and the type of weather you should expect. Once you've made that decision, it will be simpler to select your gear. Spend some time reading consumer reviews before making a large purchase, such as a tent, hiking boots, camp stove, or a vehicle camping structure. Give retailers a call to discuss your options if necessary. Staff members typically have firsthand knowledge of different items of gear and will have opinions to share, especially at stores like REI that celebrate outdoor communities. It's advisable to consult individuals who have personally experienced the campgrounds if you have questions regarding amenities, as many of them have reviews on websites like TripAdvisor and Yelp. To get a better idea of what to expect, you can also search for the campsite on Instagram and browse through tagged photos. Campsite Image Source You'll always need a sleeping pad, sleeping bag, and shelter to set up your campsite. The sleeping pad will keep you off the ground and warm at night. Additional furniture, such as chairs and pillows, enhances the feeling of comfort. Prior to packing, check the amenities offered by your campground. The majority of drive-up campgrounds offer firewood for sale on-site in addition to a picnic table and fire pit. Here are the camping essentials to set up your camp: Tent, with footprint and stakes Sleeping bags Sleeping pads or cots Camping chairs Headlamps Lighting, like a lantern and string lights Lighter Pillow Other Items Camping table Hammock Games Firewood (getting it from local sources will prevent invasive insects) Duct tape Extra batteries Axe or hatchet (for chopping wood) Multi-tool Tent repair kit Trowel First Aid And Toiletries Image Source It's more important to pack toiletries for cuts, insect bites, and basic hygiene when going camping. You might even forgo taking a shower if you're just going to be camping for a few days, but that doesn't mean you can't remain reasonably clean. After spending the night in a tent, a basic body wipe and a stick of deodorant work wonders. Try using quick-dry towels or a washcloth in place of paper towels (produce less trash!). Biodegradable soap Deodorant Body or face wipes Toilet paper Quick dry towel Sunscreen Hand sanitizer Insect repellent (plant-based Natrapel, $13, is a good DEET-free option) First aid kit, which includes gauze, adhesive bandages, pain relievers, and tweezers in a weather-resistant bag. Camp shower Flip-flops (if you want a shower) Clothesline Clothing Image Source In the great outdoors, anything can happen at any time, so be sure to check the weather before you go and pack clothes that will keep you cool during the day and warm and dry during the winter. Here are some camping essentials in the items of clothing you might need: Short- and long-sleeved shirts Pants and shorts Warm jacket for evenings Boots or shoes for hiking Socks Sandals for lounging around the campsite Sleep or loungewear Sunglasses Hat For emergency use Rain jacket Gloves or mittens Swimsuit Earplugs Camp Cooking And Kitchen Image Source Yes, you could cook your meals creatively with just a campfire and a roll of tinfoil (think fire-baked potatoes). For those campfire pancake breakfasts and taco dinners, you will also want to pack a few more essentials for the camp kitchen for both cooking and cleaning up afterward. Remember that you could bring an empty canister to store food if you're camping in Bear Country (some coolers, like the Yeti Tundra, double as a bear canister). Nonetheless, drive-in campgrounds frequently offer metal lockers to protect your food from wildlife, including bears. It's helpful to make a grocery list and plan the meals you'll cook while camping before you depart. Classic camp fare like freeze-dried soups, oatmeal, hot dogs, and sandwiches are always simple to prepare, but The Campout Cookbook has some amazing recipes that are perfect for a fun night outdoors, like a skillet pizza or a tinfoil shrimp boil. Not in the mood to shop and prepare your meals for camp? Many companies offer low-fuss food options for a weekend away, such as dehydrated bean soups, dried fruit, and even canned mussels. Your camping essentials must contain easy-to-access food for when you are on the go. Wrapping Up When it comes to buying gear, we advise you to support your neighborhood gear shop whenever you can. These establishments serve as vital community hubs for outdoor enthusiasts, and the staff members are likely to be knowledgeable about the local wild areas. It's also a good idea to see if there is a package or used gear store in your area. Giving equipment a second chance at life does not have to equate to a loss of quality, and it also keeps the equipment out of the trash. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about camping essentials, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Secrets Of Forest Camping: Tips For An Unforgettable Getaway Under The Stars: Discovering The Best Camping Sites Near Me! Winter Camping In Canada: Tips For Cold-Weather Adventures Jet-Set In Style: Unveiling The Monos Luggage Collection For Your Next Adventure
Thailand Becomes Most Preferred Destination for Tourists: Agoda Reports
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 8, 2023
The most preferred destinations for tourists traveling within their country as well as abroad remain a matter of trend and fluctuations. But one country that has seen a huge surge in inbound tourists is Thailand. Especially Indians who want a small break. This growth comes from Thailand's latest visa policy that allows visa-free entry to its visitors, one of the nationals being Indians. Thailand's Bangkok has stolen this coveted spot from Dubai, according to Agoda, an online travel platform. They analyzed the trends based on hotel bookings on their application. Ever since the government of Thailand has permitted visa-free entry for many countries including India, the country has seen a 26% increase in searches on Agoda and Indian tourists have found their favorite escape. Other countries that have recently waived the visa requirements for tourists of various nationals include Malaysia and Sri Lanka. Both of these countries are seeing renewed interest from tourists. The report says, “When it comes to international travel choices, Indians consistently favour short haul destinations across the region. Chart topper Bangkok and fifth most popular destination Pattaya are poised to further strengthen their appeal, with the recent announcement of visa-free travel for Indians to Thailand.” The report also said that, “The rankings with the most booked destinations on Agoda underscore a distinct inclination among Indians for tried-and-tested destinations, showcasing a preference for all-time favourites that have lots to offer to any type of traveller and no matter how frequently they are visited." Krishna Rathi, Agoda's country director for India, Maldives, and Sri Lanka says, "2023 has been an incredible year for travel in India. Agoda search numbers reveal growth on all levels: domestic, inbound, and outbound. I am excited to see how this trend will shape the travel industry in 2024. "Bangkok has been followed by Dubai, then Bali in the third and Singapore in the fourth place. Read Also: Earthquake Of 6.9 Magnitude Leaves Philippines Jolted- 3rd Jolt In 2 Days Crime Rate In Florida Trending Down While California Skyrockets: Report World’s Most Famous Christmas Tree Has Reached Trafalgar Square
Secrets Of Forest Camping: Tips For An Unforgettable Getaway
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 8, 2023
Are you curious about how to camp like a pro without giving up comfort? Here are all our tips and tricks on camping in the forest. Primarily, you intend to take a short break from the hectic and stressful urban life by going camping in the wilderness to unwind and revitalize yourself. However, what if your camping trip goes horribly wrong and causes you more anxiety than joy? Then, you should give this some thought. Being prepared is essential for any type of camping, whether it be in the wilderness or at designated campgrounds. In order to keep yourself safe and ensure that your camping experience is one to remember, here are some excellent suggestions and rules. Any age can enjoy the wonderful experience of camping. At these fantastic campsites in the UK and abroad, there are tons of amazing places to visit and things to do, whether you're camping alone, with friends, your significant other, or even as a family. Camping In The Forest: An Overview Furthermore, a lot of campgrounds are made specifically to accommodate kids, dogs, or any other needs you might have. With Alan Rogers, you can look for the best campsites that meet the requirements for your trip and have been carefully inspected and chosen in locations all across Europe. Europe is seeing a surge in the popularity of forest camping, with many breathtaking campsite locations to be found all over the continent. Living in the forest gives you the chance to experience life in harmony with the natural world. There are many amazing locations to explore, whether you decide to camp in a designated area or go wild. However, as one might anticipate, there are a lot of additional difficulties when camping in the forest. You'll need to pay close attention to a few things, like how you'll prepare meals, whether there are enough activities for the kids, and how to set up your tent. We aim to address some of the common problems and questions that campers may have, so you can find helpful advice and information about all aspects of forest camping on this page. Our first tip is to be well-prepared before diving into some of the key talking points. Don't wait until the last minute to plan and pack for your camping trip. Rather, you can enhance the experience and guarantee a family-friendly adventure by planning ahead of time. Tent As one might anticipate, the tent is without a doubt the most crucial addition to take into account. You might be able to bring a caravan, campervan, or other type of lodging with you if you're camping in a designated area. However, you'll need a suitable tent for any kind of wild camping or forest camping. First things first, if camping is new to you, you'll probably need to go purchase a tent for your trip. After you've selected one that works well, try unpacking and pitching it before you leave. When you first arrive at the destination, this will save you a great deal of time and trouble. Sleep Arrangements Even in the summer, it can get chilly at night when camping in the forest. You must therefore make sure that the sleeping bags you bring will adequately protect you from any temperature dip. You should definitely choose sleeping bags and, ideally, well-insulated camping equipment if you plan to camp in the forest. After all, you can always unzip a little bit to help cool off if the weather is a little on the humid side. Remember to pack pillows as well, since the ground can be hard and uncomfortable at times. It is also advised to select sleeping mats, which serve as both a supporting cushion and a heat-retaining material. Cooking Equipment You probably will have access to gas, electricity, and even water if you are camping on a designated area. Additionally, there are campgrounds specifically designed for glamping, so you won't have to venture too far from home. If you're going to be camping in the forest, though, you'll need to think about your cooking arrangements. If there isn't a local community close by where you can shop, you should pack everything you need for cooking and food. If you plan to bring a gas stove on your trip, you will need to bring enough gas to last the entire duration of the trip. This is an option. Liquid fuel stoves are an additional option, but they don't usually generate a strong flame, so anything will take a while to heat up. Just be careful not to bring too many cooking utensils. You only need one saucepan, and it will help you stay light. You can also eat straight from this without using plates; just make sure to bring a fork or spoon. What To Pack? Image Source To be honest, there is an almost infinite list of items and equipment that you can bring on your camping trip, but the three categories mentioned above are the most practical. Nevertheless, you might prioritize some items over others, depending on your getaway. Check out the list of items you might want to pack for your forest camping trip below. Please feel free to print this off and utilize it as a guide when packing the car: Tent with extra pegs, a lantern, duct tape, sweeping brush, and an electric hook-up if needed are among the accessories. A pillow and a sleeping bag, mat, or even camp bed Any furnishings, including portable toilets, windbreaks, and camping chairs A trash bag for all of your trash A sizable water bottle A liquid, coal, or gas stove Pots and pans, a cooler box, matches or a lighter, utensils, tableware, cutlery, and a tin opener First Aid Kit and any necessary prescription drugs Sunscreen, insect repellent, cleaning soap, batteries, pocket knife, and paper towels. Campfire: How To Having a campfire can be enjoyable, and if you stay alert, there shouldn't be any issues. We have some helpful pointers to get you started if you're new to the whole campfire scene. Pick the ideal spot: It's crucial to pick a safe and convenient area for any campfire. Ideally, you would avoid places with dry undergrowth and overhanging branches. Additionally, take care not to build a fire too close to any tents. Use dry wood: You won't be able to start a fire with wet or damp wood logs. Thus, keep your matches hidden in a Ziploc bag and store the wood in a dry location. Build up from a simple base: It takes patience and time to create a wonderful campfire. You'll need to start small and use kindling, firelighters, or newspapers to start the fire. You can then begin applying larger wood logs. Apply a tipi formation: To ensure that your campfire has a basic structure and to allow oxygen to circulate, arrange the foundations into a tipi shape. Don't put all your eggs in one basket: To increase the fire's chances of becoming a strong blaze, try to light it in several locations at first. Don't rush the procedure: If you add the larger logs on too soon, the fire may be put out and your efforts may be lost at the first obstacle. Don't forget to put out the fire: After spending the evening conversing and having fun with lighthearted games by the campfire, you must put the flames out. Never trust a smouldering fire to go out before bed. Rather, allow the fire to go out and apply water or earth with a shovel as needed. Wrapping Up Without a fire, camping just isn't the same. In fact, if you use your fire responsibly and sustainably, many campsites even encourage it. Nothing beats a campfire to get you through the evening and into the night as daylight fades. These camping tips are guaranteed to make your camping experience enjoyable, regardless of expertise level. Have you had any memorable camping adventures? If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about camping in the forest, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: This Is The Best Time To Visit The Seven Magic Mountains In Vegas! Winter Camping In Canada: Tips For Cold-Weather Adventures Under The Stars: Discovering The Best Camping Sites Near Me!
Sorting Out Christmas Vacation: 11 Best Places To Visit On Christmas This Year!
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 8, 2023
Do you have any Christmas vacation plans for this year? This article will assist you in locating the world's top Christmas destinations if you are unsure of where to celebrate. We will transport you on a fantastical voyage to some of the most captivating locations so you can truly feel the spirit of Christmas. These places offer a distinctive and remarkable way to enjoy this joyous season, from colorful festivals and customs to snow-covered landscapes. Here are the world’s best places to spend your Christmas vacation. These are the top tropical getaways for Christmas this year for an unforgettable holiday getaway! Top Destinations For A Christmas Vacation Getaway Image Source Here are the top destinations you cannot miss: Mexico Philippines Australia Jamaica Puerto Rico Thailand Brazil Malaysia Vietnam Cuba Mexico Image Source This country welcomes tourists throughout the year. But when they celebrate, which is often, anyone is welcome to join in. The celebration of Christmas begins on December 12 with a festival called Las Posadas. On January 6, the holidays come to an end in honor of Joseph and Mary's trip from Nazareth to Bethlehem. Christmas Eve, Nochebuena, is a much bigger day than Christmas Day when processions through the streets are held in observance of Las Posadas. On Nochebuena, they celebrate with a formal dinner and fireworks before heading to mass. Mexico offers fantastic tropical beaches where you can sip on a cocktail during the holiday season. You can surround yourself with soft, white sand, the Caribbean Sea, and palm trees. In Mexico, time seems to stop for a split second as you get a very distinct Christmas vibe. And when it comes to pietas, cocktails, and festive food, Mexicans are the best. Philippines Image Source Christmas is celebrated for three months in the Philippines! They can be proud that their Christmas celebrations are among the longest in the world. All things considered, the Philippines is a beautiful country, but San Fernando, Pampanga, has the most beautiful lantern festival. The colorful lanterns that line the festival's streets were all handmade by the locals. During the parade, music and dancing fill the streets. Another suggestion to become the culinary center of the Philippines is San Fernando. Though it's not your usual Christmas meal, things could be worse. For beach lovers, Boracay is the place to go. It is known for having the most beautiful beaches in the Philippines. Travelers staying in Philippine hostels are also very busy during this time as they plan a special celebration among themselves. If you want something a little closer to home, Vigan is a great place to go. Vigan still has cobblestone streets from the Spanish era. Australia Image Source Therefore, you can be certain that you won't have a white Christmas. But one of the highlights of many backpackers' lives is celebrating it in Australia. It qualifies as a bucket list item, in a way. It would be possible to spend Christmas Day snorkeling in the Great Barrier Reef, followed by an all-day party on Boxing Day, and then take a road trip across Queensland. This year, the Christmas season falls during the summer. Australia follows the holiday traditions of most Western cultures in a way. December 25 is still the day for Christmas Day, Christmas Eve, Boxing Day, New Year's Day, and so forth. But it's not gloomy, dark, or cold. Everyone is having a good time with the holiday spirit and summertime. One enjoys cold beer by the seaside. Barbecues light up all over the country, sometimes along with shrimp. Everywhere you look, there are gatherings in progress. Jamaica Image Source The island of Jamaica is located in the Caribbean Sea. This is the first image you should visualize. It offers a lot to families, couples, and solo travelers in the winter months. Whether you are on a holiday or not, Jamaica is always one of the greatest Caribbean destinations. They celebrate Christmas considerably earlier in Jamaica than it is in the majority of other countries. Though music strongly influences Jamaican culture, Christmas carols play as early as October. You could listen to the holiday songs all year long because they are so great. They decorate with lights, decorations, and holiday touches all around! One of the traditional ornaments used in Jamaica is bright red poinsettias. Even the taxis in Jamaica are decorated for the holidays. Puerto Rico Image Source Puerto Rico offers island life and is the perfect all-around destination for a tropical Christmas. Families, lone travelers, and even couples will find it ideal. People usually assemble at the plaza to partake in lively living, music, dancing, and delicious food, and festive drinks. The classic holiday dish is pig roast, which isn't very vegetarian-friendly, but then again, neither is turkey, right? If you choose to spend Christmas in Puerto Rico, don't miss the San Sebastian festival in Old San Juan. Over the four days, a large number of vendors will be selling food and drinks. There are also a lot of artists and musicians. Thailand Image Source Thailand is predominantly a Buddhist country, so Christmas is not a public holiday. To locate Christmas celebrations, make friends with expats and other travelers. For single vacationers looking for some company, this is ideal. It's easy to find travel companions in Thailand. Traditional Christmas roast options are available at many hotels and restaurants. Better yet, try dining somewhere new and local. Christmas is not a holiday, so things continue as normal. If you choose to spend Christmas vacation in Thailand, you can be sure of fantastic weather. December is Thailand's peak season. It is usually dry and can reach temperatures above thirty degrees Celsius. Brazil Image Source Brazil is an unforgettable destination for a tropical Christmas getaway. With a big dash of spice and lime, Christmas comes with warm, sunny weather throughout December. Brazil celebrates Christmas as a religious holiday, which is marked by enjoying local food and drinks and quality time with loved ones. Since it is a Catholic country, a lot of people go to the Missa do Galo, or midnight mass on Christmas Eve. Brazil is decked out for the holidays with lights and Christmas trees, and fireworks are lit every night. Brazilian carols abound, nativity scenes are on display, and Santa Claus—known as Papai Noel in Brazil—is occupied with giving the kids presents. Malaysia Image Source Even though Muslims make up the majority of the population, Malaysia observes Christmas as a public holiday. It is a rather unique interpretation of Christmas and the ideal beach vacation. If you want to get the most out of your tropical Christmas vacation, you should go to Malaysia's stunning white-sand beaches. Take up water sports like snorkeling and scuba diving, or simply cool off by jumping into the glistening clear water. Plenty of family-friendly activities and roomy accommodations are available on the island. Have fun island hopping and discover what's going on on the other islands. There is live entertainment and delicious food. Take some time to embark on strenuous jungle treks so you can explore the rainforest and see waterfalls. Vietnam Image Source Vietnam is a Buddhist country. Thus, Christmas is not a national holiday there. Despite this, Vietnamese people celebrate Christmas with a variety of festivals and gatherings. Nevertheless, Vietnamese people value Christmas Eve celebrations more than Christmas Day celebrations. The massive statues of Jesus, Mary, and Joseph in the nativity scenes demonstrate how strongly French culture has impacted Christmas customs. For a taste of vibrant Vietnamese culture, head to Hanoi's Old Quarter, which is brimming with street food vendors, charming coffee shops, and clothing stalls. After placing your order, you can people-watch from the sidewalk. Cuba Image Source Cuba celebrates Christmas in a less festive manner than other nations. Christmas was outlawed in Cuba from 1969 until 1998, so the people there became accustomed to not celebrating it. Their past has been quite challenging. If you are looking for a place to spend your Christmas vacation that isn't overly commercialized, look no further. Christmas trees and decorations may still be found in hotels built with tourists in mind, but you won't see them as much when you are out and about. Have fun on your Caribbean Sea voyage. Havana will undoubtedly be on your itinerary when visiting Cuba. Salsa music and culture are widely accessible. Get a real mojito from the place where it originated. Wrapping Up So, where will you be going for your Christmas vacation? When organizing your next trip, don't forget to take into account the top Christmas celebration locations around the globe, as listed above. Take advantage of these incredible worldwide holidays and experience the celebration like never before. By putting together your preferences, you can also have your itinerary customized. Read Also: Zanzibar Is Luring Tourists With A 30Kg Christmas Cake Scarborough Secrets: Your Ultimate Guide To Coastal Charms 5 Top Christmas Gift Ideas For The Guy Who Loves The Outdoors
CheapOAir Reviews: The Good, The Bad, And The Wanderlust Through My Eyes!
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 8, 2023
Like everything else, airfares are rising. According to a report I read on the Consumer Price Index, travel costs increased by more than 17% between March 2022 and March 2023. I don't know about you, but I need to cut costs wherever I can, especially when it comes to airline tickets. Thus, I made the decision to visit CheapOair, which markets itself as a website for booking cheap hotels, flights, and rental cars. CheapOAir reviews exist, but I wanted to check if it provided good travel deals and inexpensive flights. In addition, I wanted to find out how simple it was to make or cancel a reservation and whether there were any ways for me to accrue points through airline or loyalty programs. I took into account how simple it was to browse, make, and cancel reservations on the website. Even the variety of hotels it provided and whether it provided airline and hotel package deals was on my list. I also looked at ViaTravelers' loyalty point programs since all of us are frequent travelers here. How Does CheapOAir Work? Access to airfare offers to over 30,000 global destinations is possible with CheapOAir. For additional savings, it collaborates with lodging facilities and automobile rental firms. The website offered options to filter flights by airline, layover times, price, brand, alliances, total flight duration, and the site's recommendations. It also had a wide selection of flights and hotels. Options included low-cost and high-end providers, small and large airlines, national chains and local hotel brands. From what I could see, the website claims to have more than 500 airlines, and among them are Air France, Air Canada, Lufthansa, Aeromexico, Spirit, Emirates, and United. Customer reviews of the hotels were displayed below the hotel options. The flight options followed the hotel's list of flight and hotel packages. Finding the baggage and fare rules was simple. The website provided options to cancel or modify airline tickets online, as well as free cancellation within 24 hours. You can choose to pay with a major credit card through the website, with PayPal, or with Affirm, a buy-now-pay-later service that lets you spread the payment over a maximum of 18 months. Although the website itself has a loyalty program, I was unable to quickly locate a method to include my hotel and airline loyalty numbers when making a reservation. Instead of making your reservation online, the company also offers you the option to call an agent. Additionally, using the app to book will double your loyalty points. You can redeem the loyalty points for even cheaper hotels and airfare. I also noticed that the website belongs to a few reputable organizations, such as the Airlines Recording Corp. and the American Society of Travel Advisors. Even on its own, this suggests that CheapOair is a reliable source, but let's dig a little further. Save Money With CheapOAir Single travelers who are set on their itinerary can check it out. CheapOAir serves the best refund process. The following advice will help you maximize its features: There is going to be a lengthy list of options. To find the best flight deals for you, use the filters. If you are at all confused about where to stay or when to go, don't be afraid to give their travel experts a call. Expert CheapOAir Reviews are positive, so it might be worthwhile to overcome social anxiety if it will lead to success! Invest in travel insurance to safeguard your vacation in the event that you get sick or have to postpone it. If not on the site, you might be eligible for a full or partial reimbursement of your travel expenses via your insurance. What Makes It Stand Out? It's very simple to use the website. Just enter your departure airport, destination, and travel dates to get a list of flights and hotels, just like on most discount travel websites! Renting a car is another option that the website provides. I had no trouble navigating the options list and using the filters to identify the ideal flight. The majority of CheapOAir reviews highlight the site's and app's user-friendly interface and simplicity of booking travel. Even a customer who described himself as older and less tech-savvy in his review had a positive first-time booking experience. The filtration mechanism is top-notch. My favorite feature is being able to select the longest layover I'd be willing to accept. My budget and I both prefer the option of paying for my trip purchase over time. I also appreciate how many options there are for hotels and airlines. Although there are conflicting CheapOAir reviews for the customer service line, I haven't tried it. Some claim they were left dizzy by the abundance of options the travel agent offered. Some claim they booked a flight that turned out to be more expensive than they had anticipated. Others comment on the excellent customer service and speedy resolution of their problems by the agent. More than anything, I suppose, it depends on the kind of service you're looking for. For single travelers who frequently book flights through the app and have firm travel arrangements, the site may provide good value for the money. Large families, however, might find the fees prohibitively expensive. CheapOAir Reviews: My Verdict Definitely, yes. CheapOair is a reputable provider of low-cost travel, lodging, and vehicle rentals. You should carefully review your booking details before committing, just like you would with any travel website. Almost any major city has flights available at steep discounts. Joining its loyalty program will allow you to accrue points that can be redeemed for even greater discounts. I have tested out and collaborated with a lot of websites similar to these, but I have to admit that CheapOair has really impressed me. I found CheapOair to be simple to use in contrast to other similar websites. It just made sense, and I'm all for anything that lessens the agony of travel planning! Wrapping Up Along with checking out the number of airlines and destinations available, I also wanted to see if I could get in touch with travel experts for advice if I needed it. Additionally, I want the lowest possible fees. Lastly, in order to decide if CheapOair is a reliable source for low-cost flight reservations, I wanted to take other travelers' reviews into account. Thus, this is what I examined while going through CheapOAir reviews. I looked into the variety of airlines it worked with and the cost of the flights in comparison to average fares. In connection with that, I also made sure the destinations were served, especially if my favorite destinations were included! I hope you found the article helpful. Please leave a comment if you have thoughts to share. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Condor Airlines: Is Booking Tickets On Condor Worth It? Fly In Style: Your Ultimate Guide To Lot Polish Airlines Adventures! Behind The Screen: The Pros And Cons Of Snaptravel According To My Experience!
Trust Or Bust: Here’s My Agoda Experience!
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 7, 2023
Are you attracted to Agoda for its alluring airfare and hotel offers? However, you are a wise traveler and are aware that appealing offers frequently have exorbitant fees. This could put your hard-earned money at risk of being lost. So the question remains: is Agoda legit? Let's investigate! Is Agoda Legit? Image Source Since Booking Holdings is the largest online travel company in the world, Agoda is unquestionably legitimate. If something goes wrong or you need to make changes, cancel, or receive a refund, Agoda can make things more difficult. In essence, Agoda serves as a go-between for you and airlines and lodging. As an intermediary, Agoda manages your reservation and takes payment on your behalf. The payment does not go to the hotel or airline you booked with. Because your contract is with Agoda and not the hotels or airlines directly, they will not be responsible for providing you with assistance. You will have to contact Agoda in the event that something goes wrong and you need help. They will then get in touch with the airline or hotel in question on your behalf and give you the information you need. In a similar vein, Agoda is the entity you will need to contact for any modifications, cancellations, or refunds. And because of this—the involvement of a third party, Agoda—things could be challenging. Especially in the event that something goes wrong or you need to cancel, make changes, or get a refund, especially when it comes to flights. Reservation Tips Bear the following in mind before making a reservation on Agoda: It is true that booking through Agoda can save you money compared to making direct reservations. There is a significant risk involved: it can make any mishap more difficult to handle. Additionally, you should be aware of the following three significant risks and disadvantages of using Agoda for reservations: Reservation Issues Your hotel reservation through Agoda or any other online travel agency can be at risk of cancellation. Occasionally, Agoda forgets to let the hotel know about a guest's reservation, which leads to either no reservation at all or an overbooking of the same room. However, occasionally, the hotels will also "bump" the least expensive visitors who booked through an internet travel company like Agoda. They will proceed to resell their room to a more direct buyer. Additionally, they lie to the guest by pretending that their reservation never happened when they got to the hotel. There's no guarantee that this problem will cease to exist. Even though Agoda might try to talk to your hotel about it—especially if it's an urgent one. No Control Over The Standard Of Hotels Since Agoda and other online travel agencies are merely middlemen, they have little control over the quality of the hotels. This is another risk or disadvantage of using them to book a room. Even though Agoda offers hotel listings, it's crucial to remember that the listing and the actual hotel might not always match. Therefore, there is nothing you can do if the hotel you reserved does not match the listing. Having made the booking through Agoda, you have limited powers to question the quality. It's crucial to set reasonable expectations when contacting Agoda about these kinds of problems because there's no assurance that they'll issue a refund, make another reservation at a nearby hotel, or provide any other kind of resolution. Likewise, since the hotel is not directly in charge of your reservation, do not anticipate receiving a refund or any other kind of resolution from them. This kind of scenario raises the possibility that Agoda will push things onto the hotel and that the hotel staff will then push things back onto Agoda, trapping you in the middle. Consequently, you will be forced to accept the hotel as it is. No Refunds For Non-Refundable Bookings It's crucial to know that Agoda normally does not issue refunds for non-refundable reservations. This is regardless of any unforeseen events that might affect your trip arrangements. However, it is definitely a legitimate online travel agency in terms of legitimacy. How? Personally, I've used Agoda to book hotels, and I haven't had any problems. In fact, when I want to book a hotel, I always use it. It is important to note that Agoda is owned by Booking Holdings, the global leader in online travel. Not only does Booking Holdings own Agoda, but it also possesses a wide range of well-known online travel companies, such as Booking.com, Priceline, Kayak, OpenTable, and others. You should always book directly if there is little to no price difference between booking through Agoda and directly. Agoda may be providing you with a far better deal than making a direct reservation with a hotel or airline. It all depends on your level and willingness to accept specific risks. Some of them are: Book Directly Or Through Agoda? You will have to consider the price difference between the two options. If Agoda does offer a cheaper rate, there are certain risks to consider, like: Difficulties and delays in resolving the issues and making changes, cancellations, and getting refunds, particularly in the case of flights. No reservation with the hotel. Accepting the hotel as it is. No refunds (in most cases) for non-refundable reservations, regardless of any circumstances that may arise. I personally strongly advise against using Agoda to book flights. The reason is that using Agoda to book flights makes it very difficult to make any changes. If you're willing to accept the aforementioned risks and drawbacks and the price difference is substantial, I would only suggest using Agoda to book hotels. Wrapping Up While using Agoda to make a reservation complicates, the website is a reputable source for travel arrangements. Agoda is a reliable source for bookings and typically offers lower prices than direct bookings. Does this imply that Agoda is the best place to book? Well, as previously stated, it mostly boils down to personal preferences. But to close out this piece, here are some passing recommendations I have: Avoid using Agoda to book anything, especially flights. The exception would be hotels, and that too only if: You can get a far better deal on Agoda than if you book directly with the hotel. You accept the dangers and disadvantages outlined above. If you adhere to the previously mentioned advice, you can reduce those risks and disadvantages. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: This Is My Experience With Play Airlines! Here’s What I Found Out About Aha Airlines! Condor Airlines: Is Booking Tickets On Condor Worth It?
Traveluro Reviews: Navigating The Globe With Traveluro
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 7, 2023
It's no secret that travel can be costly. However, what if there was a cheap means of exploring the world? It is at this point that Traveluro proves to be helpful. So is Traveluro reputable? Can you trust them? Do you want to read a few Traveluro reviews to make the experience feel safer? This is exactly what we will be talking about in this article. Even though the travel and hotel booking website seems to be reputable, there is a lot more information you should research before making a reservation. Keep reading to learn everything we know so far. Traveluro Reviews: What Is Traveluro? If you're anything like most people, you're always looking for interesting and enjoyable things to do without going over your budget! Maybe you've been thinking about taking more vacations, but you're concerned about the cost. The booking website Traveluro offers a variety of travel options at reasonable prices. All of your travel plans, including lodging, transportation, and activities, can be made in one location. Is Traveluro Legit? Are you aware of the main features of Traveluro? If not, you are not alone. Traveluro is a recently established online travel portal and hotel booking service. The website offers a huge selection of reasonably priced lodging options. Is Traveluro trustworthy, though, or is it simply too good to be true? When searching for a reliable travel agency, there are a few key points to check before making a reservation. Regretfully, Traveluro doesn't appear to meet every requirement. The lack of an About page on the website is always cause for concern. It's also challenging to assess their reputation because they haven't been referenced in any prominent press releases. There is very little information about the company's owners or the date of founding that can be found with a quick Google search. As a result, not much information is available about Traveluro, even though they appear to be a trustworthy company. This lack of transparency makes it difficult to trust them with your hotel reservation. But Traveluro might be something to consider if you approach it with an open mind and are looking to find a good deal on travel. But to ensure that you can dispute any charges if something goes wrong, make sure to finish your homework ahead of time and pay with a credit card. Who Owns Traveluro? After more investigation, it is discovered that Traveluro is owned by Holisto LTD. It was founded in 2015, has 370 employees worldwide, and its headquarters are in Israel. On the other hand, the business provides a phone number for inquiries on its website, in contrast to many of its rivals. However, in the unfortunate event that you encounter this problem, you might not get assistance from the customer support staff. Traveluro Reviews With a Trustpilot rating of 4 and 73% of customer reviews leaving a 4- or 5-star rating, you'll notice that reviews are generally positive. Many of the satisfied clients who write positive reviews assert that they got great value for their money. They discovered hotel deals that were somewhat less expensive than those on other booking services when they made their hotel reservation and paid for it. However, a few negative Traveluro reviews discuss the experience of using Traveluro to make a hotel reservation only to discover when checking in that there was never a reservation at all. Additionally, if they were able to get in touch with Traveluro customer service at all, they were unable to receive a response. Other reviews claim that Traveluro is a total scam, charging users only to cancel and partially refund their booking requests. Disgruntled consumers have gone so far as to suggest that some of the better reviews may be fabricated. But it seems improbable given the thousands of reviews. Furthermore, the absence of ratings of two or three can be explained by the fact that reviews are frequently authored by individuals with strong opinions. Many users seem satisfied with Traveluro as long as they understand that it's a low-cost travel website and not a traditional travel agency, assuming that there are some positive reviews that are sincere. Therefore, based on its customer base, Traveluro seems to be reputable. User Reviews "Excellent rates from these folks. Their customer service is bar none and they make the experience smooth. I had the pleasure of working with GEORGE, he was incredibly professional and knowledgeable. I will certainly utilize their services again." - J P "I booked a hotel for my wife, and her best friend, down in Florida through Travelero. I noticed when I got the confirmation email that I had booked the wrong day. The package was a "No Refund" deal. However when I explained what happened, the customer service department at Travelero was very curtious and assisted me in solving my mistake. It took a few hours for them to contact the hotel and soforth, but with patience and courtesy they fixed the mistake for me.I highly reccomend using this company for your travel needs.Tip for consumers:Be kind, curtious and patient and your issues can be fixed. This company did it for me, so they can and will do it for you too." - Rob Brown "No problems here, I booked with them few weeks ago and no issues at all except hotel asked for fee for parking" - Domn flic "I booked a hotel room in Baltimore many months ago because I was traveling there for a concert. The cancellation deadline passed when the concert was suddenly cancelled. Traveluro worked with me to provide a full refund, even though it should have been nonrefundable at that point. I appreciate the way they helped me out and will definitely book with Traveluro again" - Bridget Bender "Dealing with Traveluro was a great experience.A mistake had been made while making reservations for a Hotel on Traveluro.When I contacted Traveluro about my mistake, they understood and granted me a fulk refund.Thank you, Traveluro!" - Renee McGovern Wrapping Up Now that you know what Traveluro is all about you need not spend so much time searching for a fantastic deal on the internet. This application gives you access to all in one place. This gives you the opportunity to compare the prices and select the ideal trip that you want to go for. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about Traveluro reviews, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Here’s What I Found Out About Aha Airlines! Condor Airlines: Is Booking Tickets On Condor Worth It? Fly In Style: Your Ultimate Guide To Lot Polish Airlines Adventures! Behind The Screen: The Pros And Cons Of Snaptravel According To My Experience!
Behind The Screen: The Pros And Cons Of Snaptravel According To My Experience!
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 7, 2023
SnapTravel is an online booking website (and app!) that combines the ease of use and cost-free nature of online booking platforms with the advantages of a travel agent. Like any other online booking website, SnapTravel is essentially an online travel agent that allows you to enter dates and a location to find hotel and flight deals. Sometimes SnapTravel offers amazing deals because, similar to a travel agency, it has access to airline and hotel discounts that it can pass along to you. You are not charged for using SnapTravel's services. Additionally, using SnapTravel's product doesn't require downloading any apps, in contrast to many others. Instead, just like with any other booking platform, you input information straight into their website. Using various messaging apps, you can choose to converse with a bot as well. I looked into booking hotels, flights, and customer service through SnapTravel. My experience is as follows. Overview To begin with, SnapTravel recently underwent a rebranding and is now known as Super. Booking hotels is now a part of their Superbrand. In this article, I'll continue to refer to it as SnapTravel because Super Travel hasn't quite taken off yet. Hussein Fazal and Henry Shi, two tech entrepreneurs, founded SnapTravel in Canada in 2016. SnapTravel is a legitimate business with investors such as Steph Curry (I doubt he spends hours searching the internet looking for deals on flights for under fifty dollars!). It searches for the greatest hotel and flight offers for clients by fusing cutting-edge chatbot technology with an online travel agency's business plan. SnapTravel doesn't charge users for these services; instead, it accepts commissions from bookings made by users. Furthermore, SnapTravel occasionally sends sponsored messages to its customers, which may be paid for by partners, though I haven't seen this in any of our chats. Naturally, SnapTravel highlights this as a benefit by offering recommendations to clients for places to visit or accommodations. SnapTravel Reviews: My Experience And User Opinion SuperTravel is the new name for "Snaptravel Hotels." They are only using Messenger to make hotel reservations. SnapTravel has since added a more recognizable method to display their deals. SnapTravel hotel deals can be found by scrolling to the bottom or using a search engine. But I was unable to begin looking right away. They wanted to make sure I wasn't a robot when I first hopped on to look for a hotel. Okay, all right, I get it. However, SnapTravel approached this peculiarly. I needed to have a code texted to my cell. They can now send marketing messages as a result, which was a bad experience for me. SnapTravel User Interface You don't use a search engine to find the best hotel deals when you use SnapTravel. Rather, you use their AI chat to speak with them after searching to see what options are available. I found Travel Lodge when looking for the greatest hotel deals in Mill Valley. This search's first screen displayed a $6 off discount in pink at the top of the image. When I searched for the savings for three nights, I discovered that it was $11. Snaptravel ultimately revealed to me that I had saved $17.85. In contrast, I saved almost $9.88 when comparing this offer with the hotel's website. This still represents a 3% savings, which is excellent! The savings might be negligible if you only stay with one hotel chain and take into account other reward programs. Nevertheless, these vacation offers validate SnapTravel! The SnapTravel website is undergoing maintenance as I write this in order to make the switch to their new name. When you visit Super's website, you may be wondering where the flight deals are. Up until recently, SnapTravel was the only place to see the flights. Things have changed once more in the brief period of time since I tested SnapTravel. You will now receive a notification when you click that link stating that they no longer have a third-party carrier associated with them and that the third-party carrier they formerly worked with has ceased operations. Previous Setup Experience In any case, I had a bad experience with their prior setup. My flight search left me feeling let down for a few different reasons. Firstly, their website loads incredibly slowly! The last time I tried to use it, the page took more than 30 seconds to load. Perhaps that is why their website is currently undergoing maintenance. And it doesn't end there. Actually, SnapTravel wasn't offering low prices—quite the contrary! I had to confirm that they were accurate by checking again. When I entered my ideal travel dates from Los Angeles to Omaha into SnapTravel, they displayed a $440 round-trip ticket. On Google Flights, the same route cost $237! Additionally, these flights took place a week and six months in advance. I would like to discuss these flight costs with the support staff. It appears that they only do that for their hotel packages right now. What To Expect From New Setup Everything will eventually fall under the "Super" umbrella. With any luck, all of this work will be worthwhile and their prices will drop. I would have preferred to find fewer negative reviews on SnapTravel, but I did find some. Nevertheless, SnapTravel has an A+ rating from Better Business Bureau reviews! Not all of it was awful. There were some useful flight features on SnapTravel, such as the option to search for multi-city flights. They must, however, improve in this area or stick to hotels because there are numerous SnapTravel substitutes. I want you to benefit from my SnapTravel shopping experience. The best hotel booking experience comes from finding a good deal on SnapTravel and then checking other websites. Verify that the availability and price correspond with what you are seeing on SnapTravel. SnapTravel offers some deals, but they usually go through the messenger. As I previously mentioned, SnapTravel uses AI to assist you in finding these offers. They will send you these deals if you quickly message them on Messenger with your travel dates and destination. You can check out after you locate the reservation you like. You can even add a purchase to SnapTravel's VIP program at this time. User Experience "The good thing is how much you get these credits. When using them for the next ones, this is the cheapest booking site out there. Used snaptravel for some 15 bookings now, I will keep using this as long as they give that USD30/10% credits after booking." - mod3mkorv "We used it a couple of times with no issues. Planning to use them again. A lot of these 1 star reviews on the sites sound like people who paid for a non refundable room and then got mad when they couldn’t get a refund lol seems legit enough to me. We always book our hotels in advance though so I can’t attest to any issues that could come from booking last minute with them. We even had to cancel a trip we booked with them and they refunded right away. Only commenting because of all the bad reviews I see." - jfritz7915 "I only used them a couple times but got a great price and didn't have any problems." - crackanape VIP Program Free Upgrades Expedited Customer Support Free Booking Modifications 24/7 Concierge Service All of this is yours for just $30 for the first six months, with additional monthly payments of $5 after that! Wrapping Up SnapTravel can help you find amazing hotel deals and has its uses. Having said that, there are some disadvantages. Super, once they fix their SnapTravel flight deal page, is going to be a valuable addition to my collection of the best travel deal websites for trip planning. It's a simple feature that can save you a lot of money to use their messenger to find the best hotel deals! SnapTravel's hotel deals are what really set it apart. Amazing savings can be achieved when using their SuperCash card to book hotels through SnapTravel. It's something that ought to be considered by all when making travel plans. Hotels.com is my preferred SnapTravel substitute. This is mostly because of their excellent hotel rewards program. You'll frequently receive a fantastic deal along with a one-night stamp. You can get a free night's stay worth up to the average of the ten hotels when you collect ten stamps! Read Also: This Is My Experience With Play Airlines! Here’s What I Found Out About Aha Airlines! Condor Airlines: Is Booking Tickets On Condor Worth It? Journey To The Skies: Exploring The Legacy Of Northwest Airlines!
Crime Rate in Florida Trending Down While California Skyrockets: Report
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 6, 2023
According to one crime control policy expert, California's spiking violent-crime rate can be due to the liberal district attorneys in the big cities who are promoting a "culture of lawlessness." Florida on the other hand has "law and order" policies that yield lower crime. Heritage Senior Legal Fellow Cully Stimson told Fox News Digital over a phone interview this week, that, "If [California] had law and order DAs, if you had a governor of California - like previous governors, including Reagan - who were pro-law enforcement, pro-law and order, and were hammering [DAs] George Gascon and Chesa Boudin and Pamela Price campaigning for law and order DA candidates, you wouldn't have the disparity between Florida and California in terms of crime rates." This month the FBI released its annual national crime data that analyzed 2022's crime trends and found that violent incidents decreased by 1.7% since last year, in comparison to 2021. Violent crimes are defined as cases like robberies, rape, armed assault, and homicide. Murders and non-negligent manslaughter have also dropped to 6.1% while rape cases decreased by 5.4%. The national violent crime numbers for 2022 are just a fraction higher than the data of 2019 which depicts a return to the pre-pandemic numbers. New Report Shows New Numbers Stimson is one of the authors behind the Heritage Foundation's report named, "The Blue City Murder Problem," which retorted to the Democratic narrative that America has a "red state murder problem." He says, "Crime, especially violent crime, is demographically and geographically concentrated in the inner cities. That's just a fact… But to get a real sense of what's happening in a state, you have to look what's happening in your big cities in those states." The report found that "There were 2,554 homicides in those 30 cities through June 2022. In the 14 cities with Soros-backed rogue prosecutors, there were 1,752 homicides, representing 68 percent of homicides in the 30 top homicide cities in the United States." Florida on the other hand, according to Stimson, has promoted law and order policies through Gov. Ron DeSantis and prosecutors. He said, "When you look at the crime rates in big cities in Florida and you see that unlike California, the Florida constitution empowers the governor to remove elected officials who are not fulfilling their fiduciary duties. DeSantis [got] rid of Andrew Warren and Monique Worrell, two DAs in two separate counties because they're not doing their job." Read Also: Earthquake Of 6.9 Magnitude Leaves Philippines Jolted- 3rd Jolt In 2 Days World’s Most Famous Christmas Tree Has Reached Trafalgar Square Zanzibar Is Luring Tourists With A 30Kg Christmas Cake
World’s Most Famous Christmas Tree Has Reached Trafalgar Square
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 5, 2023
The people of Norway have sent a Christmas tree to Trafalgar Square. Every year since 1947 it has been a tradition of Norway to send Britain a Christmas tree in order to commemorate their support during the Second World War. The Norwegian spruce is nearly 20 meters high and is around 70 years old. It has been chosen to be the "queen of the forest" from the woodlands of Oslo. It was felled in the presence of the Lord Mayor of Westminster, Patricia McAllister, who described the spruce saying it was "spectacular". Every year, the selected tree is brought to the UK by a sea route which then ends up getting delivered by a lorry. The Christmas lights will be draped vertically in traditional Norwegian style. The energy efficient bulbs will be switched on during a ceremony on Thursday 7 December. Ms McAllister helped fell the Christmas tree in Oslo. "It was astonishing, spectacular, emotional: especially when the tree was hoisted [from where it's been for] the last 70 years," she said. "It really is a spectacular tree. It's stunning." She further added. Few of the previous Christmas trees that were sent From Norway, were not so warmly received. They would sometimes be of the opinion that they were either "sparse" or "anemic". However, the Norwegian foresters who take care of these trees described the chosen tree to be the "queen of the forest". Every year The Poetry Society commissions a poem based on the Oslo Christmas Tree. This year poem is set to be called "T for Tree" written by Isabel Galleymore. It is composed mainly for children and it will be read during the tree-lighting ceremony. The spruce will stay in Trafalgar Square until the 5th of January when it will be composted and chipped. Read Also: Traveling Christmas Tree For The Western Lawn Of U.S. Capitol Ghana Is Ready To Host The Rest Of The World: Ghana Tourism Authority On Christmas Concerts Excited For Christmas? Leicester Square’s Glittering Christmas Market Is Returning To London From Nov 8
Earthquake Of 6.9 Magnitude Leaves Philippines Jolted- 3rd Jolt In 2 Days
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 4, 2023
A magnitude 6.9 earthquake has struck off the coast of the southern Philippines following a series of strong quakes in the same region. On early Monday morning, a 6.8 magnitude earthquake shook the southern Philippines. The United States Geological Survey reported. 2 people died and several have been injured after the quake on Saturday, according to a report made by AFP news agency. The earthquake on Saturday triggered tsunami warnings across the Pacific area and sent the residents along the east coast of Mindanao fleeing buildings, seeking higher ground and evacuating a hospital. The Philippine Seismology Institute has warned of a possible "destructive tsunami" after the first quake on Saturday. The waves were expected to be life-threatening but fortunately, none took place and the warning ended. Thousands of residents have stayed outside their homes for long hours due to the earthquake and the impending tsunami scare. Some of them were drenched by the overnight downpour. Earthquakes have been a common occurrence in the Philippines which is located along the Pacific Ring of Fire. It is an arc of intense seismic and volcanic activity that goes from Southeast Asia and across the Pacific basin. Most of them are too weak to be felt by humans. Read Also: Zanzibar Is Luring Tourists With A 30Kg Christmas Cake Record-Breaking Holiday Travel Anticipated As TSA Prepares For Busy Season! The Italian Train Group FS Will Launch A New “Night Train Like Hotel”: Rome To Dolomites
Zanzibar Is Luring Tourists With A 30Kg Christmas Cake
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 1, 2023
The World Food Association said in 2022 that culinary tourism is crucial in order to boost local pride. It will help attract travelers that are sustainable. Food and drink intake plays a huge role in the tourism industry. During holidays everyone is bound to eat and research has shown that tourists are as attracted to culinary experiences as they are to the natural beauty of their destination. Travelers are also seen to be willing to pay more for local food and unique tastes. Keeping this in mind the Maru-Maru Hotel in the Stone Town has decided to involved the tourists in this hotel. The staff led by chefs will be mixing the ingredients for a special cake for this year's Christmas Holiday. Reception manager Phillip Mwakimo spoke at the event, and said, “Getting our visitors and staff from the kitchen in mixing ingredients for the Christmas cake, is an interesting exercise and sort of fun that many tourists enjoy.” According to the chefs the cake weighing 30kgs will be baked on Christmas Day after soaking some of the ingredients for over 20 days to soften them with alcohol. Mr Odd-Helge Fjeldstad, one of the enthusiastic visitor in Zanzibar said during the mixing of the cake at the rooftop of the hotel, “I am happy to witness the mixing of the cake.” Zanzibar's leading industrial sector is its tourism. It contributes to more than 60,000 jobs and over 25% of the Isles GDP. Learn More About: Record-Breaking Holiday Travel Anticipated As TSA Prepares For Busy Season! The Italian Train Group FS Will Launch A New “Night Train Like Hotel”: Rome To Dolomites Chinese And US Presidents Have Come To A Common Ground Regarding Tourism Facilitation!
Scarborough Secrets: Your Ultimate Guide To Coastal Charms
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 1, 2023
For those who want to get away from city life, Scarborough's top attractions provide an amazing holiday experience. One of the most well-known coastal resort towns in England, it embodies the traditional historical charm. It is dotted with arcades, fish and chips, and waterfront parks. The essence of Scarborough is some of the nation's nicest beaches at the base of sheer cliffs. This seaside town in Yorkshire has the atmosphere of being stuck in the Victorian era. Perched atop the cliffs, the Grand Hotel commands attention from all directions. The Scarborough Spa continues to draw national visitors. The town's architecture is characterized by a lot of flamboyant buildings with a hospitable old-world charm. In this article, we will enumerate all the things to do in Scarborough you cannot miss. Things To Do In Scarborough Image Source Even with its historical vibe, Scarborough is still a lively and welcoming spot to spend a summer in England. South Bay Beach Image Source Scarborough's South Bay Beach is well-known for its soft sand, amusement arcades, donkey rides, and the Grand Hotel perched atop cliffs. Like a vacationer from the Victorian era, you can still take the historic cliff lifts from the hotel down to the beach. Though the North Sea is far less inviting, South Beach can be just as busy and enjoyable on a sunny summer's day as any beach in the Mediterranean. While it's usually acceptable to dangle your toes in, very few people go deeper than knee depth. North Bay Beach, located on the opposite side of the headland, has earned a Blue Flag designation for hygiene. Though it has fewer nearby attractions than South Bay Beach, it is usually busier on nice days. Rotunda Museum Image Source The exhibit at the Rotunda Museum covers the region's incredibly old history. The collection's highlights include a Bronze Age coffin, Stone Age tools, and dinosaur fossils. These intriguing objects are arranged in an equally intriguing and historic structure. One of the first purpose-built museums in history, the ancient circular structure with its trick-eye ceiling is just as fascinating to look at as the artifacts. The Scarborough Art Gallery, the famous Grand Hotel, the historic Spa Bridge that spans a valley with beautiful parkland, and the Rotunda Museum's distinctive exterior are all nearby. It's a major center of culture. Scarborough Market Hall & Vaults Image Source Renovated historically, the Scarborough Market Hall & Vaults houses a contemporary market with a nod to the past. There is local produce available in the main hall. It also has stalls offering handcrafted jewelry, presents, clothing, and artwork, among other items. Under the hall, in The Vaults, are more shops with a focus on antiques and handmade goods. In addition to being a place for shopping, Scarborough's market and hall also double as a cultural hub, hosting a calendar of special events. Additionally, there's a great food court with a view of the hallway. Scarborough Harbor Image Source Scarborough's historic harbor has long served as the city's center. It should come as no surprise that the harbor is home to several top-notch seafood restaurants, given that the fishermen still bring in their fresh catches on a daily basis. The classic fish and chips, which can be found at excellent establishments like Winking Willy's, First Catch, and Harbour View Café, is, of course, the dish of choice. As the name implies, Harbour View provides beautiful views of the old lighthouse across the protected moorings. You can help yourself to a traditional portion of English fish and chips wrapped in paper and savor it with a wooden fork. It is an English version of a takeout. A generous amount of vinegar gives the dish a unique tang and softens the crispy batter surrounding the flaky cod or haddock. Scarborough’s Old Town Image Source Not only do the winding old streets behind the harbor and South Bay Beach have a lovely, old-world charm, but they also have a fantastic assortment of stores and cafés. A few major high street names, such as Marks and Spencer and New Look, are present, but the bulk of the stores are tiny local businesses that sell some unusual and interesting goods. The selection of confectionery stores in Scarborough is particularly good. Seaside sticks of rock are boiled sugar candies is an English classic. There are plenty of other sweet options for you to choose from Additionally, there are a good number of casinos and amusement arcades. Stephen Joseph Theatre Image Source Scarborough boasts an active theater scene with a number of excellent locations scattered throughout the small town. The Stephen Joseph Theatre is one of the greatest. It's conveniently located next to the Scarborough Spa. They feature a combination of contemporary and classic shows, and the performances are excellent, even though it's unlikely that you'll see many well-known actors on stage. You won't have any trouble seeing or hearing the plays because of how small the theater itself is. There are several eateries close to the contemporary location, along with a decent bar and a small art gallery on the premises. When there isn't live action, the theater frequently screens old films and occasionally streams significant international events. Peasholm Park Image Source Peasholm Park offers both peaceful reflection and moments of excitement. During the summer (June to August), every Saturday at 3 p.m., model warships battle on the large lake near the beach, with the addition of aircraft and explosions to the action. You can rent a boat and go rowing around the large central island. It has a distinctive Japanese pagoda in the center when the miniature navies aren't in action. To explore the stunning hidden garden located at the other end of the park, stroll among the trees beside Peasholm Beck if you'd rather stay on dry land. Along the route, there are some exotic tree species like Chusan palms and American red oaks. Scarborough Spa Image Source Its distinctive history and location are what make this specific live music and events venue intriguing and worthwhile to visit. Constructed during the Victorian era, the spa is situated on the cliffs with a stunning view of South Bay Beach. Despite its historical appearance, it is equipped with contemporary amenities. One of the few seaside orchestras that still performs in the Spa plays lively classical music and classic oom-pah tunes under the sea breeze. It is a tradition they have brought down just like they did in the heyday of the town. It is a very memorable performance because of the setting, which can be either the Grand Hall or the suncourt. Since they only perform in the summer, make sure to schedule your travel and hotel well in advance. Wrapping Up The North Sea laps the picturesque, horseshoe-shaped bay at the heart of Scarborough. It is a seaside town, ruled over by a castle dating back to the 12th century. Over four centuries of sandy beaches, surfing, and hearty Yorkshire fare have made Scarborough a family favorite. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about things to do in Scarborough, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Exeter’s Hidden Treasures: My Offbeat And Unique Experiences In Exeter! Things To Do In Leeds: Dive Into The Dynamic Heart Of Yorkshire Hidden Gems: Unearthing The Best Things To Do In Nottingham
Exeter’s Hidden Treasures: My Offbeat And Unique Experiences In Exeter!
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 1, 2023
Exeter is Devon's capital and a small, historic university town. It is one of the oldest settlements in all of England because of its rich history. Therefore this also means that there are lots of enjoyable and thrilling activities available for all age groups and price ranges. This is your comprehensive guide to Exeter's top attractions. If you want to know about the things to do in Exeter, we have a guide. Exeter is an ideal weekend getaway because it offers a wealth of history to discover, a fantastic food scene that is inspired by the local produce made in the South West, and a convenient gateway to the rest of Devon. There's always something going on in Exeter throughout the year, whether you want to stay for a week or just a weekend. Thing To Do In Exeter Image Source Exeter is a great city to explore because there are a ton of interesting hidden spots to discover. These are a few of our favorites that will entice you to travel to Exeter by coach and find some hidden treasures of your own. The most well-known features of Exeter, the county seat of Devon, are its stunning canal that leads to the sea and its Gothic-styled Norman Cathedral. Exeter is renowned for its extensive history, which predates the Romans. The city is still filled with historical artifacts from the past, such as numerous Roman and medieval structures. Food And Cuisine Image Source Naturally, the first thing that everyone needs to know is where to get the best food and drink. Thus, why not address both at one location? The Fat Pig is a classic, welcoming pub with a rotating menu of seasonal specialties and gastropub favorites. And if that wasn't enough, you can pair your meal with an enormous selection of beers, spirits, and anything else that piques your interest! Foodies will love it together. On the other hand, Rendezvous Wine Bar provides a delectable assortment of wines from around the world, all unified by a rustic yet elegant look and feel, if you're searching for a quiet place to end your evening. A perfect place to spend time with loved ones, friends, or for a late-night drink. You'll need to rest your legs after all that walking, and where better to do so than at one of Exeter's best-kept secrets? Bright and airy, Caffe Espresso offers a wide selection of mouthwatering pastries, mouthwatering lunch options, and of course, excellent coffee. But what makes it unique is a specific table upstairs by the window with a view of Exeter Castle. It's a great place to talk over a plate of something delicious and a steaming mug. Witness The Inspiration Behind Harry Potter Image Source Since J.K. Rowling attended Exeter University as an undergraduate, her novels have been influenced by the city, which is evident in many parts of the city. This is quite possibly the best thing to do in Exeter for a Harry Potter fan. For instance, Gandy Street is definitely worth exploring because it's home to many interesting and quirky stores and is rumored to have served as the model for Diagon Alley in the Harry Potter novels. Somewhere in the city, a door on Cathedral Green is believed to have served as the model for the Room of Requirement Door, and the Firehouse across town might have served as the model for the fictional "Leakey Cauldron." In any case, you can count on the greatest (and biggest) pizzas in Devon when you visit the Firehouse! Shopping Image Source Ultimately, you must do a little souvenir shopping before leaving Exeter, right? The city is full of fantastic independent stores that offer a wide variety of one-of-a-kind goods for you to purchase. Shopping is undoubtedly the best thing to do in Exeter. Pretty gift and home decor shop Georgie & Flo has a great selection of jewelry, candles, ceramics, and other items. Till your next visit, Roly's Fudge, a wonderful family-run fudge company, and Exeter Gin, the city's premium gin manufacturer, should satisfy your taste buds. Go For A Walk Image Source Spend a tranquil afternoon strolling along the River Exe and discovering your own little treasures. Belle Isle Park and other more serene spots are located downstream from the bustling Exeter Quay area, which serves as a starting point. Not in the mood to go it alone? Exeter actually offers 16 free walking tours, which few people are aware of. Red Coat Guided Tours are an excellent way to discover the culture of the city, including stops at odd locations, historical sites, maritime areas, and more. Visit The Exeter Quay Image Source Known as "Exeter quayside," Exeter Quay was originally utilized as a port in prehistoric times. Located next to the River Exe, the waterway that gives Exeter its name, rail had largely replaced commercial shipping here by the 19th century. One of the last of its kind to remain in service in the UK to this day is the hand-operated "Butts Ferry." The historic quayside is now only ten minutes' walk downhill from the city center. If you are into ferrying, add this to your list of things to do in Exeter. Once you arrive, you'll think you've completely left the city behind and are in a serene haven full of quirky cafés and antique stores. When night falls, the area is bustling with nightclubs and bars, making it the ideal spot to have dinner by the water with friends. There are also canoe and dragon boat races held here on occasion throughout the year. Strolling alongside the lovely river, which eventually meanders out to sea, is one of the most tranquil activities Exeter has to offer. Wrapping Up Naturally, the first thing that everyone needs to know is where to get the best food and drink. Thus, why not address both at one location? The Fat Pig is a classic, cozy pub with a rotating menu of seasonal specialties and gastro-pub favorites. And if that wasn't enough, you can pair your meal with an enormous selection of beers, spirits, and anything else that piques your interest in flavor! Foodies will love it together. On the other hand, Rendezvous Wine Bar provides a delectable assortment of wines from around the world, all unified by a rustic yet elegant look and feel, if you're searching for a quiet place to end your evening. A perfect place to spend time with loved ones, friends, or for a late-night drink. If you have thoughts to share or question to ask about things to do in Exeter, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Things To Do In Leeds: Dive Into The Dynamic Heart Of Yorkshire Hidden Gems: Unearthing The Best Things To Do In Nottingham Unforgettable Island Adventures: Things To Do In Tenerife
From Sunrise To Sunset: A Day’s Itinerary For Exploring Benidorm
BY Sarmind Safi Dec 1, 2023
Some of the most stunning beaches in Europe can be found in Spain. Benidorm is one city that has succeeded in remaining relevant for many years. We will provide you with all the information you need to know about things to do in Benidorm. If you're from the UK and want to take a vacation in the sun, Benidorm can be a good option. It's a very entertaining and energetic place with a buzzing party scene. It is a useful substitute for the White Isle. This city receives about 5 million visitors annually. 15% of visitors to Spain make their way straight to Benidorm. Things To Do In Benidorm Image Source The city is made more beautiful by its three beaches. Every beach has received a Blue Flag, indicating that the sand and water quality fulfills the required standards. There are well-trained lifeguards on duty at each of these beaches. If you are planning a trip and don't know where to start, here are some of the things to do in Benidorm. Levante Image Source This beach will make you fall in love if you're searching for one with stunning sunrises and sunsets. It gets crowded in the daytime. About 5,000 sunbeds are available for rent. There are spots where you can just relax with a beach towel. An anchored wet playground is located away from the shore. With rafts, slides, and diving boards for everyone to enjoy, it's a lot of fun. Families and teenagers swarm this beach. A wide promenade adorned with eateries, pubs, and retail establishments runs behind this beach. It's a little ways ahead to the town. Poniente Image Source This beach is less crowded because it is farther from the town. You can check out a few bars, cafes, and stores. While you can rent sunbeds, there's also plenty of room for guests to sprawl out on the sand. You can swim in the sea and enjoy some sunbathing. Mal Pas Image Source This one is a little sandy cove close to the historic town. Comparing it to the other two beaches, it is far quieter. Explore The Old Town Image Source Checking out and exploring the historic town is just one of the many enjoyable things you can do while there. In the entire city, this location is the most picturesque. Views of the white-washed houses, cobblestone streets, and historic structures like the Iglesia de San Jaime y Santa Ana are available. It feels like a trip back in time to when Benidorm was just a fishing village to stroll through the Old Town. The Sierra Helada Natural Park should be on your list of things to do in Benidorm if you enjoy the outdoors. It is highly regarded for its varied landscapes and boasts the most breathtaking views of the Costa Blanca. You will be able to see caves, kayak and boat accessible fossil dunes, and picturesque coves. Hiking trails are located within the park. The Lighthouse Walk is the most well-known of them. The distance is 4,5 km one way. La Cruz de Benidorm Image Source One of Benidorm's best viewpoints is this one. The Sierra Helada Natural Park borders it. You can also travel here by car if hiking is not your thing. Both the vistas and the sunsets are breathtaking. Water Sports In Benidorm Image Source Benidorm is a big fan of this sport. This entire section of the town has access to it. If you enjoy participating in water sports, you will adore the Water sports are popular in Benidorm, as one might anticipate. You can try anything here or in the vicinity. You'll enjoy all the water sports offered here if you're a water girl about the Globe, including windsurfing, kayaking, scuba diving, and paddle-boarding on the back of an inflatable banana. You could even give flyboarding a shot or just cruise the coast and enjoy the scenery. You can go parasailing and take in the aerial views of the city if you've never done it before. Alternatively, you could take an instructor-led jet ski tour and glide past the skyscrapers and the Sierra Helada cliffs. Theme Parks Image Source There are many theme parks nearby, but Aqualandia, with its more than 20 water rides, is a great place to cool off. Popular attraction at the quirky theme park Terra Mitica is its one-kilometer wooden roller coaster. In the park's Greek, Egyptian, and Roman sections, there are more entertainment options. The Iberian and Islands sections are also open in July and August. There's a sizable spa area as well. Terra Natura, Aqua Natura, and Aqualandia are the names of the three other major theme parks. During the busiest time of year, they're all open. A combo ticket can save you money if you intend to visit Terra Mitica, Mundomar, or Aqualandia, three different amusement parks. Visit Villajoyosa Image Source There are lovely little towns all around Benidorm that are well worth a visit. Villajoyosa, which is fifteen minutes' drive from Benidorm, is one of them. The town is well-known for its breathtaking beaches and vibrant architecture. If you plan a day trip to Villajoyosa, make sure to visit the beaches; however, if you go outside of the summer, you might want to check out the town museum. If you're in the mood for more sweets, visit the Valor Chocolate Museum in addition to these activities. There, you can sample various flavors and learn everything there is to know about chocolate. You can take a 5-hour sightseeing day trip that includes visits to both Villajoyosa and Altea if you would rather have a guide during your trip. Other Activities Image Source A game of golf or a stroll through the hills and mountains behind Benidorm are excellent options if you want to escape the town and experience something a little different. Additionally, there are businesses that provide other sports like riding and mountain biking. There are many charming villages and towns close by that are worth seeing. They are good places to try the local food because they are far more Spanish than Benidorm. But Benidorm itself has some excellent traditional Spanish restaurants, particularly in the old town. Tapas Alley is a great spot to go if you're craving authentic Spanish cuisine. Benidorm is well-known for its vibrant nightlife in addition to its cuisine. Benidorm has its more tacky side, too, with cabaret shows, tribute acts, karaoke, and of course, foam parties. It's definitely not as stylish or hip as Ibiza. Accommodation Image Source There are many different types of lodging options in Benidorm to fit any budget. Benidorm offers a wide range of hotels across the city, including beachfront and city center properties, from affordable to opulent resorts. If you'd rather prepare meals for yourself, you can choose from self-catering apartments with kitchens or apart-hotels where you can have a studio or apartment-style room with a kitchen. The food scene in here is totally one of the must-checkout things to do in Benidorm. Hostels that are on a tight budget can provide shared dormitory-style rooms, which are perfect for solo travelers and backpackers. Alternatively, you can set up camp in one of the nearby campsites, which have shared areas, restrooms, and showers. In order to avoid disappointment during the busiest travel season, make sure to reserve your lodging in advance. Wrapping Up The neighboring towns of Altea and Calpe are great places to go if you want to get away from the bustle of Benidorm. These charming little towns provide breathtaking views of the mountains and gorgeous beaches, making them the ideal getaway from the big city. There is something for everyone in Benidorm. Benidorm offers something for everyone, whether your interests are in exploring its nightlife, beaches, mountains, or culture. So venture forth and discover Benidorm's hidden gems! If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about things to do in Benidorm, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Things To Do In Leeds: Dive Into The Dynamic Heart Of Yorkshire Hidden Gems: Unearthing The Best Things To Do In Nottingham Unforgettable Island Adventures: Things To Do In Tenerife
U.S. And Japan Allocate 2024 To Tourism Promotion Year
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 30, 2023
Tourism Minister Tetsuo Saito and U.S. Ambassador to Japan Rahm Emanuel signed a memorandum on Wednesday designating 2024 as a year to promoting tourism between the two countries. During this year the two parties will work together to boost tourism exchange using joint efforts from the public and private sectors in a bid to heighten the recovery of the demand for travel since the COVID-19 pandemic. Citing that 464 cities share sister relationships between the two countries, Saito called for taking advantage of the tourism year to resume and boost the exchanges at the local levels. After the two countries agreed to the plan to apply on Japanese tourists, which will help expedite immigration procedures in the U.S. held at the residence in Tokyo of the ambassador, it was also attended by Japanese Digital Transformation Minister Taro Kono and Justice Minister Ryuji Koizumi. Under the supervision of the Tourism Year initiative, both the countries will hold travel campaigns for the general public and it will host events for travel agencies from the two countries. The number of visitors from the U.S. to Japan has been steadily going up with the help of the fall of the value of the yen against the dollar. The monthly number amounted to some 210,000 in October, with an increase of 40% from the same month in 2019, prior to the pandemic. Meanwhile, the number of Japanese visitors to the United States in October came up at about 140,000, less than half of the pre-pandemic numbers. Read Also: Ghana Is Ready To Host The Rest Of The World: Ghana Tourism Authority On Christmas Concerts Play Airlines Is Celebrating Black Friday And Cyber Monday Deals On Flights To Europe Travel Tuesday Is Here To Get You Cheap Flights And Hotel Deals: Upto 50% Off
Travel Tuesday Is Here To Get You Cheap Flights And Hotel Deals: Upto 50% Off
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 28, 2023
With Travel Tuesday, which is considered the Black Friday and Cyber Monday of travel deals, taking place on November 28 this year, there are already many travel deals available or coming soon. This year's Travel Tuesday and Cyber Week deals are especially noteworthy, as they offer some of the most significant discounts, free nights, perks, and more available throughout the year. Major brands like Delta, Hyatt, and Marriott are all participating in these deals. Best Deals For Travel Tuesday Here are some of your best bets on hotel deals for Travel Tuesday: World Of Hyatt World of Hyatt has acquired Mr & Mrs Smith, the luxury hotel booking platform, and is now offering its members exclusive access to purchase gift cards from MrMrsSmith.Redeam.com. These gift cards can earn members five base points for every $1 spent, and the offer is valid until March 31, 2024. Marriott Bonvoy Marriott Bonvoy has announced its biggest Cyber Week Sale to date, where members can enjoy a 20 percent discount on bookings made by November 28 for stays from November 26, 2023, to January 15, 2024. Non-members can also get a 15 percent discount on bookings across popular hotel brands like Marriott, Sheraton, Westin, W, and Luxury Collection. Hilton If you're planning to travel during the holiday season, you might want to check out the select Hilton properties that are offering up to 50 percent off on stays. For the best Travel Tuesday deals, consider booking at Hilton Cancun Mar Caribe All-Inclusive Resort in Mexico, Hilton Orlando in Florida, Virgin Hotels Las Vegas in Vegas, or Hilton Cartagena, Hilton Barra Rio de Janeiro, Hilton Bogota in South America. Don't forget to read the fine print before booking. Rosewood Hotels For a luxurious stay, you can treat yourself or your loved ones to some of Rosewood's most sought-after properties such as Rosewood Little Dix Bay and Rosewood Phuket. By using the code CYBER23 when booking on rosewoodhotels.com, you can get discounts based on the length of your stay. This offer is valid for trips until June 30, 2024. The Retreat Costa Rica The Retreat Costa Rica, which has won awards for its services, is offering a discount of 35% on wellness packages. You can avail of this offer by booking before November 28, and the stay dates are from February 1, 2024, to December 19, 2024. Fontainebleau Las Vegas If you're planning to stay at the newest and most popular hotel in Las Vegas, you can book one night and get another night for free. This offer is valid for stays booked on or before Travel Tuesday. Read Also: North Luzon Travel Expo Launched To Boost Tourism Recovery: Philippines Play Airlines Is Celebrating Black Friday And Cyber Monday Deals On Flights To Europe Ghana Is Ready To Host The Rest Of The World: Ghana Tourism Authority On Christmas Concerts
Ghana Is Ready To Host The Rest Of The World: Ghana Tourism Authority On Christmas Concerts
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 27, 2023
The CEO of the Ghana Tourism Authority, Akwesi Agyemang said that measures are being put in place in order to ensure that musical concerts and events that will be held during the festive season happen under peaceful circumstances. He has revealed that his management outfit is collaborating with event organizers- the Ghana Police Service and other relevant stakeholders to chalk out the upcoming Christmas events in a mannerly structure. Speaking to TV3 and GhanWeb, Akwesi Agyemang emphasized that Ghana is ready to host the rest of the world for this festive season. He went ahead detailing what plans they have for Christmas joining hands with the Ghana Police Service to make provision for tighter security. He said in his statement, "I mean we've done this for five years so when it comes Ghana we have a track record of that. We are working with the event organizers, and we've met with the IGP (George Akuffo Dampare), he asked that everybody present their security plan that will be tied to what the police will do. Also, they were going to give us coordinators for each region." "So if it's the Ashanti region, all the event organizers, you know your points, person the number of men you need for the day and you also have to get your own security plan and they will work with you. We had a meeting with National Security and the hoteliers because people are coming, they will stay in hotels, they will stay in facilities that also need some kind of security." As Christmas draws closer it is incumbent upon the Ghana Tourism Authority to put security in place during lives when the events take place. Read Also: Venice Reveals 2024 Dates For Tourist Entry Fees: Report North Luzon Travel Expo Launched To Boost Tourism Recovery: Philippines Play Airlines Is Celebrating Black Friday And Cyber Monday Deals On Flights To Europe
Play Airlines Is Celebrating Black Friday And Cyber Monday Deals On Flights To Europe
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 25, 2023
For Black Friday, Cyber Monday, and Travel Tuesday, Play Airlines is offering a new deal. You can now get a 35% discount on flights from Stewart Airport to several popular European destinations, including Iceland, Paris, Berlin, Frankfurt, London, Copenhagen, Dublin, and Amsterdam. This offer is valid between November 24th and 28th, and you can book flights for travel between December 2023 and May 2024 on flyplay.com. You do not need a promo code to avail of this offer. Two former executives of Wow Air, which ceased operations and went bankrupt in March 2019, founded Play. The airline has been operating daily flights from Newburgh to Reykjavik since June 2022, and it has been expanding its list of destinations. Recently, Play launched new routes to Amsterdam, Glasgow, and Venice, allowing travelers to plan spring getaways, summer trips, and spontaneous vacations, as stated by Play CEO Birgir Jónsson. For Hudson Valley residents, Stewart Airport is a convenient option, while for those coming from New York City, Play provides a Stewart Airport Express shuttle that is timed with its flights. “(Stewart) is a popular airport for New York and surrounding area travelers as it offers the convenience that other airports in the area do not. It is uniquely situated as a hub for travelers in Manhattan, the growing Hudson Valley area, and surrounding states,” Jónsson said. Play's fares encompass all necessary fees, taxes, and carrier charges. However, there are limitations and baggage fees that may apply. You can visit Play's website to obtain more information on their baggage fees. From Friday, November 24 to Tuesday, November 28, Play Airlines, an Icelandic budget airline, is providing a discount of 35% on its already budget-friendly flights from Boston Logan International Airport (BOS), Baltimore/Washington International Thurgood Marshall Airport (BWI), and New York’s Stewart International Airport (SWF) to various destinations in Europe. Reyjavík Paris Berlin Frankfurt London Copenhagen Dublin Amsterdam Read More About: Venice Reveals 2024 Dates For Tourist Entry Fees: Report Zanzibar Or Oman: Which Do The Hungarian Tourists Like?
Exploring The Heart Of England: Things To Do In Leicester
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 24, 2023
Leicester is a vibrant city with a wide range of attractions, including vibrant festivals, medieval sites, contemporary museums, and art galleries. Leicester, one of the oldest cities in England, was founded by the Romans. It also has one of the most diverse cultures in the nation, which is apparent at practically every turn. In this article, we will guide you through the beauty and attractions of Leicester. We will let you in on all the exciting things to do in Leicester. Stay tuned. Things To Do In Leicester: An Overview Image Source There is a fascinating assortment of attractions in Leicester's downtown that are all accessible on foot. Explore the bustling retail district surrounding Leicester Cathedral, a medieval structure. There is an interesting archaeological find close to the cathedral. In 2012, the skeleton of King Richard III was discovered here. Discover more about the excavation, the king's life, and his death by taking a tour of the King Richard III Visitor Center, which has been constructed around the site. Take a ghost tour at the Guildhall, which is reputed to be the most haunted structure in the city. Visit numerous free museums to learn more about Leicester's past. Visit Roman and Iron Age sites at the Jewry Hall Museum. At Newarke Houses Museum, experience life in Leicester during the 20th century. Visit Belgrave Hall Museum and Gardens to witness a reconstruction of Victorian customs. Visit the New Walk Museum and Art Gallery to see 20th-century artwork, dinosaur exhibits, and Egyptian relics. Take a stroll through the lovely Abbey Park along the Grand Union Canal. Enjoy a picnic on the well-kept lawns, or take a paddle boat rental out on the lake to explore the area. Examine the remnants of Cavendish House and Leicester Abbe- two historic structures. All The Things You Can Do Explore interactive exhibits at the National Space Centre to learn about solar system science, astronomy, and British space missions. See films with a space theme at the planetarium of the center. Leicester's festivals, food, and architecture all reflect the city's multiculturalism. Go to the Guru Nanak Gurdwara temple, which houses a Sikh cultural museum. Visit the Jain Center to learn about the ancient religion of Jainism. Walk along the Golden Mile on Belgrade Road to see a variety of Indian restaurants, jewelers, and sari shops. Participate in the vibrant Hindu holidays of Holi and Diwali. Things To Do In Leicester Image Source Leicester, a thriving metropolis in the East Midlands, offers a unique combination of history, culture, and captivating tourist destinations. Here are all the things you can do in Leicester. 1. King Richard III Visitor Centre: A Dramatic Royal Attraction Image Source The remains of King Richard III were found beneath a Leicester parking lot by researchers in 2012, which was an amazing find. The king who lost the Battle of Bosworth in 1485, made famous by Shakespeare (who painted him in an unfavorable light), is now housed in a royal setting where guests can learn everything there is to know about his life and times. The Visitor Centre provides a unique window into England's unstable past and one of its most controversial rulers, with tales of murder and war. 2. Leicester Cathedral: A Fitting Royal Burial Site Image Source Visit the Richard III Visitor Center first, then proceed to the Cathedral to see one of England's most exquisite churches. The fabled king was reburied there in 2015. Highlights are the 13 bells in the tower that ring on Thursday evenings and Sunday mornings (along with the king's tomb, of course), the somber East Window honoring the dead of World War I, and the stone statues of saints crowning the Vaughan Porch. 3. National Space Centre: An Out Of This World Attraction Image Source Unlike long-dead kings, the National Space Centre, located in the northern part of the city by the River Soar, offers something entirely different. Explore the universe's origins, take a trip across Venus, live in an International Space Station module, or just gaze up at the 42-meter-tall Rocket Tower, home to the Thor Able rocket, all at the UK's premier space museum. Young or old aspiring astronauts will love this place because it caters to their needs with lots of interactive exhibits and even allows them to try on space suits. 4. New Walk Museum And Art Gallery: See Some Fantastic Fossils Image Source Situated slightly to the south of the city center, the New Walk Museum and Art Gallery has been home to an impressive array of artistic and scientific displays since its founding in 1849. It is home to one of the best natural history collections in the world, which includes fully restored plesiosaur skeletons and some of the oldest fossils ever discovered. In addition, there is an amazing collection of German Expressionist artwork and four eerie Egyptian mummies. With free entry, it's an inexpensive but must-see Leicester attraction. 5. Newarke Houses Museum: Bringing Leicester's History To Life Image Source The quirky, interesting, and enjoyable Newark Houses Museum of Leicester's history is located a few hundred meters to the south of the Cathedral. Learn about legendary figures such as Daniel Lambert, who was once the largest man in Britain, view an enthralling collection of toys dating back to the Tudor era, and get a firsthand look at life in the trenches of World War I, where local soldiers fought and frequently lost their lives. This family-friendly museum is an interesting way to learn about the history of the city and makes a nice addition to the Richard III exhibits. 6. Haymarket Memorial Clock Tower Image Source You will definitely come upon this unusual clock tower as you stroll through Leicester's downtown. One of the most recognizable sites in the city, the Haymarket Memorial Clock Tower has long been a well-liked gathering spot for locals. It was initially constructed in 1868 to relieve traffic congestion on the location of a former hay and straw market. It's worth stopping by since it's an interesting sight in Leicester. 7. St Nicholas Church Image Source As the oldest house of worship in the city, St Nicholas Church is one of the many churches in Leicester that you can visit and, therefore, one of my favorites. There is evidence of Roman architecture on the site, and parts of the church date back more than a century. One of the biggest remaining Roman buildings in the nation, the Jewry Wall is a 2nd century AD Roman wall located directly behind the church. Sadly, it was closed for renovations when I visited, but I've heard it's a must-see attraction in Leicester. Wrapping Up Being one of the oldest cities in England with a history spanning over two millennia, Leicester offers a plethora of unique activities to keep you occupied for a few days at the very least. Like many tourists, Leicester draws tourists primarily with the news of King Richard III's remains that came into discovery. You will love to learn that the city has a lot more to offer and that visiting them would increase your appreciation of the place. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Unforgettable Island Adventures: Things To Do In Tenerife Brighton Bliss: Crafting Your Perfect Coastal Getaway Itinerary Hidden Gems: Unearthing The Best Things To Do In Nottingham
Unforgettable Island Adventures: Things To Do In Tenerife
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 24, 2023
The Canary Islands, including Tenerife, are genuinely exceptional places on earth. Because of the island's volcanic and windy nature, volcano hikers and daring beach and watersports enthusiasts flock to it. Tenerife, which boasts a varied landscape and a warm winter climate, attracts millions of adventure seekers each year. March to May or September to November are the ideal times to visit Tenerife. Nonetheless, Tenerife is a fantastic destination all year round due to its subtropical climate, providing sunshine all year round. This Tenerife travel guide will walk you through all the hidden gems and unique locations while driving and hiking the island. Additionally, it will provide you with plenty of helpful advice on transportation for the best travel experiences. Here are some of the best things to do in Tenerife. Let’s GO! Overview Image Source Tenerife is an island that was once part of the Spanish-ruled Canary Islands. It is home to the archipelago's principal economic hub. It is situated 300 kilometers in the Atlantic Ocean off the coast of West Africa. The flight from Dublin or London takes about four hours. Tenerife, Gran Canaria, Lanzarote, Fuerteventura, La Palma, La Gomera, and El Hierro are the seven islands that make up the Canary Islands Archipelago. On the island, there are two international airports: South-Reina Sofia Airport (TFS), Los Rodeos in the North – Aeropuerto de Tenerife Norte-Ciudad de La Laguna (TFN). The island's moderate tropical climate draws tourists all year long. The year-round average temperature is 26–27 centigrade during summers and 19–20 centigrade during winters. Two nearby islands, Lanzarote and Fuerteventura, are thought to be the windiest Canary Islands. However, Tenerife is a haven for surfers and wave lovers due to its relatively windy climate. Tenerife is home to some amazing sights and exhilarating adventures in addition to its vibrant nightlife and gorgeous girls. Here are some activities, sights, and things to do in Tenerife that you should definitely include on your itinerary. Things To Do In Tenerife Image Source Teide National Park: Don't forget to see Mount Teide, Spain's highest mountain. Experience breathtaking panoramic views by riding the cable car to the summit. Masca: Take in the quaint village of Masca, which is surrounded by breathtaking mountain scenery. Take a boat ride from Los Gigantes to see the ravine's beauty from the water, or hike through its picturesque ravine. Watching whales and dolphins in their natural habitat: Take a boat tour to witness these amazing animals. It's a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity that will bring some magic to your guys' vacation. Water Sports: Exhilarating water sports such as jet skiing, parasailing, and even scuba diving will make your heart race. The pristine waters of Tenerife are your playground. Quad Biking: Take a daring quad biking adventure through Tenerife's rough terrain to unleash your inner explorer. Explore off the beaten track and unearth hidden treasures. Things To Do In Tenerife: Beaches Like all the Canary Islands, Tenerife is a volcano. Tenerife has a small number of stunning black-sand beaches, one of which you should definitely visit! These three stunning beaches in Tenerife have golden sand: La Tejita Beach is a magical beach that's close to La Tejita town and South-Reina Sofia Airport (TFS) on the southern part of the island. Las Teresitas (on the left photo) is a town on the eastern side of Tenerife, about 12 km from the capital city of Santa Cruz de Tenerife and 20 km from the northern airport. A lovely beach with lots of tourists. Southwest of the island, at Las Vistas Amazing beaches with black sand in Tenerife: The photo on the right depicts Los Gigantes Benijo Playa del Castillo Playa El Bullullo; scroll down to see Restaurante Bollullo Beach! Things To Do In Tenerife: Nightlife Image Source Let's talk about the vibrant nightlife and delectable food scene, which are the lifeblood of any lad's vacation. There are plenty of hotspots in Tenerife that can keep the party going and satisfy your palate. Take a look at these dining and entertainment options: Veronicas Strip: For guys looking for a wild night out, this storied party area in Playa de las Americas is a must-visit. It's the place to be for an amazing evening, full of clubs, bars, and gorgeous people. Papagayo Beach Club: One of the finest parties on the island is held at this beachside club, where you can dance the night away. Papagayo is a surefire hit thanks to its amazing ocean views and stellar DJ lineup. Monkey Beach Club: This vibrant location offers a variety of live music events, DJ sets, and themed parties. Drink cool cocktails and socialize with visitors and locals alike. Things To Do In Tenerife: Food Image Source Taste a range of authentic Spanish tapas dishes at Tapas Alley in La Laguna. Treat yourself to a culinary adventure there. It's a fantastic way to refuel before going out. San Telmo Night Market: Visit Puerto de la Cruz every Tuesday and Sunday to take in the lively San Telmo Night Market. Numerous street food vendors will be present, serving up delectable delicacies from all over the world. Seafood Feast At Los Abrigos: Indulge in a delectable seafood feast at Los Abrigos, a charming fishing village. Savor local specialties like grilled octopus and fresh fish while taking in breathtaking views of the ocean. You'll need a cozy spot to unwind and refuel after an exciting day and evening of partying. There are several lodging options in Tenerife to fit every taste and budget. Look at these recommendations: Things To Do In Tenerife: Luxury Hotels Experience the ultimate in luxury at the Hard Rock Hotel Tenerife, a legendary establishment renowned for its opulent amenities, breathtaking ocean views, and rock 'n' roll atmosphere. Tenerife has good lodging options. This means it won't be difficult for you to enjoy a little luxury while visiting. Situated slightly outside of a popular tourist area, La Casa Nova Hotel & Restaurant is a special location. It costs between $60 and $70 per night, which includes a full breakfast. The hotel had a very lovely pool with baldachin beds; it was a very appealing location. Bahía del Duque: This five-star resort offers a range of opulent amenities and top-notch service, combining elegance and natural beauty. Things To Do In Tenerife: Budget-Friendly Hotels Image Source Los Amigos Hotel: Perfect for lads on a budget, this friendly hostel in Playa de las Americas offers affordable accommodation, a sociable atmosphere, and a central location. Tenerife Ving: Situated in Puerto de la Cruz, Tenerife Ving provides comfortable and budget-friendly apartments, ideal for lads looking for a cozy base. Booking.com: Check out Booking.com's extensive selection of apartment rentals. You'll find a wide range of options to fit your needs and budget, from chic city apartments to contemporary beachfront apartments. Wrapping Up Tenerife's breathtaking scenery, exhilarating experiences, exciting nightlife, and delectable cuisine are waiting for you. This sun-drenched paradise has it all, whether you're exploring the island's natural wonders or going out for an incredible night on the town. Gather your friends, prepare your belongings, and get set up for the trip of a lifetime for the guys. Now that you know all the things to do in Tenerife, it's time to pack your bags. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Brighton Bliss: Crafting Your Perfect Coastal Getaway Itinerary Hidden Gems: Unearthing The Best Things To Do In Nottingham Things To Do In Leeds: Dive Into The Dynamic Heart Of Yorkshire
North Luzon Travel Expo Launched To Boost Tourism Recovery: Philippines
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 24, 2023
The Department of Tourism in the North launched its second travel expo on Saturday in a bid to ensure a spur in the tourism industry in the northern provinces. Cordillera Administrative Region and the DOT Regional Offices I, II, and III kickstarted the 2nd North Luzon Travel Expo (NLTE) at the Grand Sierra Pines Hotel, North Outlook Drive in Bagiuo City. It is scheduled to be held from the NOV 25 to 27, 2023. The first of the NLT fairs was launched at SMX Convention Center Clark, Clark Freeport Zone, Pampanga. The DOT-CAR is lining up the activities with the Tourism and Travel Fair being the main feature. This event will take place at the CAP Convention Center at Camp John Hay, Baguio City. The other activities include a music show featuring local artists of the four regions. The art in the park at Reflection Pool of Wright Park, Baguio City, Business to business networking activity at La Fayette Hotel, Baguio City. There will be product presentations at the CAP Convention Center as well as a familiarization tour or the North Luzon Inter-regional Circuit which will be a post-tour. The key destinations in Baguio City and Benguet in the Cordillera and Naguillan, San Fernando City, Bauang, San Juan and Luna in La Union in Region 1 will be visited. On November 26, a "Hibla ng Lahing Pilipino Fashion Parade will be staged at the Manor Garden, Camp John Hay. This will showcase regal fabrics from North Luzon to recognize the weavers of indigenous Filipino textiles." The DOT Cordillera chief Jovy Ganongan says the activities are aimed "to create a synergy to develop a robust tourism value chain by converging existing and new domestic tourism products, destinations, and services of the North Luzon regions to the local and international markets. She also said this is also to further strengthen the relationship of the North Luzon regions with their tourism stakeholders." Read Also: The Italian Train Group FS Will Launch A New “Night Train Like Hotel”: Rome To Dolomites Traveling Christmas Tree For The Western Lawn Of U.S. Capitol Venice Reveals 2024 Dates For Tourist Entry Fees: Report
Venice Reveals 2024 Dates For Tourist Entry Fees: Report
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 24, 2023
Are you planning to visit Venice? Have you been looking for things to do in Rome or best hotels in Rome? Before you do that here is some news to stay updated on. Venice has unveiled the 29 dates in 2024 when the new €5 entry fee will become active for day-trippers starting on 25 April, which is a public holiday in Italy. The fee is said to be applicable only for day trips and not those who are staying overnight. On Thursday Mayor Luigi Brugnaro confirmed on Thursday further adding that the multi-lingual booking system will be operating from January 16. The dates when the entry fee will be in place are 25 April to 5 May and every other weekend in May (11,12, 18, 19, 25, 26 May), It will last four weekends in June (8, 9, 15, 16, 22, 23, 29, 30 June) and the first two weekends in July (6, 7, 13, 14 July). On the days mentioned the entry fee system will be effective from 08:30 to 16:00 along with penalties of up to €300 if the rules are violated. ANSA news agency has reported Brugnaro of saying that once the day trippers pay the fee they will receive a QR code "which will be checked randomly" at eight access gates to the historic center. "It is an experiment that has never been done anywhere in the world" - Brugnaro told reporters - "The city is complex and fragile, but it is alive, and we have the obligation to take measures because in the historic center, at certain times of the year, there is crowding that we must reduce." Brugnaro underlined that the trial measure "will cost us more than we will earn" and is "to evaluate the bookability of the city, which will never be closed". This move which kept getting postponed due to the covid pandemic and other logistic obstacles is designed to ease the added pressure hordes of tourists pose to the fragile lagoon city. Read Also: Chinese And US Presidents Have Come To A Common Ground Regarding Tourism Facilitation! The Italian Train Group FS Will Launch A New “Night Train Like Hotel”: Rome To Dolomites Traveling Christmas Tree For The Western Lawn Of U.S. Capitol
Hidden Gems: Unearthing The Best Things To Do In Nottingham
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 24, 2023
Take an excursion to one of Nottingham's lesser-known but incredibly fascinating attractions to satisfy your curiosity. A little detour off the usual path can result in unusual encounters and rewards. Though you may not have read of them before, we're confident you'll be happy you did once you visit these hidden gems. They are far too frequently reserved for those in the know. This city is much more than just merry men wearing green tights. Actually, there are a ton of undiscovered treasures in the self-described "City of Caves" just waiting to be discovered. If you venture a little off the usual path, you might find success. In this article, we will discuss the things to do in Nottingham that will etch this city in your memory. Things To Do In Nottingham Image Source Nottingham is a juncture where nature and city life merge. You will find deep forests that are steeped in folklore, modern shopping centers, many different museums, and a culture dating from the Victorian era. Revel in the surroundings that inspired celebrated writers like Lord Byron and DH Lawrence. Here are some of the amazing things to do in Nottingham that will set the experience apart: Hockley Arts Club Image Source The Hockley Arts Club, a creative place for social dining and drinking, is housed in an incredibly beautiful Garde II-listed building. It is tucked away in a quiet alleyway in the charming independent neighborhood of Hockley. It's a fantastic location for delicious cocktails, boozy brunches, express lunches, romantic dinners, or private parties. It's exquisitely and perfectly decorated. Bromley House Library Image Source Tucked away from the bustle of Angel Row, in the center of the city, is a lesser-known haven of peace. Bromley House Library was founded in 1816 and is brimming with period charm. It has cozy reading nooks and interesting antique features. There is also an exquisite original spiral staircase that looks like something out of a storybook. The serene and private walled garden outside is the ideal spot for introspection or inspiration-seeking. Take one of their regular tours, which depart Wednesday at 2:30 p.m. This offers the experience of the pleasures of this hidden gem. Or you could check out their schedule of thought-provoking lectures and motivational events. Cave Escape Image Source Nottingham's intriguing network of caves is fairly well-known. Cave Escape, the newest escape room to hit the scene, uses the underground sandstone maze with a distinct charm. Go underground for an escapology experience that is genuinely immersive and filled with intriguing turns, mysterious assignments, riddles, and puzzles. Papplewick Pumping Station Image Source The most remarkably preserved waterworks in Britain, Papplewick Pumping Station, is a magnificent example of Victorian architecture and engineering. It is nestled in the picturesque countryside of Nottinghamshire. Stained glass allows light to stream through the elaborately decorated, polished mahogany and brass structures. It dates back to the late 19th century. Visitors can take a tour of the subterranean reservoir and witness the towering boilers. The pumping engines are in action during regular steam days and special events. Creswell Crags Image Source Explore the breathtaking scenery of Creswell Crags and learn about a world sculpted by nature and shaped by our ancestors. Follow in the steps of Ice Age man with the country's only known piece of Ice Age rock art. Britain's Ice Age rock art is tucked away in a gorgeous limestone gorge that is crisscrossed with caves. Take a tour around the central lake to take in the plethora of flora and fauna. Take a cave tour and be amazed by the amazing discoveries that have helped us understand the past. Welbeck Estate Image Source The magnificent Welbeck Estate, one of Nottinghamshire's most fascinating traditional landed estates, is located close by. The original Abbey predates even the Domesday Book, and the Dukes of Portland have resided there since 1607. Among them was the eccentric "burrowing Duke," who commissioned a network of subterranean tunnels and gas works to illuminate his excavations. The building currently houses the Portland Collection, which features paintings, jewelry, and other works of art. The Dukes have accumulated them over 400 years. It also has the award-winning Harley Gallery, which will celebrate 25 years of delivering captivating and intriguing exhibitions. It will be helmed by leading artists. The Welbeck estate is a must-see for art enthusiasts and foodies alike. It features a fantastic farm shop that offers the best locally sourced produce. The School of Artisan Food offers innovative cooking classes. Sneinton Market Image Source Although this somewhat off-the-beaten-path location is well-known to the locals, tourists frequently miss it when visiting the city. Basically, it's unlikely that you would "stumble upon it"! Even though Sneinton Market is primarily a weekend market, it serves many more purposes. Creatives and entrepreneurs are abundant in the surrounding permanent units. They provide the tourist with everything from food trucks and coffee shops to vintage clothing and locally made gift shops. But without a doubt, The Watered Garden—the greatest houseplant store in Nottingham—is our favorite spot! George Green’s House Image Source Approximately a mile's worth of walking distance from Nottingham's Market Square lies a lesser-known but ancient Nottingham legacy. It is the house of one of the greatest mathematicians in history. Brilliant young George Green attended school only until he was ten years old. He then left to work in his father's bakery. When the weather permits, the windmill continues to run today. In addition to selling award-winning organic flour, you can explore the adjacent museum for free. Here, you will learn more about the subjects that piqued George Green's curiosity: electricity, magnetism, light, sound, and waves. Despite his academic failure, scientists and engineers worldwide continue to utilize his mathematical theories. If you're looking for something different to do in Nottingham, this little museum is great for kids. It's free to enter and allows you to go all the way to the top of the working mill. Wrapping Up Are you looking for summertime things to do in Nottingham? Get inspired by the atmosphere at some of Nottinghamshire's most well-known sites. There is Wollaton Hall, Nottingham Castle, the National Justice Museum, and Sherwood Forest. Numerous tourist destinations continue to fit TripAdvisor's description of "hidden gems." Even though they're not particularly hidden, a cathedral, for instance, might not be the most obvious destination for a day trip. An added bonus is that some are free to enter. Those that do require a fee don't charge as much as other attractions. These may be ideal if you'd like to take a leisurely stroll through a nature reserve or explore caves. There are cafes at many of the sights, so you can get fuel during your visit. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Unmissable Urban Delights: Things To Do In Glasgow Brighton Bliss: Crafting Your Perfect Coastal Getaway Itinerary Things To Do In Leeds: Dive Into The Dynamic Heart Of Yorkshire
Traveling Christmas Tree For The Western Lawn Of U.S. Capitol
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 23, 2023
Like any popular rock band, the U.S. Capitol Christmas Tree went on a two-week tour, stopping in towns all over West Virginia, and had managers, security, roadies, and even a few groupies. After being cut down from the Monongahela National Forest on November 1st, the 63-foot Norway spruce was placed on a specially constructed tractor-trailer and driven 19 times in a fortnight. On November 17, the tree will be formally delivered to the US Capitol. On November 28, there will be a tree lighting ceremony on the US Capitol's West Lawn. “We’re so proud here in Randolph County to have the forest headquarters in Elkins,” Robbie Morris, the executive director for the Randolph County Development Authority said. “I think it’s appropriate that the kickoff of the tour happened here.” The obvious starting point for the tree's statewide tour is Elkins, West Virginia, home of the Monongahela National Forest headquarters. The tree was escorted through the middle of town by several high school bands before stopping at the Elkins Train Depot, drawing a throng of well-wishers from the picturesque mountain community. Visitors are urged to sign a large banner that is hung over the tree and fastened to the tractor trailer at each location. Hundreds of people, including West Virginia celebrity Mark Bowe, host of the Discovery Plus series Barnwood Builders, enjoyed the various informational booths and festivities surrounding the U.S. Capitol Christmas Tree. “I wanted to be here with the national tree so it can go from the people’s land to the people’s house and I want everybody to know that this tree came from West Virginia and that’s nowhere near Richmond," Bowe said sarcastically. Without a stop at the West Virginia Capitol Building in Charleston, the tour wouldn't have been complete. With marching bands, live music, amazing decorations, and even a makeshift skating rink set up on the Capitol steps, the city and state went all out. “I came around the corner and told my mom I’m so excited since I’m a Hallmark fanatic,” Charleston Sternwheel Regatta Queen Sophia Wigal recalled. “It looked like a Hallmark movie so I was really excited.” The people of the Mountain State showed evident pride in their state and gathered in sizable crowds at each stop along the tour.“West Virginians are very proud people,” remarked Robbie Morris. “The fact that the U.S. Capitol Christmas Tree will sit on the West Lawn of the U.S. Capitol for countless amounts of people to see throughout the holiday season makes me overwhelmed with pride.” Read Also: Record-Breaking Holiday Travel Anticipated As TSA Prepares For Busy Season! The Italian Train Group FS Will Launch A New “Night Train Like Hotel”: Rome To Dolomites Chinese And US Presidents Have Come To A Common Ground Regarding Tourism Facilitation!
AirTran: A Nostalgic Journey Through Time And Sky
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 22, 2023
AirTran Airways was an American low-cost airline originally headquartered in Orlando, Florida, which ceased operations after the acquisition of Southwest Airlines. AirTran Airways was founded in 1993 as Conquest Sun Airlines under the management of two small airlines, Destination Sun Airways and Conquest Airlines. They operated mainly Boeing 717s and 737s. It shuttled flyers around the US Midwest as well as the East Coast and stayed in business for 21 years. Why does it not operate anymore? What happened to AirTran? AirTran: A Brief Look Back Conquest Airlines' co-founder Victor Rivas was one of the founders of Conquest Sun. Who bought AirTran? AirTran Corporation in 1994 purchased the airline and renamed it AirTran Airways. It later exited from AirTran Corporation's new holding company, Airways Corporation. The holding company of ValuJet acquired the airline, and the holding company of Airways Corporation in 1997, which owned the struggling ValuJet Airlines. ValuJet's holding company became AirTran Holdings and merged with ValuJet Airlines' AirTran Airways. ValuJet Airlines, in turn, became "AirTran Airlines" before merging with AirTran Airways. Southwest Airlines acquired AirTran Airways and parent company AirTran Holdings on May 2, 2011. It gradually integrated them with AirTran's last revenue flight on December 28, 2014. It operates nearly 700 flights per day, primarily in the eastern and midwestern United States, with its main hub at Hartsfield-Jackson Atlanta International Airport serving nearly 200 daily departures. AirTran's fleet consisted of Boeing 717-200 aircraft, of which it was the largest operator in the world, and Boeing 737-700 aircraft. AirTran History Image Source This was founded in 1993 as Conquest Sun Airlines and began operations as an original Boeing 737-200 that flew to and from Orlando. AirTran Airways was founded by the management of both Destination Sun Airways and regional carrier Conquest Airlines. The founding of Destination Sun Airways is unclear. Which claims Destination Sun was founded in 1991 by former Northeastern International Airways CEO Guy Lindley and that the airline was formerly known as SunExpress and was based in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Another source claimed that Destination Sun was founded in 1990 by a group of pilots, presumably former Eastern Air Lines pilots, as AirTran management later claimed that it was founded by former Eastern Air Lines employees. Rafael Rivas and Victor Rivas founded Conquest Airlines in April 1988 in Texas. Victor Rivas, one of the founders of Conquest Airlines, was also closely involved in the founding of Conquest Sun Airlines. In 1994, AirTran Corporation, the holding company of Minneapolis-based Mesaba Airlines, acquired Northwest Airlink from Northwest Airlines, with hubs in Minneapolis and Detroit. After the purchase, the airline changed from Conquest Sun Airlines to AirTran Airways to match the name of the holding company. The airline moved its headquarters to Orlando and grew to 11 Boeing 737s serving 24 cities in the eastern as well as midwestern United States, offering low-cost vacations to Orlando. In 1995, AirTran Corporation established a new subsidiary called Airways Corporation and placed it under the new subsidiary; AirTran Corporation then separated from the new Airways Corporation, becoming an independent holding that also owns AirTran Airways. After the separation, AirTran Corporation became Mesaba Holdings after its subsidiary Mesaba Airlines separated from AirTran Airways. AirTran Corporation/Mesaba Holdings then became MAIR Holdings, which liquidated in July 2012. Latest Developments On September 27, 2010, Southwest Airlines announced the acquisition of AirTran Airways and parent company AirTran Holdings for a total of $1.4 billion. The deal gave Southwest a significant presence in many AirTran hubs, including Atlanta (at the time the largest US city without Southwest service) and Milwaukee, as well as expanded service to Baltimore and Orlando. With the acquisition, Southwest added international service to several leisure destinations such as Cancún, Montego Bay, and Aruba. Southwest integrated AirTran's Boeing 737-700 series fleet with the Southwest Airlines brand and design, after which the Boeing 717 fleet leased out to Delta Air Lines beginning in mid-2013. The airlines planned to complete as well as close the deal within two years, with the two airlines operating as separate carriers in the interim. The deal closed on 2 May 2011, and the airline won a license on 1 March 2012. The full integration of all employee groups between the two airlines ended in 2015. On February 14, 2013, Southwest Airlines announced that it had entered into a codeshare agreement with AirTran. They took the first step on January 25, 2013, launching joint routes in five markets. As of February 25, 2013, Southwest continued to launch joint routes with 39 other markets. By April 2013, joint routes were to be available in all Southwest and AirTran cities (both domestic and international). Southwest announced that the integration would end on December 28, 2014, when AirTran Airways Flight 1 will be the airline's last Boeing 717-200 (N717JL) departure from Atlanta Hartsfield-Jackson International Airport (ATL) to Tampa International Airport ( TPA). The flight used the call sign "Critter" as a nod to ValuJet. This route and flight number was Valujet's first flight. Read More: Top 10 Airports In The USA: Navigating Excellence In Air Travel Reviews From AirTran Flyers Image Source AirTran has had quite a journey in all these years, and so did its passengers. Here are some of the reviews from people after their flight with AirTrans. 1st Review "I was given business class, which I was quite thrilled about. The seats are much bigger in this area and I felt comfortable the entire time. The arm rests were actually big enough for me to use as well. I was given a drink and a snack as soon as I boarded the plane - I did not have to wait like the people in coach. I was also offered more drinks and snacks throughout the flight. It is a small perk, but it is nice. It was also nice to be the first off the plane. I did not have to wait for everyone to debark first." - SharonSaver 2nd Review "I loved it! The employees were great and they even offered several snacks while in the air. It was my very first time riding on a plane, so I was kind of nervous. The Flight Attendant made me feel so relaxed and offered to sit with me if I needed it, then. Although I declined the offer, it was nice to know that an airline would go the extra mile for their customers. Every time I travel, I go with AirTran because they know how to treat you." - mrsyoung1983 3rd Review "I fly to Orlando and LAX several times a year and the only company I'll fly with is Airtrain! They are one of the few airlines that offer convenient non-stop flights from my local airport. And their flights are always more than $100 cheaper than the other airlines. Their flights are ALWAYS on time. Knock on wood here, but I've never had a delayed Airtran flight. In fact, most of my flights arrive at their destinations a few minutes early. The staff is outstanding!" - jenniandtonyx1 Wrapping Up AirTran Airways was a beloved low-cost airline that operated for 21 years. It offered affordable flights across the US Midwest as well as the East Coast. The airline's history overlaps with that of several other airlines, including Conquest Airlines, ValuJet Airlines, and Southwest Airlines. They ultimately acquired AirTran Airways and its parent company, AirTran Holdings. AirTran Airways is no longer in operation. But its legacy lives on in the hearts of many who fondly remember their journeys on this iconic airline. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, then please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: This Is My Experience With Eva Air! This Is What I Felt About Aruba Airlines! Flair Airlines Review: This Is How I Feel About Flair Airlines! Fly In Style: Your Ultimate Guide To Lot Polish Airlines Adventures!
Things To Do In Leeds: Dive Into The Dynamic Heart Of Yorkshire
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 22, 2023
Do you want to travel without breaking the bank? Leeds offers affordable options for city breaks that let you discover new things. We've compiled some ideas for ways Leeds is an inexpensive city destination for singles, families, and couples. It offers inexpensive nights out to the fascinating year-round calendar of festivities as part of Leeds 2023. Most museums and galleries in Leeds are free to enter. Let's explore and find out the best things to do in Leeds. Things To Do In Leeds Image Source Leeds has gained a reputation in recent years as the liveliest city in the UK, with a broad and welcoming cultural scene. Leeds is a city full of culture, from venues and organizations that are breaking new ground to street art trails. This is partially attributable to Leeds' abundance of museums and galleries, the majority of which offer free admission. A few of the best art galleries in the city may be found in the cultural district of Leeds, including the Henry Moore Institute, Leeds Art Gallery, Leeds Central Library, and Leeds City Museum, all of which are only a two-minute walk apart. Leeds City Museum offers amazing exhibitions and artifacts that let you travel through time and experience amazing history. Leeds Art Gallery features exhibits of Victorian art, sculptures, paintings, and portraits. It also has one of the best exhibits of 20th-century modern art outside of London. The Henry Moore Institute, one of the biggest sculpture exhibitions in Europe, honors the art of sculpture. The Leeds Central Library holds a great collection of books from all over the world. Things To Do In Leeds: Museums & Art Image Source There are always plays or other forms of entertainment in Leeds because of the city's outstanding theaters and touring companies. Leeds Grand Theatre - one of the UK's most stunning Grade II listed theaters - offers shows for as little as £15. This is home to Northern Dance and Opera North, the only resident dance and opera companies in the country outside of London. Some of the most well-liked Westend productions, including Sister Act, The Bodyguard, and Dirty Dancing, are also available online for a reduced price. Do you need more excuses to visit? Leeds is hosting its Year of Culture in 2023, which makes it an extremely interesting year for the city. A calendar of events is planned for the entire year, all throughout Leeds, with the goal of "letting culture loose." There are countless options for events and activities that highlight the vibrant arts and culture of the city and its residents. Most events are either free or "pay as you feel." Some of the highlights include 90 painters from throughout the city on display at Leeds Art Gallery. They will be showcased at the "The Leeds Artists Show" through April 30. Pay what you feel for "As You Are," a sound, walk-in musical experience designed by South African cellist Abel Selaocoe. It will be held for the Orchestra and Chorus of Opera North. There is still a lot to look forward to. Things To Do In Leeds: Food & Cuisine Image Source Searching for a culinary-themed staycation? Leeds is the ideal place to be. The city, which is home to a booming independent food industry, has several cafes, bars, pubs, and restaurants. Leeds is the unofficial gastronomic capital of the North. Not sure what you want to do? Visit Trinity Kitchen. Trinity Kitchen is a great spot to visit for lunch, supper, or even an afternoon snack. It features rotating street food vendors serving it all, from pizza to Pho. It has a laid-back, distinctive setting for you to enjoy lunch, dinner, or afternoon snack. Kirkgate Market also has a similar street food setup. Kirkgate Market, where M&S first made its appearance, is currently the largest indoor market in Europe. Its recently renovated food hall is home to some delicious treats. There is the award-winning Manjit's Kitchen- a vegan Punjabi street food vendor. There is also Fat Annie's- an entirely plant-based restaurant serving American-inspired burgers and hot dogs. You must also visit the renowned Yorkshire Pudding Wrap Company to indulge in one of their delicious wraps. Searching for new openings in the food and beverage industry? Leeds can take care of that. The brains behind Doh'nut, the greatest doughnuts in town, opened Things in Bread, a brand-new gourmet sandwich store right in the middle of the city center. You're onto a winner when you find traditional sandwich flavors made with premium ingredients and freshly baked bread. Things To Do In Leeds: Parks & Greens Image Source There are numerous ways to enjoy Leeds, so a trip to this city offers more than just the bustle of the city center. You can find some of the most breathtaking natural beauty in the UK beyond the nightlife, museums, shops, and restaurants. Roundhay Park, a few miles outside the city center, has more than 700 acres of parkland, lakes, woods, and gardens. Get hot beverages and snacks from the on-site Lakeside Cafe. Visit the nearby Tropical World for a family-friendly island experience. In the desert, meerkats stand boldly, while exotic butterflies and birds are free to roam throughout the recreated rainforest habitat. Adult admission to Tropical World is £7.20, £3.80 for children, and kids under five enter for free. One of the most well-loved tourist destinations in the city is the medieval ruins of Kirkstall Abbey. It is located just outside of the city. Tickets are £5 for the ruins and expanse of grounds to check out; children under five are admitted free of charge. The Leeds-Liverpool Canal runs alongside Kirkstall Abbey, so why not take a leisurely stroll down it first? Things To Do In Leeds: Architecture & Heritage Image Source Leeds is also an ideal starting point for discovering the splendor of the surroundings. The Yorkshire Dales National Park, which is home to some of Yorkshire's most famous landscapes and attractions, such as the Yorkshire Three Peaks, Ilkley Moor, Bolton Abbey, and the adjacent ancient towns of Harrogate and Knaresborough, is conveniently accessible from Leeds station. The industrial towns of Yorkshire are also well worth a day trip. Nestled next to the Leeds-Liverpool canal, Saltaire is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. It's a great place to spend a leisurely afternoon strolling through its charming alleys or visiting the well-known Salts Mill. It's certainly worth the journey, with a magnificent variety of Hockney artwork, literature, flowers, cuisine, and 21st-century business, and free admission. When you take an inexpensive city holiday to Leeds, you may discover all of this and more. Things To Do In Leeds: Lodging Image Source Book a stay at Art Hostel for consistently reasonable and distinctive lodging. It is the first establishment of its kind in the UK and the ideal spot to unwind after a strenuous day of sightseeing. Regional artists from East Street Art designed imaginative, reasonably priced, and distinctive lodging. It is a vibrant, artist-run company that spearheads avant-garde art initiatives and shows. The Art Hostel's themed rooms are all the product of the creative minds of Leeds-based artists working with regional artisans. Wrapping Up Leeds is a great place to take an inexpensive staycation in the UK because there is a lot to do there. The city is filled with events that do not break the bank. Use this guide to figure out how to spend your time here, whether you have 24, 48, or 72 hours. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about things to do in Leeds, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Brighton Bliss: Crafting Your Perfect Coastal Getaway Itinerary Unmissable Urban Delights: Things To Do In Glasgow UK City Hidden Gems: Things To Do In Manchester
Brighton Bliss: Crafting Your Perfect Coastal Getaway Itinerary
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 22, 2023
Brighton is a unique and entertaining city located on the UK's South Coast. For both residents and visitors from abroad, this location is highly accessible as it's just a brief train ride from London. Brighton also gained a lot of popularity in this way. Expect to find independent and distinctive stores along quaint, winding streets when you come, adding to the unique atmosphere that this beautiful city has to offer. Along with those annoying seagulls, there's a lovely pebble-lined beach somewhere down the shore. A fantastic way to spend your time off is to spend a weekend in Brighton. Everyone can find something to suit their personality among the many activities available. We've drawn up the ideal weekend in Brighton itinerary so you can make sure you visit the popular sites. We have listed it in a deliberate order because there is so much to do in the beach town. Here are all the fun things to do in Brighton. Things To Do In Brighton Image Source We don't blame you if you're planning out your itinerary for Brighton! Brighton is a great place to visit, whether you're only going to be there for a day or longer. The eccentric coastal city of Brighton is very well-liked by visitors from the UK and other countries. Given the city's stunning Victorian and Georgian architecture, captivating beach, mouthwatering cuisine, and exciting nightlife, it comes as no surprise that Londoners, in particular, flock to the area in large numbers throughout the summer. Things To Do In Brighton: Brighton Palace Pier Image Source The best thing to do in Brighton is to visit Brighton Palace Pier. With a length of 525 meters and a founding date of 1899, it is THE most visited tourist destination in the city. This is the perfect beach retreat you've always envisioned, complete with candy floss and churro stands, rides, and caricature artists. Spend time taking in the sights, indulging in the cuisine and beverages, and ensuring that a sizable portion of your Brighton weekend schedule is devoted to exploring Brighton Pier. Things To Do In Brighton: Walk The Promenade Image Source Checking out the promenade is the next step after seeing the Pier. Brighton's promenade is simply a lovely location. The southern coastal strip has a single main promenade that parallels the well-known pebble beach. Just exit the Pier, take a left, and descend the stairs. You'll see many trendy stores, lively outdoor bars, crazy golf, beach volleyball, and more as you stroll along the promenade. Starting at Brighton Pier, the promenade extends beyond the British Airways Ai360 and the Upside Down House. Everywhere you walk, you'll find people being authentically themselves, surrounded by color and enjoyment. That's what makes Brighton so charming. This relatively new attraction is located towards the end of the promenade, and at £4.50 per person, it's a great addition to your Brighton weekend agenda! This unusual attraction is entertaining for the entire family and lets you snap amusing photos to bring back home. The effect of being upside down in a photograph is amazing and surpasses all the selfies you can take from the outside along the waterfront. Travelers and the media have praised this art exhibit for its excellent value and original entertainment. Things To Do In Brighton: Brighton i360 Image Source For the best views over Brighton, this observation deck is where you’ll find just that. At 162m high, as you can imagine, it’s also one of the best places to watch sunset in Brighton. The newly installed viewing tower holds many different events and activities, from an interesting iDrop experience to sky dining and yoga in the clouds. The tower opened on 4 August 2016. Things To Do In Brighton: Visit Unique Shops Image Source Our favorite area of Brighton is The Lanes. They have lots of personality, and there's usually a lot going on when you come through. Perhaps you need to locate a new store or discover an old one you were unaware existed. You should spend your weekend in Brighton exploring this neighborhood, which is full of adorable cafes and vintage stores. The majority of vintage stores are located in North Laine, which has a bohemian atmosphere. Clothes racks are often positioned on the pathway outside of clothes businesses in the lanes, making it much simpler to browse and spot anything that strikes your attention! Things To Do In Brighton: Go Cycling Along The Beach Image Source Brighton is one of the many places where city rental bikes are widely available. When you don't have a bike, they can be a great method to move around the city, and locals also seem to like them! Upon strolling across the city, you will come across rows of chained sky-blue bikes. Finding a bike won't be too difficult because they are scattered across Brighton. BTN BikeShare is the usual choice. You will need to download the Social Bicycles app. It requires registration and the creation of an account with a bank card, but you will only be charged for the services you use. Also, don't forget to look for any available promotions. Things To Do In Brighton: Picnic On The Royal Pavilion Gardens Image Source The Royal Pavilion is an exquisite palace in Brighton's center with a colorful past. Constructed for King George IV, it blends Chinese and Indian aesthetics with Regency splendor. You won't miss the palace because it shines out in this distinctly English city! A delectable picnic in the palace's surrounding grounds would be ideal. At the same time, you may take in the Royal Pavilion. A trip to the beach is a must on any Brighton weekend. It is difficult to overlook the vast expanse of the ocean behind the stores because the coast is so near to the city center. A pebbly beach, like the Royal Pavilion Gardens, is an ideal spot to relax and have a snack. This might be one of the best places to eat British chips if you're not from the UK—or even if you are. Just watch out for the gulls! Things To Do In Brighton: Hidden Street Art Image Source Brighton boasts a very high concentration of graffiti when compared to other UK cities. It's little wonder that this colorful city of artists fits Brighton's aesthetic so well. While there are a few well-known murals scattered throughout the city, the majority of Brighton's graffiti is composed of phrases and haphazard artwork created by a variety of unidentified individuals or artists. One of the most well-known works of graffiti in Brighton is Banksy's Kissing Robbers, which was remade and is now displayed on the side of the Prince Albert pub following a protracted struggle with vandals. London Road, North, and Gloucester are some additional well-known streets with interesting graffiti. Wrapping Up There's no shortage of excellent places to dine and drink in Brighton, the hip beach town. Over time, Brighton has developed into one of the nation's trendiest vacation destinations. Undoubtedly, one of the UK's most fascinating and vibrant destinations to visit is Brighton. This can actually make planning a trip to Brighton difficult; how do you decide which places to see and which to skip? Thankfully, we've taken care of it for you. All you have to do is enjoy yourself! Do you intend to travel to Brighton? If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about things to do in Brighton, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Unmissable Urban Delights: Things To Do In Glasgow UK City Hidden Gems: Things To Do In Manchester Coastal Bliss: Top Things To Do In Bournemouth
Unmissable Urban Delights: Things To Do In Glasgow
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 22, 2023
Scotland's second city, long eclipsed by sophisticated, tourist-heavy Edinburgh, has been quietly demonstrating that it's anything but second best. Glasgow has won many accolades for its culture. From the street art-filled east end to Rennie Mackintosh's architectural achievements (except for the tragically destroyed School of Art). Are you eager to visit the hippest city in Scotland? Everything you need to know is right here. Here are the mandatory things to do in Glasgow. Things To Do In Glasgow Image Source Glasgow in Gaelic stands for “dear green place.” And to no surprise, Glasgow is as green as it gets. It houses more than 90 parks and gardens that are woven through the city’s landscape. The Glasgow Botanical Garden is home to the largest plant collection in the UK. Here are some of the best things to do in Glasgow. Don’t miss out on your next trip. George Square Image Source George Square awaits everyone landing at Queen Street Station. It aids in the orientation of newcomers in the city center and is a constant site of protest and joy. George III is absent from the square. Enraged cotton and tobacco lords had monuments of him pulled down one after another. It happened ever since he lost their lands in the American War of Independence. Instead, the adjacent area known as Merchant City is booming these days, offering a ton of Glasgow activities. It also has a vibrant nightlife and boutique shopping. From that point on, Sauchiehall, Buchanan, and Argyle streets come together to form the Style Mile, a retail district. West End Image Source The city's famed West End houses opulent parks, incredibly elaborate Glasgow University buildings, and the ever-popular Kelvingrove Museum. It has everything from Salvador Dali's artwork to Glasgow's master architect and polymath Charles Rennie Mackintosh. The artwork feels like it belongs in a different universe. River Clyde Image Source It is difficult to visit Glasgow without spending some time on the banks of the River Clyde. It is where the superb Riverside Museum and the restored Tall Ship Glenlee are located. The SSE Hydro is close, but you can check out King Tut's Wah Wah Hut or the storied Barrowlands Ballroom. It is where Oasis first appeared. Art Museums Image Source The legacy of Rennie Mackintosh, Glasgow's poster child, is deeply ingrained in the city. You might spend an entire vacation simply strolling down a path of his creations. Many additional Mackintosh artifacts can still be seen. However, the beloved Glasgow School of Art is now recuperating from a series of devastating fires. Visit the House for an Art Lover, have tea at Mackintosh at the Willow, or go to The Lighthouse. The Mackintosh Interpretation Centre honors the life and career of the architect. Don't miss the opportunity to see the expansive city views from the observatory of the Water Tower from The Lighthouse. When the tower was first constructed, it had a functional dovecot. The carrier pigeons were employed to bring the Glasgow Herald journalists the afternoon sports scores. If you can escape Mackintosh's hold, there are still a lot of other cultural boxes to check. Behind an outstanding neo-classical façade, the Gallery of Modern Art (GOMA) houses works by Andy Warhol and David Hockney. Of particular note is the statue of the Duke of Wellington outside the entrance, posing with an orange traffic cone happily placed on his head. Explore the east end's mural trail for a gritty perspective on art, where enormous pieces of art loom around corners and look down from office buildings. Bars And Restaurants Image Source The Merchant City offers a variety of cuisines. Highlights include the amazing, enduring Café Gandolfi fish bar, Obsession of India, and the insanely popular Paesano Pizza. The bars are extremely busy, even though they are a little forgettable. Head to the freshly reopened Babbity Bowster for a more sedate pint. In the West End, things are, maybe unsurprisingly, considerably more upscale. A longtime favorite in the area near Glasgow University is Stravaigin. Glasgow's 17-year drought for a Michelin star was just ended when Cail Bruich was included in the 2021 guide. It is located nearby on Great Western Road. Ashton Lane, a short stroll south, offers a night out unto itself with its jam-packed bar and restaurant scene. The cobblestone includes the always-popular Ubiquitous Chip. Are you thinking of going south of Clyde? Admirers of Malaysian cuisine are gushing about Julie's Kopitiam. In the much-maligned Govanhill neighborhood, Nanika is a fantastic tiny Asian fusion restaurant. Over a hundred different rums are available at the nearby Rum Shack, but if you'd rather keep things classy, stop by the Gnom café, which is next to Queen's Park. The Necropolis Image Source The Necropolis, an exquisitely decaying cemetery with a spectacular location, is located in Glasgow's east as well. Paths wind among a variety of tall-spired mausoleums and weathered burial stones stacked up on a hill behind the historic cathedral in the heart of the city. When you reach the top of the trail, you'll be treated to breathtaking views over the city. Food & Cuisine Image Source Glasgow is a city that truly knows how to feed you; forget stories of deep-fried Mar Bars coupled with Irn Bru, and discover one of Scotland's most lively culinary scenes instead. Glasgow has an abundance of excellent places to stay, a thriving entertainment scene, and everything you could possibly need for a weekend getaway. Good cuisine, in fact, is a source of pride for the city's residents and a constant topic of conversation. Ask a Glaswegian where to eat, and you'll never receive a straight answer. But one thing you'll hear a lot is that the city's culinary center is located in Finnieston. The neighborhood that’s been named the hippest place to live in the UK. Of all the options, Crabshakk is unquestionably a must-see. This wonderful restaurant specializes in delicious Scottish seafood offering a rotating menu of specials and some amazing house specialties. The sizzling pan of scallops with caramelized anchovy sauce is a must-try. In addition to supporting Scottish food, The West End's enduringly well-liked Ubiquitous Chip has been setting the standard. It has been offering upscale, contemporary Scottish cuisine since 1971. One of Glasgow's most exciting culinary endeavors, Dockyard Social, is located in Finnieston as well. It is a street food market housed in a large industrial warehouse with three inspiring goals. It aims to highlight the best of the city's culinary scene, assist start-up food businesses, and support the neighborhood. This provides the most impoverished residents with professional culinary training. There are still foods to try throughout the entire city if you venture outside of Finnieston. A'Challtainn is located east of BAaD (Barras Art and Design), a hip urban area in the Barras Market. With a focus on sustainably sourced seafood from Scotland, this stunning restaurant has already won a few accolades in its brief existence. It won Best Rookie to the Glasgow culinary scene. While you're in the center, make sure to check out Paesano for their exceptional pizzas. They are masterfully charred in wood-fired ovens built in Naples using only the finest Italian ingredients. Wrapping Up Glasgow is home to the third-oldest underground train system in the world. The majority of the city's attractions, however, are easily accessible on foot. One single loop that revolves around the inner or outer line makes it impossible to misunderstand. When Celtic and Rangers, the city's Old Firm rivals, play, it's advisable to stay away from Celtic Park. It is located in the east of the city and Ibrox in the south. Almost 130 years later, one of the most bitter rivalries in sports is still incredibly bitter. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about things to do in Glasgow, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Historic City, Timeless Charm: Exploring The Best Things To Do In Bath UK City Hidden Gems: Things To Do In Manchester Coastal Bliss: Top Things To Do In Bournemouth
Historic City, Timeless Charm: Exploring The Best Things To Do In Bath
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 21, 2023
Bath is a charming city known for its rich history, breathtaking Georgian architecture, and significance in culture. It is located in Somerset, England's undulating hills. The Jane Austen Museum is a must-visit location for fans of the well-loved English novelist among its numerous attractions. Entering Bath is like entering a time capsule that transports visitors to a bygone age. It served as the inspiration for Jane Austen's classic novels. Bath greets you with an air of sophistication and charm from the moment you arrive. A visual feast that is the city's well-maintained Georgian architecture. It is distinguished by Bath stone with a honey tint. Bath boasts some of the most stunning architectural structures, including the Pulteney Bridge that spans the River Avon. The majestic crescent-shaped terrace known as the Royal Crescent adds to the charm. The dynamic and eclectic atmosphere of the city is created by the abundance of unique businesses, charming tearooms, and galleries of art. They line the cobblestone streets beautifully. Bath's attraction is enhanced by its thermal springs, which have drawn tourists for centuries. A well-preserved set of ancient Roman bathing and convivial structures, the Roman Baths provide insight into the city's history. We will now dive in to find things to do in Bath in this article. Overview: Things To Do In Bath Image Source Wander Bath's picturesque cobblestone streets, where gorgeous honey-colored houses recreate the sophistication of the Georgian era. One of the things to do in Bath is transporting yourself to scenes straight out of Bridgerton. Admire the famous Bath Abbey, a magnificent example of Gothic design, and discover the ancient Roman Baths. They allow you to experience both Roman engineering and the world of public bathing in the past. Bath's distinctive fusion of wellness, culture, and history ensures an amazing trip that is going to leave you feeling revived and fascinated by this part of the South West. Cuisine Image Source Bath's eating and drinking scene offers a culinary adventure that pleases a wide range of palates with a fascinating blend of history and innovation. The city is home to a variety of restaurants, ranging from chic bistros and fine dining venues to cozy tearooms and old-world taverns. Seasonal and local ingredients are the main focus, helping to create tasty recipes that pay homage to English heritage. They also draw inspiration from around the world. The city's markets, such as the Bath Farmers Market, include fresh vegetables, gourmet foods, and handcrafted goods. Bath's food scene offers a delicious experience for any palate. Whether you're looking for a modern elegance or a historic ambiance, Bath has it all. Savor traditional afternoon teas offered with scones and clotted cream, a mainstay of the South West of England. Or enjoy hearty pies and platters of cheeses produced locally. Bath's pubs are welcoming gathering spots for people to catch up and enjoy ales and ciders. Culture Image Source Bath's charm reaches far beyond its urban boundaries, revealing a mosaic of charming cities and towns that beg to be discovered. From, a market town tucked away in the Mendip Hills, provides a bohemian vibe, artisanal markets, and an artistic vibe. Alternatively, head to Wells, dubbed "England's smallest city," to take in its magnificent medieval streets and cathedral. With their distinct charms, these neighboring gems weave a tale that echoes Bath's own history and attraction. It beckons you to set out on an adventure through the center of the English countryside. Jane Austen: A Bath Essential Image Source A trip to the Jane Austen Museum is a voyage into the author's universe for voracious readers and Austen fans. It is one of the mandatory things to do in Bath. The museum is housed in the townhouse where Jane Austen lived from 1801 to 1806. It is located at 40 Gay Street. Entering the building transports you to the Regency era. Here you may fully immerse yourself in Jane Austen's everyday existence and literary legacy. A selection of relics, manuscripts, and private items that shed light on Austen's life and creative output are on display at the museum. The rooms where she wrote some of her most famous books, including "Pride and Prejudice" and "Emma," and lived are open for you to tour. The exhibits provide a physical link to the well-known author, showcasing everything from her writing station to her stunning jewels. In order to give visitors a true taste of Austen's world, the museum regularly hosts unique events and seminars, such as Regency tea soirees and costume dress-up sessions. They offer a fun way to get close to Austen's characters and learn more about the prevalent social mores. One of the main themes of Austen's works was Bath. Several of her writings, including "Northanger Abbey" and "Persuasion," were set in the city. You may walk in the footsteps of Jane Austen's characters as you stroll through Bath, seeing locations like the Pump Room, the Assembly Rooms, and the magnificent Bath Abbey. Read More: Discovering London’s Hidden Gems: Best Places To Visit In London All Things Austen: Regency Era Image Source In Austen's day, the Pump Room—an exquisite 18th-century social hub—was a center of social life. Even now, guests can partake in a small meal or a cup of tea while admiring the surroundings. Austen's elaborate dance scenes are inspired by social events. The Assembly Rooms, with its beautiful ballrooms, offer an insight into these festivities. The majestic ancient church known as Bath Abbey serves as a reminder of the religious legacy of the city. There is awe and reverence in it because of its magnificent architecture and high ceilings. These sacred walls provided a place of refuge and contemplation for many Austen characters, giving her works a spiritual undertone. For readers, Bath has a plethora of literary ties along with the Jane Austen Museum. A vast collection of scholarly books and rare editions of Jane Austen can be found at the Bath Central Library. One can find literary jewels at bookshops such as Topping & Company Booksellers and Mr. B's Emporium of Reading Delights. Discovering the life and writings of one of England's most renowned writers through visiting Bath and the Jane Austen Museum is an engrossing trip through time. Both fans of Jane Austen and history buffs will be fascinated by Bath's ageless charm and the immersive experience offered by the museum. So, lose yourself in Jane Austen's world, and stroll along the cobblestone streets. Take in the wonders of architecture, and allow Bath to envelop you in its enchantment. Explore this fascinating city to learn about the spirit of Regency England and Jane Austen's lasting influence. Wrapping Up Bath is easily accessible by air into Bristol airport due to its close vicinity to the city. It is about 45 minutes off by car or an hour away by public transportation. Similarly, it takes two hours to get to London Heathrow Airport by vehicle or public transportation. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask on things to do in Bath, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Coastal Bliss: Top Things To Do In Bournemouth Island Paradise Unveiled: Best Time To Visit The Philippines Vietnam Vistas: A Seasonal Guide To Crafting Your Vietnamese Adventure
UK City Hidden Gems: Things To Do In Manchester
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 21, 2023
Manchester is a diverse city with a lot to offer. From vibrant street art to Victorian-era structures, there's something for everyone. You can indulge in the local cuisine, explore lively neighborhoods, visit iconic landmarks and museums, and then party the night away in one of the best clubbing destinations in the UK. Known as England's second city, Manchester has a rich cultural heritage, boasting extensive libraries and a storied sporting history. The city's skyline is a blend of old and new, reflecting the dynamic atmosphere. With so much to see and do, there's no chance of getting bored in Manchester. Here are some of the best things to do in Manchester. Things To Do In Manchester Image Source If visiting Manchester is on your cards and you are not sure where to go or what to see, then we have got your back. We have enlisted some of the best places to visit and exciting things to do in Manchester. Check them out. Chetham’s Library Image Source Mancunian residents have enjoyed the honor of perusing the new books at Cheltham's Library for more than 350 years. But this is one of Manchester's most spectacular gems and not just an opportunity to check out new books. The sandstone structure was originally occupied by Manchester's Collegiate Church priests in 1421. The striking ceiling beams, the mahogany bookshelves, the antique arches. Every inch is replete with fascinating historical details. It's a remarkable historical artifact for which the library received official museum accreditation. While there, you can even have a guided tour. Bookworms, history buffs, and curious travelers should all make time to explore Chetham's Library. Ancoats Peeps Art Exhibition Image Source The bustling neighborhood of Ancoats is situated northwest of Manchester's downtown. The Ancoats Peeps, a fascinating network of peepholes embedded in the walls of numerous buildings, are located in this once-textile sector. Many pieces of machinery, secret chambers, and other items that offer a window into Manchester's industrial past can be found there. But it's unclear exactly where these people are located or even how many of them there are. It is up to you to investigate them while you try to piece together the history of this intriguing attraction. Manchester's Northern Quarter Image Source If you enjoy unique stores, unusual restaurants, live music venues, and street art, then Manchester's Northern Quarter is the place to go. In order to highlight some of the most amazing independent business owners in the city, this bustling neighborhood was created in the 1990s. Why not visit Afflecks to enjoy a multi-level retail experience? Numerous vendors may be found here, showcasing unique jewelry, vintage items, and even tattoo parlors. Alternatively, have a beer at Port Street Beer House and then head to Matt and Phred's for a soothing jazz music evening. Manchester's Northern Quarter has plenty to offer everyone, no matter what their interests are. Vimto Monument Image Source The unique flavor of Vimto was created by a passionate Manchester herbalist, John Noel Nichols. British citizens have enjoyed it for more than a century. A wooden sculpture called "A Monument to Vimto" is located at Vimto Park and was created as a tribute to this beloved beverage. The enormous fruits at the base represent the ingredients of the beverage, making it the ideal place to have a seat and take a picture! When visiting Manchester, the Vimto monument is a unique and fascinating must-see sight. Chinatown Image Source Visit the thriving Chinatown in Manchester for a culinary adventure. Take in all that East Asia has to offer as you stroll through the vibrant streets decked out with traditional Chinese decor. Savor a diverse range of genuine Chinese, Vietnamese, and Thai dishes at the many eateries and food carts. Taste senses will be tingling from scrumptious sweets to fragrant stir-fries and mouthwatering dim sum. China Town has an amazing eating experience. Albert Hall Image Source Albert Hall has become a location that skillfully blends entertainment and history. Located in a tastefully renovated Wesleyan chapel, it provides an unforgettable venue for concerts, live music events, and gatherings. The evocative interior enhances the experience, featuring elaborate architectural details and breathtaking stained-glass windows. Take in a performance by a nationally or internationally recognized artist, and allow the sensory overload of Albert Hall to enthrall you. Washhouse Cocktail Bar Are you up for a night out? Maybe you're tired from browsing all the stores that line the colorful streets of the city and need a peaceful nap. A visit to Shudehill's reservation-only Washhouse Cocktail Bar is ideal for unwinding with a delectable beverage. But since this cocktail bar is unlike any other, you'd better prepare your camera. As soon as you go inside what looks to be a laundromat, expect mystery and thrill. Before you can make it past the secret door and enter the speakeasy, there are a few steps you must take (the first clue is to visit their website). Upon entering, you can choose from a wide selection of cocktails, including both classic and unusual options. Art Galleries Image Source Manchester boasts an abundance of art galleries which will thrill art enthusiasts. There is a thriving art scene just waiting for you to discover. The art galleries are truly one of the best things to do in Manchester. It ranges from the well-known Manchester Art Gallery to smaller galleries displaying modern and rising artists. Here you can enjoy a fine selection of paintings, sculptures, and decorative pieces spanning many centuries. Take a deep dive into the creative process, and let thought-provoking exhibitions inspire you. Explore the wide range of artistic expressions produced by global artists. Manchester Cathedral Image Source For those who love history and architecture, Manchester Cathedral is a must-see location because of its magnificent Gothic architecture. Enter this hallowed place and marvel at its magnificence. Admire the elaborate stone carvings, the cathedral's stained-glass windows, and its calm atmosphere. Spend some time in silence reflecting, or go on a guided tour to learn more about the intriguing tales and history that surround this holy site. Old Trafford Image Source The Old Trafford Football Ground serves as a stadium that is home to Manchester United and is situated in the Old Trafford neighborhood. It provides exhilarating experiences for both game-viewing and tour visitors. It is one of the biggest stadiums in the UK and all of Europe, and it has played host to a number of major games and Olympic competitions. In addition to football, rugby is a popular sport here, so there's a good mix of games to choose from. You will love visiting the Old Trafford football stadium, whether your goal is to watch a match or just to take a tour of Manchester United's home. The athletic events are all family-friendly, so both adults and children may have a good time. Depending on the event or tour they're taking, most visitors spend between two and four hours here, though this can vary greatly because games and tours might last varied amounts of time. Wrapping Up You will not only make priceless memories by doing activities in Manchester, but you will also develop a greater understanding of the city's history, culture, and liveliness. Manchester's appeal is guaranteed to fascinate you whether you're an art enthusiast, sports lover, history buff, or just looking for new experiences. Keep in mind that Manchester offers much more than what is on this list. Now that you have your map and walking shoes on, it's time to explore this amazing city's hidden treasures and one-of-a-kind beauties. Make the most of your time in Manchester, a vibrant city with a diverse population, by exploring everything that it has to offer. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask about things to do in Manchester, then please leave a comment. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Coastal Bliss: Top Things To Do In Bournemouth Island Paradise Unveiled: Best Time To Visit The Philippines Vietnam Vistas: A Seasonal Guide To Crafting Your Vietnamese Adventure
Wheeling’s Holiday Celebrations Bring In Millions Of Dollars For The Local Economy From Tourists
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 16, 2023
Christmas lights, parades, and football bring a lot of people to Wheeling and Ohio County during this magical time of year, which also helps to boost the local economy. "The holiday season in Wheeling in Ohio County is perhaps the premiere time of the year," said Frank O’Brien, director, of Visit Wheeling. The Festival of Lights in Oglebay is expected to draw hundreds of thousands of visitors. Along with hundreds of people attending the city's Winter on the Plaza event, thousands will congregate around Wheeling's Fantasy in Lights Parade. When you have several hundred thousand people spending time in your community, they spend anywhere between $3 to $5 million while they’re here, and sometimes, it's even more than that," O’Brien said. Many more will also swarm Wheeling Island Stadium for the Super Six High School Championship games. Large crowds are drawn to Wheeling's downtown by an increase in events and performances at WesBanco Arena and the capital theatre. Numerous people will be dining out, lodging in hotels, and making purchases from neighborhood merchants. And even though the city is lined with substantial construction, many people are still traveling there and managing to make ends meet. "We have been able to actually track some of that,” O’Brien said. “I'm not going to say that the roads are not a problem -- and the sidewalks being torn up is a problem -- but we are finding that people are still coming, primarily to the events at the arena and Capital Theatre." According to O'Brien, tourism generates about $800 million in revenue for the Northern Panhandle annually. Moreover, it's reasonable to anticipate making close to $10 million in the county just this season. "It's a crucial time for tourism in our area, and I think we do it better than anybody else," O’Brien said. As the holidays draw near, there will be plenty of opportunities to spread cheer and wealth. Learn More About: November Trips In 2023: From London To The World Zanzibar Or Oman: Which Do The Hungarian Tourists Like?
Zanzibar Or Oman: Which Do The Hungarian Tourists Like?
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 14, 2023
Oman and Zanzibar are now two of the most popular destinations for tourists of Hungary, especially in the New Year time. Both countries are visited mainly by couples and adults. The number of tourists visiting the two spots have recordedly increased sevenfold. The beginning of the winter season has come late crossing over from the long, mild autumn, onto the winter. Bookings for the end of the year are now open. But what can you expect in the winters of these two countries? Although Turkey, Egypt, and the Canary Islands are perennial favorites, they are also frequented all year. The holiday bookings in the autumn months has increased by 27-28% in the last year. Regardless of family status and the calendar, and looking at the cold seasons in general – October to April – Egypt, Turkey, and the Canary Islands are competing with Zanzibar and the United Arab Emirates for the top spot. At the end of the season, it will be interesting to see how this year’s new hit, Oman, finally shifts the ranking. In the autumn-winter period, the majority of travelers spend eight to nine days away, and 76% of trips opt for all-inclusive or ultra-all-inclusive for these days. 55% of those who travel at this time of year are in the 40-59 age group: for them, such a trip is also about self-care, whether it is about preparing for the end-of-year drive or relaxing. Most people travel on Fridays and Sundays, the fewest on Mondays. Read Also: November Trips In 2023: From London To The World Tenerife Aiming High To Offer Brits More Than Beaches And Court Markets Vietnam’s International Tourist Influx Surpasses Expectation, Reaches 8.9 Million
Vietnam’s International Tourist Influx Surpasses Expectation, Reaches 8.9 Million
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 11, 2023
Vietnam has exceeded its target of attracting eight million international visitors for the year 2023 by welcoming 8.9 million tourists in the first nine months. This target was set before China reopened following COVID-19-related border closures, from where around one-third of Vietnam's total international tourists came in 2019. This figure is less than half the pre-pandemic international arrivals, which were 18 million. With the introduction of new, more open visa policies, there have been calls to revise the target. Vu The Binh, the chairman of the Vietnam Tourism Association, said that Vietnam could increase the target to 10-12 million tourists by 2023, which is achievable. During the first nine months of 2023, the number of visitors was 4.7 times higher than the same period in the previous year, but only 69% of the figure seen in the same period of 2019. In September, Vietnam welcomed over one million foreign visitors, down 13.4% compared to the previous month. Out of the total number of tourists, 87.5% arrived in Vietnam by air, 11.8% by road, and 0.7% by sea. The majority of the arrivals were from Asia, followed by Europe, the Americas, Oceania, and Africa. The revenue from accommodation and catering services in this period saw a rise of 16%, and earnings from travel and tourism services increased by 47.7% year-on-year. Micenet Magazine, Australia, has recently called the central region of Vietnam the new hotspot for MICE tourism. The magazine wrote, “Central Việt Nam is coming into its own as more international and domestic flights serve Đà Nẵng City, which is growing as a destination for conferences, meetings and incentive events. Its location between two UNESCO world heritage sites – Hội An, 30km southeast, and Huế, 100km northwest – also helps”. The city offers an array of choices from luxury and 5-star international as well as local brand hotels around the city, with a long beach stretching 60 km. This surge in Vietnam’s tourism has been a result of the accessible e-visa policy made available by Vietnam to its visitors. Even travel agencies have contributed to the spike that has made travel easier for tourists. They are offering cheaper flights and attractive deals to streamline e-visa services for travelers, especially from India. It makes visas a 100% online process, with limited documentation. Now you can look up the best time to visit Vietnam, because this is probably a sign for you to get packing for a Vietnam trip. Read Also: November Trips In 2023: From London To The World The Best Hotels In Mexico City For A Frida Kahlo Pilgrimage Excited For Christmas? Leicester Square’s Glittering Christmas Market Is Returning To London From Nov 8
Tenerife Aiming High To Offer Brits More Than Beaches And Court Markets
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 10, 2023
Dimple Melwani has been appointed to be the head of the tourism sector of Tenerife since mid-September. She is the chief executive of Tenerife Tourism Corporation. She told TTG that the destination has been investing a lot into making tourism more diversified. It will then offer international visitors a wide range of things to enjoy. While speaking to WTM London, Melwani said that diversifying the tourism strategy would ultimately strengthen the core market. The UK, ever since the pandemic wrapped up, has started to see the island as something more than just a beach destination. 75% of the British population of about 1.6 million that have traveled to Tenerife in the past nine months have opted for cultural and sporting activities such as trekking or cycling. This is what the Tenerife Tourism Corporation data has revealed. Melwani describes the objective of Tenerife to attract more high-end customers to the island. “This change is important because it aligns with our tourism strategy.” To attract more Brits, Tenerife has featured different roadshows at trade fairs across the UK. They have also held face-to-face travel agent training sessions all around the year. It is set to continue in 2024. Tenerife is simultaneously looking to expand its reach into long-haul markets like the Middle East and Southeast Asia. It also seeks to improve connectivity for neighboring countries like Canada, France, and the US. Tenerife welcomed its first direct US flight last June straight from New York. Melwani added, “We have this connectivity with the US because we understand there’s demand for it.”To sum it up, Tenerife will continue to focus on reinforcing the core markets of its base while also expanding into new ones. It will be part of its 2024 tourism regeneration strategy. Dimple Melwani, the chief executive of Tenerife Tourism Corporation, has revealed. Read Also: November Trips In 2023: From London To The World The Best Hotels In Mexico City For A Frida Kahlo Pilgrimage Excited For Christmas? Leicester Square’s Glittering Christmas Market Is Returning To London From Nov 8
November Trips In 2023: From London To The World
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 9, 2023
There are quite a few exciting events that you can plan for a quick holiday away in November 2023. We are enlisting some of them so you can check them out according to your convenience. Here are some exciting events that you can explore for a quick getaway in November 2023. Check out the Christmas Light Trails, where the palaces and gardens are within walking distance of London City, and winter light trails are open, especially in this month. You can also witness the Shining Lights of Service, a neon commission by artist Chila Kumari Singh Burman MBE, outside the Royal Pavilion in Brighton. It is set to be held on 11 November-28 January (East Sussex). It explores its role as a hospital for wounded Indian soldiers during the First World War. If you are a fan of wine and cheese, the Hitchin Wine and Food Festival is a must-attend event where you can try a selection of wines and champagnes chosen by local vintners, paired with cheeses from a specially curated cheeseboard. You can access this event on 11 November (Hertfordshire). For movie buffs, the Brighton Film Festival showcases feature and short films from around the world, along with preview screenings, director Q&A sessions, and more. It will be held on 10-19 November (East Sussex). Rochester Cathedral hosts a Jazz and Blues Festival over four days, featuring musical greats like Billy Childish and the Chatham Singers, the James Taylor Quartet, and the Nigel Price Organ Trio. Check out our guide to the town for other things to see and do and places to eat and drink while you're in Rochester. Catch the show on 15-18 November (Kent). These are only a few of the events. If you are interested, check out the tickets for the events, if needed, so you don’t miss out on the holiday fun. Read Also: Excited For Christmas? Leicester Square’s Glittering Christmas Market Is Returning To London From Nov 8 Singaporean Expert Says Vietnam Tourism Needs Better Destination Management: Report The Best Hotels In Mexico City For A Frida Kahlo Pilgrimage
Coastal Bliss: Top Things To Do In Bournemouth
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 7, 2023
If you're looking for a perfect family-friendly beach getaway, Bournemouth should definitely be on your list. You can explore the coastline and visit the famous Boscombe Pier by joining a hop-on-hop-off bus tour. For nature lovers, a trip to Hengistbury Head nature reserve can be a great experience. If you love being on the water, you can take a cruise around Poole Harbor and its islands, which can be a memorable afternoon excursion. And last but not least, enjoying fish and chips on the beach is a must-try experience. This destination is ideal for families with kids who enjoy spending time around boats. There are two Blue Flag beaches in the area, Durley Chine and Alum Chine, which are perfect for children. They have soft white sand, beach huts, and playgrounds, making it an exciting place for them to explore. In this article, we will explain some of the most exciting things to do in Bournemouth. Bournemouth: An Overview Although there is something magical about escaping to the British coast in autumn. Of course, the obvious time to visit is summer. But the peak months offer a more relaxed pace away from the busy crowds. It has unobstructed sea views, refreshing freshness in the air, and plenty of activities and events to enjoy. If you're looking for something away from the coastline, why not check out the Bournemouth Arts Festival? It runs from October 14th to 21st and features a variety of performances in dance, music, film, theater, literature, and visual arts. One of the highlights is Hydromania, a show that promises to be both surprising and delightful. With over 50 events taking place throughout the city's unique locations, the 'Indian Summer' offers an exciting artistic experience. For those seeking more active activities, Boscombe Pier is a great spot for mini-golf. And for the thrill-seekers, zip-lining from Bournemouth Pier to the beach is a must-try adventure. During New Year's Eve, the coastal and woodland walks in Dorset are perfect for relaxation. You can enjoy strolls along the beautiful beaches or wander through the 3km of Grade II listed Victorian gardens in the city center, which turn into a kaleidoscope of autumn colors. There's even a guided Tree Trail sheet to help you learn more about each species as you explore the gardens. This seaside escape is affordable, starting at just £450 for 4 midweek nights on the beach. Top Things To Do In Bournemouth Image Source Whether you're traveling with young children or older kids, seaside destinations in the UK offer something for everyone. Bournemouth is rich in local culture, history, adventure, and breathtaking sea views. Check out our top picks for a fun-filled beachy getaway. 1. Bournemouth Beach Image Source Experience the epitome of nautical bliss at Bournemouth Beach, where golden sand stretches for miles, inviting you to relax, sunbathe, and enjoy a refreshing dip in the glistening waters of the English Channel. “Beautiful beach easily accessible, fantastically clean, good facilities. Great beach. Plenty of things to do amusements, oceanarium, Bournemouth wheel. Plenty of places to eat can recommend Aruba bar serves food all day, reasonably priced.” - Deb 2. Stroll Through Bournemouth Gardens Image Source Immerse yourself in the peaceful beauty of Bournemouth Gardens as you stroll along winding paths surrounded by lush greenery, vibrant flower beds, and tranquil ponds, offering a peaceful escape from the busy city. “A lovely area of grass and shade that separates the Bournemouth beach from the shops. It goes along the back of the Pavillion and BH2 is just off it. Some nice live music was playing one evening. A relaxing place to people watch.” - ADPW62 3. Oceanarium Image Source Immerse yourself in a world of aquatic wonders at the Oceanarium, where you can admire fascinating marine life, meet fascinating creatures from around the world, and learn about the importance of protecting the oceans. “We had such a fantastic day at Oceanarium! There are so many different things to see and the areas are set up really well. Lunch was also really good in the cafe and a fair price. We would definitely return to Oceanarium in a few months.” - Georgie James 4. Russell-Cotes Art Gallery And Museum Image Source Step into the treasure trove of art and history at the Russell-Cotes Art Gallery and Museum. Admire stunning artwork, explore fascinating exhibits, and dive into the lives of the Victorian collectors who once called this enchanting mansion home. “Really interesting and cultural place to visit whilst in Bournemouth. The volunteer guide was very knowledgeable and friendly. Good value at £7.50 entrance, you would need an hour or two to see all the rooms and gardens. Perhaps not that interesting for young children. There is a nice cafe inside for coffee after your visit.” - gurux101 5. RockReef Pier Zip Line Image Source Feel the adrenaline rush as you float over the waves from RockReef's exciting pier. Enjoy panoramic views of the coast and enjoy the thrill of this unique and unforgettable experience. “Highly recommend this as part of a family day out, we participated in climbing with our kids (7 & 9). Had much longer than our session because they were not fully booked. Young staff team were really good.” -- Experience154700 6. BIC (Bournemouth International Centre) Image Source Enjoy entertainment at the Bournemouth International Center (BIC), a premier venue for a variety of events, including concerts, conferences, and exhibitions, ensuring there is always something exciting going on. “We went to see The War of the Worlds. Oh what a show, it was fantastic. The BIC is a brilliant place to watch a show. We were lucky to have good seats near the front, but if you were to sit anywhere in the theatre you would have a good view of the stage.” - Geraldineoz 7. Smugglers Cove Adventure Golf Image Source Go on a pirate-themed adventure at Smugglers Cove Adventure Golf. Go through challenging paths full of obstacles, caves, and waterways and create a fun experience for all ages. “A brilliant way to spend some time. Beautiful views of the sea whilst you play crazy golf. We, two adults, enjoyed ourselves thoroughly and it was lovely to see families also having a huge amount of fun.” - Emily S 8. City Sightseeing Bournemouth Hop On Hop Off Tour Image Source Discover the city's highlights on a Bournemouth City Sightseeing Tower Tour. Explore at your own pace, hopping on and off the iconic red buses to visit attractions, landmarks, and scenic viewpoints. “Booked bus tour and boat cruise, was looked after by staff on both the bus and boat. Not the best weather but really enjoyed. Good local knowledge via commentary.” - SimonMLincoln 9. VR Center Image Source Immerse yourself in the exciting world of virtual reality at Center VR. From epic gaming experiences to mind-blowing simulations, this state-of-the-art attraction offers tech lovers a unique and immersive adventure. “Firstly we were very impressed with the service we received from the staff throughout. From booking the experience over the phone, to arrival and starting the game, even chatting to staff after the game they were friendly, knowledgeable, helpful and generally a pleasure to deal with.” - Paul T 10. Mr. Mulligans Image Source Unleash your competitive spirit with Mr. At Mulligans, a fantastic venue offering indoor adventure golf, interactive games, and a lively atmosphere. Perfect for a fun day out with friends or family. “Booking was easy and, I think, reasonably priced. Staff very friendly and it was very clean. We were lucky it was very quiet when we went so we didn't feel rushed or crowded. Fun and imaginative courses.” - Mandy W Wrapping Up Immerse yourself in the enchanting beauty of Bournemouth, an enchanting seaside town on the edge of Dorset. Its amazing beaches, thriving nightlife, and endless charm make it worth a visit. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask on things to do in Bournemouth, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: These Are The 30+ Things To Do In Mexico City That You Must Try! Some Of The Best Things To Do In Navarre Beach, Florida You Won’t Believe The Best Things To Do When In Fiji!
Under The Stars: Discovering The Best Camping Sites Near Me!
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 7, 2023
So you are planning to go on a camping trip? Are you looking for the “best campgrounds near me?” Well, you are in luck. The abundance of picturesque camping locations from coast to coast is one of the best things about exploring the United States. On a weekend (or longer) camping excursion, nature lovers can take in the crisp air, stunning mountains, and crystal-clear lakes and streams. In addition to offering extensive picnic sites, hiking trails, and chances for outdoor recreation in the vast wide wilderness, these scenic locales are also ideal places to pitch a tent. These are some of the most picturesque spots to camp in the United States, from serene beaches in Florida to majestic mountains in Alaska, to picturesque woodlands in Maine. Campgrounds Near Me? Here They Are If you're considering a road trip, many of these parks provide distinctive, developed campgrounds with amenities like running water and electricity for RV parking. There are several locations for backcountry camping where more seasoned campers and outdoor enthusiasts may really rough it in the woods. In either case, make sure to pack a sleeping bag and check the website to confirm that the campground of your choice is available before you go. After all, many of these locations are only open during certain times of the year. Be advised that the majority of the national parks and campsites on this list are home to wild animals. Bears, including black, brown, and grizzly bears, abound on the grounds. Try to keep some safety tools at hand while you visit the campsites. Minnewaska State Park Reserve Image Source Minnewaska State Park Reserve is located on Shawangunk Ridge, more than 2,000 feet above sea level, and is surrounded by mountainous terrain despite being only 94 miles from New York City. That is a large area to hike, ride, and — most importantly — take in the scenery. Since it is closed during the winter, you can make reservations for your trip to the Sam F. Pryor III Shawangunk Campground online beginning each year in March. There are five car camping sites and 50 tent sites (24 walk-in and 26 drive-in), as well as facilities including WiFi, coin-operated showers, community fire pits, and picnic pavilions. Assateague Island National Seashore Image Source The Assateague Island National Seashore campgrounds offer a 37-mile-long beach for camping, swimming, surfing, paddleboarding, crabbing, biking, kayaking, and seeing wild horses. They are located about nine miles south of Ocean City, Maryland. Despite being situated in both Maryland and Virginia, Assateague Island National Seashore only offers camping on the Maryland side. Firewood from outside of Maryland cannot be brought in by campers, and if you're bringing any furry pals, you'll need to make sure they have all of their vaccines current and sign a pet policy agreement. From mid-March to mid-November, campsites can be secured online in advance; the majority have picnic tables and a fire ring. Big Bend National Park In Texas Image Source Big Bend National Park in Texas, which is located along the Rio Grande, is a fantastic choice if you're searching for a terrific location to go rafting, canoeing, or kayaking. For hiking or backpacking, there are numerous paths around the park's desert, mountain, and riverscapes. There are three campgrounds—Chisos Basin, Rio Grande Village, and Cottonwood—as well as a large number of backcountry camping options. For river trips and authorized backcountry use at the park's rustic campgrounds, reservations in advance are necessary for everybody. Cody Wyoming Trout Ranch Image Source Fishing enthusiasts should reserve an RV site, a sheep wagon, or a teepee at the Cody Wyoming Trout Ranch in Wyoming. It is located along the Shoshone River. The campground, which is open from April to September, accepts guests of all ages and has both river and stocked fishing ponds. The teepees, which have views of the river, are a terrific way to spend time outside in comfort, even if you're less likely to pick up a fishing pole. Yellowstone National Park is only a short drive away, and there are amenities like showers, laundry, picnic tables, a playground, a coffee cafe, and communal fire pits all on the property. Make careful to reserve online in advance, especially if you're visiting Wyoming over a weekend or a holiday. Kipahulu Campground In Haleakala National Park Image Source There are many places to camp in Hawaii, but one of the most picturesque is at Kpahulu Campground in Haleakala National Park on Maui. The views of the ocean are spectacular, and the landscape is beautiful and full of streams and waterfalls. Although you can drive in and stay for three days, the campground is a little out of the way. There are restrooms, picnic tables, and a water refill station. However, you should pack both rain and sun protection for your trip because you will likely be far from civilization. Once you're there, the hiking paths, beginning with the four-mile Ppwai Trail, will entice you. It's a side of Hawaii that an all-inclusive resort is most definitely not going to feature. Read More: 7 Best Places For Free Camping Near Me In Las Vegas Sawtooth National Recreation Area Image Source Another answer to “best camping sites near me” would be the Sawtooth National Recreation Area. Views from the rugged Smoky Mountains are breathtaking, like something from a Bob Ross painting. In this 756,000-acre forest, there are dozens of campgrounds, but Sawtooth National Recreation Area is one of the greatest. A great way to reconnect with nature is to go hiking, camping, fishing, canoeing, rafting, boating, trekking, or cycling there. Camping season runs from late May to mid-September each year, and while half of the sites are first come, first served, reservations are available online in advance. Grand Teton National Park Image Source The Rocky Mountains are just to the north of Jackson Hole, along with a variety of wildlife and lakes. In addition, Grand Teton National Park is close to the National Elk Refuge. Here, depending on the time of year, you might be able to see hundreds of elk. Although there are six campgrounds inside the national park where you can stay, Signal Mountain has the greatest recommendations. If you want something other than standard tent camping, there is also an RV park and a village with tent cottages. Whatever you do, book as long in advance as you can. Because camping internet reservations open up to six months in advance and frequently sell out. Watch out for moose, mule deer, and bison that are on the move. Wrapping Up Are you excited? Have you been planning a camping trip for some time? Or maybe you searched “best campgrounds near me” on Google? We hope this list inspires you to go on that trip you have been dreaming about. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Jet-Set In Style: Unveiling The Monos Luggage Collection For Your Next Adventure This Is The Best Time To Visit The Seven Magic Mountains In Vegas! These Are The 30+ Things To Do In Mexico City That You Must Try!
Vietnam Vistas: A Seasonal Guide To Crafting Your Vietnamese Adventure
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 7, 2023
A blend of natural beauty, a rich history, and a dynamic culture make Vietnam in southeast Asia perhaps one of the most attractive nations on the continent. It has become a popular travel destination. Vietnam offers a really unique experience with its broad range of scenery. You will find breathtaking coasts, towering mountains, lush deltas, and dynamic towns in Vietnam. Vietnam is a land of contrasts. It is the site of some of the world's most stunning beach locations, including Da Nang, Nha Trang, and Phu Quoc Island. Crystal-clear waters and white sands form a tropical paradise abound on these beaches. On the other hand, energetic hubs with bustling marketplaces, active street life, and a vibrant food scene, Vietnam's cities like Ho Chi Minh City and Hanoi provide a vivid fusion of modernity and tradition. If you want to know the best time to visit Vietnam, we are spilling all the details here. Best Time To Visit Vietnam Image Source Your best bet to visit this beautiful country is between November and April. From Sapa's verdant rice terraces to Ha Long Bay's spectacular limestone karsts, Vietnam is home to some breathtaking vistas. For those who enjoy being outside, it offers plenty of chances. Adventure seekers have a variety of activities. It includes trekking in the northern mountains, visiting caverns in Phong Nha-Ke Bang National Park, or sailing the Mekong Delta. In coastal regions, water sports like kayaking, diving, and snorkeling are also very popular. Vietnam has a rich past that is evident in its many historical sites and is firmly anchored in ancient traditions. The Complex of Hue Monuments, Hoi An Ancient Town, My Son Sanctuary, and the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty. These are some of the UNESCO World Heritage Sites. Hue, an imperial city that has a Citadel and other royal tombs, also preserves the splendor of earlier Vietnamese eras. Vietnam now is a far cry from its turbulent and war-torn past. Its cities and towns are bursting with tall and imposing skyscrapers. It also has charming floating markets and mopeds zipping through the streets. You may complete the experience with the consistently delicious traditional Vietnamese cuisine. Vietnam is becoming more and more well-known on a global scale. Try well-known meals such as pho (noodle soup), banh mi (baguette sandwich), fresh spring rolls, and mouthwatering seafood. Vietnam is unique in that it offers a wide range of experiences. It offers a range from the craggy peaks of Ha Giang to the Mekong Delta's backwaters. Chase dragons in Hue join the crowd inside the canary-yellow walls of Hoi An's UNESCO Ancient Town. Finally, find space to breathe in a remote northern Vietnamese village. There are sand dunes in Mui Ne, tea fields in Thai Nguyen, waterwheels in Pu Luong, and hundreds of charming hamlets and intriguing little cities. The small villages dot the velvety rice terraces of Sapa and Mu Cang Chai. They also abound in the spiky limestone karsts of Halong Bay and Ninh Binh. Things To Do In Vietnam Image Source Now that you know when is the best time to visit Vietnam, here are some things you can try out when you visit: Learn To Prepare Vietnamese Cuisine- It's one thing to enjoy great Vietnamese cuisine. Consuming it after learning how to prepare it is another! Dive Underwater At Nha Trang- Although Nha Trang offers some fantastic diving, you would not think of Vietnam as a major dive destination. Visit The Canyons In Dalat- Climb, slide, leap, and rappel your way across canyons in this breathtaking location! Visit Da Nang's Marble Mountains- These stunning mountains have amazing vistas and temples to stop at along the trip. They have been quarried for marble for years. Sandboard Along Mui Ne's Sand Dunes- Similar to snowboarding, but you will go down enormous sand dunes! Embrace the rush! Go To Ghan Da Dia's Giants Causeway- Located in Northern Ireland, half a world from the Giant's Causeway, be awed by this extraordinary geological formation. Outside Of Ho Chi Minh City, See The Cu Chi Tunnels- Without visiting these famous tunnels that were utilized during the war, no vacation to HCMC is complete. Ride A Bike Over The Hoi An Pass- This is regarded as one of the most stunning stretches of road in the entire globe. Enjoy! Read More: Walking On Sunshine: Exploring The Magic Of Vietnam’s Golden Hand Bridge! Where To Stay Image Source Vietnam is currently home to a wide variety of lodgings thanks to the country's construction boom. It includes glitzy sky pads in Ho Chi Minh City and rustic mountain retreats with nearby hill tribes. For the extravagant, there are opulent beach resorts with world-class spas. Whether you're on a tight budget or can afford to splurge, Vietnam excels in providing quality lodging at affordable prices. You can discover family guesthouses, flashpacker hostels, and fantastic local businesses. Wink Hotels, which recently launched in Ho Chi Minh City's hip District 3 with fusion cuisine and artsy rooms, starts at £30 per night. The most expensive option is to book a night at a landmark hotel like the Park Hyatt Saigon or Sofitel Legend Metropole Hanoi. Boutique hotels abound in this region of Southeast Asia, so you won't have to travel far when looking for something more design-focused. The InterContinental Sun Peninsula Resort Danang, Hotel de la Coupole Mgallery Sapa, JW Marriott Phu Quoc Bay, and Capella Hanoi are some of the hotels. They were created by hotel designer Bill Bensley. Labels like An Lam, Fusion, Azerai, and Zannier promote a more eco-chic look. Wrapping Up Despite having one of the longest wars of any country, a third of Vietnam's 97 million residents are under 30. This vibrant fusion of the ancient and new is what has propelled the nation from post-war destitution. It has become one of Asia's fastest-growing economies and one of the most popular tourist destinations. Vietnam has over 2,000 miles of majestic coastline, a profusion of golden beaches, fishing villages, and idyllic tropical islands. It has national parks and mind-boggling biodiversity. Its spectacular inland waterways stretch from its northern border with China to the Gulf of Thailand in the southwest. Halong Bay is one of Vietnam's most famous spectacular inland waterways. Vietnam has a patchwork of undulating mountains, dizzying rice terraces, and 1,000-year-old temples. Its vibrant cities, and life-giving rivers, most notably the Mekong, help dazzle its interiors. Along the way, you can munch your way through the trip. You can choose between mountains of zingy fresh food. There are meaty banh mi sandwiches, prawn-filled spring rolls, and sizzling banh xeo pancakes. You can pick up a whole new wardrobe from cheap-as-chips tailors. Or you could immerse yourself in a variety of historical treasures. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask on when is the best time to visit Vietnam, please leave a comment. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: THIS Is When You Should Visit Maldives! Island Paradise Unveiled: Best Time To Visit The Philippines This Is The Best Time To Visit The Seven Magic Mountains In Vegas! Singaporean Expert Says Vietnam Tourism Needs Better Destination Management: Report
Jet-Set In Style: Unveiling The Monos Luggage Collection For Your Next Adventure
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 6, 2023
For regular travelers or digital nomads, a well-designed suitcase is crucial. It is probably the most crucial travel item. It is incumbent that you choose the ideal one to safely manage all of your travel necessities. Given how important it is, it is natural that travelers want to make a solid investment in their travel luggage that will last a long while. Despite this, it can be difficult to select the ideal bag. Today, we'll discuss the Monos luggage line of bags. Although Monos is a relatively new travel accessory company, its wide selection of bags is helping it thrive in the market. Is this emerging luggage brand any good? Can Monos be trusted in place of reliable names like Samsonite or Tumi? Before spending your money on the new Monos luggage, you need to learn everything about Monos and its products. Here is all you need to know and reviews from people who have used it. What Is Monos Luggage? Image Source The Vancouver-based company Monos travel luggage offers a range of travel-related products. Today, the primary focus will be on its specialty collection of high-end travel luggage and bags. Every Monos bag has a clean, fashionable design with lots of useful functions. The quality of the Monos luggage is what distinguishes it from its competition. In order to make its products last longer, Monos portrays itself as an ethical company by sourcing high-quality, sustainable materials. And if you care about protecting the environment (we should all strive to do our part!), this is a bonus. It's fantastic to know that Monos is a certified climate-conscious business with zero net carbon emissions. It provides eco-friendly and non-cruelty-based products. These both seem to be excellent selling points and are definitely things you should strive to look for when purchasing a purse. Is the cost of a Monos travel bag really worth it, despite these significant product accomplishments? Is Monos luggage worth it? Here is our take on it. Important Physical Characteristics Of Monos Luggage Image Source The minimalist and understated appearance of Monos baggage bags makes them ideal for all sorts of travel. They are available in a variety of neutral yet fashionable colors, as well as occasionally limited edition hues. This luggage’s robust surfaces are made of aerospace-grade polycarbonate, a substance renowned for its extraordinary toughness and stress resistance. They are conveniently portable thanks to their silent-running wheels and telescoping handles. Strong YKK zippers and TSA combination locks from Monos ensure that your possessions are secure. Monos has also done a good job of covering the safety issue. All Monos baggage includes a couple of shoe bags, an anti-microbial laundry bag, and a vegan leather luggage tag. Here is a quick overview of everything Monos has to offer: Different Sizes Minimal and Chic Designs Functional Features TSA-Approved Locks Monos has not left any stone unturned. In any case, Monos has been approved as a climate-neutral brand. You may feel good about purchasing things from this company, as I already indicated. A lifetime guarantee, a 100-day return policy, and free delivery to the United States and Canada are some of the additional benefits. We will now describe what Monos has to offer in terms of its featured luggage. Remember that the prices and availability are preliminary and subject to change. Visit the official website of Mono for the most recent information on prices, offers, features, and availability. Monos Luggage Review: Carry-On Collection Image Source The carry-on range features 4 models: a) Monos Carry-On - $272 b) Monos Carry-On Plus - $294 c) Monos Carry-On Pro - $300 d) Monos Carry-On Pro Plus - $321 The Carry-On models' interiors are exceptionally well-designed. The interior of Monos Luggage is lined with an antibacterial substance to keep the bag tidy and clean. You can organize your necessities with the help of the many pockets as well! Monos bags make sure you keep organized when traveling with a zipped panel on one side and a compression pad-held pocket on the other. Here are the details of each model of Monos' Carry-On collection: Carry-On Image Source Because it can fit in most overhead compartments, the carry-on is designed to be the most practical size of the bag. No matter your destination or airline, Monos' standard-size carry is the ideal cabin-sized travel companion. Its outside dimensions are 22" by 14" by 9”. User Review: "I wanted a suitcase that didn’t look like everyone’s Away suitcase at baggage claim. I waited for a sale and got the carry on and check-in medium in terracotta. I get compliments on the color, but it does get scuffed up easily, which I don’t think is really avoidable for suitcases that aren’t black/dark grey. I was worried about the quality because it felt a thinner than Away, but I really stuffed both to the brim (like sitting on it to zip it up) on international trips and it surprisingly held up." Carry-On Plus Image Source A larger "sibling" of Monos' original Carry-On is the Carry-On Plus. For travelers who want more space, this is the perfect suitcase. According to Monos, the Carry-On Plus will fit most US airline guidelines due to its size and proportions. However, this might not be your luggage if you're traveling on a smaller aircraft or using a carrier with stricter carry-on regulations. The Carry-On Plus is 23" x 15" x 9.5" in size. User Review: “Purchased the monos Hybrid Carry-On Plus for about $300. When I purchased the luggage I thought the suitcase was ALL aluminum and it’s NOT which I was bummed about. The luggage is plastic and the frame and latches are made of aluminum. Would I buy again probably not but for $300 I can’t complain I guess. One of the things I was worried about was the size being too big for carry-on. I flew with United from LAX to Cancun and to my surprise it fit in their overhead compartment. I tried writing a review on their website but I was unable to do so. I contacted Monos and they told me that they would send me an email after 90 days of purchase which I thought was weird. I never received the link to write a review. I contacted them again and they said they didn’t have the ability to send me another link which I thought was suspicious. So it may be some of their reviews may be biased.” Carry-On Pro Image Source The Carry-On Pro is the following variant. In addition to having a front pocket, a laptop sleeve, and zipped pouches, it is the same size as the original Carry-On. User Review: “My go-to boring and ugly American Tourister black carry-on gave out on me after 9 years of service (10/10 durability). On the market for a treat-yo self-stylish upgrade for my suitcase, I got the Monos Carry-On pro and I am obsessed. It's functional, has held up great over several international flights over the last few months, and the four-wheel drive is impressively smooth. Above all - its just CUTE.” Carry-On Pro Plus Image Source The concept is the same. Use the extra exterior pocket on the Carry-On Plus to fit electronic devices like computers, iPads, or travel headphones inside. Monos' Carry-On Pro Plus is made to cover all that. Advice: The Carry-On Pro Plus is bigger than a typical carry-on luggage and may not fit in the overhead compartments of smaller aircraft or airlines. User Review: “Initially I felt the duffel cost way more than it should. However, when I received the duffel and compared it to another one I recently purchased I realized that the bag is made with a lot of thought involved and the quality of the material is great. I am now considering buying the duffel in another color and giving away the one I originally purchased especially after traveling with it.” Conclusions About The Carry-On Lineup We hope the differences between the various models are clear. How do they perform when traveling with others? These carry-on bags meet all the right standards. They are lightweight, made of materials that are extremely durable, and simple to manage. However, these bags don't always adhere to size requirements. One piece of advice I would provide is to make sure your Monos Carry-On works with your favorite carrier by checking the measurements, especially for the Pro and Pro Plus! Additionally, the front pocket of Mono's Pro luggage is frequently criticized for being challenging to close when fully packed. Pack sensibly and appropriately! Read Also: Traveling During Winter? Here Is A Winter Vacation Planning Checklist Winter Camping Checklist: 10 Must-Have Items For A Cozy Campsite Must Pack Business Travel Packing List Along With Tips 5 Backpacking Tips For An Unforgettable Euro-Trip
Excited For Christmas? Leicester Square’s Glittering Christmas Market Is Returning To London From Nov 8
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 6, 2023
Leicester Square is the throbbing quadrilateral at the center of London’s tourist district. It has got a whole new look for the festive season. At the square, the Christmas market stalls abound with each selling seasonal treats, delicious food, and drinks. To put it simply, you will be gleefully drowning in glühwein and bratwurst. Sounds jolly enough? And yet that is not all! Along with the fairy-lit rhombus of Crimbo commerce, there is the Spiegeltent who will be playing host to a hoard of performances. The Olivier Award-winning variety show La Clique will be present. La Clique is the Aussie alternative circus and cabaret show that stays here for 8 weeks. They will be ringing in Christmas in style while returning for another year of vibrance and talent. The full details for the show have not been announced but previous line-ups included kids and family-friendly entertainment. Similar shows can be expected this year too. Refreshments are available nearby with attractions and shopping. The dates and times for the 2023 Christmas market haven’t yet been announced. The live entertainment has been curated by Underbelly. Although an hour will be lost of the daily sunlight, a buzzy Christmas market under the twinkling lights of Christmas is exactly what can cheer us up. Get ready to party with a lot of soul and cheer at the Leicester Square market. You can visit the square anytime between November 8 to January 7, 2024. It is sure to boost up your festive spirit. Entry is free but there are tickets to be booked for additional shows like La Clique. This will; obviously incur extra costs. The nearest station is Leicester Square but you can also have a lot of fun walking from Tottenham Court Road and Piccadilly Circus. Read Also: Singaporean Expert Says Vietnam Tourism Needs Better Destination Management: Report Glasgow City Council Moved To Offer More Bus Stops For Tourists Montana: The Unique Treasure Trove Of The United States
The Best Hotels In Mexico City For A Frida Kahlo Pilgrimage
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 6, 2023
If you are looking to visit Mexico, chances are its capital Mexico City is pretty high up on your list. The best hotels that you can choose to stay here are listed below. The country is popular among tourists, and it's really easy to see why. In case you want to witness the real Mexico, which is away from the beach resorts (glamorous as they are), you must visit Mexico City. Getting a glimpse of the Mexico that Frida Khalo belonged to is a treat in itself. Her house is Casa Azul is in the Coyoacán locality. The blue house is one of the essential stops on any Mexico City itinerary. After you get your culture fix, Coyoacán is famous for its churros. Some of the best restaurants dot the sprawling city. The eateries are amazing too. Mexico City offers the best food, whether it is from the streets or the high-end establishments with elaborate menus. The usual neighborhoods that attract tourists are La Condesa, Colonia Roma, and Polanco. Colonia Roma is one of the coolest with buzzed bars and restaurants. It is also a great place to just take a walk around. Roma Norte is where La Valise Mexico City is situated. It is a boutique hotel that is simply waiting to become your pied à terre. It is home to the popular Brick Hotel, which has a local-approved restaurant and green rooftop. At the tree-lined La Condesa, there is the circular Avenida Amsterdam which used to be a horse-racing hippodrome at one point. It has now become a popular dog-walking spot for the city’s trendiest people. The hotels include shiny high-rises like the Mondrian and the Andaz. Some of the best hotels that you can lodge while feeling bougie have a great line-up in Mexico City. The Four Seasons Mexico City, Colima 71, The Red Tree House, Volga, and Downtown are essentially the most Mexican lodging you must experience while visiting. Read Also: Muslim Miss Universe Queens Are The New Faces Of The Philippines’ Halal And Wellness Tourism Campaign Singaporean Expert Says Vietnam Tourism Needs Better Destination Management: Report Glasgow City Council Moved To Offer More Bus Stops For Tourists
Island Paradise Unveiled: Best Time To Visit The Philippines
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 4, 2023
Are you currently sitting at your desk in the office, looking out the window, and wishing you were on a tropical island? At your feet, the waves of blue and white would froth and foam, and the breeze would teasingly run past you, making you giddy with joy. Your arms would be gently brushed by the sun. The people would be warm and hospitable, while lush foliage would sway in the backdrop. It may sound like a fantasy, but the island paradise of your dreams is real. To be precise, there are more than 7,500 such tiny drops of tropical heaven dispersed over the fascinating western Pacific Ocean. If you want to know where to start and go about your dream trip, then here is a guide we have created for you. So, if you have already been making arrangements, then start by considering the most relevant question: when is the best time to visit the Philippines? The weather, festivals, as well as activities that are experienced by the land as well as the waters that surround the Philippines during each season vary. If you have just begun arranging for your trip, then you should choose a time ideal for you. Let’s get started! Best Time To Visit Phillippines Image Source In the Philippines, the seasons can be divided into two categories: rainy and dry. Peak Season: December to April Shoulder Season: May and November Off-Season: June to October Travel SeasonMin/Max TemperatureSeasonNovember - February24-30°CCool-DryMarch-May25-33°CHot-DryJune-October26-32°CRainy Hands down, the best time to visit the Philippines islands is the cool-dry season. In November, the Philippines welcomes the dry season officially. The sun peeks out after months of downpours, bringing warm weather to people all around the country. At this time, humidity levels also start to reduce. The temperature dips throughout December, with the Northern regions experiencing the coldest weather. The days enjoy sunlight, and it doesn't rain very often. The abundance of nice weather in January counteracts the chilly atmosphere. This is the height of the Phillippines season. You might anticipate a spike in temperature in February. Though the days are becoming more lovely as the season draws to a close, the sea temperature is still rising. Festivities There are several celebrations at this period of the year. The Philippines observes the Grand Cordillera Festival and the vibrant Feast of San Clemente in November. Following the Feast of the Immaculate Conception is the tribal holiday of Pagdidiwata, a celebration modeled after Christmas called Bicol Pastores, Christmas, as well as New Year. In addition to the Ati-Atihan Festival in Aklan, January is also the month of Sinulog, the largest festival in Cebu. The Black Nazarene monument is also worshipped in January in central Manila. Panagbega, a flower festival in Baguio City, brings flowers to life in February. During the annual Hot Air Balloon Festival in Pampanga, you can also take a hot air balloon trip. If you really want to do this, then this is the ideal time to visit the Philippines. The weather permits you to reach many of the outlying islands in the Philippines during January, the busiest month of this season, which is not possible at other times of the year. There are ferry as well as flight options to choose from if you want to visit. Places To Visit In The Philippines Image Source Before making a reservation, do some research on prices and transportation options. Booking with reputable and secure ferry operators is essential because some of these journeys can be uncomfortable with a low-cost choice. The Philippines is home to many natural wonders, a rich cultural history, and friendly people. It is no surprise that the Philippines has grown to be a popular travel destination for tourists from all over the world with its clean beaches, verdant highlands, dynamic cities, and hospitable natives. The Philippines' top tourist destinations include: Boracay Image Source Boracay is a tropical paradise that draws both sunbathers and partygoers because of its famed fine-grained white sand beaches and energetic nightlife. The island's extensive selection of water sports opportunities, mouthwatering cuisine, and lively beachside ambiance will keep you occupied day and night. Siargao Image Source Siargao, sometimes known as the "Surfing Capital of the Philippines," is one of the top tourist destinations in the country and a paradise for surfers and explorers. This tear-shaped island is known for its top-notch surf breaks, immaculate beaches, and laid-back island atmosphere. Don't pass up the opportunity to visit the charming Sugba Lagoon and see the stunning Magpupungko Rock Pools. Palawan Image Source The magnificent tropical beauty of Palawan, also known as the "Last Frontier," never fails to enthrall visitors. It's a paradise location for beach lovers and wildlife lovers alike with its stunning limestone cliffs, turquoise waters, and lagoons. Beautiful island hopping tours may be found in El Nido and Coron, while Puerto Princesa's Underground River is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Bohol Image Source Bohol is a fascinating travel destination that features the extraordinary Chocolate Hills, cuddly tarsiers, and historic churches. Visit the spotless beaches of Panglao Island, go on a picturesque boat down the Loboc River, and explore the fascinating underwater world of Balicasag Island. Davao Image Source Davao, a bustling metropolis in Mindanao, is the starting point for exhilarating activities. Visit the Philippine Eagle Center to get up close and personal with the critically endangered Philippine eagles, or climb Mount Apo, the highest point in the nation. Visit the pristine Samal Island, which is renowned for its gorgeous beaches and opulent resorts, as soon as possible. Batanes Image Source For a truly off-the-beaten-path experience, Batanes is a must-visit. Offering the most beautiful landscapes, these islands have it all dramatic cliffs to rolling hills. You can explore the old stone houses, get lost in the rich cultural fiesta of Batanes, and become witness to the grand beauty of the lighthouses of Basco. Siquijor Image Source The "Island of Fire," Siquijor, is a matter of legend and mystery. Explore the island's pristine beaches, freshwater springs, and ethereal woodlands while soaking in the enchanting ambiance. Visit the famous Balete Tree, cool off in the captivating Cambugahay Falls, and take in the breathtaking Salagdoong Beach sunset while you're there. Ilocos Norte Image Source One of the best destinations to visit in the Philippines is the historical province of Ilocos Norte. Travel back in time and discover it. Learn about Vigan, a UNESCO World Heritage Site known for its exquisite Spanish colonial architecture. Explore the mysterious Paoay sand dunes and the imposing Bangui windmills, You will also discover the intricate political history of the nation at the Marcos Museum. Wrapping Up We hope now you have some sort of clarity on when is the best time to visit the Philippines. Are you excited? Does the prospect of this trip enchant you? You ought to be! A journey to the Philippines is full of scenic beauty and joyful experiences. What are you still holding out for? If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, then please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Don’t Believe Them!! This Is Actually The Best Time To Visit Barbados! I Had No Idea When To Visit Mauritius Till I Went There THIS Time! Best Time To Experience Dubai: The City Of Gold
Singaporean Expert Says Vietnam Tourism Needs Better Destination Management: Report
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 3, 2023
Vietnam is “the best tourism position” in Southeast Asia because of its political stability. However, the country should do better in the field of destination management. A Singaporean expert has remarked. Honorary President of the Singapore Institute of Tourism Management Wong Soon-hwa said at a conference held on Monday, "Vietnam is best positioned in Southeast Asia for tourism industry development. Vietnam is a safe destination thanks to its stable political situation, which is always a top priority for foreign investors.” Wong pointed out that Vietnam has a huge land area of about 331,000 square kilometers and an equally large population of nearly 100 million people. It is perfect for creating a pool of human resources for the tourism service industry. Vietnam is rich in natural resources, cultural heritage, and incredible cuisine. Tourists love it, according to Wong. The Vietnamese government has recently relaxed visa policies. They are offering a 3-month tourist visa for all nationals around the globe. They are also extending visa-free stays to 45 days for some of its biggest tourism markets like Japan, South Korea, and Western European economies. Vietnam, however, is lagging behind with the tough competition that Thailand and Malaysia are providing. Until October, Vietnam managed to welcome 10 million international tourists. In contrast, Thailand received more than 21.5 million. Wong has pointed this out and advised that Vietnam needs to manage its destinations more effectively. Singapore’s Sentosa Island, which is much smaller than Phu Quoc, attracts more than 20 million tourists every year. It also includes a good number of domestic visitors. Vietnam can learn from Sentosa’s development model to develop the quality of domestic destinations. The government needs to provide infrastructure, human resources, and a quick approval process so investors can get started. When working on tourism, Vietnam will have to think about the needs of domestic visitors, according to Wong. Every destination must attract not only domestic but also international tourists. Wong cited examples of Disneyland and Paris that can thrive on international visitors alone. Read Also: Muslim Miss Universe Queens Are The New Faces Of The Philippines’ Halal And Wellness Tourism Campaign Sri Lanka Has Approved Visa-Free Entry For Visitors From Six Countries Including India Best Tourism Villages In The World 2023
Muslim Miss Universe Queens Are The New Faces Of The Philippines’ Halal And Wellness Tourism Campaign
BY Sarmind Safi Nov 1, 2023
Miss Universe Bahrain 2023 Lujane Yacoub and Miss Universe Pakistan 2023 Erica Robin have been announced to be the new faces of the Phillippine Department of Tourism. They will be promoting hall and wellness travel in the country after winning the Emerging Muslim-Friendly Destination Award earlier this year. The campaign aims to invite travelers from Arab and Muslim in order to make them experience the Philippines. It is a diverse and vibrant destination that offers halal-certified services, facilities, and products. The Philippines received the Emerging Muslim-Friendly Destination Award in 2023 from the Halal International Chamber of Commerce and Industries of the Philippines in recognition of its efforts to cater to the needs and preferences of Muslim travelers. Led by Dubai-based Filipino Josh Yugen, who is the founder of Yugen PR & Events, the two Miss Universe queens arrived in Manila this weekend to collaborate with the Philippines Department of Tourism in promoting its “Halal and Wellness Tourism” campaign, inviting more travelers from Arab and Muslim countries to experience the Philippines. ‘Miss Universes’ trip to the Philippines would be a significant boost for our country that would hopefully influence the global Muslim community to visit the archipelago nation, which is home to white sand beaches, famous diving spots, lively entertainment, diverse cultural heritage and distinctive wildlife,” expressed Tourism Undersecretary Myra Paz Valderrosa-Abubakar. ‘We are delighted to initiate this alliance with the beauty queens representing Arab and Muslim countries to further spread awareness of our country’s offering,’ said Jennifer Sanvictores, Global Head of Sales, Marketing and Communications for The Farm at San Benito & CG Hospitality. ‘ It brings a greater opportunity to attract travellers, not only from the Gulf, but also from the ASEAN region to come to The Farm at San Benito or any destination in the Philippines that has Halal certification. We look forward to caring for the beauty queen’s well-being while they are here with us and help them put their best foot forward at the global pageant next month.’ Read Also: Montana: The Unique Treasure Trove Of The United States Glasgow City Council Moved To Offer More Bus Stops For Tourists Sri Lanka Has Approved Visa-Free Entry For Visitors From Six Countries Including India
Best Time To Experience Dubai: The City Of Gold
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 31, 2023
Dubai is tirelessly inviting visitors to immerse themselves in an exotic landscape of culture, architecture, and luxury. Dubai is an oasis of splendor hidden within the Arabian Desert. With the help of a well-chosen Dubai tour package, you'll be able to embark on an exciting adventure. You can visit some of the city's most breathtaking attractions. Learn about the city where tradition and modernity dance effortlessly together. Dubai leaves no room for the ordinary as it unveils a wide variety of tourist attractions. It ranges from the Burj Khalifa's soaring splendor to the classic charm of the Gold and Spice Souks. The sun-kissed beaches of this desert metropolis, which contrast sharply with the concrete jungles, reveal its lively personality. The Palm Jumeirah and the Mall of Emirates are two examples of man-made wonders in Dubai. It increases the list of destinations in Dubai and provides a varied itinerary for every traveler. The city's famed hospitality guarantees opulent lodging and delectable cuisine. In order to experience this desert paradise, where every moment is planned to exceed your expectations, plan your trip immediately! If you are conflicted about the weather in the “desert” city, here is the best time to visit Dubai. Best Time To Visit Dubai Image Source It is a little tricky to answer the question of when is the best time to visit Dubai. Dubai can get extremely hot, with the summer months of July and August being particularly unbearable. It is due to the high temperatures and humidity. Moreover, during May and June, the holy month of Ramadan is observed. Most malls, stores, schools, and universities remain closed during the day, giving the city a deserted look. If you want to know the best time to visit Dubai, you can plan between mid-November and early December. Or you could go in the first half of March when the temperature is around 30 degrees Celsius. It stays high during the day and drops in the evening. It allows you to take a stroll through the city after 5 p.m. Visiting during the peak tourist months of January and February for the Dubai Shopping Festival can be challenging due to the heavy crowds. The Dubai weather is hot throughout but a little caution can help make your trip less uncomfortable and restrained. Therefore, visiting in the recommended months will allow you to experience the city without the hassle of navigating through large crowds and enjoying pleasant temperatures. Places To Visit While In Dubai Image Source Once you know when to visit you should in all possibility also be aware of some of the best places you cannot miss. These spots are the highlight of Dubai and have put the city on the world map. They drip raw extravagance and missing out on them while visiting Dubai is going to be a very expensive error. Burj Khalifa Image Source Welcome to Dubai, a city where the sky truly is the limit and where wonders abound! The Burj Khalifa, which lies in the center of unparalleled magnificence, is a sight that will undoubtedly leave you speechless. It is one of the must-see tourist attractions in Dubai, rising high like a beacon of human achievement. Just picture yourself at the base of this magnificent structure, your gaze traveling up the dazzling borders of the tower to the clouds. But that's only the start! Once inside, the real magic starts to happen. As you soar into the heavens in a matter of seconds, taking an elevator might feel like traveling through time. Palm Jumeirah Image Source Travelers, pack your bags for an alluring trip to Dubai's Palm Jumeirah, one of the city's most magnificent attractions. It's a palm-leaf-shaped architectural wonder in the middle of the Arabian Sea that serves as a tribute to human ingenuity and aspiration. Why should you visit right away? Imagine yourself unwinding in a beachfront cottage with a warm breeze caressing your hair. What about rewarding your palate with a selection of culinary treats from top-notch restaurants? Here, every second is a delicious taste of luxury! Dubai Aquarium And Underwater Zoo Image Source In the center of Dubai's glittering desert city, where sparkling skyscrapers pierce the sky, an aquatic sanctuary welcomes both curious and brave spirits. Welcome to the fascinating world of the Dubai Aquarium and Underwater Zoo, a world that captivates you and takes you to a place of wonder and exploration. You will be surrounded by a gigantic aquarium brimming with a colorful tapestry of marine life when you enter this aquatic wonderland. Your senses are heightened as you glide down the glass tunnel. Majestic sharks and graceful rays pass overhead, unconcerned with the wonder they elicit. Even seasoned travelers are surprised by this humble encounter. Burj Al Arab Image Source Dubai, a metropolis of breathtaking wonders, exposes The Burj Al Arab as a blank canvas for the sumptuous fantasies of the heart. It is a symbol of wealth and splendor, nestled amid the turquoise Persian Gulf and teasing the azure skies. In Dubai, it's more than just a tourist destination; it's a chance to experience magnificence itself. The story of luxury starts when your chauffeur-driven, gold-plated Rolls Royce carries you into its arms. The high tea at the SkyView Bar will lavish you with amazing views of the glittering city. You can inhale the fragrant Arabian coffee and gaze upon the golden furnishings. Dubai Marina Image Source In the beating center of the city sits Dubai Marina. It is a man-made wonderland bursting with beautiful skylines and a world of luxury. This enchanted oasis, braided with sparkling fairy lights, is one of the most alluring spots to visit in Dubai. Enjoy the Marina Walk's ethereal radiance as the dying sun playsfully on the glistening structures. The Marina is a haven for wanderers. It expertly combines the excitement of a busy metropolis with the peace of a beach getaway. Enjoy the lingering flavor of various cultures colliding at a crossroads. It will draw you in with the fragrances of international cuisines emanating from the many restaurants. Try visiting in the colder season because that is the best time to visit Dubai Marina. Dubai Frame Image Source Dubai Frame is a remarkable architectural and narrative symphony that begs for your attention. It's a huge window that connects the city's dazzling history and present, glistening against the Emirati sky. It's evidence of the fast development that propelled this oasis in the desert to the world stage. You begin your tour on the mezzanine level, where you will find a charming reminder of the past. You'll experience an exhilarating journey through Dubai's rich past. It will leave you with a renewed respect for this city of dreams and a racing heart. Global Village Image Source The Global Village, Dubai's stunning cosmopolitan oasis, is located in the center of Dubai’s desert. Here, the sun-kissed dunes of sand create a breathtaking environment. This location creates a vivid tapestry of cultures, heritage, and excitement. It is all tucked away under one starry canvas as if it were taken straight out of a fairy story. Imagine taking a quick trip around the world in a matter of hours, visiting over 75 nations, each elegantly represented by a separate pavilion. Taste the delectable culinary treats of China. Sway to the pulsating rhythms of Africa. Behold the vivid hues of India and immerse yourself in the refined elegance of Europe. Miracle Garden Image Source Walk into a magical oasis where the boundaries between reality and fantasy are skillfully blurred. Gorgeous flower displays made of vibrantly colored blooms will defy your wildest imagination. When you witness this spot, you will realize that the best time to visit Dubai is definitely the cooler months. Welcome to the aromatic kaleidoscope known as Dubai Miracle Garden, which is tucked away among the dry desert sands. It is one of the nicest spots in Dubai to visit. It invites you to immerse yourself in its spectacular beauty with its fanciful designs in full flight. Enjoy a kaleidoscope of floral formation of the Airbus A380. Witness the swirl of walkways with umbrellas over them, and the heart-shaped lanes beckoning and whispering. The garden teases the senses by fusing a flourish of natural grandeur with a sense of innocent wonder. There are numerous jewels in Dubai's tourist attractions, but this one makes you genuinely happy. It compels you to take hundreds of photos as souvenirs. Wrapping Up Chart the Burj Khalifa through the clouds, see the Atlantis, and shop til you drop at the gold souk. Dubai is a city of opposites and a kaleidoscope of adventures. Now that you know the best time to visit Dubai- plan your trip right away. As your voyage comes to a conclusion, take a stroll through Bastakia's serene lanes to commemorate your exciting experience. As you explore the city's humble beginnings, leave your mark in the sands of time. Dubai's true essence is found here- among the lovely wind towers and sand-colored homes. You're in for a unique experience when you enter the city of riches. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Spa Relaxation On A Charter Yacht In Dubai Yachting In Dubai – A Memorable Experience A Cultural Adventure: Dhow Cruise Trip In Dubai
Best Tourism Villages In The World 2023
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 31, 2023
When you are looking for places to visit, there are uncountable places that can be considered. But when you narrow your scope down to a slow-paced locality that has all the natural charms to get you feeling rejuvenated, the places become a lot less blingy and more earthy. The United Nations World Tourism Organization enlists all the names in world tourism. The organization has, in the past three years, recognized villages around the globe that "are leading the way in nurturing rural areas and preserving landscapes, cultural diversity, local values and culinary traditions." Here are some of them: Hakuba, Japan Hakuba may be famous for its winters, but it's worth a visit year-round. In the summer, he loves hiking up the mountains to lodges. In the autumn, it is popular with visitors who want to see the autumn foliage. And Hakuba's onsens – hot springs – are popular no matter the season. Lerici, Italy Unlike many other coastal Italian enclaves, Lerici has also kept up its traditional fishing industry. Among various sustainability initiatives, the town runs a pilot project called Smart Bay, which includes scientific research and monitoring of the bay and its ecosystems. It also introduced solar panels, banned single-use plastics, and prohibited cigarette smoking in coastal areas. Lephis, Ethiopia For natural beauty and wildlife, it's hard to beat the village of Lephis, located in Lephis Forest, around 160km south of the Ethiopian capital, Addis Ababa. Travelers can trek or horseback ride past the striking Lephis Waterfall and through hills and valleys, catching glimpses of animals, including colobus monkeys, leopards, and mountain nyala. Birdwatchers are in for a particular treat, with species including the Abyssian oriole and white-cheeked turaco. Some of the other villages are Douma, Lebanon, and Zapatoca, Colombia. Read Also: 10 Best Restaurants In The US Glasgow City Council Moved To Offer More Bus Stops For Tourists Sri Lanka Has Approved Visa-Free Entry For Visitors From Six Countries Including India
Sri Lanka Has Approved Visa-Free Entry For Visitors From Six Countries Including India
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 30, 2023
Sri Lanka Cabinet has approved the issuing of free visas to India, Russia, China, Japan, Thailand, and Malaysia. It will come into immediate effect as a pilot project till the 31st of March. Ali Sabry, the Minister of Foreign Affairs, has tweeted. The minister has stated that the pilot project that is to commence immediately will be extended until March 31, 2024. Sabry posted, “Cabinet approves issuing of free visas to India, China, Russia, Malaysia, Japan, Indonesia and Thailand with immediate effect as a pilot project till 31 March.” Earlier in March, Sri Lankan foreign minister Ali Sabry said that Sri Lanka’s relationship with India is ‘one of the most important in our foreign policy.’ Visitors from the mentioned countries can now obtain visas from Sri Lanka without charges. This is a significant change, given that India has been Sri Lanka’s primary source of inbound tourism. Reports by PTI say, according to the statistics for September, India has led north of 30,000 arrivals which comprise 26% of the total. Chinese tourists follow closely as the second-largest group with over 8,000 arrivals. The island country has seen a fall in tourist arrivals since the 2019 Easter Sunday bombings. It resulted in the tragic loss of 270 lives. It included 11 Indians and over 500 civilians injured. Sri Lanka has been fighting a severe economic crisis since its British independence in 1948. Currently, the country is facing political unrest that is marked by protests and calls for President Rajapaksa’s resignation. The economic crisis has created shortages of basic necessities like food, medicine, cooking gas, and fuel. Even toilet paper and matches are nearly unavailable. Sri Lankans have been enduring the long lines outside stores for their basic needs for months now. They have to wait to buy fuel as well as cooking gas due to the shortages. The Ministry of Tourism has recently revealed that during the preceding Cabinet meeting, a Cabinet Paper was introduced. It suggests the provision of complimentary tourist visas to foreign travelers from five countries planning to visit Sri Lanka for tourism. Read Also: Glasgow City Council Moved To Offer More Bus Stops For Tourists Malaysia Adventure: Planning An Active And Thrilling Getaway THIS Is When You Should Visit Maldives!
Zanzibar Unplugged: Best Time To Visit Zanzibar Zesty Escape
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 27, 2023
Zanzibar is known for being sloppy when wet and extremely hot in the summer. The protracted rains bring heavy torrential downpours every day, causing high humidity and silty seas to occur between March and early May. With its dry and sunny peak season from June through October on the beach (and in Tanzania's game reserves if you're on a safari first), most vacations to Zanzibar outside of these periods will be nice. While November and December offer Zanzibar's shorter spells of rain, these typically are isolated showers that won't cause holiday washouts. January to March are likewise dry and hot but a lot quieter. The year-round average temperature is roughly 30°C. Due to the warm waters, minimal wind, and high visibility, the months between March and November are typically regarded as the best for diving and snorkeling. September through December is the prime time to see whale sharks, reef sharks, and manta rays. If you want to know more details on when is the best time to visit Zanzibar, this article will help you navigate those questions. Best Time To Visit Zanzibar Image Source Strictly speaking, the dry seasons of December to February and June to October are the best times to visit the Zanzibar islands. But in general, the beaches on the southern and western parts of the islands are more protected from wind during these months. On the other hand, the wind typically comes from the southwest from June to October. This makes the northern and eastern coasts ideal for holidaying. But in the end, these islands remain at the whim of the ocean, and their weather can be erratic throughout the year. Even in the “dry” seasons, afternoon showers do occur, but they usually last only a few minutes and are refreshingly cool. It is not an entirely bad idea to travel to Zanzibar during the rainy season when the number of tourists declines, and you will likely find affordable trips and lodging (among those that are still open). The sunsets are known to be stunning. The rain, although severe, is not generally consistent, and delicious pineapples come into season! You might find it tricky to navigate the roads and buses, but things eventually settle. Wet and dry seasons are Zanzibar's prominent climates, which are influenced by the movements of the Indian Ocean’s rainy season. From November/December to February/March, the northeast monsoon winds, or kaskazi (in local parlance), blow. And from June to September/October, the southwest monsoon winds, also called kusi, blow. There is a brief rainy season (the vuli) in November in addition to the main rains (the masika), which last between mid-March to the end of May. Weather Image Source Although it can be reduced by the winds and sea breeze, humidity is relatively high throughout the year. The average daily temperature on Zanzibar Island is roughly 26°C (80°F) from June to October and around 28°C from December to February. However, during the latter period, humidity levels are frequently greater, making temperatures feel hotter. Pemba has a milder climate with a little more rainfall than Zanzibar Island. The islands are crowded with tourists from outside and expats from Nairobi and Dar es Salaam during major holidays like Christmas and Easter. You can expect crowded flights and increased hotel prices. On the other hand, life moves more slowly as many restaurants and shops close during the Islamic fasting month of Ramadan. The annual Zanzibar International Marathon takes place in the first few days of November. This can be a good incentive for sports enthusiasts, making it the best time to visit Zanzibar. Festivals Image Source The majority of Tanzania's public holidays are observed on the islands as well. On these days, companies and offices are typically closed, while some tour operators are still open. Some of the public holidays with set dates observed on the island are: 1 January – New Year 12 January – Mapinduzi ‘Revolution’ Day 7 April – Sheikh Abeid Amani Karume Day 26 April – Union Day: Zanzibar and Tanganyika 1 May – Workers’ Day 7 July – Saba Saba (Seven Seven) 8 August – Peasants’ and Farmers’ Day 14 October – Nyerere Day 9 December – Independence Day 25 December – Christmas Day 26 December – Boxing Day The Muslim holidays of Idd il Fitri, which marks the conclusion of Ramadan, and Idd il Maulidi (also known as Maulidi ya Mfunguo Sita), which commemorates Muhammad's birth, are widely observed and serve as public holidays. These festivals fall 11 or 12 days early each year and have dates that are determined by the lunar calendar. If you are planning to visit Zanzibar in 2024 and want to be a part of their Ramadan, it is set to start on 10 March through 8 April. Places To Visit Image Source Zanzibar is one of those rare treasures you keep to yourself, as a secret, as a deeply significant memory, and as the most joyful days spent. Now that you know the best time to visit Zanzibar, if you want to know a few places you can check out while visiting, here are a few: Slave Trade Image Source The Slave Museum is a must-see for anybody interested in learning about Zanzibar's sordid past. The last active slave market in the world was shut down in 1873. You will pass by rooms where slaves were housed before being sold as you move around the museum. To work on plantations, hoards of Africans were first transferred to this island. Slave traffickers utilized the port at Zanzibar as their center of operations to transport slaves to countries including Egypt, Arabia, Persia, and the Ottoman Empire. Sunset Dhow Show Image Source If you miss taking a Sunset Dhow Cruise on the translucent, emerald seas of the Indian Ocean, your journey to Zanzibar will remain incomplete. The busy bustle of a busy town gradually disappears as the sunset cruise departs the coast that gets replaced finally by the musicians' melancholy ballad of lost love and found romances or a tune played on a taraab, violin, or oud. The crew will provide you with crackers and your preferred brand of beer or soda. Sip on your drink while you bask in the exotic vibe on the cruise. Mnemba Atoll Image Source Explore the fascinating marine life at Zanzibar, which is host to more than 400 species of fish, turtles, nudibranchs, and many rare forms of coral, while scuba diving at Mnemba Atoll. If you are lucky, you might see reef sharks, manta rays, and whale sharks. Mnemba Atoll is one of Zanzibar's top locations for water sports while being a conservation area and marine reserve. Mid-February through mid-May, as well as mid-October to mid-December, are the best times to go scuba diving in Mnemba Atoll since the sea is quiet, and there is high visibility to enjoy the experience even better. Darajani Market Image Source A market is a location where we meet new folks, socialize, and engage in addition to trading and selling items. One such location in Zanzibar is the Darajani Market, which serves as the town's main market. You can find merchants selling everything from Chinese toys and other trinkets to indigenous Zanzibar spices, kofias (Zanzibari hats), and dates while you take a stroll around the streets. You will have an amazing experience wandering the market's winding streets. Wrapping Up The best time for either a rustic vacation or participation in Zanzibar activities is during the months of June and October. These are the months of spring in Africa when the weather is mild and delightful. You can also visit this island paradise in the tropics during December and February. Zanzibar experiences hot, dry weather while it is winter in other countries. Are you planning a visit and want to know when the best time to visit Zanzibar is? Or have you been to Zanzibar recently? Did you like the island? How was your experience? If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: This Is The Best Time To Visit Iceland & These Are The Things You Should Do! This Is The Best Time To Visit The Seven Magic Mountains In Vegas! THIS Is When You Should Visit Maldives!
I Had No Idea When To Visit Mauritius Till I Went There THIS Time!
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 27, 2023
Mauritius! I had the amazing experience of going to this island country recently, and let me tell you, it was an experience of a lifetime. Initially, I was confused about which time to plan it out for. The temperatures and weather in Mauritius are at odds with the rest of the world because of its position in the middle of the ocean. But, when I got there, lucky as I was, I had arrived just before peak season. I got to know about their culture, their food, and most importantly, the best time to visit Mauritius. Here I will describe to you what Mauritius has to offer in each of the months of the year. If you want to know about Mauritanian weather the year around, make sure to stick it out to the end. Plan your trip then on, accordingly. The Best Time To Visit Mauritius Image Source Mauritius is known for its sunny beaches and beautiful nature treasures. I am here to give you a season-by-season breakdown of the island. Keep reading! January To March Image Source In Mauritius, January is considered one of the hottest and wettest months of the year. Despite the high rainfall, the island is still quite busy due to the influx of tourists from the Christmas period. You can expect heavy rainfall during late afternoons, and there is a possibility of torrential storms during this month. Similarly, February is also quite hot, humid, and rainy in Mauritius. However, the rain usually doesn't last long and clears up after a few hours. Though not perfect for a beach vacation, February has fewer crowds than January. It is important to note that there is still a chance of cyclones during this month. March marks the Holi Festival, also known as the 'Festival of Colours' on the island. This annual celebration is held in honor of Lord Krishna, a Hindu deity. During the festivities, people line up on the streets and cover themselves with vibrantly-colored powder, creating a jovial atmosphere. Despite being a humid month, March sees less rainfall than January and February. April To June Image Source The month of April is a hot and humid season, making it an ideal time for sun-seekers. However, the Easter holidays make the island quite busy. If you prefer a quieter beach vacation, it's better to plan your trip outside of this period. April is also the beginning of the best time of the year to indulge in surfing or snorkeling in the crystal-clear waters. May is officially the start of winter in Mauritius, but the temperature remains comfortable, and the humidity drops. This month is popular among tourists as there are reasonable travel specials on Mauritius accommodations. The evenings can get chilly, so it is recommended to pack some warmer clothes. June is a cooler month in Mauritius compared to the humid weather at the beginning of the year. If you prefer hot weather, then June may feel much cooler. The trade winds start to increase, and like in May, the evenings can become a little colder. It's the perfect time for kite surfers. July To September Image Source July is also considered a cooler month in Mauritius. If you want to enjoy the best possible weather during this period, it's recommended to visit the North of the Island. Despite the lower temperatures, July is still a popular time of the year due to school holidays in the Northern Hemisphere. I visited Mauritius in August. In Mauritius, August is a month with mild temperatures and no rainfall, making it perfect for sunny days without the scorching heat. I would recommend you stay on the west or north coast during August as these areas provide more shelter from the wind. This month marks the Ganesh Chaturthi Festival, a festival honoring the God Ganesh, and you can see statues of the Elephant God all around the island during the celebration. September is considered the unofficial beginning of peak season in Mauritius. At this time, the strong trade winds start to die down, and the temperatures rise, ushering in the summer months and longer days of sunshine. Despite this, September still offers some quiet beaches, good deals on flights, exciting tours in Mauritius, and discounts on accommodations. October To December Image Source October is the driest month of the year in Mauritius, and it tends to be a busy time at the most popular destinations on the island. This month is also significant as it is the time for the Hindu festival of Diwali, also known as the Festival of Lights. During this festive period, candles and lamps light up the island in a soft glow, making it a beautiful sight to behold. November is characterized by a significant increase in humidity and temperature. The month offers more sunshine, but it's also associated with an increase in rainfall. It's a perfect time for scuba diving enthusiasts who want to catch a glimpse of the seasonal turtles, particularly the Green turtle and the Hawksbill turtle, which are commonly spotted during this period. In December, the last month of the year, Mauritius experiences a surge in global activities, and the island is no exception. Humidity levels rise, and heavy rainfall is expected, mostly in the afternoons. The sea temperature is warmer, making it ideal for water sports such as windsurfing, kayaking, and scuba diving. However, it is advisable to plan your beach holiday well in advance to avoid the high demand during the festive season. Things To Do When Visiting Mauritius Image Source Mauritius is absolutely gorgeous most of the time, and visiting it is a must, whether solo or with family. Here are some things you can try once you decide to try this island country for your next trip: Snorkeling At Blue Bay Marine Park Image Source If you're interested in witnessing the beautiful marine life of Mauritius, snorkeling is an excellent way to do so. By snorkeling at Blue Bay Marine Park, you'll have the opportunity to closely observe the amazing underwater world of Mauritius that has been hidden for centuries. This excursion will transport you to a different world, allowing you to explore something that is beyond your imagination. Cave Sea Kayaking At Albion Caves Image Source Kayaking in Mauritius offers a unique and adventurous experience. One such experience is kayaking across the cave sea, providing you with an exclusive opportunity to witness the beauty of the caves. If you are fascinated by caves and enjoy exploring their hidden stories and interesting designs, then you should definitely try a kayaking tour at Albion Caves. Walks With Lions At Casela Park Image Source Have you ever considered taking a walk with the king of the jungle? If so, Casela Park in Mauritius offers an opportunity to experience the wild side of the jungle by taking a thrilling walk with lions. This excursion in Mauritius promises to give you an adrenaline rush and an unforgettable experience that you may have never imagined! Wrapping Up If you are planning to visit Mauritius and want to know more I hope this article helped. My Experience of Mauritius and knowledge of it will help you select your trip timing better. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. I would love to hear from you! Read Also: This Is The Best Time To Visit Iceland & These Are The Things You Should Do! This Is The Best Time To Visit The Seven Magic Mountains In Vegas! THIS Is When You Should Visit Maldives!
Glasgow City Council Moved To Offer More Bus Stops For Tourists
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 27, 2023
Conservative councilor Thomas Kerr has asked the chief executive to explore the options for the replacement of “set-down/pick-up areas”. The motion has been presented to elected members. In a bid to encourage more people to visit the city center, they want to change the policies for coach visitors. The local authorities have been working to bring visitors into the city center to check out spots like museums, art galleries, and music videos. It also includes Glasgow’s leisure and hospitality offerings. The motion reads, “Council recognizes that those who visit our city do so using a variety of transport methods including train, plane and coach. Council notes that due to its decision to close parts of George Square to traffic, many coach operators are no longer able to utilize the large parking spaces in front of the City Chambers as a set down and pick up area and, as a consequence of closing this area to traffic, there is no longer a similar area within the City Centre. Council notes its concern that the removal of this area, without a replacement, may be discouraging those using coaches and impact adversely on vital city center footfall.” The motion has also asked the council to take into account that many city center retail, leisure, and hospitality businesses are facing business challenges. It is now incumbent on the city center economy to take all necessary measures to encourage visitors to visit Glasgow. Councilor Kerr spoke ahead of the Thursday meeting, saying, “Glasgow’s SNP-led council must pull out all the stops to attract tourists to come to our city. My motion seeks to change this and ensure those coach operators bringing people to explore all that we have to offer have a suitable place to pick-up passengers and set-down after travelling a long way. Our city center businesses are struggling badly due to the global cost-of-living crisis and the after effects of the pandemic. They need a SNP council that is on their side and agreeing to seek a replacement area for operators would be a positive step in the right direction in supporting our economy.” The SNP administration was approached for comment ahead of the Thursday meeting. Read Also: Montana: The Unique Treasure Trove Of The United States Maldives And Bora Bora Among Top 10 Tourists Spots In The World A Newly Launched Tool ‘Skyscanner’ Inspires Travelers To Book Travel Destinations With Ease And Confidence
THIS Is When You Should Visit Maldives!
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 27, 2023
The best time to visit the Maldives is between December and March. This small group of islands in the Arabian Sea is probably one of the most beautiful holiday destinations for both honeymooners as well as families. These tropical islands are hot and full of sunny weather. The heat stays between 23 degrees to 31 degrees, however, given the year-round sunny weather and the absence of winters in the Maldives, the best time to visit Maldives is anytime. Maldives In Dry Season Image Source The dry seasons in Maldives have a temperature of 31 degrees Celsius in the day and 24 degrees Celsius in the night. It is probably the best time suited to visit the islands of Maldives. You can enjoy cultural activities, sightseeing, try the local cuisine, and water sports. You can swim in the blue expanse where the average temperature of the water is 30 degrees. During these months, you can witness the Maldives at its best. The overall vibe of the islands is festive, and the crowd is thicker than usual. The weather and the beauty all around make the dry seasons ideal for visiting. Little to no rain and warm temperatures allow the seaside experience to become even more top-notch. With no precipitation, the visibility is crystal clear, making the picturesque island become even more vibrant. There are beautiful beaches, gorgeous lagoons, and colorful coral reefs to enjoy while you are here, which you won't get bored of. The country does get crowded during the peak season, but an individual resort inhabits each island, so it does not get too crowded. It will be reasonable for you to check before you plan a trip about the crowd and availability of a more personal experience. Some of the most popular locations in the Maldives are Nalaguraidhoo Island, Banana Reef, South Ari Atoll, and North Mal-Atoll. Another well-rated tourist spot is the HP Reef. This is a protected marine ecosystem that harbors rich marine life. Maldives: A Cultural Hub The major festival celebrated in November is the birth of Prophet Muhammad or Mawlid. It is the most well-known festival celebrated in a grand carnival style for two days. Street processions and elaborate mosque decorations dot the island. During peak season, the cost of staying at a hotel rises manifold, so if you are looking for more budget-friendly options, you can choose to visit in April. This marks the end of the peak times, and the tourism industry here enters the lean months. Maldives has become one of the top hotspots for Indian tourists not only because of its beauty but also its food options all around the world. The traditional cuisine of the Maldives is a plethora of fish, coconuts, and starches. Some of the common foods that come under seafood are local cuisine which includes yellowfin tuna, wahoo, skipjack tuna, and frigate tuna. With its geographical proximity to India, there is a lot of culinary influence that is evident in its spices, flavors, and curries. The laws here are very strict, so you must beware of carrying alcohol, pork, religious books, and tobacco products. And don’t forget to check the seasonal price hikes when booking water activities. Why Visit The Maldives? Image Source Now that you know when is the best time to visit the Maldives and you are still not sure what you could do there, we have all the answers for you. Keep reading to know what you can expect from a visit to the Maldives. Bioluminescent Water Under The Stars Image Source Visit the Vaadhoo Island in Raa Atoll, where the stars float in the water– the phytoplankton dinoflagellates that emit luminescent toxins. The small starry lights are emitted as a defense mechanism to keep other predatory fish and creatures away. You can walk through the planktons and create more stars that will be etched in your memory for the rest of your life. Maldivian Culture Image Source Along with all the natural beauty, Maldives also boasts a vibrant culture. If you want to become more aware of the culture, you must witness the Bodu Beru dance that takes place on the beach in the evenings. You can tape the moments on your camera or try dancing to the tune along with the dancers. The Maldivian boat Dhoni can also be another way you can get to know the local people and their stories. Swim With The Sharks Image Source The enormous whale sharks glide along the coral atolls, followed by smaller-sized reef sharks. They also swim around in the nearby lagoons around the resorts. This is not a matter of high alarm, as people can easily swim with these sharks, albeit with supervision. Maaya Thila, Baa, and Ari Tolls are known for shark spotting. You can encounter them at an up-close level or enjoy watching them come by daily at their feeding time near some resorts where they are given food. Best Places To Visit Image Source Here are a couple of the best places you can consider when planning to visit the Maldives. There are too many to enlist, we have brought two of the best you cannot remove from your to-do list. Alimatha Island Image Source If you are attracted by those pictures, you saw of small, single-residence villas standing in the sea and want to visit the Maldives, this is the name of the place. Instagram-worthy and absolutely breathtaking, this island is a must-visit. Tripadvisor Review “The island is wonderful. If you love peace, beauty, nature, snorkeling, diving, fishing, it's simply the place to go. Villaggio Bravo is perfect for families with kids, the miniclub organizes plenty of activities for them. The food is delicious: the buffet ha many choices. I was surprised to find mainly italians (it's an italian village) and so few foreigners. Maybe it should be better advertised abroad.” - Lushangyin Banana Reef Image Source Considered to be the home of the best reef in the Maldives, this beach makes your sunny dreams come alive. Tripadvisor Review “This is by far the best snorkeling I have ever experienced. The amount of marine life, the colors, the coral, the temperature of the water was amazing. I saw Moray Eels, Blowfish, Giant Clams and so much more. On the way out I dozens of dolphins escorted us and jumped out of the water...amazing. There is a very strong current and it is in the middles of the ocean. An absolute must tough if you can get there.” - Avery D Wrapping Up Are you planning a trip to the Maldives and want to know when is the best time to visit Maldives we hope you now know that it really is always a good idea to visit this heaven on earth. The peak season, though, is the dry months. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Thailand Travel Guide: This Is The Best Time To Visit Thailand! The Stairway To Heaven Hawaii: Hiking Adventure’s Hidden Gem This Is The Best Time To Visit The Seven Magic Mountains In Vegas!
Thailand Travel Guide: This Is The Best Time To Visit Thailand!
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 26, 2023
The climate in Thailand varies throughout the country, but the good part about it is that you can visit this place all year. The ideal seasons that Thailand sets its best foot forward are between November and early April. These months witness little to no rain, and the sky is as clear as it can be. The days become warm and ideal for going out. The beaches look stunning, and the several heritage sites become more convenient to visit. As April rolls in, the heat becomes unbearable, and with June, the monsoon season begins. Thailand being the jewel of southeast Asia, is also called the land of smiles, with most of its natives welcoming you warmly with their world-class hospitality skills. The country has developed its economy mainly through its tourism industry. This has given the country its uber-modern cities and state-of-the-art luxurious holiday destinations. Despite the urbanization, the tropical feel of this island country is untouched and held in sacred esteem. There is a perfect intersection of modern and primitive in Thailand, and it makes the country that much more attractive. There are mountains, beaches, islands, and more to explore here. This exotic heaven beacon to all who love the sun, sand, and nightlife alike. In this article, we will explore the best time to visit Thailand around the year. Best Time To Visit Thailand Beaches Image Source Thailand has way too much to offer, and you might want to plan it out to explore the nooks and crevices of this country that you can’t get enough of. Like any other country, Thailand also has seasons that you can enjoy at its best and worst. Here are the peak, shoulder, and low seasons. Peak Season (November-February) Image Source These months are usually known for bringing winter to the rest of the planet, but in Thailand, this is the best time for a holiday. The air gets less humid, and the sun does not get too rough, bad enough to drench you in your own sweat within a few minutes. The evenings are cool, too, with a light sea breeze swaying in giving comfort to visitors. Shoulder Season (September-October) Image Source In these seasons, the weather keeps getting better, and yet they are not the peak times yet. There is sporadic rainfall with drier days in between. The temperature as well as humidity also fade away. The beaches are less crowded, so if you can face the occasional heavy pouring, these months can be very suitable for your Thailand visit. Low Season (April-May, July-September) Image Source Although it is said that there is no bad time for you to enjoy Thailand, there is totally an inconvenient time. Two actually. The months between April and May get extremely hot, and if too much heat becomes an issue, a holiday during those months must be avoided. As July begins, monsoon comes, and the next three months become the most damn times in Thailand. The streets are flooded, and the air around is stuffy and humid. All you can do is sit in your hotel room and look at the water gliding down the building. Travel SeasonsMin/Max TemperatureSeasonMarch to July30-34 degreesSummer - Hot and humidJuly to October23-29 degreesMonsoon - Heavy rainfallNovember to February18-32 degreesWinter - Cool and pleasant Thailand In The Winter Season (November To February) Image Source Now that you know what Thailand feels like at its peak season in the winter, here is a glimpse of everything you can expect if you plan to visit this year. Temperature Avg. of 32 degrees high to 18 degrees low. Weather Image Source There is no doubt that winter is the best time to visit Thailand. With the monsoon gone, the temperatures are moderate and just perfect for a holiday outdoors. The air is much more dry and sunny. It makes the environment all around warm and pleasant. The only downside is that with improved weather, the crowd gets thicker too. But really, with those beautiful beaches and the amazing cityscape, the more, the merrier. If you stay on the coast, the weather is warm and pleasant. But if you head up to the mountains or further inland, the nights will tend to get colder, making you carry a light shawl or winterwear to keep the cold away. Events Image Source In the winter, Thailand is a pretty quiet time despite Christmas and New Year. But not when it comes to the nation’s own festivals, especially December 5th, which is the birth anniversary of the King of Thailand, which is a nationwide fanfare. The focal festivities are held in Bangkok, with the streets coming alive with celebrations, a candlelight vigil held for the king’s long life, along with an appearance of the king himself if his health supports it. You can plan to stay back just until January and February to witness Thailand usher in the Chinese New Year. The date changes every year as it is based on the lunisolar calendar. There are lion dances, parades, fireworks, and stage shows. The experience is truly one of a kind, and you should not miss it if you happen to visit at the time. The Chiang Mai Flower Festival is held in February, which is a 3-day festival held at the end of the “cool season.” It features grand parades and a vibrant display of chrysanthemums and the Damask Rose- varieties found only in Chiang Mai. Wrapping Up With the winter just around the corner for Thailand, all the festivities are creeping in this is your chance to book your tickets and plan an elaborate holiday in and around the winter season in Thailand. This could be the best way to celebrate Christmas and the year on the most colorful note. If you are still thinking about the best time to visit Thailand, you simply need to get a trip to Thailand during the winter months, preferably in January and February, when you can spend your winter days wearing flip-flops under the sun. If the sound of beaches does not excite you in those cold bone-chilling winter months, we don’t know what will. So, If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Siam Paragon Mass Shooting Propels Thailand’s Proposed 300 Baht Tourism Fee To Get Fast-Tracked This Is The Best Time To Visit Iceland & These Are The Things You Should Do! Maldives And Bora Bora Among Top 10 Tourists Spots In The World This Is The Best Time To Visit The Seven Magic Mountains In Vegas!
Montana: The Unique Treasure Trove Of The United States
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 26, 2023
Montana is home to some of the most stunning natural beauty in the US. This western state has incredible, dramatic terrain. From the Rocky Mountain range to cold lakes, alpine forests, and vast swaths of wilderness, Montana is a state of diverse terrain and unique culture. With a population estimated at only 1.1 million in 2022, Montana is among the least-populated states in the U.S.! At an elevation of 12,807 feet, Granite Peak is the highest point in the Beartooth Mountains, the highest point in Montana, and the tenth-highest point in the United States. Montana leads the country in the production of organic wheat, flax, lentils, and dry peas. In 1971, the Transportation Department made a video called “Montana, Land of the Big Sky.” This led to its unofficial nickname, “Big Sky State.” There are eight (8) National Parks in Montana that generate $618.9 million in tourism each year from about 3.6 million visitors. Its two most popular National Parks are Glacier National Park and Yellowstone National Park. In Montana, two-fifths of the state is in the Rocky Mountain region. It also covers states including Colorado, Idaho, Nevada, Utah, and Wyoming. The name “Montana” comes from a Spanish word. The Spanish “montaña,” roughly translates to “mountainous.” Montana’s official state flower, Lewisia redivivia, also known as bitterroot, is a perennial plant that grows at elevations from 2,500 to 10,000 feet. These plants produce pink, rose, and even white-colored flowers, which reach about 2 inches across. Montana’s state tree is the Ponderosa pine (Pinus ponderosa). The Ponderosa pine can live for hundreds of years, growing tall into the sky as large and beautiful evergreen trees. The Roe River in Great Falls, Montana, has the notable distinction of being the world’s shortest river. This super-short river flows only 200 feet, reaching between Giant Springs and the Missouri River. Gemstone mining in Montana has long had an important place in the state’s economy. Montana’s two state gemstones are agate and sapphire. Since 1969, these two gemstones have shared the unique recognition of being the official state gemstones. Read Also: Maldives And Bora Bora Among Top 10 Tourists Spots In The World Siam Paragon Mass Shooting Propels Thailand’s Proposed 300 Baht Tourism Fee To Get Fast-Tracked A Newly Launched Tool ‘Skyscanner’ Inspires Travelers To Book Travel Destinations With Ease And Confidence
How To Make Your Blog Earn: Tips And Tricks
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 20, 2023
In today's world, many people have opted to work at their own pace, at their own time, and be their own boss. All this while traveling the world. Sounds like a life straight from your dreams, just before you wake for your 9-5 job? It is indeed a tempting choice to work when and where based on your whim and live your life on your own terms. This can be a truly liberating experience. But it is not without a challenge to get here. Many have gone down this road but have remained unsuccessful. Earning while you travel is a risky business. There are certain things that work and don't work. Here are certain things you must keep in mind. You can begin by investing in a catchy domain. This will help you gain a strong brand identity and garner the right audience for your content. Going off the beaten track is as adventurous as is lucrative. People want to know about things they have never heard of before. The same destinations don't attract a crowd. Your biggest payoff will come from being authentic. Talking about things openly and freely will show you in a positive light to people watching you. They will know you hide nothing. If you choose to go a certain way, you cannot be in a dilemma. You have to be sure of what you are doing. Going all in is a cornerstone for endeavors such as this. Not everything is meant to be done alone. This is where you bring in a team of like-minded people who will hold the sails forward. A strong team can keep you motivated to push forward. Get inventive and see where you are going strong. Strengthen the bits that are already bringing in profits. Consider introducing your own line of travel accessories. Your business may be online but going physical never harmed anyone. Dabbling between the two is a good idea. Finally, stay patient and keep yourself disciplined. This is going to be a tough time initially but keep yourself prepared mentally. That will help you refrain from giving up. Keep Reading: 10 Best Restaurants In The US Maldives And Bora Bora Among Top 10 Tourists Spots In The World
From Romance To Risotto: Best Romantic Restaurants Near Me For A Cozy Date!
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 20, 2023
Let's face it. Fine dining amps up the romance game to quite an extent. But the harsher side of the truth is planning a date can be tough, while choosing the right restaurant is going to be trickier. The number of things you have to consider for a date night will overwhelm you. You will be thinking about the noise levels, the ambiance, and also the cuisine. Hell, you might be wondering if the food will be good to begin with! Dating is a task in itself, and now you have a restaurant to choose from, too. Believe us, you are not alone. 86% of the population find it stressful to choose the perfect date restaurant, a study by OpenTable has revealed. OpenTable is a platform that helps restaurants thrive, and diners find the best restaurants to suit their needs. Anna Besse, director of marketing at OpenTable, said in a statement, “Given the added stress daters face when looking for the right restaurant, we wanted to create a go-to list that offers a restaurant for any date - whether it's your first or one-thousandth.” She further added, "And for a more personalized experience, diners can turn to our 'Date Night Matchmaker' feature for a no-fret way to find the perfect restaurant based on their specific dining preferences." You searched for “romantic restaurants near me,” and now you have the best ones to choose from. Top Romantic Restaurants You Cannot Ignore If you are looking for restaurants to check that you and your date will like, we have made a list. These restaurants offer privacy, good food, ambiance, and just the right amount of everything. Check them out: Jeff Ruby’s Steakhouse, Nashville, Tennessee Image Source Jeff Ruby’s Steakhouse, located in Nashville, is as glamorous as it is jazzy. It frivolously includes a grand stage for live entertainment and glitzy chandeliers that add so much old-world charm to the place. This place is worth the visit for its sheer ambiance. Its Art Deco may steal your heart, but it is more famous for its steakhouse, which makes it the top destination in Music City. It has a busy yet intimate vibe for you to enjoy a cozy meal together with your special one. Tripadvisor Review: “Our reservations at a different restaurant fell through (happy accident) and we last minute had to decide on somewhere new. We are from out of town so we asked a couple of locals to recommend a place. Jeff Ruby's was recommended independently. They were welcoming even without reservations and we were seated in the music city room. Right away Jimmy was attending to us. He was the server assistant but every bit as attentive as our server, Marys. Everyone was full of smiles and super helpful with our orders. When Marys was told it was my birthday celebration she didn't just bring out the sparklers and candles, but gave us a commemorative birthday card with our picture printed :) Chris the manager was always present and greeting the guests to make sure their experience was a good one. I had a great experience there.” – daya1969 GW Fins, New Orleans, Louisiana Image Source With its cozy dining and creative menu that follows the seasons, it's no surprise that this restaurant is one of the top dining destinations. This Fench Quarter fave serves delicious fish and has an exquisite list of wines and a mindblowing dessert menu. It should already sound like the perfect place to go for a romantic date. Try it out at your earliest! Tripadvisor Review: "I have dined at this restaurant twice with others in the last two months. Every dish served--the lobster bisque, several appetizers, a number of different entrees--has been excellent, along with the service both times. This is not an inexpensive restaurant--and where the city really shines is with less expensive, neighborhood-type restaurants that tourists need to try. There are so many outstanding restaurants in the metropolitan area that I hesitate to say which restaurant might be the best. But if you are calling row, the name of this restaurant will be called quickly. My only critique is that I personally wish they served bread other than biscuits. But that is a personal quirk that others do not share, and it is the only thing remotely negative I can say. Highly recommended.” – G4250AIrichardp Parc, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Image Source This restaurant, with its cozy bistro-style seating arrangement and an upscale French brasserie-inspired menu is sure to keep you and your date engrossed in each other. The place feels like a piece of Paris which makes it super couples-friendly. The romance will be fueled by the spot alone, and it's a must-visit for Valentine’s Day. Tripadvisor Review: “We had just arrived in Philadelphia the night before, so wanted to have a lovely breakfast the next morning to ease into our trip. Wow, we were so happy to come across this wonderful restaurant! First off, it is just beautiful, across the street from Rittenhouse Square and a lovely view from the restaurant. The staff was so kind, welcoming, enthusiastic and attentive. You could tell that they all really took pride in their wonderful restaurant! The food was hot, beautiful and simply delicious! The service was excellent. We can't wait to go back! Thanks to the staff for a most enjoyable experience!” – Mamatibs Filomena Ristorante, Washington, D.C. Image Source Rated consistently as one of the best places in D.C., this Georgetown jewel has been offering the most classic dining experience in the cozy setting of its interiors for 40 years. Its homely, old-world charm and an authentic, welcoming feel, you cannot go wrong with this one. This eatery will surely impress you with its Italian-style amore. Tripadvisor Review: “Filomena’s in Georgetown was delicious! We had 3 friends recommend dining here and we’re glad we did! From the outside it looks like a tiny little place with someone making homemade pasta in the window! But you go downstairs to the main dining area and everything changes! You go into a bustling area full of people enjoying themselves and enjoying their delicious meals! Extensive menu, homemade pasta and lots of wine choices! Our meals were delicious and we wish we could have fit one of their desserts from the bakery showcase! Have a nice little glass of amaretto at the end of our meal. Would absolutely go again! We felt like we were dining in Italy!” –GailJ1952 71 Above, Los Angeles, California Image Source Being the most elevated restaurant on the west side of Mississippi, this glamorous LA find serves guests the opportunity for cozy romance, given its breathtaking panoramic scapes and high-end dining options. If you are looking for privacy, you can choose a semi-private dining area. If a more livelier experience draws you, the busy bar overseeing the LA skyline is a fine option too. You can do all this while enjoying the most delicious American food. Tripadvisor Review: “Excellent excellent quality. The chefs know what they’re doing. Each dish was complex yet well-balanced in flavor with great presentation. Both service and atmosphere were wonderful as well. Would definitely take friends and family here. The building interior is beautiful. Came here on a Thursday in mid June and was able to find street parking. Heard parking behind the building was $10. And valet is $15. $95 a person for a three-course meal. Window seating is walk-in only. Some people waited at the bar for an hour for a spot to open up.” – rachelwangcal The Musso & Frank Grill, Hollywood, California This is another answer to your “romantic restaurants near me” queries. restaurant is all about the old-world charm of the gone-by days of Hollywood. The cozy leather booths and the warm mahogany bar create a classic elegant atmosphere fit for romance. The interiors have been the same for the last 100 years of its rich history. Their staff will make sure you feel like royalty, and the cozy intimate opulence will surely add a uniquely romantic dining experience. Tripadvisor Review: “My family and I went to Musso and Franks Grill on the 17th of June 2023. The restaurant was recommended by heaps of friends and we just had to go and see if it was worth the hype and it was. Before our meals came, they brought out the most delicious bread and the entrees were amazing. I ordered spaghetti, and they asked if I wanted another serve as they believed it was a small serve. Living in Australia, the portions are smaller so I thought it was a perfect amount. They then said they weren’t satisfied with the portion size and gave me a free dessert! We had also been told that Harrison Ford from Indiana Jones had been at the restaurant the night before us and sat in the booth right next to where we were seated! Overall, the food was amazing, the waitresses were so friendly and interactive and the service was so quick even though it was busy. If you are visiting LA or just live there, you must have dinner at Musso and Franks Grill.” –Siena_reviewzz The Olde Pink House Restaurant, Savannah, Georgia Image Source The iconic southern feel and the creative comfort food menu will definitely catch your eye. It is also revolutionarily pink. This Georgia find has signature drinks to complete the high-end menu, which is interestingly down-to-earth. You could consider this spot as your next perfect date restaurant. Tripadvisor Review: “I booked online several weeks in advance of arriving in Savannah and could not get a dinner reservation. I did get a lunch reservation, though and was not disappointed! The food and service were excellent, and the building itself is really lovely and interesting to have a wander around (as I was encouraged to do). I had the country fried chicken followed by the key lime pie washed down with the Old Pink House 'pink lady' cocktail - lovely! I would definitely recommend dining here but do try to book in advance to secure your spot.” – flyingwiki2015 RH Rooftop Restaurant, New York, New York Image Source An American restaurants list can not afford to miss this gem given its prime location in NYC. It makes dining trendy and upscale. This can be an answer to your search for “romantic restaurants near me.” Its elegant and creative vibe adds to the romance you are already looking forward to. The menu is delectably good, with amazing side dishes and a luxe main course. A date night drink to wash all that excitement down on the rooftop overlooking NC will complete your typical NYC dining experience. Tripadvisor Review: “First time in this enchanting space. We shared the Prosciutto and Delice Board (Parmigiano Reggiano, Brie, exquisite strawberry jam, warm baguette, grapes), Caesar salad, and my husband also ordered the lobster roll, which was succulent and completely stuffed with lobster meat. They brought us an extra baguette on request. Everything was delicious, but the brie and jam were especially magnificent. This is a lovely setting for lunch (or dinner)…same menu. Be sure to bring a wrap, as the A/C is very cold inside. Outside it can be hot in the summer months, so be sure to select a table in the shade.” –kateconcord Eiffel Tower, Las Vegas, Nevada Image Source If you could not make it to Paris for the date (excuse our bluntness), that might just be the next best thing. The chic and exquisite feel of Sin City all around, the scintillating view of the skyline, and the most elegant French menu cannot possibly be topped by any other. Your romantic dinner dates cannot be complete without a visit here. The Vegas charm cannot be resisted. Tripadvisor Review: “We were two couple scouting restaurants for an upcoming convention. We visited several high end restaurants and have to say this one was the best - a 10/10! The service was impeccable- polite, friendly, efficient but not rushed. We were able to take our time to enjoy drinks first and then each course - unlike our previous night at Gordon Ramsay’s Hells Kitchen. We paid extra to have seats overlooking the Bellagio fountains - and enjoyed the sunset first. The food was outstanding - well prepared, flavourful, and hot when served. The final touch was the dessert soufflés - according to my dining companions the best dessert they have ever had! My creme brûlée was outstanding. A very delightful evening and looking forward to going back!” –tlw1037 Wrapping Up The fact that you are looking for romantic restaurants near me means you want it to be as personal and as close to you for the coziest romantic date you and your partner could dream of. The list above should be your holy grail because these are some of the most appreciated and well-reviewed restaurants that you just cannot miss or go wrong in choosing. Have you already been to these spots? If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: 10 Best Restaurants In The US Top 10 Restaurants In Sandusky Ohio – Restaurant Guide Top 12 Dominican Restaurants In Los Angeles | The Ultimate Guide Best 10 Mediterranean Restaurants In Las Vegas | Ultimate Guide
I Joined Worldpackers And This Is What I Feel About It As A Traveler!
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 20, 2023
Worldpackers is an online platform where you can connect traveling volunteers with hosts from around the world through a community of knowledgeable and experienced hosts and travelers. Here travelers can create a profile and sift through numerous volunteering experiences to choose from. It is a concept too good to be true that allows you to exchange skills for accommodation. The interface of the application is user-friendly and has an authentic rating system that helps find the most reliable hosts around the world. The package includes an annual fee of $49 for solo travelers and $59 for couples. There is a hoard of benefits that come along with it, such as certified hosts, tips for the trip, hornets reviews, and a comprehensive guide through the entire volunteering experience. The Good Stuff Image Source Learning new skills and growing your experience Free accommodation while you travel Honest review system to choose the best hosts Meeting other travelers Community blog and online support Get a taste of the culture at a deeper level Verified and certified hosts Insured travel plans for a safer experience The Bad Stuff Image Source Hosts can ask a traveler to work for upto 32 hours Worldpacker reviews have a character limit You have to live with your boss, and you will be on calls, mostly Countries You Can Consider Image Source If you have already jumped on the bandwagon and now keep wondering which country to visit through Worldpackers, we have made a list for you to choose from. Keep reading to know which country is calling your name. Costa Rica Famous for its focus on natural surroundings and not the war that tore it, your volunteering opportunities will show up in the form of campings, eco-villages, farms, campings, eco-lodges, hostels, and NGOs. Mexico This country is great for its farms, eco-villages, hostels, as well as permaculture projects while practicing your Spanish and having a jolly good time doing fun things during your free time. Brazil This country is the home of World packers, where the concept itself was born. You will find many volunteering opportunities in campsites, farms, permaculture projects, hostels, eco-villages, pousadas, and holistic centers. Vietnam Vietnam has several school opportunities. Here you will find eco-lodges, holistic centers, guest houses, and homestays. Thailand Another haven for volunteering is the country Thailand where you will find many eco-villages, NGOs, guest houses, homestays, and permaculture projects. Italy This country makes it easy for you to move around. It has volunteering options like eco-lodges, hostels, guest houses, campsites, permaculture projects, schools, and homestays. United Kingdom The UK has it all: hostels in the city as well as farms in the countryside. You can volunteer at holistic centers, homestays, guest houses, and eco-lodges. Spain Here too, you can find ample volunteering options. And along with it, there is a fascinating view of the coast and big waves. Portugal Practice your Portuguese while volunteering at farms, camping, eco-lodges, homestays, and permaculture projects. United States You can volunteer here in the land of dreams for people all around the world. Get the best of both worlds by choosing to volunteer in this country. Reviews From Worldpackers Users Traveling has been a call of the unknown for many. Drawn by its irresistible charm and allure, people have left their homes to answer the call. Worldpackers have allowed many people to travel when they are short on money and means. Sure, it has its downsides where you have to work for the free food, but it is a small price to pay in return for the rich experiences you will likely gather. Here are some of the things people have said about Worldpackers that will inspire you to pack your bags and go tread the roads not taken. Go ahead and read the worldpackers reviews. "I used Worldpackers to have an experience in Italy. I signed up for the platform, browsed the opportunities and decided to pay for the annual subscription.You can only send applications to hosts after you become a verified member.Sent some applications and got accepted to an experience at Toscana, one of the most beauftiful regions in Italy for some internet marketing Gigs. Spent 3 weeks living and working with a wonderful family. Saved a lot with accomodation and food, but, most important, had a great life experience with some good people." Aleno, Tripadvisor "Yes!! I'm british but I've used it all over the world and I love it, I have been accepted to so many more opportunities than through work away and I find the website more user friendly. Most of the places I've been have also had a lot of english speaking volunteers.” Hettiy, Reddit user “Workaway! I have used it in different countries and always had amazing experiences. There's usually a lot to choose from, regarding hosts and the kind of work that you'd do. Go for it.” daniclas, Reddit user "I never imagined to have such an amazing time here in Jaisalmer. ¡the hostel is probably one of the best hosts to volunteer with Worldpackers! I was really lucky to do Camel Safari the first day of my stay, visit the Golden City and take as many photographs and videos as possible for them. I enjoyed a lot was I was doing because photography is passion! The accommodation and food was more than perfect, and the hours of work were flexible. I'm glad and thankful specially with all the nice people I met here. I always felt generosity, kindness and a smile from all of them. ¡NAMASTE the hostel!” Worlpackers member from Colombia "I couldn't have started in a better way my experience with worldpackers. Mukesh is an amazing person and the hotel staff was incredibly kind with me. Mukesh let me feel fine and free about the job which was caring about the social media and designing a menu for the restaurant. Although the city was in low season I could enjoy the hostel Hotel and local people in the city. Almost every evening we could hang out at the hotel rooftop, Mukesh and Richa (from stuff) taught me a lot about indian culture, speciality about Rajasthan. I'm missing them already!” Worldpackers member from Brazil Here is a review for your thoughts on whether there are other platforms like Worldpackers. There is! It's called Workaway, and it's going to start a Worldpackers vs Workaway conversation: “Workaway is better cos it has 15x more hosts and therefore works out 15x cheaper. Its has hosts worldwide not just in latin America. It controls the quality of its hosts and stops businesses using volunteers. Its better because its not funded by venture capitalists trying to jump on the bandwagon. Also it doesnt ask affiliates to spam reddit subs. Ps wwoof is also another good site to try :) Hope that helps.” dodosandcakes Final Verdict Worldpackers is best suited for travelers who are in need of free amenities wherever they go. It can also be for people who want to build authentic relationships with new communities around the world. If you are one of them, you can look forward to making new friends, honing new skills, contributing to society for a greater purpose, and also growing as an individual. If you want to know “is worldpackers legit,” my experience with the membership fees that Worldpackers derive from the annual payment actually pays for much more than the platform itself. The money is well worth it for the support, safety, community, and experiences you enrich yourself with. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Alsi Resort – Overview, Reviews, Pros, And Cons Sandals Curacao – Resort Reviews, Location, Price And Ambience Norse Atlantic Airways Reviews And Other Information To Check Out
Weekend Escapades: Things To Do In Chattanooga
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 19, 2023
This outdoor oasis in the South is a solid wanderlust attraction. A scenic city that is always on the move can be your next perfect weekend getaway. The city is bustling with energy, and on a typical afternoon, you will see its locals as well as weekenders venturing into the Tennesse River along with their boards and boats. The bikers go up and down the hilly streets through the town, running and walking down the pedestrian bridge and playing with frisbees in the numerous parks. The parks look neat, being hedged by bike lanes and carefully placed benches. Public art makes the town come alive with color and socio-cultural significance. The number of things that will stay with you long after you visit this town is too many, but one of them will be the food and the restaurants. There are also a lot of adventures to be had outdoors in this character-filled city. If you are looking for some weekend fun or a short trip to feel rejuvenated, this city is close by and has to offer a lot. This is going to be the best weekend spot for you, and we have brought you the best of it. Here are some of the most fun and memorable things to do in Chattanooga. Things To Do In Chattanooga Image Source If you have thought about going away sometime and taking a break, but you can’t think of any place so far. Chattanooga could be a great option. Here are some of the best things things to do in Chattanooga that will stay imprinted on your memory. Tennessee Aquarium Image Source One of the fun things to do in Chattanooga is visiting the aquarium. This aquarium maintains two buildings. There is River Journey which showcases the freshwater habitats from around the world, and Ocean Journey, where visitors are treated to the magnificent view of sea creatures and ocean life. It is recommended to spend at least three hours while visiting to take in a good fraction of the 10,000 animals that are here. If you are looking for things to do in Chattanooga with kids, they will love the adorable macaroni penguins and dreamy sea jellies. Try visiting on a weekday, as it gets busier on weekends, for a more authentic experience. If you are looking for free things to do in Chattanooga, the city also offers a free shuttle to get here, making the experience pocket-friendly. Lookout Mountain Image Source There are three scenic attractions this mountain ridge has to offer. There is the Ruby Falls, Rock City, and the Incline Railway. The Ruby Falls is the United States’ deepest and tallest underground waterfall standing at 260 feet. Rock City is where one can see seven states from the iconic Lover’s Leap. And when you hop on the Incline Railway, you will be witnessing the steepest passenger railway on Earth. You need to spend a minimum of 4 hours at these mountains to gauge the highlights of the spot. Each of the three attractions has separate expenses, and the tickets are known to sell out fast. Raccoon Mountain Caverns Image Source The Raccoon Mountain Caverns are located 1.3 miles off the I-24 at the Lookout Valley exit. It is less than 10 minutes from downtown Chattanooga. This mountain offers views of a cave in its natural state that has thousands of diverse rock formations. There are stalagmites, stalactites, flowstone, delicate soda straws, rimstone pools, columns, draperies, natural bridges, and a rare shield formation. It also offers many wild cave “spelunking” expeditions for all those who want to go deeper into the caves and explore the mountain. An expedition to the waterfall dome allows visitors to get to the place with the view of the tallest underground, unassisted, naturally flowing waterfall. Walnut Street Bridge Image Source This is one of the best examples of the Phoenix wrought-iron truss bridges dating back to the years between 1884 and 1923. Tennessee Valley Railroad Museum Image Source This nostalgic train trip will offer aesthetically restored vintage locomotives and passenger cars that encase the intricate craftsmanship of ages long gone. The ride will take you through the beautiful Tennessee countryside that has awe-inspiring views bound to make you reflect on the simpler times of the past. The museum’s exhibit has an impressive set of artifacts, old photographs, and other memorabilia that help bring the rich railroading history to life. The staff here are highly knowledgeable and will eagerly share information on railroad history while being dressed in period attire. The experience will provide you with lots of fascinating insights whether you are a history buff or otherwise. Ruby Falls Image Source This one is the deepest and tallest underground waterfall that is open for public access in the States. There are guided tours such as the classic waterfall tour, the lantern tour, and the extended cavern experience tour. The tour will take you along its beautiful cavern trail to a gorgeous waterfall that is surrounded by old geological formations that took millenniums to form. There are also extensively picturesque views of the Cumberland Plateau, Tennessee Valley, and the Tennessee River from the top of the Lookout Mountain Tower. The tours fill up pretty quickly. You must purchase the tickets online in advance for increased availability. Chattanooga Whiskey Experimental Distillery Image Source One of the other things to do in Chattanooga for adults is visit the whiskey distillery. This distillery is the first ever to craft whiskey in Chattanooga in over a hundred years. It boasts over 100 different barrels that mature in an aging cellar. Each visit to the distillery is an ode to the past, present, and future of hand-made bourbon. You can reserve a tour & tasting trip to check out their latest craft. This can also be one of the things to do in Chattanooga for couples. You must be 21+ with a physical and valid ID. Creative Discovery Museum This museum is a hands-on children’s museum at the very heart of downtown Chattanooga. It is known to inspire children of all ages to innovate, explore, play, and create. The exhibits are designed to entertain as well as educate children on exploring the world around them. They are pushed to become inquisitive about art, science, music, water exploration, and dinosaur digging. It was rated number #7 by Trekaroo of the children’s museums in the U.S. in 2015. Wrapping Up Chattanooga sure has everything you could want for a short trip away from the hustle of the city. If you want to know about things to do in Chattanooga this weekend, we hope this article gave you a headstart. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: You Won’t Believe The Best Things To Do When In Fiji! Some Of The Best Things To Do In Navarre Beach, Florida These Are The 30+ Things To Do In Mexico City That You Must Try!
A First-Hand Experience Of Taking A Red Eye Flight!
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 19, 2023
Red eye flights are overnight flights that usually arrive at their destination in the morning. Since passengers on these flights may not get enough sleep, they may experience fatigue, which could result in red eyes. Red eye flights are commonly longer in duration and are more frequently available in regions outside of the Western world. This is partly due to the fact that airport curfews are more stringent in Europe, Australia, and North America compared to other regions. However, this doesn't imply that airlines in the Western world don't offer red eye flights. In reality, when flying westbound transatlantic services, they are nearly always the standard for European and American airlines. In this article, I will be explaining the reasons behind the existence of red eye flights and weighing the advantages and disadvantages of taking them. Once I am done, you will feel like you just had a first-hand experience of taking a red eye flight yourself! What Is A Red Eye Flight? Image Source Whether you enjoy these nighttime hauls or not, red eye flights are quite a regular thing for people flying long distances. They depart from their home terminal at night and reach their destination in the morning. They are so named because of the physical toll it takes on the passengers, causing them to get red eyes. Most of these red eye flights take off when flying to the east side. For instance, when you fly from Los Angeles to New York or From New York to London. But there are exceptions to such flights, such as when you are flying north or south between long distances. For example, if you fly between North and South America or Europe and Africa. The whole idea behind red eye flights is to save daylight and maximize your time spent at home and at your destination. Flying through the night helps you avoid losing a day in travel. It also helps save money spent on a night stay at a hotel. They are cheaper than day flights, too, making it a cost-effective option for budget travelers. In some cases, there are actually no other options but to take a red eye flight because your origin and destination do not have day flights to begin with. My Red Eye Flight Experience From Bahrain To London Image Source Recently, I had the experience of taking three flights for one destination. I flew three different classes of travel on a single ticket. I bought a Premium Economy round-trip ticket from London to Bahrain ten months before my flight. In this firsthand red eye flight experience, I will share my pretty good experience with Lufthansa during my return journey from Bahrain to London Heathrow, which involved a layover in Riyadh. The expenses of Lufthansa flights to the Middle East did not follow a linear increase as the departure day approached. I have included two charts below to show how the price of my flight changed leading up to the day of departure and after the flight's schedule was revised. Lufthansa operates a daily flight from its ground base in Frankfurt to Bahrain International Airport with a layover in Riyadh. This is a usual setup as it's a daily flight to Dammam via Kuwait. Both Bahrain-Riyadh and Kuwait-Dammam cannot be booked as fifth freedom flights. Intriguingly, Lufthansa continuously adjusts its schedule for destinations in the Middle East. According to Routes Online, Lufthansa would originally fly to Bahrain via Doha in 2014, but it stopped in 2015 when services to Doha renewed operations to Muscat instead. Before Lufthansa stopped all flights to Doha in 2017, they operated Frankfurt-Kuwait-Doha flights. In 2017, flights to Bahrain were via Dammam, and in 2018, they were via Kuwait. When I bought my ticket in August 2018, my planned route was Heathrow-Frankfurt-Kuwait-Bahrain, but it changed to Heathrow-Frankfurt-Riyadh-Bahrain in September 2018. Lufthansa used to operate Riyadh as a non-stop flight without onward legs in 2015, but after discontinuing Doha in 2017, they started flying Frankfurt-Riyadh-Dammam while also initiating flights to Bahrain via Kuwait. However, things were changed again in 2018. Flight 1: Premium Economy, Bahrain To Riyadh Image Source Upon arrival at Bahrain International Airport via Uber, I made it through passport control and security within 15 minutes. The aircraft assigned for the flight was D-AIKN, which is an A330-343X. Boarding began at 23:20, which was slightly delayed, but it didn't matter since only 20 passengers were boarding the red eye flight A330. In fact, the gate push-off time was 11.42 pm, eight minutes early. The Premium Economy section of the plane had four rows with seven seats each. There were only seven passengers, resulting in a load factor of 25% in this segment. The legroom was spacious enough, allowing the passenger in front to recline without any pressure on the person seated behind. The amenity kit for the Premium Economy included a toothbrush and toothpaste, a refreshment towel, a sleeping mask, earplugs, and a thick pair of socks. Although the earplugs were weak and the face mask didn't isolate light fully, the socks were comfortable. The IFE system was not as good as Emirates, but it had decent options. One of the few features was live GPS tracking of the aircraft. During the Bahrain-Riyadh journey, the movie "100 Things," a 2018 German film, was played. Despite leaving Bahrain eight minutes early, the plane arrived in Riyadh five minutes late, as we had to wait for our gate to be vacated. Flight 2: Business Class, Riyadh To Frankfurt Image Source During the second flight from Riyadh to Frankfurt, since it wasn't a fifth freedom flight, passengers traveling to Frankfurt from Bahrain were not required to leave the aircraft in Riyadh. After being told to stay seated for ten minutes while the plane refueled, a representative from Lufthansa's Riyadh airport asked me to follow him into Business. I was given seat 10H since the Premium Economy and Economy classes were set to fill up with passengers for the Riyadh-Frankfurt flight. The flight from Riyadh to Frankfurt was entirely full in Economy, Premium Economy, and Business. The headphones provided by Lufthansa in Business were exceptional, as they blocked out all noise. The sound quality from the IFE was also excellent, allowing me to sleep soundly. The headphones were attached to the seat, so they couldn't be removed. My red eye flight departed from Riyadh King Khalid at 2:10 am, 15 minutes late, and arrived in Frankfurt at 7:14 am, one minute early. The average delay for the flight LH637 is ten minutes. Flight 3: Economy, Frankfurt To London Heathrow Image Source Regrettably, the last flight of my three-flight sequence was delayed despite arriving early from its previous flight. The reason for the delay was that the aircraft, which was Lufthansa's first A320neo with the registration D-AINC, took over an hour to clean. Although I managed to secure an emergency exit row window seat, which I chose for free during check-in, the legroom on short-haul flights with Lufthansa was a bit disappointing for me. Moreover, the sandwich served on the flight contained cream and cheese, which was not suitable for me as I do not eat dairy. Unfortunately, there were no alternative options available for me. Another slight disappointment was that the crew refused to serve water before takeoff, and I had to wait for a long time before we took off due to the delay. The flight was full in Economy and Business class, and despite the plane being on time on average, we arrived 40 minutes late at our destination in London after pushing off from Frankfurt 29 minutes late. Additionally, we spent a considerable amount of time circling around London. It was not a big inconvenience, but the service was not as good as my previous flights with Lufthansa. However, I must acknowledge that Lufthansa quickly and smoothly compensated me with 600 Euros for the missed connecting flight during my outbound journey. Wrapping Up Honestly, I was so impressed with their customer service that I would choose Lufthansa for all my future connecting red eye flights. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below! We would love to hear from you! Read Also: This Is My Experience With Eva Air! Flair Airlines Review: This Is How I Feel About Flair Airlines! Journey To The Skies: Exploring The Legacy Of Northwest Airlines! Fly In Style: Your Ultimate Guide To Lot Polish Airlines Adventures!
10 Best Restaurants In The US
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 14, 2023
Restaurants make any place light up with energy and good vibes. They help upscale a neighborhood. Food joints highlight the native cuisine and community. The best restaurants around the country give their all in bringing a perfect lineup of hospitality, food, hygiene, and architecture. Here are the top 10 restaurants that you can visit for any occasion, ranging from solo dinners to family outings to romantic restaurant dates. Perilla LA “Excellent food, atmosphere and service. My friends and I enjoyed a wonderful Korean pancake, a chef Waygu tasting plate for each person, potato's, and the grilled egg plant (the star dish of the evening). We also enjoyed some cocktails that our waitor Arden suggested which paired perfectly with the meal.” - maxamil432 https://twitter.com/SERCatalunya/status/1663924210450808832?s=20 Noodle In A Haystack “All dishes were fantastic! Best chawanmushi and ramen I've had by far! Atmosphere is also very nice, great music, intimate setting, courses came out promptly. The chefs and Pearl were so inviting, informative, and are very genuine people! My husband and I had a great time here and would definitely recommend!” - Monica M. https://twitter.com/tablehopper/status/1522001720552742912?s=20 Maty’s “This is a Peruvian Restaurant, very well located. With diverse plates oriented on oriental food with international touch. The attention its very good and the food... No comments. Great and delicious. Is a place to enjoy with friends or family.” - Joseodalisortiz https://twitter.com/TheWhetPalette/status/1700931551301668928?s=20 Molotov Kitchen + Cocktails “Exceptional food, nice ambiance. Lovely service. We were so sad to see To The Wind close after so many years. (It was beyond terrific.) But Molotov is carrying the torch! Really one of the few truly good places to dine in Denver.” - C R. https://twitter.com/cheryltiu/status/1635382755994509312?s=20 Prik Hom “ This tiny restaurant is away from the usual tourist trail in Patong. Located in a Teak House on Nanoi Rd it's a little hard to find - well worth the effort. The restaurant seats around 12 people. For a small place there's lots to choose from on the menu. The salty stir fried pork is delicious, as is the fried rice. Delicious food prepared to order. This isn't a fast food place, so be prepared to sit and relax with a drink while your meal is cooked - it's worth the wait.” - JocelynC885 https://twitter.com/HungryOnionSF/status/1629616622313848833?s=20 Quarter Sheets “Ok yes this placed lives up to the hype. The wait may be long but it is so worth it. The Bianca was definitely a crowd favorite and the crust is so perfectly salty and crispy. Will be coming back soon!” - Archeta R. https://twitter.com/Gennefer/status/1568459081299673101?s=20 La Diabla Pozole Y Mezcal “Our friends and ourselves had a fantastic late lunch there today. From the Pozole to the ceviche to the guacamole, the tacos and the Margarites, everything was EXCELLENT! The service was fast and friendly and the prices were very reasonable.” - Dan07030 https://twitter.com/GovofCO/status/1697369092598948016?s=20 In Bocca Al Lupo “We were very delighted with all the experience. The food was so delicious and well presented that we ate four times here, in the evening, on a very nice atmosphere. The prices are affordable, we spent around 50 euros on two mains (lamb and ravioli), a memorable desert and two drinks (a glass of sangria and a martini). Thank you for the lovely gourmet experience!” - Mihaela A https://twitter.com/thesilverbow/status/1679504504172040199?s=20 Yess “LA's most under rated restaurant. Chef Junya Yamasaki is a master of his craft, serving a one of a kind dining experience. I've been here three times, and every single time the menu has been different, crafted around seasonal ingredients and his catch of the week.” - Menooa Z. https://twitter.com/F2Consort/status/1334412726764888065?s=20 Ore Hill “Very unique restaurant... really different menu, but something for everyone. We wanted pizza...it was great! The location is great. Outside atmosphere is really nice. Great, friendly staff” - Kim Z https://twitter.com/insider_ct/status/1704176431675195804?s=20 Keep Reading: National Taco Day: How To Celebrate If You Are From Chicago Maldives And Bora Bora Among Top 10 Tourists Spots In The World
Maldives And Bora Bora Among Top 10 Tourists Spots In The World
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 12, 2023
According to a report, two of the most popular locations for tourists who want to spend their holidays in a tropical paradise are the Maldives and Bora Bora. Located on the Indian Ocean, they are now synonymous with clean azure water, pristine white beaches, and refreshing greenery. The islands, however, are very different from each other in that what the visitors can expect from the two places. The main differences between the locations are weather, accessibility, resorts, beaches, and activities. The islands cannot be chosen between them as there is no right answer. Both the islands are absolute treasures and have rightly taken their spots in the top 10 globally. Maldives Best visited in the dead of winter, this island is a drop of paradise on Earth. Featuring a 26-atoll chain of islands with white powdery beaches and turquoise waters, this chain of islands is the envy of all the islands of the world. The signature overwater bungalow resorts of Maldives make the experience even more surreal. Bora Bora This island is not just sun, sea, and beaches. Bora Bora is a major activity ground that includes 4x4 safaris and natural underwater parks that offer a look at the magnificent corals and fish. You can witness shark feedings and enjoy boat rides around the turquoise lagoon. There is also the 2,300-foot Mount Otemanu, from where the entire island is up for view from the top. Some of the other places that have secured the top spots are: Niagara Falls Consisting of the magnificent waterfalls that line the border of New York and Ontario. The Horseshoe Falls that stand at a height of 164 ft. is on the side of Canada. The Bridal Veil Falls and the American Falls are located on the North American side. Mona Lisa In Paris This half-length painting created by the Italian artist Leonardo da Vinci has managed to retain its immense fandom thanks to its rich and fascinating history. Kept in the Louvre Museum since 1797, people line up to have a glance at the famous painting that has become an icon of simplicity in art. The Statue Of Liberty, the Northern Lights, the Stone Henge, the Taj Mahal, the Times Square, and the Burj Khalifa have locked in on the other top 10 marks. Read Also: Siam Paragon Mass Shooting Propels Thailand’s Proposed 300 Baht Tourism Fee To Get Fast-Tracked People Are Interested To Spend More On Traveling Instead Of Investing On Diamonds: Prices Fall Israel Government Declares War: Multiple Flights Cancelled
Siam Paragon Mass Shooting Propels Thailand’s Proposed 300 Baht Tourism Fee To Get Fast-Tracked
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 11, 2023
Officials have issued a statement that Thailand is bent on restoring the confidence of tourists in the tourism sector. The statement follows closely on the heels of a mass shooting at a luxury mall. Two foreigners have been killed, and it has made hopes of attracting overseas visitors a distant dream. On Tuesday, the police arrested a 14-year-old boy suspected of having unleashed a barrage of gunfire at the Siam Paragon Mall. The location being the center of Bangkok’s commercial zone has raised all too many eyebrows. The incident caused the death of two women- one of them from China and the other from Myanmar, injuring five people. Governor of the Tourism Authority of Thailand, Thapanee Kiatphaibool, has said that the agencies have vowed to do their best to restore confidence. "We need to improve security in all areas for Thai and foreign tourists," she said without explaining any necessary steps being taken. Somsong Sachaphimukh, Vice President of the Tourism Council of Thailand industry group, has remarked, "This will impact tourism confidence and will affect our reputation. In the past, there were complaints about safety from China but this was something unthinkable." Chinese tourists have accounted for 11 million of the 39.9 million foreign visitors in Thailand in 2019. Tourism so far has been pretty slow, and it has prompted the government to decide on the visa waiver ahead of the peak season. Thai Examiner issued a report on the fee situation so far. The visa waiver will be collected from foreign travelers to provide “emergency medical health insurance cover and other benefits for 30 days from the point of entry.” The report explained that the fee needs “to be paid on arrival at kiosks at Immigration Bureau points of entry, including at airports after landing. The fee will also be delivered via a website or smartphone app.” It further added that “The tourism fee is supported broadly by the tourism industry as its tourist insurance fund is considered an essential step forward given the repeated stories of tragedies, accidents, and personal disasters which occur every year.” Read Also: Israel Government Declares War: Multiple Flights Cancelled National Taco Day: How To Celebrate If You Are From Chicago Columbus Day And Indigenous People’s Day: What IS Open And What Is Closed?
Israel Government Declares War: Multiple Flights Cancelled
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 10, 2023
Several flights going in and out of Tel Aviv have been canceled since Israel declared war on Gaza, Hamas, and the Palestinian Resistance. CNN has issued a statement that American Airlines will be suspending all flights till Friday while monitoring the situation closely. The President of the Allied Pilots Association ordered a “do not fly” to a union of 15,000 American Airlines pilots. Ed Sicher has said that Israel’s current instability and call for war has made it incumbent that “it is not prudent or appropriate to knowingly put our flight crews and passengers in harm’s way by maintaining flights into a war zone.” He has warned pilots not to accept assignments to fly into Israel, urging air personnel to take “extreme caution” as issued by the Federal Aviation Administration. Delta Airlines is canceling flights to and fro Tel Aviv for the entire month. They have, however, made a statement that they will “work with the U.S. government as needed to assist with the repatriation of U.S. citizens who want to return home.” The US Embassy in Israel issued a security update on Monday that it will “closely monitor the dynamic security situation” in the region. Ben Gurion International Airport will stay open, but some flights have been reduced or suspended. US carriers have temporarily suspended flights to Israel.” "We might cancel flights to places where we don't have a lot of Israelis to help other Israelis in other places," AFP reported of a spokeswoman. El Al has reported that they are operating "in accordance with the instructions of the Israeli security forces." Some of the other airlines that have canceled flights to Israel are Air Canada, Air France, Delta Air Lines, Egypt Air, Emirates, Finland’s Finnair, Dutch carrier KLM, Germany’s Lufthansa, Norwegian Air, Portugal’s TAP, Polish carrier LOT, Ryanair and United Airlines. Read Also: Flair Airlines Review: This Is How I Feel About Flair Airlines! Fly In Style: Your Ultimate Guide To Lot Polish Airlines Adventures! Journey To The Skies: Exploring The Legacy Of Northwest Airlines!
Columbus Day And Indigenous People’s Day: What IS Open And What Is Closed?
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 9, 2023
Each year Americans celebrate Indigenous People’s Day as well as Columbus Day on October’s second Monday. The day intended to recognize and commemorate the legacy and beneficence of all the people who resided in the continent long before Columbus claimed (erroneously) of having “discovered” America. In 2021 President Joe Biden signed a proclamation that stated that the federal policies have “systematically sought to assimilate and displace Native people and eradicate Native cultures.” https://twitter.com/Lfunguscal/status/1711213009895612813?s=20 Since then, Indigenous People’s Day has been formally accepted and celebrated all around the country. Many states celebrate Indigenous People’s Day officially, while others commemorate it in the form of proclamations. North of 100 cities have decided to replace Columbus Day entirely with Indigenous People’s Day. Children in school and office goers will likely enjoy a long weekend. The question is bound to arise whether some of the essential institutions will remain open or closed. Mail For the holiday, the United States Postal Service will remain closed and will not be delivering mail and packages. UPS will be operating If you still need to get mail out or in, opt for FedEx and UPS, who will stay in business as usual. UPS will be operating fully, but there might be a modified service with FedEx Ground Economy and FedEx Express. Banks Monday is a bank holiday for the Federal Reserve. Markets, however, will remain open such as the Nasdaq and the New York Stock Exchange, that will be in business. Major banks such as Wells Fargo, Bank of America, US Banks, and branches of Citibank will stay closed. TD Bank and Chase Bank will stay open for the Indigenous People’s Day holiday. https://twitter.com/ydrcom/status/1710980896235401302?s=20 Government Institutions Because it is a government holiday, government institutions will remain closed, such as teh likes of libraries, offices, DMV, and courts. RetailBig-scale retailers like Walmart, Target, and Kroger will remain open. Their operating hours may vary according to local business norms. Learn More About: National Taco Day: How To Celebrate If You Are From Chicago People Are Interested To Spend More On Traveling Instead Of Investing On Diamonds: Prices Fall
Are Priority Pass Lounges Usually Crowded? Here Is My Experience With The Priority Pass Lounges!
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 6, 2023
Are you thinking of getting a Priority Pass? Does lounging at the airport, with good food, good drinks, some rest, and luxurious amenities tickle your fancy? Well, I have been a Priority Pass member for more than two years. And before you test the waters of a Priority Pass, hear me out on some of the best and worst airport lounges that I have been to around the world. You are bound to benefit greatly from my experience with the airport lounge membership network. How To Avail A Priority Pass? Image Source With the Priority Pass, my experience, on average, has been good. I am a sucker for access to the airport lounges while I travel around the world, although some are comparatively better than others. Some of the airport lounges I have had the pleasure of visiting are in Atlanta, Vancouver, Las Vegas, Los Angeles, Istanbul, Boston, Washington DC, Miami, Madrid, Hong Kong, and Paris. The priority pass gives you access to electricity, free food, beverages, and drinks. Priority Pass does charge for drinks in certain lounges. What gives these lounges their allure is their additional benefits that go beyond lounging. For instance, in Atlanta, you can book one of their “Minute Suites”-- a private room where you can take a nap or work in privacy. There are some restaurants where you receive a credit of about $30 towards food and drinks, like the Corona Beach House in Miami International Airport. This lounging network is constantly adding new lounges to its membership fleet. I keep getting emails every other week with a list of their new additions. If you don't find your local airport, keep checking in because it could get added anytime. Priority Pass Restaurant, Spa, And Suite Deals There are some airports that do not have a Priority Pass lounge, but it offers vouchers and discounts for certain restaurants. Bobby Van’s Steakhouse at John F. Kennedy International Airport in New York and Corona Beach House at The Miami International Airport are examples of such. If you want to redeem a voucher or credit, talk to the server before placing an order. Some restaurants will ask upfront, whereas others will ask for the Priority Pass membership card once it's time to pay the bill. These passes also have partnerships with airport spas, which could be free or discounted. Their apps will give you all the information you require to know about their services, treatments, and hours of availability. How To Avoid Lounge Crowds? Image Source Are priority pass lounges usually crowded? This is one of the most asked questions by travelers looking to get one of these memberships. Priority Pass lounges tend to limit entry during specific crowded hours. Sometimes, the lounge might be very full when you do get an entrance. One of the downsides of this membership is you do not have much control over when you get to visit the lounge because the visit depends on the time of your flight. All you can do is predict the crowd based on the departure schedules around the time of your visit. For instance, many hub airports in the US have international red-eye flights. Usually, the lounges get a thick crowd in the evenings in those parts of the airport. Sometimes, due to the crowd, you may have to put your name on a waiting list or simply get turned away. Priority Pass Airport Lounges Image Source Here are some of the Priority Pass Lounges I have visited that you would want to know before you invest in a membership or visit the particular airports. SkyTeam Lounge International Departures At Vancouver International Image Source Location: International Terminal, near gate 53 Opening Hours: 7:30 a.m. to 2 a.m. daily This one is an intimate, 5,600-square-foot lounge that is open to Priority Pass members who are flying internationally. They serve business and first-class passengers of SkyTeam airlines such as Air France, KLM, and Korean Air. The international rule, however, exempts travelers flying to the United States. The venue is sleek, with floor-to-ceiling glass walls and minimalist interiors. The food and drinks here are locally inspired, including freshly caught Pacific salmon, dumplings, and noodle soup. The best part is the free-flowing Pacific Northwest wines that are available at the self-service bar. They also serve beers from Vancouver’s various microbreweries. Las Vegas This one is probably the last one that you should visit. It is as small as its food supply. I found them offering apples, bananas, chips, and ramen. Ramen noodles, though, were what surprised me the most. It's a lucky coincidence that I do not take flights through Vegas too often. IGA Lounge At Istanbul International Image Source Location: International Terminal, on the mezzanine floor on the right-hand side Opening Hours: 24 hours daily Istanbul is not a pinchpenny when it comes to its lounge size. When you are flying business via Turkish Airlines or Star Alliance partners, the vast 60,000-square-foot business-class lounge will treat you like royalty. This lounge takes up the entire upper level of the main foyer. If you are flying economy or non-Star Alliance international flights, you will be more than happy to relax in the 48,000-square-foot IGA Lounge located in the International Terminal. You will find on this floor amenities like a pool table, a cinema room, a kid's playroom, and a quiet room with sleeping pods. It obviously houses a cocktail bar, supersized food spreads, and lots of seating options. Chase Sapphire Lounge By The Club At Boston Logan International Image Source Location: Terminal B to C Connector, between gates B40 and B39 Opening Hours: 5 a.m. to 11 p.m. daily This lounge is open to the public since May 2023. This is the first Chase Sapphire lounge to be opened in the United States. It is packed with amenities, spacious with an area comprising 11,640 square feet. It is teeming with design-driven nooks for preflight relaxation and layover rejuvenation. Located in Boston, Logan’s newly opened Terminal B and C Connector. The central bar anchors its midcentury modernist-inspired area with many dining areas. They feature self-service, as well as service via the Club’s app. Its cuisine is supervised by Chef Douglass Williams, who owns the forever favorite restaurant of Boston’s South End, Mida. There are two wellness rooms with antigravity massage chairs, a private nursing room, and two dual-head shower rooms when you move deeper into the lounge. Dulles Airport, Washington DC: Air France Lounge This lounge is great overall. It does get busy, but it makes up for it with its French food and drinks that make it all too worth visiting. I visited this lounge before one of my Paris flights, and the lounge was positioned just across my departure gate. The convenience of it won me over. It was probably one of my best flying experiences. They also offered me one of those French Michel et Augustin chocolates. Turkish Airlines Lounge At Washington Dulles International Image Source Location: International Terminal, Concourse B, near gate B43 Opening hours: 7:30 a.m. to 11 p.m. daily This lounge kind of eases the otherwise rough experience of flying out of Washington Dulles in comparison to the centrally located DCA. The layover, too, is long and exhausting. But it is one of those experiences you still look forward to because of its delicious food options. If you visit them, you must try their mezze with pita. They also have a speedy bar service and a floor-to-ceiling window that overlooks the tarmac. With Dulle’s airside connectivity, it is also accessible to travelers moving from other concourses by train or walkway. Turkish Airlines Lounge At Miami International Image Source Location: South Terminal Concourse H; take the elevator located midway between Concourses H and J to the third floor. The lounge is on the left. Opening hours: 4 a.m. to midnight daily It is one of the two Turkish Airlines Lounges that is accessible to Priority Pass members at the Miami airport, but the other one, located in the Central Terminal, is pretty basic and disappointing. The amenities available in the 10,000-square-foot lounge comprise a full-service bar, a buffet with hot and cold items, two shower suites, a kid's area, and seating spaces to accommodate both single and group travelers. The lounge is also used by business and first-class passengers of all the Star Alliance flights that depart from the terminal. Priority Pass users are asked to arrive earlier, packing some patience in order to enjoy the services this lounge has to offer. It gets periodically restricted in case of overcrowding. Barajas Airport, Madrid: Cibeles Lounge Image Source I have come to love this lounge. It is highly spacious, with three of its walls made of floor-to-ceiling glass windows. A long bar in the middle of the lounge offers all kinds of snacks for you to enjoy. I had to visit the lounge for a morning flight, and it got me a nice little breakfast to go. There are lots of seating arrangements and electrical outlets to work if you have spare time. Hartsfield-Jackson Airport, Atlanta – Club At ATL This could easily be your favorite lounge, given its high comfortability. It does get busy, but the lounge is expansive and has a delicious selection of food and snackables to enjoy. I have been here for various layovers as well as visits to Atlanta. They have a solid coffee machine paired with the fanciest newspapers and magazines you could think of. There are quite a few bars where the bartender will likely make you a curated mix or just simply pour you a glass of wine. Despite the crowd, you can manage to squeeze in some work while you are here. Chase Sapphire Lounge By The Club At Hong Kong International Image Source Location: Terminal 1 West Hall, near gate 40 Opening hours: 6 a.m. to midnight daily Chase opened its first branded lounge in October 2022 at the Hong Kong International Airport. This Airport boasts the world’s best lounges, including many top-tier Cathay Pacific lounges and the notable American Express Centurion Lounge. Although Chase does not offer what Cathay Pacific and AmEx offer, it is the best option accessible through Priority Pass, and it does not fall short of its reputation. The 12,000-square-foot Chase Sapphire Lounge is a mix of a huge dining area and small nooks, including a beautiful triangular bar, booths, and a relaxation zone. There are dim sums available all day, complemented by a range of Chinese dishes (it includes congee) and international cuisine. You can self-serve or order via the Club’s app. This lounge is available to both Priority Pass holders and non-Reserve Priority Pass members through the Chase Sapphire Reserve. The regular membership rules apply. Star Alliance Lounge At Paris Charles de Gaulle Image Source Location: Terminal 1, after passport control but before security on level 11 Opening hours: 5:30 a.m. to 10 p.m. daily (though hours vary according to flight schedules) Assuming you spent your life’s worth of money in Paris, this lounge is where you can have some premium drinks, light snacks, and pre-flight relaxation without any charges. If the low ceilings make you feel out of breath, head to the outdoor terrace for some fresh air. This is also where others go for a smoke break. The lounge is placed after passport control and before security check-in. This is where most Star Alliance flights depart. If you are flying some of the flights that depart from terminal 2, like Air France or American Airlines, you won’t be able to visit this lounge because the terminals are not connected airside. Can You Use Priority Pass On Arrival? Image Source In most cases, the answer is no. A boarding pass is required when you enter the lounge, which is only possible for outbound travelers. You can not expect to head into a lounge after a long flight. The whole idea is to get travelers some rest before the long haul of a flight. So, the benefit is given to those who have a pending flight rather than those who got off one. Forget about a priority pass on arrival. They expect you to go home after a flight! Wrapping Up A Priority Pass makes your travel a little less exhausting with all the lounges you can avail of at your terminal. All you have to do is show them your digital card on the app and the boarding pass. They allow you in within minutes. In case they want to check you in with the physical membership card, keep the card on you. They usually do not make such a fuss, but if they do, having the card comes in handy. Is it worth it? Well, the $500 price tag is definitely too high, and I could honestly live with saving some bills on that. But I do enjoy being treated to good food and exclusive service at airports amid the uncomfortable hassle of long flights. If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask “on are priority pass lounges usually crowded” please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Airwander: Should You Try This Platform For Booking Your Travel? Condor Airlines: Is Booking Tickets On Condor Worth It? Is Skyscanner Legit? Know Your Answer Here! This Is My Experience With Play Airlines!
The Stairway To Heaven Hawaii: Hiking Adventure’s Hidden Gem
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 5, 2023
Going on a hike up the infamous Stairway to Heaven Hawaii on the island of Oahu calls for in-depth preparation on your part. It is one of the most dangerous hiking trails. It is also known as the Haiku Stairs. In this article, you will find information on the hike’s history, current status, alternate routes, incline, security, distance, best weather conditions, helpful gear, and a guide to get there. History Of The Stairway To Heaven Hawaii Image Source In 1942, contractors for the U.S. Navy began the construction of the Haiku Radio Station. It was a top-secret facility that transmitted radio signals to Navy ships that were operating in the Pacific. To get the right altitude for the antennae, they stretched them across the haiku valley, which is like a natural amphitheater. You might still see the remnants of the wooden ladder beside the new metal steps. The radio station was commissioned in 1943. A stronger transmitter that could relay powerful signals was necessary. This could not be done with the vacuum tube technology used at the time. So they chose to go with an Alexanderson alternator, which uses a huge device that can generate powerful yet low-frequency radio signals. It would need a large antenna. When the Naval Air Station Kaneohe Bay was transferred to the Marine Corps around the 1950s, the U.S. Coast Guard used the Haiku Radio Station site for an Omega Navigation System station. In the mid-1950s, the wooden stairs were replaced by sections of metal steps and ramps. The total number of stairs stood at 3,922. The Coast Guard did not stop hikers in the 1970s but had to stop after it featured in the Magnum P.I. movies, which increased the number of visitors. The station as well as the trail have both been closed to the public since 1987. Recent History In 2003, plans were made to reopen the stairs to the public, and the cost incurred to repair the stairs was $87,500. The public access being shut down, residents found themselves surrounded by unknown faces of hikers and tourists and litter all around. In early 2018, the City and County of Honolulu released a statement to not open the stairs to the public, showing liability concerns. Some hikers, however, continued to trespass, which only strengthened the local community’s resolve to keep the structure closed to the public. The Friends of Haiku Stairs, a volunteer group that aims to preserve the trail, pitched that there could be an alternative to a no-trespass, safe public access to the trail without taxpayer costs. The trail now is a disputed one with all its beauty and thrill. However, it has not stopped the locals, hikers, and travelers from stealing past the guards posted at the bottom of the stairs. This hike is a strong dose of adventure, climbing nearly 4,000 steps along an 18-inch wide staircase to reach an elevation of more than 2,000 ft. Incidents Image Source The hiking trail is not a site for any major injuries or accidental Stairway to Heaven Hawaii deaths on the stairs. There have only been minor incidences in the last decade. However, between 2021 and 2022, there have been more number of injuries and rescues of hikers trying to get to the top of the stairs. The rescues have mostly taken place for hikers going through the Moanalua Ridge, which is the longer and more difficult of the trails. Many hikers are rescued “near the Haiku Stairs” and not the Hawaii Stairway to Heaven itself. In 2014, 6 people were arrested, and 135 were quoted to have climbed the stairs. According to the City Prosecutor's Office, a criminal trespass in the second degree carries a $1000 fine. The Stairway To Heaven Hike Hawaii: My Experience The Stairway To Heaven hike on Oahu, Hawaii, is possibly the biggest attraction on the entire island. A grueling number of 3,922 stairs go up to the imposing mountain ridge. Most of the time, the incline is vertical, with only a handrail to save you from falling into the valley below. It sounds dramatic, but it is what it is. But it isn’t too dangerous if you are prepared for it. Distance: 2 miles or 3 km round trip Elevation Gain: 2,630 feet or 800m Duration: 2-3 hrs up, 1-2 hrs down We started out by being dropped off in the neighborhood at 2 am in the morning. It was a clear night with just a few light clouds hovering over the mountains. As soon as we got out of our car, a resident came rushing out of his front yard, yelling at us. Thus, startled by the old man, we hurried away to the “main entrance” to get our eyes fried with a beaming flashlight. The Trail We silently went off in the opposite direction toward an alternate entry point, keeping in mind that the old man quite possibly called the guard or the police to warn them about us. We were thrilled by the idea of being caught and afraid of being caught, actually. Walking through the neighborhood as quietly as possible, the barking of dogs totally blew our cover, making our presence known. We ran down the street to a small alley that led up to the hill. We had to cross over the barbed wire fence, which was close to a residential area. It is understandable why the residents are so annoyed with trespassers. From here, we had to steal past the knee-high undergrowth as quietly as we could go. We were nervous when approaching the guard, understanding that we had trespassed multiple sites that were strictly no-go. As we approached the red car of the guard, we found that no guard was around. We walked past it and towards the stairs. As we ascended the stairs, we finally felt relieved to think that the police or guards didn’t go after the trespassers on the stairs. On The Stairs Image Source We felt much safer, and we could now enjoy our 3 a.m. hike along the Stairway to Heaven. In 2015, a storm damaged many parts of the stairs to the point where they could not support use. It is not dangerous per se, but it makes your ascension more thrilling. A few of the steps were loose, and we had to keep that in mind while treading on each of them. We did not have headlamps. We followed the full moon up the narrow and damp stairway. I managed to keep looking back to see the highway, which kept getting smaller as we went higher in order to reach platform one. Grasping the slippery railing tightly, we made our way to the second platform, where an abandoned cabin lay with old machinery inside. It looked straight out of a post-apocalyptic movie. Another two hours went by, and we almost reached the summit. The final section of the hike consists of boards instead of stairs, which make it a catwalk at 2000 ft. in the air on top of a sharp ridge. At The Top Image Source At the summit, we found an old cabin with huge antennae on top. We moved around the space on top among the clouds. We then returned to the bunker to wait for the spectacular sunset this place always has. Putting on a fresh pair of dry shirts and jackets made the experience much more comfortable while at the summit. The sky became a pale blue and then shades of purple. With that, the sun came tearing through the haze. It shone yellow and gold over the Haiku Hawaii Valley. Many others witnessed the sunrise along with us, who began their descent once the spectacle of the sunrise was over. One of the trails downward is the Moanalua trial, which is a 6-mile route, but you can miss out on the views. It also helps you avoid the guards if that is your main issue, but it is 3 to 4 times longer than other routes. The hike down was a treat for photographers. We were in no rush, so we got down at our own pace, taking in the views and shots for our socials. It feels amazing to have ascended in the dark and then descending in broad daylight. It took less than 2 hours to reach the bottom. We saw the guard’s red car where it was in the morning, but this time, we took the risk and did not avoid it. The Guard Below Image Source Meeting guard, he joked, saying, “I’ve called the cops, they must not have come,” as he began laughing to himself. His sense of humor eased our anxiety. He gave us the look of get-out-of-here-before-you-get-caught, and we crept away on queue. The situation has become much more serious in the recent past, so the guards may not be as friendly as they were. Be careful if you go in 2023. At the final gate, we saw no signs of police or angry residents. We were free! We could not believe we had just hiked the Stairway to Heaven Hawaii! This is truly a place for one and all. It looks like the real version of Jurassic Park. It is dreamy as well as eerie. You can totally attempt this hike if you visit Oahu. Try to have someone who has visited before guide you through this hike if you visit here for the first time. Alternate Route Image Source The alternate route is the Moanalua Trail. The route is 9.3 miles in length. It gets you all muddy and is not the easier option, either. It can help you avoid the guards at the beginning of the trail. But it is not hassle-free. It all depends on when you go and how well-prepared you are for any kind of situation. Things To Pack For The Stairway To Heaven Oahu Hawaii Hike Going unprepared for the hike is one of the biggest mistakes you will make. You must have the basics and stay prepared for bad weather. Here is a list of essentials you must consider among everything else. Arcteryx BETA AR Rain Jacket: This is the rain jacket of your dreams. They are super light. They will fold into the tiniest ball and save you from the harshest storm. Salomon X Ultra 3 Mid GTX Hiking Boots: For better ankle support on that 400-step long hike, waterproofing and toughened exterior are necessary for your boots. These Solomons can easily be your best buddy. Black Diamond Head Torch: In case you return incredibly late from your hike and it gets dark, a headlamp will help you as nothing else will. Keep this one handy for sure. Darn Tough Socks: These will be the most comfortable hiking socks you will own. They don’t wear out easily, either. They have a lifetime warranty. You simply send them with any sign of wear and tear, and they will replace it without further questions. Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs): Here are some common questions people ask about this hike, take a peek: 1. How Did The Stairway Come About? The stairs were originally built in 1942 by the U.S. Navy as a top-secret facility to transmit radio signals to ships that were sailing in the Pacific Ocean. The stairs went public, deeming it fit until 1987, when it became dangerous due to disrepair. Residents of Oahu have fond memories of hiking up the stairway to heaven legally a long time ago.The city of Honolulu reportedly spent almost a million dollars in renovating the stairs and considered re-opening the stairs to the public in 2002. Resident complaints and safety concerns halted the re-opening, and the stairs have stayed closed ever since. 2. What Are Some Of The Other Places To Visit In Oahu? You could take a helicopter flight tour without the doors. The view from above will blow you away. A shark cage tour can ensure you don’t talk about thrilling adventures for another year or so. It will give the adrenaline rush like no other. Ecofriendly dolphin and snorkel tours are also available. Wrapping Up The Stairway to Heaven Hawaii trail is dangerous when seen from below. It is only when you undertake the hike (with proper planning and preparedness, of course) that you understand it is not as daunting as it looked. All you need is a thirst for thrill and sharp wit that comes in handy when you go face to face with adversity. There is also the added fear of strict laws around the hike, which will keep you on your toes. Let us know if you visit this amazing trail. And if you have questions or thoughts to share, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: Portals To The Unknown: Exploring Natural Gravity Vortex! The Perfect Getaway: Discovering The Closest Beach To Disney World! Walking On Sunshine: Exploring The Magic Of Vietnam’s Golden Hand Bridge!
Flair Airlines Review: This Is How I Feel About Flair Airlines!
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 5, 2023
For the longest time, Air Canada and WestJet have been dominating the Canadian airline industry, which has led to the prevalence of high airfare. However, with the emergence of new contenders, things are finally changing. Flair Airlines is one such competitor of the legacy airlines that have a strong hold on the Canadian Airline industry. It is a low-cost carrier that has been expanding its operations during the pandemic to include U.S. travel hotspots like Arizona, Florida, California, and Nevada, continuing to operate on an extensive Canadian route network that covers most major cities in the country. Here is my brief take on the Flair Airlines experience I had. Keep reading because this is going to be very useful. My Experience Of Flair Airlines Image Source Here is a first-hand experience or a Flair Airlines review of the recent travel I had flying from Toronto to Montreal. Read on to know if it was worth it. Booking Image Source I booked my flight on Google Flights, searching for the cheapest flight from Toronto to Montreal. On my date of flight, both Flair and Air Canada had early morning flights, and yet Flair was priced at half of the Air Canada ticket. There was, of course, the added benefit of a full-size carry-on bag but even on a standard fee, Air Canada would be charging for seat selection. Flair is a solid selection if you are traveling light, even if it includes seat selection. The Flair Airlines baggage policy is a little icky if you are traveling heavy instead. A one-way flight on December 15 via Flair costs 40. Whereas WestJet’s and Air Canada’s cheapest flights are $135. I had to pay a minimum of $7.90 for seat selection. Check-in Image Source It was a simple experience checking in at the Toronto Pearson International Airport. All of Flair’s Toronto flights depart from Terminal 3, so that is where I did my check-in. Flair has a few baggage drops and check-in counters located in the center of the terminal. Ground Experience Image Source My flight was supposed to depart from Gate B38. I cleared my security in under 10 minutes. The airport was mostly empty, given the wee hours we were departing (7:30 a.m.) There were some shops open despite the timings, so I got a coffee and yogurt from Starbucks and sat away from the crowd for some uninterrupted breakfast. Flair does not have its own lounges. Cabins And Seats Image Source The flight was one of Flair’s three 737-800 (read tiny) aircraft. The airline operates with economy-only cabins suited for its ultra-low-cost carrier. The interiors were nondescript and spotless. It is simply designed without any frills like over or seatback displays. The flight was made with the intention of taking a passenger from point A to point B. The seats were comfy enough at the cost I paid. They did not recline, but they were not as slim as other similar carriers in the U.S. The extra padding on the seats helped ease the other small space. The leg room was commendably larger than its other similarly ranged carriers. It also had a full-size tray that could easily fit a 16-inch Macbook Pro. Spirit Airlines offers only a small drink tray. Flair Airlines Amenities Image Source There are no inflight amenities or entertainment. There is no wifi, streaming services, or outlets on the 737-800. Keeping that in mind, have your devices on a full charge and make sure to get a window seat to keep yourself entertained for these otherwise short flights. The food and beverage services could get you to pay $2.75 for a soda and $5.50 for a Molson beer. A coffee would cost $2.35. All that after currency conversion. My Verdict Image Source I did not have much qualms about flying with Flair. It was a regular journey from one place to another. The airline’s internet service is also set to launch soon so that too can be an attraction for travelers. Flair’s rapid expansion is on its way to breaking through the expensive air carrier industry with its budget-friendly approach. Flair Airlines Tripadvisor Reviews Image Source I told you what I felt from my experience. But if you want to know what others are saying about Flair Airlines, here are some of the Flair Airlines reviews left by real flyers on Tripadvisor. In case you are asking yourself, “Is Flair Airlines good” or “Is Flair Airlines safe,” here are all your answers: "My mom and I traveled to edmonton in the beginning of July to a convention, it was my first time on plane and was understandably nervous. The folks when I arrived at the gate was friendly and welcomed us! Everything was on time and found our seats okay, we will definitely upgrade next time but being it was only an hour 1/2 flight it was fine. If you are flying and bringing more than 1 bag and carry on, one thing I recommend to save $ is to purchase a package online and pre book. It's the one thing I wish I knew before hand. Otherwise baggage is pricey. Coming back from Edmonton it was a great experience too! Given the option I will choose Flair again to travel within Canada. Prices are good and the staff are very friendly. Even better, our flights to and from were 10 minutes early. So bonus!" Ashley P "After reading some questionable reviews about Flair i was convinced i was not going to have a good experience. I am blown away by the level of kindness and overall attentiveness of the flight attendants, along with the customer service i had received over the phone. Had bought our seats prior to both flights and we had no problems with keeping those seats unlike some other airlines that tend to mess that up every time. I highly recommend this airline to everyone and will gladly be returning!" Stefanie b "I am tired of people complaining in this industry. Covid changed many things, but I am grateful to travel again. We took a family trip out to Vancouver Island with Flair. Captain Tyler McDermot was wonderful and after the flight, I was invited for a picture with him. The crew were wonderful, check in was quick and our flight on time. Great job Flair!!!" Gail G "Booked online and purchased carryon only. Checked in online to avoid paying checkin fee at airport. Downloaded movies and brought my own snacks. People need to realize that Flair base prices only include your seat. Their website clearly states all extra costs. It would be great if Flair continues their Windsor to BC route throughout the whole year. I booked taking a chance, after reading all of the negative reviews about cancelling, I guess I was one of the lucky ones. It's nice to have a direct flight to BC from Windsor and avoid paying three times more, with other airlines and having connections, at either Pearson or Metro.” monicahumenny Wrapping Up Have you taken a Flair flight recently? How was your experience? Do you like how budget-friendly it is? Or do you feel like they could add something more to their services? If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: This Is My Experience With Eva Air! This Is What I Felt About Aruba Airlines! Fly In Style: Your Ultimate Guide To Lot Polish Airlines Adventures! Journey To The Skies: Exploring The Legacy Of Northwest Airlines!
This Is My Experience With Eva Air!
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 5, 2023
Long-haul flights are dreadful. The stark, urbane terminals and the long nights of tiresome, cram-y seating sure work you up just thinking about it. The flights that roll over to the next morning always have some drama up their sleeves. Then came the rescue team from Taiwan- EVA Air, which is currently one of the 10 Skytrax 5-star airlines in the world. Would you believe it if I told you it was little known even up until a few years back? It was founded in 1989. However, I started hearing about this flight in the early 1990s when my extended family would talk about this new carrier with non-stop flights on B747-400 jets. Back then, it sounded like a story from another realm. I would hear them talk about the aroma of delicious noodles when woken up from sleep by a flight attendant as a late-night snack. I also heard of the very non-conforming Sanrio aircraft that were Hello Kitty Jets, decked out completely from the headrests to the meal cutlery. Everything featured the widely adored character. I finally had the chance to board it. Despite all the different things that this airline was revolutionizing, the most exciting part as a young traveler still remained the all-new cabin category between the economy and the EVA Air business class. This change was surprisingly affordable, and I was willing to upgrade for my 14+ hour flight home. Here I am going to share my experience of flying from New York to Taipei. Stay tuned because you are about to find out the hype behind Eva Air flights and a pretty up-close EVA Air Premium Economy review. The Beginning Of EVA Air Premium Economy Image Source The press releases from the airline say that AVA Air’s first trans-Pacific debut took place on December 12, 1992. It had four cabins, which was a first at that time. The four cabins included Super First, Super Deluxe, Economy Deluxe, and Economy. With Economy Deluxe, the airline became the first to introduce an improved economy cabin that is the Economy Deluxe. It became a benchmark for the airline as most others took two to three decades to introduce this cabin to their list of offerings. Recently (last summer), KLM debuted its premium economy. The seat prices are reasonable with business class-like perks. My Taipei experience was very endearing to me because of its convenient pair-up of high quality and affordability. The street food, the stationery, and the convenience stores all added to my love for Taipei. The EVA Air flight was a big cherry on top because all of that now comes in an aircraft. Read More: Here’s What I Found Out About Aha Airlines! A New Version 30 Years Later Image Source Three decades since its first flight, I booked the Premium Economy class for my way back to Taipei from NYC. The perks of this flight began even before I boarded it. This airline offers free shuttles from 2 Pennsylvania and 5 New Jersey locations toward JFK Airport. Dallas to Houston Airport also offers a free shuttle service. It has successfully removed one of the biggest issues of international travel, which is simply getting to the airport. I took a $20 Uber to the Jersey City stop, which would have otherwise been a $130 Uber ride all the way to the airport. Being a part of the Star Alliance, I was granted access to the lounge with my United Gold status. It allowed me to upgrade my boarding from Zone 4 to Zone 1. As soon as I got into the cabin, it felt luxurious. They used sweet endearments with my name in Mandarin. They helped me settle in my seat and confirmed my meal selection, which I had previously made online. The seats had a 2-4-2 arrangement, and I had managed to secure a front-row seat, which meant no under-seat coverage but plenty of leg space. On my seat, there were slippers, a water bottle, noise-canceling headphones, and a cozy blanket that felt like a cloud. The blanket was quilted on one surface and had faux fur on the opposite side. How It Went An attendant soon came and gave me an overnight bag. It was a Kipling amenity kit consisting of Hudson Made New York products. It had the brand’s trademark monkey keychain with a scene of Taiwan’s Yilan on the bag. My entire EVA Air flight felt like a warm, pamper session with juice, fruits, and snacks while suspended at 30,000 feet mid air. The breakfast was amazing, with Chinese-style scallop congee with egg & Chinese sausage. There was an option for another Western version that comprised smoked turkey accompanied by cheddar cheese. There was also a “leisure delight” meal in between the meals with BBQ chicken-filled brioche roll. The restrooms were clean, and I can say so because I went three times, and it was clean each time. To clarify, I took a private plane recently that got filthy by the last hour of the flight, which was one-third the duration of the EVA Air. When I took the return journey, I wanted to take things further, getting myself the business class name Royal Laurel. It featured 6.5-foot-long lie-flat seats, a retractable armrest, a cocktail table, and a shoe cabinet. This cabin had a 1-2-1 configuration with dated seats compared to other airlines. EVA Air raised the bar, however, with their Rimowa & Salvatore Ferragamo branded care kit and a complementary Jason Wu pajama set. All the passengers ended up wearing it, and I, too, could not resist it. I wore it all the way home. The plaid duvet was so snug and comfy I asked where I could buy one. At one point, I fell asleep and dreamt of those noodles. But it was not my dream… they did bring noodles in between our slumber, and it just completed the experience all around. Wrapping Up Have you flown EVA Air before or recently? What was your experience like? What do you think about the Premium Economy class? If you have thoughts to share or questions to ask, please leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you! Read Also: This Is What I Felt About Aruba Airlines! Fly In Style: Your Ultimate Guide To Lot Polish Airlines Adventures! Journey To The Skies: Exploring The Legacy Of Northwest Airlines!
National Taco Day: How To Celebrate If You Are From Chicago
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 5, 2023
It is not the weekly Taco Tuesday, rather, it's National Taco Day! Restaurants across the country are going to give it their all with freebies, and discounts that are hard to miss, which will make it super delicious to celebrate Wednesday, October 4. We are here to let you know all the deals because everyone is taco-ing about it. https://twitter.com/ParuUnfiltered/status/1709828943187230902?s=20 Restaurants To Celebrate With Here are some of the biggest food chains that are celebrating National Taco Day in style, and you might want to grab their special tacos before it's gone. El Poco Loco They are giving you a third taco free if you buy two tacos here. The deal is only meant for Loco Rewards members, available online in their official app and at their stores. They are also giving an online gift card deal wherein you will get a Free Tacos al Carbon Fire-grilled Combo if you buy a $30 E-gift card. Moe’s Eggo and Moe’s Southwest Grill have collaborated for a limited edition Eggo Taco. it is available from 10:30 a.m. onwards only on October 4. The stores participating are from North Jersey, Long Island, South Florida, and Atlanta. The ingredients include bacon, adobo chicken, chipotle ranch, shredded cheese, and an Eggo waffle shell. Taco Bell https://twitter.com/Wewillrocku66/status/1709826658512105732?s=20 Taco Bell unsurprisingly makes a lot of fuss about National Taco Day, and this year they have decided to bring back their most popular taco subscription for the holiday. Visitors can buy the Taco Lover’s Pass for $10 for two days, that is, October 3 and 4. Jack In The Box Their menu has brought back the Monster Taco, and it has a sidekick, too- the Angry Monster Tacos. You can order a double on the Jack App for $0.99 on National Taco Day. Monster Tacos come with double “monster-sized tacos,” and they are made with taco-sauce American cheese, and shredded lettuce. The Angry Monster Tacos are truly identical the only difference is that they are made with a red shell which is considered to be the Monster Taco’s “evil twin.” Learn More About: Thinking Of A Fiji Cruise? Tips To Get You Started Prepping For Your Winter Trip To Salt Lake City
These Are The Closest Beaches To Ohio That You Need To Go For A Dreamy Vacation!
BY Sarmind Safi Sep 20, 2023
A beach vacation is something we all dream about. The sun, sand, and surf provide the getaway you need for both families and beachgoers alike. The sea will provide you with all the scenic views you could ever be thirsting for. But you might be looking for beaches nearest to your auction, and if your location is Ohio, then we have a list for you to visit. If you live in Ohio then it is indeed tough to plan a beach day Some of the closest beach to Ohio you have are Ocean City, Myrtle Beach, South Carolina, and a few other locations. We will be talking about some of the best beaches that can give you a little joy among all the dreary city days. Top Closest Beach To Ohio These beaches have something for everyone– from sandy shores to family-friendly activities. They will help you make memories while not having to cross too many miles. We are sharing with you some of the iconic beaches in Ohio and how they feel like a daydream! We are sharing with you some of the iconic beaches in Ohio and how they feel like a daydream! 1. Wrightsville Beach, North Carolina This one is a gorgeous ocean beach and the closest beach to Columbus, Ohio, located just out of Wilmington, North Carolina. It is in the vicinity of a college town, and its beach is a popular spot for surfing, with several surf outlets to check out. For families, the Airlie Gardens are more suitable. It offers breathtaking scenery, whereas the Battleship North Carolina has a historic tour enjoyed by families with kids. Leisure calls for good food, and these beaches have plenty of restaurants to try out. There are beachfront accommodations available for a more relaxed holiday with a view of the sea while being the closest beach to Ohio. Distance from Cleveland: 700 miles; approximately 10 hours, 16 minutes Distance from Columbus: 609 miles; approximately 9 hours, 10 minutes There are several watersport activities which range from paddleboarding to surfing, kayaking to SCUBA diving! You can go out to experience scenic harbor cruises, sailing the intracoastal waterway, chartering a boat, deep-sea fishing or private excursion. You can enjoy a beautiful sunset at the Johnnie Mercers Fishing Pier where you can birdwatch or go out to jog! The beach experience is quite significant especially when you will be magical about it. 2. Atlantic City, New Jersey One of the closest ocean beach to Ohio is Atlantic City, New Jersey. You can reach here from Ohio in under 8 hours. If you looking for a big-city experience, then Atlantic City is your best bet. There are casino resorts that overlook the sealine with 5-star restaurants and high-street fashion boutiques. This place is suitable for all kinds of beach-goers. Surfing and kayaking are some of the activities that you can do when you visit the beach. You can make plans during the summers as this beach is perfect for fishing and windsurfing! If you want adventure as well as entertainment, then all while you are on the beach, AC is the closest ocean beach to Ohio. Events, activities and entertainment are all an integral part of this beach. If you want to choose hotels on the Beach and Broadwalk, then you can have a go at the Hard Rock Hotel & Casino Atlantic City or the Ocean Casino Resort. Distance from Cleveland: 493 miles; approximately 7 hours, 20 minutes Distance from Columbus: 531 miles; approximately 8 hours, 1 minute There is a huge boardwalk across Atlantic City beach where you can take your children to enjoy! There are different food options such as fudge, saltwater taffy and other food items to try. There are bars, hotels and casinos illuminating the sidewalk and boardwalk of Atlantic city beach. There are mostly seagulls in and around the beach as there are birds who keep flying around the beach. 3. Maumee Bay State Park Beach (Oregon) One of the other pretty seascapes that is the closest beach to Ohio is this park beach. This park has no entrance fee and, therefore, is quite a popular choice for families. Maumee Bay Beach is the ideal place to spend a sunny day with family and friends. Located in Oregon, it is pretty close (a short drive) to Ohio. The sand is clean and maintained in the premises of this park. The water, too, is warm and clear, which makes it suitable for swimming or playing while waves hit. Family activities such as picnicking, fishing, and hiking are available for beach-goers. Distance from Cleveland: 110 miles; approximately 1 hours, 58 minutes Distance from Columbus: 150 miles; approximately 2 hours, 45 minutes If you are wondering if Ohio has any beautiful beaches close to it, then Maumee Bay State Park should be your utmost choice. There is a Maumee Bay Lodge and Conference Center, too, if you are planning to stay over for the night. The beach has a beautiful campground as there are fireplaces along with an indoor pool and lobby. It is a grassy field which is spacious along with foliage covering the space. You can also go biking when you visit this campsite. It is a popular beach used as a campground close to the lodge and water. There are lodges where helpful staff along with friendly attitude towards the visitors. You can easily enjoy all the activities and services near the beach. 4. Headlands Beach State Park (Mentor) A beach as pretty as Headlands Beach State Park is hard to find. This is one of the best beach in Ohio. It is located on a long stretch of sandy beach on the coast of Lake Erie. It is an ideal place for swimming, building sandcastles, and sunbathing. This beach also allows pets, but they must be put on a leash. There are quite a few picnic tables and grills available that allow lakeside lunch and dinner. Being right next to the Headlands Dunes State Nature Preserve, you can get a little more adventurous and take a hike on the trails through the dunes nearby. Distance from Cleveland: 36 miles; approximately 41 minutes Distance from Columbus: 170 miles; approximately 2 hours, 33 minutes This park has the largest natural beach in Ohio. It is a mile long with natural sand while being really beautiful. Considering it is the longest natural beach in Ohio, where you can go for swimming, beach glass hunting and sunbathing. This park has the largest natural beach in Ohio. It is a mile long with natural sand while being really beautiful. 5. Lakeview Park Beach (Loraine) Image Source Another nearby closest beach to Ohio for a family is Lakeview Park Beach. The beach is located on Lake Erie. It offers lots of fun family activities. It has a large playground, picnic tables, and lots of open spaces for families and their kids to play and relax in. The sand here is clean, and the water is equally refreshing. It is one of the most perfect places to soak up the sun and just unwind. Lake Erie is the 4th largest Great Lake and became famous ever since the War of 1812. It is also one of the warmest of the Great Lakes, which makes it ideal for swimming. In winter, however, the lake freezes completely. The water flows through the Detroit River, which comes from the upper lakes. The upper lakes include Lake Superior, Lake Huron, and Lake Michigan. 6. Edgewater Beach (Cleveland) The Edgewater Beach in Cleveland is yet another popular choice for beach lovers in Ohio. It is ideal for families with loads of beach activities to keep every member entertained. The sand is clean, and the water is clear, making it suitable for sunbathing, swimming, and taking in all the incredible views. This beach is known for its picture-perfect sunsets. Off-beach entertainment, such as picnic areas, playgrounds, and a fishing pier, are also present for everyone’s enjoyment. For food and dining, there are many restaurants as well as food vendors all over. For a casual meal, try the burgers and pizza joints in the area to get the local taste. To try something more beachy, there are many seafood and steakhouses around the area. This place is accessible from the lower as well as upper sides of Edgewater Park. 7. Alum Creek State Park Beach (Delaware) Alum Creek State Park Beach in Delaware is one of the best options for free family entertainment that can be counted as one of the closest beaches to Ohio. This park is 4630 acres in size with a wide, sandy beach, which is perfect for sunbathing and having a good time. The water here is shallow and clear, which makes it ideal for swimming or wading. There are also hunting opportunities at this park. Picnic tables and grills are strewn all over to enjoy a waterside meal. There are quite a few bird-watching as well as hiking opportunities at this park. The Falls trail can be good if you are looking for a challenge. This trail takes you to the top of the falls, where a stunning view greets you, featuring the Delaware River. There is also a 14-mile mountain biking trail. Beach volleyball courts also allow you to play a hand under the sun. Restaurants and bars nearby complete the deal. Read More: The Perfect Getaway: Discovering The Closest Beach To Disney World! 8. Ocean City, Maryland Ocean City is a large beach town with a similar vibe to the Atlantic City. There are casino resorts on the Broadwalk with many shopping as well as dining options. The beach is 10 miles long, which means there is not much overcrowding. Several activities for kids, such as mini-golf, go-karts, and much more along the Broadwalk. Moreover, it is the ideal option for all those looking for a beach town that has a little bit of everything. Some of the best hotels in Ocean City are Hyatt Place Ocean City Oceanfront, DoubleTree by Hilton Ocean City Oceanfront, and Courtyard by Marriott Ocean City Oceanfront. Distance from Cleveland: 505 miles; approximately 7 hours, 52 minutes Distance from Columbus: 532 miles; approximately 8 hours, 28 minutes To Conclude When on a quest for closest beach to Ohio and the Ohio beaches you might consider the names above. They are sure to provide you with entertainment and beauty. Going on a vacation to Ohio will create a beautiful experience for you, especially with the wide range of activities. Starting with hiking to adventures of surfing and swimming, Ohio creates a perfect atmosphere for your entertainment. If you are visiting Ohio with your family, you can also enjoy having a picnic at the beach along with grilling and barbequing. You can also take a bike for rentals to travel across the beach along with enjoying your heart out. There are party racks where you can keep your bike after you plan to go out clubbing or partying, so you do not need to worry about transportation. If you have questions to ask or thoughts to share, leave a comment below. We would love to hear from you. Read Also: Top 10 Restaurants In Sandusky Ohio – Restaurant Guide Closest Beach To Nashville – Top 10 Beaches You Can Visit 7 Best National Parks In Ohio You Should Know Before Going Check Out These Beaches That Are Closest To Tennessee’s Knoxville!
Top 5 Best Coffee Shops Of India In 2022 – Must Read!
BY Sarmind Safi Feb 28, 2022
Nowadays, coffee has become one of the prominent necessities for people of India and abroad. If you are an Indian and love drinking coffee, this article can be a fun read. Here you can learn about the five best coffee shops in the country. Consider trying out a few of them in 2022. Nevertheless, for now, you can go through the history of coffee in India. Well, if you are a coffee lover, these facts would inspire you more to visit the top cafes and taste a cup. Have a read: Coffee In India: A Classic History The introduction of coffee in India dates back to the late seventeenth century. According to the lore, Baba Budan, a Mecca pilgrim from India, bought seven coffee beans from Yemen. However, it was a smuggle as taking coffee beans out of Yemen was forbidden. This Indian Sufi planted the seeds somewhere in the hills of Chikmagalur in Karnataka during the 1670s. So, that is how coffee farming started and developed in India. Even today, the best coffee found in the country is from the plateau hills of the Deccan. Top Five Coffee Shops Of India In this part of the article, you can go through the facts of the top five coffee shops in India. However, do not expect to have instant coffee in any of these. All these cafes serve coffee from the best-processed beans. Even real coffee takes much time to get ready. So, do not consider any of these cafes similar to the “local coffee shops near me” and have patience while placing the order. Remember that the top cafes do not serve instant coffee. Instead, they consider it as a part of the culture. Have a look: 1. Mocha Art Cafe Location: Kochi, Kerela Things to Try: French Press, Chocolaty Mochas The Mocha Art Cafe can top your search results as you look for coffee shops near me, from Kochi. It has a diverse menu and carries a little bit of that history, too. Amazingly, Baba Budan smuggled some coffee from the Mocha city of Yemen. So, many coffee shops have ‘Mocha’ common in their names. The best things to try at the Mocha Art Cafe in Kochi are French Press, Chocolaty Mochas, and Classic Espresso. Expect to get unique coffee recipes in Mocha Art Cafe under the types above. This cafe uses the classic brewing technique, and you can enjoy the marvelous smell of roasted coffee beans everywhere. So, next time you are in Kochi, do not forget to spend some time at the Mocha Art Cafe. Lastly, about the location, Mocha Art Cafe is located in a Jewish Quarter that can give you an old and classic feel. Tripadvisor Review: "Came here for lunch. Situated upstairs just along from the synagogue, in a bright covered courtyard. It was empty the day we were there but got busier. The area was quite hot (being enclosed) but the fans helped to create some air movement/cooling. It was good to have some “Western” food for a change - the pineapple pancake and the toasted cheese and tomato sandwich were both very good as were the lassis. Good place for lunch." -SDSydney693 2. G-Shot Coffee Roastery And Cafe Location: Assagao, Goa Things to Try: Vietnamese Coffee, Espressos If you are a dedicated coffee lover and visit Goa, do not forget to sip a cup at the G-Shot Coffee Roastery and Cafe. Expect to find the cafe easily as it has proximity to the Vagator and Anjuna. All you have to do is search for the coffee shops nearby from the aforesaid beaches. The best part about the G-Shot Coffee Roastery and Cafe is its menu. It is pretty outstanding that the makers here use only single-origin beans. Moreover, the menu contains coffee types like cold brews. Espressos and Vietnamese Coffee. Yet another best thing about the G-Shot Coffee Roastery and Cafe is that it provides the customers with a chance to rejuvenate listening to music and meditating. Really, this is unique among all coffee shops. Tripadvisor Review: "G Shot, you have my heart. The coffee served over there is excellent. The owners source their coffee directly from farmers all over India ensuring that they get excellent coffee beans and that the farmers get to enjoy the benefits too. We had their Mocha, Iced Latte and Macchiato. The mocha has a nice nutty flavor without being overtly sweet. We also bought a packet of their home-made granola which was again excellent. Will definitely recommend!" - Krittika M 3. Third Wave Coffee Roasters Location: Bangalore, Karnataka Things to Try: Latte, Espresso The Third Wave Coffee Roasters is another top-notch cafe based in Bangalore. This is one of the best places to try coffee in India due to many reasons. Apart from its diversified menu, the Third Wave Coffee Roasters ensures that the beans are from individual farms. Moreover, you can get light-roasted coffee that brings out the best flavors. The Third Wave Coffee is a movement that aims to enhance the love for coffee among drinkers. Some roasters have turned the movement into a cafe, and you get coffee heaven when in Bangalore. Tripadvisor Review: "I have visited Third Wave Coffee at Margosa Road, MalleshwaramI have visted during day time morning 9:00 am to 12:00 non range.Both the times the crowd was less and i enjoyed the feel of less crowd.Its 25 seater capacity and ambiance is very good.It has small parking space for 2 wheeler and car.Staff was warm and cordial.Menu for Tea and coffee is sufficient for chit chat and gossip.Rest Room is there. Covid rules were followed.Wheel chair access is possible with the help of support as its in ground floor.Can chill out with Family and friends." - GangaShankar74 4. United Coffee House Location: Connaught Place, Delhi Things to Try: Instant Coffee, Latte, Espresso The fourth entry in the list of best coffee shops in India is the United Coffee House. It is located in Connaught Place and is a buzz among the coffee enthusiasts of Delhi. It is a 75-year-old organization and can still hold its craze after generations. The most unique thing about United Coffee House is its blend. It comes from the best beans from Colombia and India. Moreover, the experienced brewers in the UCH execute their work to give you the perfect taste. Tripadvisor Review: "For an exceptional dining venture, United Coffee House Rewind is the top recommendation. It’s the epitome of a place to share moments with friends and family. The vibes are incredibly positive, enhancing the overall mood. The staff’s attentiveness and warmth create a welcoming environment. And the food, coupled with their refreshing drinks, forms a delectable combination that’s hard to match." - Vidur S 5. Brahmin’s Coffee Bar Location: Bangalore, Karnataka Things to Try: Instant Black Coffee and Instant Milk Coffee The history of Brahmin’s Coffee Bar in Bangalore is no less than a fairy tale. As most Bangaloreans are coffee fanatics, this has always been their favorite coffee joint since the 1960s. This is the place where you can get the best quality instant coffee and some Espresso recipes. Moreover, the Brahmin’s Coffee Bar is also known for the baked cookies that they serve with the coffee. So, when you visit the ‘Garden City of India’ next time, do not forget to visit this place for a hot cup of coffee. Tripadvisor Review: "We come back to this place every time we visit Bengaluru finding time for it. Normally it is breakfast or afternoon snacks. There was even a time we used to take parcel home to eaten same day.They serve excellent mouth melting idlis and topped with their vadas. They continue to my favourites and a dish of 3 idlis and 2 vadas really made my day topped with strong coffee.Same traditional outlet. You stand and eat or sip coffee. No parking available so tend to be too far to park." - NayantSavani Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs): Q1. What Are The Most Popular Coffee Shops? As people mostly search for new coffee shops for me, they know about the shops like Starbucks, Cafe Du Monde, and Cafe Coffee Day. Q2. What Is Hot In Kolkata Cafe? Some of the prominent coffee shops in Kolkata are- the Kookie Jar Cafe, Blue Mug, Calcutta 64, etc. Q3. What Is In A Coffee Shop? In the leading coffee shops, you get a lot of coffee recipes like Espresso, Cappuccino, and Latte. You can also find ice-coffee, cold drinks, and baked products in a coffee shop. Q4. What Is The Difference Between A Cafe And A Coffee Shop? Although both the terms have now turned unanimous, cafes and coffee shops have a slight difference. In cafes, you can get food and beverages, but coffee shops are more into serving only tea and coffee in India. Final Take Away The coffee culture in India is quite old, and you can get one or the other cafe/coffee shop in every city. While most people in the country believe that the coffee came with Europeans, it was bought by a Sufi. If you love drinking coffee, try to consume the instant ones less. Instead, you can order the roasted beans. Well, these cafes can be the right places for you to visit if you desire to have excellent coffee. Read Also: The Speciality Of Barnaby’s Cafe – Reviews, Special Menu, And Price 90 Miles Cuban Cafe – Reviews, Special Menu, And Price Nordstrom Cafe – Reviews, Special Menu, And Price
Spinnaker Resorts & How Do You Get Out Of a Spinnaker Timeshare
BY Sarmind Safi Jan 29, 2022
Spinnaker Resorts are a famous chain of hotels operating from four distinct destinations and twelve astounding resorts. Each of these locations offers superior experiences with unique local flavor and geography. Nevertheless, the elements that remain constant in all the hotels owned by Spinnaker Resorts are their excellent amenities, high-quality services, and outstanding accommodations. The company strives to provide the best possible experience to its customers. Where To Find The Spinnaker Resorts? The resorts of Spinnaker Resorts remain located in Branson. Spinnaker resorts Hilton head, Williamsburg, Ormond Beach, and many more mesmerizing places. Each place offers numerous features ranging from golf courses and outdoor adventures to shopping areas and beautiful beaches. Spinnaker Resorts offer their customers various opportunities to spend their vacations with diversity and flexibility. It provides resort accommodations with leisure activities. Nevertheless, it does so at a pocket-friendly price that allows for significant savings. Furthermore, the companies offer facilities that permit their customers to go on new explorations and exciting adventures. Spinnaker Resorts gives the best of comfort, convenience, and enjoyment with concerned and caring services. Related Resource: Ski Resorts of Idaho What Do We Understand by a Spinnaker Timeshare? Spinnaker Resorts offer a timeshare or vacation ownership to their customers. It allows them to reserve any resort under the company at any time. In addition, they can enjoy the benefits associated with the timeshare. Moreover, individuals can customize their vacation ownership according to their needs and preferences. For instance, a Spinnaker timeshare allows the owner to change their vacation and resort booking time. They can alter it without any issues as the vacation ownership would accommodate it. It applies to any changes to the amenities or room spaces as well. Furthermore, a Spinnaker timeshare allows its owner to avail of two options. They can stay at the same resort yearly. Otherwise, they can go to any other hotel under Spinnaker Resorts. Nevertheless, Spinnaker Resorts ensures that all its customers can enjoy the same standard and quality of stay in all the resorts globally. Related Resource: The Last Ski-Only Resorts in the USA: Why Do They Still Exist? What are the Feasible Methods to Get out Of a Spinnaker Timeshare? An individual may own a timeshare under Spinnaker Resorts. However, they may wonder how to get out of a spinnaker timeshare. According to the FAQs page by the Spinnaker Association Fee Owner, Spinnaker Resorts offers no Exit Program for their timeshares currently. Nonetheless, a few methods exist that an individual can use to get out of the program. Firstly, an individual can request Spinnaker Resorts to cancel their timeshare contract. They can send an application with all the relevant details. After that, it would be up to the company to accept or reject the request. Secondly, an individual can sell the Spinnaker timeshare. They can do so after calculating its market value. However, it is possible solely for the paid-off ones. They can also donate it free of charge to interested people. But the legal risks can come up here. Thirdly, an individual can employ a timeshare exit company. They can help get out of a timeshare contract legally. Incredible Spinnaker Resorts In Four Unique Destinations The spinnaker resorts are always a very good tourist destination. For every corner of the earth. Are you right now in the dilemma of how to find the actual spinnaker resorts and avail yourself of the maximum of enjoyments in your vacations? Here are the four incredible spinnaker resort locations in four beautiful destinations. Overview: Hilton Head- South Carolina Armond Beach- Florida Branson-Missouri Williamsburg-Virginia 1. Hilton Head- South Carolina The spinnaker resorts in the Hilton's head are full of luxury amenities. And if you want to have your holidays while having maximum enjoyment and fun. Then, the South Carolina beach is the perfect spot for you. We all know South Carolina beaches and the sea beaches are all beautiful. But these resorts of the Hilton are adding more jewels to the crown. Here are some tourist attractions of the place: Golden sand, sunny beaches Golf courses Tennis courts Sunbath deck chairs Fishing and boating facility Top resort names that are the most popular resorts in Hilton Head, South Carolina BlueWater Resort & Marina- 10 Bluewater Marina Drive, SC 29926 Hilton Head: Among all the spinnaker resorts, the bluewater resorts and Marina is one of the best Spinnaker Premier luxury spots. This place is the perfect destination for every nature lover and the loungers. The private dock facilities are making this resort the perfect hangout spot for every tourist. Egret Point- 35 Valencia Rd.SC 29928 Hilton Head: Are you an adventure lover like me? Then these spinnaker resorts are going to be your best pick. From swimming in the swimming pool to bike riding, every type of adventure sport is available for the guest. Egret Point is one of the most flexible spinnaker ownership properties. Carolina Club- 200 Southwind Dr, SC 29928 Hilton Head: These spinnaker resorts have multiple types of villas that are perfect holiday destinations for travelers who like to find the solicitudes. In addition, the resort has self-containing pools along with tennis courts. From the Ivory beaches, these resorts are just 12 miles. So you can ride a bike and reach the beach. 2. Armond Beach- Florida Florida is the most popular destination for every beach lover. Florida has many beaches. But among that long list of beaches, Armond beach is one of the best destinations with multiple spinnaker resort facilities. The air on the beach is healthy and salty. Do you like to get nice sun-kissed skin? Then this is the right spot for you. Plan the summer vacations here and make your vacations the most memorable. Here are some tourist attractions of this beach: Golden sand, sunny beaches Golf courses Tennis courts Sunbath deck chairs Fishing and boating facility Top spinnaker resorts in Armond Beach, Florida; Royal Floridian South -51 South Atlantic Ave Ormond Beach in Florida 32176 This one has the most gorgeous scenic beauty among all the spinnaker resorts on Ormond beach. You can spend your whole day enjoying the scenic beauty of the beaches. And every room of the resort has very beautiful baloney. From there, you can see the sunrise and sunset. You can wear a slipper and explore the whole space from the beach to the pool. Royal Floridian Resort-51 South Atlantic Ave Ormond Beach, Florida 32176 You can enjoy any type of playful indoor and outdoor activities. The beach is always the perfect place to spend your holidays. But along with the beach, you will get many other options for enjoyment like indoor and outdoor swimming pools, spas, and golf courts. All of these fun amenities make your whole vacation a perfect blissful time. 3. Branson-Missouri When you are looking at the spinnaker resorts review, you will see most of the travelers are giving a five-star rating to the Branson, Missouri destinations. Yes, can you guess the reasons for it? The reasons are simple: Missouri is the perfect destination for adventure sports lovers. From adventure blissful in the park to live entertainment options, everything is available here. When you are planning to spend your holidays here, you are getting all the opportunities right under the middle of the single roof. Here are some tourist attractions of this beach: Outdoor adventure sports Live entertainment theatres Shopping and food places Theme park Top spinnaker resorts in Branson-Missouri: Palace View Heights-724 Blue Meadows Road Branson, MO 65616: All the spinnaker resorts of Missouri are the perfect spot for any modern family and friend group. The sports courts and the pools, along with the modern amenities, all types of enjoyments options are available here. You will get plenty of opportunities to play and enjoy the beach activities. Along with indoor and outdoor activities, you will get a nice lounge place for hanging out with your friends and family members. Palace View-700 Blue Meadows Road Branson, MO 65616: Who does not know about the Branson entrainments? This private resort is the best place where you can sit in peace and enjoy your holiday vacations in calm and serenity. You will get all the rejuvenation entertainment facilities like indoor and outdoor pools along with the fitness and luxury amenities. French Quarter-3706 W 76 Country Blvd Branson, MO 65616: The name says a hundred words about the spinnaker resorts. You will get almost every type of luxury. The spa facility helps to rejuvenate your mind and body. Like french fashion, all the interiors look gorgeous and classy. The overall peaceful ambiance and luxury facility make this a perfect holiday destination among all the resorts. 4. Williamsburg-Virginia Virginia and West Virginia are the most attractive historical tourist destinations with multiple options for spinnaker resorts. But why only the history. Apart from the historical factors, there are many more things which you can do on Williamsburg beach. You will get the opportunity to enjoy the amusement park and have water ventures. All these types of enjoyment chances are present there. If you only like to lay under the bright sun, it is also the right spot. Here are some tourist attractions of this beach: Different types of adventure sports Live entertainment theatres Historical ventures Amusements thrilling park and rides Water adventures The most luxurious spinnaker resort in Williamsburg: King’s Creek - Williamsburg, VA 191 Cottage Cove Lane, Williamsburg, VA 23185 KIng's creek is the place where you will get the village house vibes. All the surroundings are natural. There are some unusual actions like the playground, boatings, barbie Que grills, and basketballs. The large workout rooms and basketball courts are available for all the guests. So you will get all the playing amenities. But every resort's room is holding a surprise for you, like garden tubs, sunrooms, and wet bars. Spinnaker Resorts Reviews Let’s have a look at the spinnaker resorts review. And all of these reviews are coming from authentic guests. Review1: –A Perfect Place For The Guest Who Likes Calm And Natural Ambiance. Holiday spot, Good Park and hangout space, Family vacation time I have booked the resort, which is in Florida. Florida has natural beauty. And this resort has increased my vacation enjoyments twice in number. All the rooms are very well organized. Whenever you call the hotel help desk, a very polished help desk agent will pick up your call and answer. The field is beautiful and well maintained. What is your best desired holiday spot? My dream is just relaxing in the deck chair while children can play in the park. And good customer service. We all women do not want to take any extra headaches, at least not during our vacation time. This is the resort where you are getting all things under a good safety umbrella. ~Susan Review 2: –A Fine Place For A Leisure Trip Good facilities, Comfy space, lots of enjoyment, rooftop party space, Nice ambiance I just need a hangout place where I can relax. This is the resort where you get all of the facilities for your leisure requirements. I visit there to spend my New Year’s party time with my friends. And this resort is booming. Comfy space with lots of enjoyment and party opportunities. South Carolina itself has hundreds of fun options. But this resort has its own rooftop party space that is outstanding. All of the five are pretty satisfied with the ambiance and the services of the hotel. ~Michel Review 3: –Good Services And a Nice Atmosphere Good services, support from helpdesk, best resort, honeymoon resort, and facilities My wife and I spent the whole weekend here. And every new couple wants a place where they can spend their whole time talking and communicating. We are getting very good services here. Some of the guests are creating problems with lots of shouting. I make a call and ask for help from the help desk. They immediately attend it. And sort out the issues. So after spending four days there, we can say this is the best resort I have picked. This is not a honeymoon resort but nothing less than a honeymoon resort. ~Amit Conclusion: All of these four are great selections for the spinnaker resorts. IF you like to spend your holiday ys destinations in the spinnaker resorts, these four destinations are the perfect pick for you. The natural beautiful salty seawater and the golden sea beaches are valuable here. From morning to night, there are hundreds of enjoyment options. You only have to make a travel plan to explore the area. That’s all. So, where are you heading for this summer? Let us know through the comment section. Read Also: Trekking Kilimanjaro & Salkantay Top 3 Party Destinations for Safety-Conscious Tourists Top Ten Southern Africa Off-the-Beaten-Path Adventures Looking For Your Next Fun-Filled Family Vacation: Head To Aquaventuras Park
6 Amazing Facts About Gobi Desert – You Should Know
BY Sarmind Safi Oct 3, 2021
Whenever we are catching the name of the Gobi desert, what comes first into your mind? a large dry region with very little rainfall, hot sands are burning under your feet. You can see many strange things in the desert which are counting as the Gobi desert facts. First, take a look at what does gobi means? Can you guess the meaning? By the local people tongue, The meaning is waterless place. Even you can see unusual changes in the weather within a single day. The less rainfall makes the area dry. You can see very little green in the place. But these are not the drawbacks of the desert. In Which Country Of Central Asia Is The Gobi Desert Found? The desserts are famous for their unique natural beauty. The beauty lies in the eyes of the viewers and the travelers who are fond of this type of beauty. If we are talking about the desert, then the first name that comes to mind is Asia’s most extensive Mongolian desert, the Gobi Desert. Like the Unique Gobi desert facts, the Atacama desert is also a very good example to see the unique diversions of nature. The Atacama is a natural preserver of the bodies of living beings. Gobi desert is a large desert located in China and Mongolia. In the Atacama desert, Elqui Valley is hiding all the ecological secrets. This Mongolian desert is also hiding many truths like the Atacama. We can see a very distinguished ecosystem in the Gobi Desert of Mongolia. 6 Wondrous Gobi Desert Facts This large and beautiful desert is the signature of Mongolia. If you visit Mongolia, then without visiting the Gobi Desert, your travel will not be completed. The desert is full of different types of fossils dinosaurs, other ancient animals, and birds. The unique dry environments work as the perfect preserver of the animal’s body. A meteoroid falling is another important Gobi desert fact. Let’s see some very interesting gobi desert facts and about the cold desert in Mongolia and China. 1. The Location And Area Of The Desert So let’s start with where's the Gobi desert? This large desert located in China and Mongolia. Gobi desert is the largest Mongolian desert that stretches across parts of Mongolia and China. When you are seeing the unique gobi desert facts you are going to feel the positions of the desert is playing an important role. If you see the world map gobi desert you will find the desert area is around 1,300,000 square kilometers spread. This is the sixth-largest desert in the whole world. This is entitled to Asia’s largest desert in the brushland region of East Asia. The desert basin is bounded by the Altai Mountains. This area is famous for its unique rain shadow desert type ecological balance. The Gobi desert location includes the long-range of desert extending from the base of the Pamir. The weather of the desert is quite chilling with respect to the Asian desert. 2. Archeological Value Of The Gobi Desert This Mongolian desert is the sixth-largest desert in the whole world. This long and beautiful desert crosses over the two countries. One is Mongolia another one is China. The desserts are best to store the secrets of nature. The desert’s Archeological value is quite impressive; the dry climate and the hot summer weather works as the natural preserver of the follicle treasure. The whole area is just full of old fossils and the meteorite (commonly known as the shooting star from the sky). You can find almost 100,000 years old fossils of mammals and the dinosaurs, and other flora and fauna ascendance. In 1923 one archeological group found almost 9 inches long a facile of dinosaur eggs. Among the gobi desert facts, this follicle finding is making sensational news. In which country of central Asia is the gobi desert found? This is a very common question among travelers. Mongolia and China are the nearest two countries to the Gobi desert. 3. The Unique Desert Animals The whole of Mongolia is famous for the Bactrian Camels, Mongolian Wild Ass, and the marbled poled cats. The two hump camels are the most famous and unique animals of the desert. Gobi mountains are the best place for hiding all the gobi mountain animals especially the snow leopard and glamorous marble cats. Gobi desert’s average temperature is very high but these desert animals are adopting the harsh climate of the china desert. Among all gobi desert facts, the unique temperature variation is also noticeable. After arriving in Mongolia, you may be riding the Bactrian Camels, but seeing these wild animals in the wild is quite a unique experience. This long desert is covering almost three provinces of Mongolia and three provinces from China. This whole area is requiring visas for two countries, Mongolia and China. This whole area is a habitat of many unusual animals like Gobi bears, Snow leopards, and wild wolves. If you are lucky enough, you will get to see one of these majestic animals. Also Read: Top 12 Amazing Sahara Desert Animals You Need To See 4. Weather And The Climate Of The Gobi Desert This desert weather is quite chilling in respect to other deserts in Asia. We can see extremely varied temperatures and climate change in nature. The range of the temperature lies at -32.8 degrees Celsius in the winter. On the other hand, it lies at 37 C in the Summer season. If you see the gobi desert map you are going to find how much area is a rain shadow area. The scorching sun is always upon the desert, and these make the desert dry and hot. The winter is cold here, but the Gobi Desert is not the coldest desert in the world. The rainfall is less than nearly 194mm rainfall occurs during the whole year. The monsoons can not be seen in the whole area. Only the monsoon reaches the southeast parts of the Gobi. If you are visiting the desert in the summers, then we must say pack some sun-protective clothes and creams. Among the gobi desert facts, a harsh dry climate is natural. The summer and the winter both seasons are extremely dry. The southeast part of the desert is relatively greenish because of the good rainfalls. 5. Natural Beauty Of The Gobi Desert Every desert has its unique natural beauty. The natural beauty comes from different climate changes and the different types of ecological diversity of nature. The desert’s harsh climate is quite challenging for every inhabitant of the desert, but despite that, the Gobi Desert animals can call the desert their home because they are accustomed to this harsh climate. The southeastern part is quite green than the other part of the desert. But the whole desert view will be enjoyable when you go out on a camel ride and see the setting sun in the desert. The beautiful sun rays are reflecting on the different structures of the desert. These beautiful images are worth more than a million in the eyes of any traveler. Among the Gobi Desert facts, the gobi desert climate is harsh and dry, but the desert’s beautiful sights are just too great. Also Read: Top Ten Southern Africa Off-The-Beaten-Path Adventures 6. What To Do In The Gobi Desert This beautiful Desert is not the place for adventure sports and the different crowded sports activities. Solidity and peace of mind are two basic things which you can enjoy. The camel ride with communication with the local people is the easiest way to enjoy. The helpful local people have always welcomed travelers with their warm hearts. The short hiking trips on camels will bring the beautiful flavor of the desert. These Gobi desert facts are the most enjoyable places in the Gobi desert. See the desert physical map and find the adventure sports spots. Do not miss out on the local traditional Mongolian cuisines. When you taste the traditional food of the desert, you will feel the old and the authenticity of the culture. Gobi Desert Name The Gobi desert gets its name from the Mongolian word "Gobi" which means semi-desert. Despite being known for its aridity and lack of rainfall, the Gobi is actually rich in vegetation and supports life. The desert is home to many wild animals and even nomads who have adapted to the harsh environment. While locals refer to it as simply Gobi, foreigners tend to call it the Gobi desert. In any case, the name Gobi is a geographical term that describes the unique semi-desert region in central Asia. This name was first introduced to the world by American explorer Roy Chapman Andrews in the 1920s. Bactrian Camels Of The Gobi Desert Did you know that the Bactrian camels, also known as two-humped camels, are native to the Gobi desert? As a matter of fact, 10% of the world's camels are Bactrian Camels, and the majority of them are found in the central Asian Gobi desert. In Mongolia alone, there are around 430000 of the world's 2 million Bactrian camel population. Interestingly, the Bactrian Camel's ancestor, the Havtgai wild camel, still exists in the Gobi desert. The harsh climate of central Asia has formed their two humps, which help the camels store more fat and energy. Winter In The Gobi Desert The Gobi desert remains a popular travel destination even during the winter season. Unlike most deserts, the Gobi desert experiences snowfall during winter, making it a unique destination to explore during this time. The vast emptiness of the Mongolian desert is even more pronounced in the winter, providing visitors with an opportunity to experience a sense of authenticity and connect with locals. The camels are a spectacular sight to behold in their winter coat, and the occasional snow covering the sand creates a surreal landscape for wildlife observation. Additionally, witnessing the frozen waterfall in the Gobi desert is a once-in-a-lifetime experience. The well-known attraction, Eagle Valley, transforms into an Ice Valley during the winter season. Some of our clients have described the Gobi desert's sandstorms and snowstorms as some of the most unique experiences they have ever had. For an unforgettable winter adventure, the Gobi Tour is the best option for exploring the Gobi desert in Mongolia. Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs): How Old is Gobi Dessert? Archeologists and paleontologists found in the northern part of the Gobi Desert, that it has fossils treasures, including early mammals, dinosaur eggs, and some prehistoric stone implements. Finally, after studying them they have announced that Gobi Dessert is probably 100,000 years old. Do Humans Live in Gobi Dessert? Camels are the ones who took up most of the land in Gobi Dessert. To answer the question, yes, people live there but are relatively small. What Are The Dangers in Gobi Dessert? The Gobi Dessert recurs drought, extreme coldness, wind, and dust storms which are very dominant hazards. What Is A Gobi Animal? It is actually called the Gobi bear, which is a brown bear subspecies, now critically endangered. They are omnivorous in nature like humans, they consume berries, leaves, and large animals. Conclusion When you are walking through the flaming cliffs of the Gobi Desert, you will feel the history that lies beneath your feet. The wild animals and the unusual landscape of the area is the main attraction of the place. The Place is not only large. You will find beautiful ecological diversity all over the desert. One side of the desert is dry, the other side is relatively green, which is quite uncommon among the Asian desert. Visit Mongolia and enjoy Asia’s largest desert and check out our Gobi desert facts and do not forget to comment back to us. You May Also Like: Top 10 Affordable Hostels In Los Angeles In 2021 - California Top 11 Budget Tokyo Hostels In Japan 10 Amazing Things To Do In Medellin
Top 10 Most Popular Paraguay Food That You Must Try
BY Sarmind Safi Sep 21, 2021
Many of the countries in South America are popular for their exquisite and varied cuisine. However, the practices of Paraguay food are not known to many. The Paraguayan Cuisine has been influenced by the local indigenous tribe’s culinary traditions and practices brought by immigrants from Spain, Italy, and Portugal. Being a foodie myself, I love traveling around the world to have a taste of every new variety of food that the world has to offer. Visiting remote areas, meeting with new people, and trying out their traditional dishes is what I have always loved! I was also in your shoes when I first landed in Paraguay, a bit startled and confused. Although, as I began to explore, my first meal at a fancy restaurant in Asuncion changed my entire perception of the state. Tid-Bits About Paraguay Food Classic Paraguay food includes some of the most exclusive dishes that are bound to beat any of the Peruvian or Argentine preparations. Traditional culinary elements in Paraguay food recipes consist of meat, maize, vegetables, manioc, cheese, fish, milk, and even fruits. ‘Asado’ is a local term used for barbecue, which is referred to as both a cooking practice and a social event. In Paraguay, barbecuing is the most important mode of cooking their traditional Paraguayan food dishes. Here in this article, I will elucidate the best dishes and popular foods in Paraguay that you must try in Paraguay this year. The Paraguay famous foods excite your taste buds and have an experience like never before. 1. Kivevé You will be stuck in a dilemma whether to count this as a main course or a dessert. Kieve is the most popular and loved Paraguay food. It is a vegetarian dish that is cooked out of andai (a type of juicy pumpkin), cornmeal, Paraguayan cheese, milk, and sugar. Kieve is a typical food in Paraguay. It has a very creamy and light texture and is orangish in color. This rich-flavored delicacy is served lukewarm and is often consumed as a side dish or even main meal, at breakfasts, and as an evening snack. 2. Chipa Considered a staple Paraguay food, Chipa is a simple bread roll that was invented by the local indigenous people in the 18th century. It is a bun that is made out of manioc or cassava flour, lard, and anise, and beaten eggs and cheese. There are different versions of Chipa available, varying over the regional influences. The bread has a very crunchy crust due to the addition of lard. The crumb is soft and has a unique flavor. It is prepared and consumed by every household in the state. 3. Bori Bori Bori-Bori (Vori-Vori) is a nutritious and flavorful thick soup that is prepared out of vegetables such as carrots, celery, onions. It is filled with meat (chicken or beef) and dumplings of cornmeal plus cheese. The prime flavoring ingredients in this soup are bay leaves, cloves, and parsley. The addition of saffron to this hearty broth makes it even more flavorful and rich golden in color. It must be served piping hot, garnished with some parsley and Paraguayan cheese on the side. It is especially popular during the winters. 4. Sopa Paraguaya This specialty is not what it sounds like. Even though SOPA translates to soup in the local language, it is not at all in the vicinity of any soupy preparations. It is the national dish of Paraguay, which resembles a cakey thick bread. It is crafted out of cornflour, cheese, milk, and eggs. The flavor is inculcated through the use of onions and pork fat. It is usually baked and is often termed solid soup. It has a soft and crumbly texture and is served on special occasions as a side dish. 5. Mbeju Mbeju, when translated to the local Guarani language, means cake. It is a very simple and staple Paraguay food. It is a kind of starchy pancake that is prepared with cassava flour, salt, oil, milk, eggs, crumbled cheese, and even pork fat. The dough is kneaded well and rolled out thickly like a pancake. It is then fried in hot oil. It is usually consumed during breakfast, sometimes dinner, alongside a bitter herbal tea or coffee. 6. Soyo This is another popular Paraguay food, which is a thick unpassed soup. It is made with beef grounded in a mortar, rice, and vegetables, including green peppers, onions, and tomatoes. Soyo is another good example of Paraguay’s famous food. The dish is flavored with garlic, parsley, oregano, salt, and pepper. The name is derived from the native Guarani phrase so’o josopy, meaning crushed meat. A whole bowl of soyo can be considered as a complete meal and has a high calorific value. Also Read: Unmissable Attractions In Surabaya 7. Tereré Since the climate in Paraguay tends to grow hotter every summer, Terere acts as a relief to many. It is a cold-brewed herbal tea that is bitter in taste and is commonly known as yerba mate. Terere is one of the essential elements of export, and the natives can be seen carrying around a thermos flask, guampa (a spherical mug), and bombilla (a silver straw) everywhere they go. It is a very healthy and refreshing drink and has high caffeine content. 8. Dulce de Mamon Here comes our most awaited syrupy sweet dessert in the list of top Paraguay food you must try! Dulce de Mamon is one of the oldest and most traditional preparations of Paraguay, which has only two major ingredients. It is cooked by boiling small cut wedges of papaya in sugar syrup. The mixture is simmered for almost 2 hours in order for the papaya to achieve a soft texture. You can even add some cloves, lemon zest, and a little orange juice to enhance the flavors. Also Read: 3 Intriguing Reasons To Cruise In Alaska 9. Pira Caldo Another most favored Paraguay food includes Pira Caldo. It is basically a light fish stew made with freshwater catches such as surubi, mandi’y, and tare’y. I have never in my life tasted such meaty textured fishes with a tinge of saltiness in them. Initially, vegetables such as onions, tomatoes, leeks, celery, bell peppers, and carrots are fried in pork or beef fat and are cooked with other spices. It is then combined with milk and soft white cheese to improve the thickness and flavor. 10. Bife Koygua Bife Koygua, or hidden steak as it is known, is another popular Paraguay food that is a must-try. It is a heavy preparation in which the beef steaks are covered with onions and tomatoes. Hence the name. According to the local language, bife means beef, and koygua means shy or hidden. The recipe calls for the steak to be pounded first with spices, then fried with onions and topped with tomatoes. Towards the end, an egg or two is added at the top, and the dish is garnished with parsley. Puchero Paraguayo Recipe The Paraguayan version of a traditional meat stew is called Puchero paraguayo. This stew has its origins in Spain and is now prepared in several countries throughout South America and the Philippines. The name of the stew, Puchero, comes from the Spanish word meaning "stewpot". Course: Main Course Cuisine: Latin American, Paraguayan Servings: 4 people Author: Nita Ragoonanan Ingredients 1½ lb beef (skirt or flank steak, cut into pieces) 3 cloves garlic, cut in half 1 onion, chopped 1 green bell pepper, diced 2 carrots 10 oz. pumpkin, cubed 2 potatoes, cubed ½ cup rice 6 tablespoons olive oil Salt Pepper Equipment Pressure cooker Instructions To start, get a large pot and fill it with 10 cups (2.5L) of water. Add in some onions, carrots, and bell peppers, and bring it to a boil. Let it simmer for 15 minutes and season it with salt and pepper to your liking. Set it aside. Next, heat some olive oil in a pressure cooker and add in some garlic and meat. Saute over high heat while stirring constantly until the meat is browned. Pour in the reserved broth and vegetables and close the pressure cooker. Cook for 45 minutes on medium-low heat. While waiting, rinse the rice. After 45 minutes, open the pressure cooker and add in the rice, potatoes, and pumpkin. Close the pressure cooker again and continue cooking for 15 minutes. Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs): 1. What Is The Traditional Dessert In Paraguay? Mazamorra also known as Kaguyjy is one of the most popular traditional deserts in Paraguay. it is made of corn and sugar, mixed with honey or milk. Ka'i Ladrillo is a candy made of peanuts and molasses. 2. What Is Paraguay's National Dish? Sopa Paraguaya is the national dish of Paraguay. it is similar to cornbread and made up of corn flour, pig fat, or butter, with cheese and milk. it is very spongy and is rich in calories and protein. 3. What Is The National Drink Of Paraguay? Yerba mate tea is prepared with cold water. different variations of terre can be found in Brazil and Argentina. Its birthplace is Paraguay. Final Thoughts These are some of the most exotic preparations from Paraguay that made their way into my Top 10 list. Thanks to those Guarani friends that I had over there who guided me through to the best of their culinary traditions. And if you are hesitating about visiting this place, trust me, the experience is worthwhile. It is not only about their food but also their culture, traditions, and heritage. This beautiful country deserves all the appreciation in the world. You May Also Like: Top 7 Places To Visit For An Asian Solo Traveler Top 7 Nantucket Beaches For Tourists In Massachusetts 10 Things To Do In Bogota – You Must Know Before Going
Tattoo Bali – Tips Before Getting A Tattoo
BY Sarmind Safi Sep 16, 2021
